ree ihi Barer SER AD re a Pelee trait Atal ghia) Mata A tei SOME Vataneiee ian my A a ants: Evia OE tind nahh! ana Oita ‘ ie ah Ae. oes ye ih Mire mt iy PIRES \ a at rained Hoe * rr sina shad Sta at th Waenea, ea rhs Aheoate ad a ny Niadbingatatns ae Me Hy cra ie valves Speirs tenet : sti coe s rs Sas aha ett ere SAULT ne TiMearadan tha as ry RereeaTt tee cae That ") ee n ct city oy ah nya Scone or Gone suite ae i he wigathtaenanamies hae STE NeeaRD aie Aiataaraumrinaraneata iret Pret) in anne teil aetie fin Baty Miatnteag AIAN Bia Site van seattle NUatiyie’s core PONT Chon eto pes HOIST eIORtTS PC MTEAr Cent Veco eal Pedadnt tuts eee baly Uevad tee arat AA ery smemnpia tte eater sey ergtheataetant i) Vibe eat TMA a Are tured Ptah ATA Ae \EAt ar ataets sO Saeed Ren AAU PHASER OTR de pee fake Ty tree ees vy dae ETE leaesaig st Patients ts dan dirvaroay te cpp teh hal pal tareteein ies every Tatyemta ark ids ar ter red ay. FEV OCS: 7k Hera SENS RG 4 Meld atataa es 2ea be Rasisteny TBDOGOR ARE PUA ta EN et late YELL ANLE iyi aMear rs Spe ely Utes a PLINEAt as Te lores * EAR fyture 1 fy \ Meier cutters ete PVR GA a Panett + srstr ate tay oie Rat we Sa ae ihieeet teat but lueteecoete et tr io oe eye witestas Tae etal tt gotoed ou WoO res TS ESE ANSI Peevey BRS eye petaetete Tele a tateg a: 1 epee Umea tee Rte | ade habit gt SH MERE eb yes wea eateay i (eeeeng Beaen Sgr roe MP EWE Ole ee Fre Cemigediyve PA OOP Ae LK Iiy Audios eaiae suragen kro SOE AM IN Soa Ay Vegevieiece Coimen aati Se Sse Sige aie BP yey ere Piatt ¥ Brea nae 4 cara ae at : aut ait Tarawa ayes GAN N Bsa Ratti wisn ea te! Ne SUSE aS eugene syed Reeees BS eiatte pbetiererits oH anepleitenty bbe a isin ¥ Lahaina) Ryvy fel] Wane Coroner pape iaw. iy ene site Saat Wichivegiyeawurmuece ot toes uwneers Sw yoves IOI NY vicrwied ee neat ayer 4 ty. ¥ ae Fone tt eit jie ereede biel eoanye gee wens y mere, veya ya a ig af eee bie Beit ebey +e ee ie Rohs pa at fyipiecrogerchisy: PDAS te nanos Np reat grieve. Se idhd aaah i} (yay mOluTY Le. a a aerate ndegete pana ely, SOA Vib can une n Tint de Set em Wen es Ys, ty met PR leh ug oir ; a en “1 iS E CA en sed sb aey \ UNITED STATES 4 ¥4C63X ea ~COMMERCIAL FISHERIES j ENT OF ow Stares of Review VOL. 33, NOS. 7-8 JULY-AUGUST 1971 U.S. PARTMENT OF ) JMMERCE National Iceanic and tmospheric -=> ninistration : National * Marine Fisheries Service U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Maurice H. Stans, Secretary NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION Dr. Robert M. White Howard W. Pollock Dr. John W. Townsend Jr. Administrator Deputy Administrator Associate Administrator NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE Philip M. Roedel, Director COVER: Deck load of tuna caught off New England during NMFS explorations. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES Review A comprehensive view of United States and foreign fishing industries--including catch, processing, market- ing, research, and legislation--prepared by the National Marine Fisheries Service (formerly Bureau of Commer- cial Fisheries). Fishermen's Memorial Gloucester, Mass. II Editor: Edward Edelsberg Production: Jean Zalevsky Alma Greene Throughout this book, the initials NMFS stand for the NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE, part of NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMIN- ISTRATION (NOAA), U.S. Department of Commerce. Address correspondence and requests to: Commercial Fisheries Review, 1801 North Moore Street, Room 200, Arlington, Va. 22209. Telephone: Area Code 703 - 557-9066. Publication of material from sources outside the Service is not an endorsement. The Service is not responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions of these sources. Although the contents have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely, reference to source is appreciated. Use of funds for printing this publication was approved by the Director, Bureau of the Budget, April 18, 1968. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402. Price 60 cents (single copy). Subscription Price: $7.00 a year; $2 additional for foreign mailing. CONTENTS Page TENOURIICIN UB a4 6 0) od BLOG CU ONC CREECeACEAPORCERnC a of con cwomrae 1 IDR “ooo ood oedema eGo Ob bo moo OOo 12 (Or TENo wed 6 a.b BG oe One. Diep On OnCE ona cancer Suen oaoldac 14 (ali Arm eeu Caeemey sical tars) si es le cel tes ‘oc Jo.) vetted Weiorgen tates 14 ING ian Me ce, ee beh Sule} te atyish fol 'e) oy te cain tesy setae ions 16 SOuthweaCun Cum cy citer cies, vars) (ci veins) eis) role: 0) LoMiowMeieute tele! (oie 18 UNITED STATES lowes) ba! WeSC So nonenpadoeomooooonoos 20 ARTICLES Thread Herring Distribution Off Florida's West Coast, by Brian S. Kinnear and Charles M. Fuss Jr. 27 Seasonal and Geographic Characteristics of Fishery Resources: California Current Region - VI. Rock- fish, by David Kramer & Paul E. Smith 40 Live Cars For Use In Catfish Industry, by Donald C. Greenland, Robert L. Gill, & James C. Hall .... 44 Fish Protein Concentrates, by George M. Knobl Jr., Bruce R. Stillings, William E. Fox, & Malcolm B. BEN Goon cog sO UD OO OD Om Otomo OOO oo OG 54 "Beche-de-Mer" Fishery For Truk?, by Alan J. Beard Sle yvamremememelMelrel teeta) sMtuisiislislislol « U-neMelalieMalraltel (= 64 ENIDIDRS Go 550296000 0.6 d60.a0 0 Son D oem o oo De 68 Ill IV The 66-foot seine netter, M/V 'Skanderborg"', operates in North Sea. Vessel is owned by Boston Deep Sea Fisheries of Hull, England. OECD MEMBERS REPORT 1970 WAS GOOD YEAR The members of the Organization for Eco- nomic Cooperation and Development (OECD) have reported that their catches of fish for human food remained steady in1970 and that the year was "highly satisfactory from the economic viewpoint." This information is contained in the fourth review produced by the Committee for Fisheries of OECD. @ Overall, the volume of fish landed for hu- man food remained steady--but it was more expensive to catch them. This was so despite the continued rise in catching efficiency. Ex- cepting isolated cases, the upward trend in market returns noted in 1969 continued signif - icantly through 1970. e The unsettled economies of some coun- tries affected adversely the conduct of fish- eries at governmental and industrial levels. But the adverse effect was limited to these countries--"'and did not prevent 1970 from being generally described as highly satisfac - tory from the economic viewpoint." e There had been fears of sharp drops in the total yields of certain major fishing areas, but these did not occur. However, the North Atlantic continues to cause concern. More attention was paid tothe nutritional purity of fish as food and to its environment. A few reports adversely affected demand, but these occurred too late in 1970 to be noticeable. INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION e There was growing awareness of danger to fish stocks from pollution--oil, unwanted minerals, waste matter (radioactive or other- wise poisonous), orotherorigins. Man's use or misuse of the ocean's wealth was the theme of several international forums. e Conservation regulations continued to emerge from the North East Atlantic Fisher - ies Commission (NEAFC), International Commissionfor North West Atlantic Fisher- ies (ICNAF), andthe North Pacific bodies for Salmon and halibut. These included mesh- size control (NEAFC), closed seasons (ICNAF), quota and time limitations in Pacific, and restrictions on fishing specific stocks, suchas the Atlanto-Scandian herring. Inter- national policing on the high seas to support the North Atlantic measures was in force. e Significant to the signers and nations trading with them was the agreement towards the end of 1970 by the six members of the European Economic Community (EEC) ona common fisheries policy scheduled to go into effect early in 1971. e In 1969, the European Free Trade Asso- ciation(EFTA) agreed on minimum prices for frozen fillets imported into the United King- dom. The prices became effective on Janu- ary 1, 1970; increases for 1971 were agreed onin October 1970. Canadianand Nordic pro- ducers of frozenfillets continued to work to- gether in facing marketing problems. GOVERNMENT INTERVENTION In 1970, there was no sharp drop in gov- ernment involvement, but the cost to the tax- payer probably was less. Because of im- proved returns, operational subsidies were less. Aid to shipbuilding was down somewhat. Price-support schemes were used less often. But government machinery remained ready for emergencies. Non-financial aid is increasing--from im- provement of fishing harbors to the design of retail fish shops to technological develop- ments in fish finding, catch handling, unload- ing, product research, etc. Such services are becoming more expen- Sive and more sophisticated. Industry's chances "of ever being able to meet the bill become more remote. The best that can be expected is that realistic contributions be made by those receiving the direct benefit." The members of OECD are: Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, the Federal Republic of Germany, Greece, Ice- land, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom, and the United States. CATCHING POWER The history of fishing industry reveals that two successive "reasonably good" years stimulated new building. But the current fleet renewal is comparatively slow, especially for larger vessels. Only inoneortwo countries building for others--France--is there "re- markable expansion" in launchings. The inactivity is attributable partly to high cost of building and equipping deep-sea fishing craft. Construction costs rose inthe Nether- lands, and these may be fairly typical. Using 1960 as base year, indices from 1967 were: 1967 = 143 1968 - 152 1969 - 164 1970 - 178 The cost of building a fishing vessel pro- bably doubled in about 12 years, while fish prices at the landing stage advanced slowly. That explains reluctance to order larger-type fishing craft. For smaller vessels, 50 to 100 G.R.T., several countries reported satisfactory in- takes of new vessels. The numbers of inshore boats in the lowest category fell agin in 1970. In 1970, the deep-sea fleets of OECD mem- bers decreased numerically and in overall gross tonnage; the other categories became more powerful. PEOPLE Again, the number of people making their living by fishing fell. There was more action by governments to prevent further reduction. The governments set up subsidized fishing schools or courses of instruction with sub- sistence allowances to students. The OECD report states that "it has not been uncommon" for fishing countries to re- cord a 25% drop in full-time fishermen over a 10-year period. ''Thereisnoneedto stress the consequences of a further fall of similar magnitude before the end of this decade." Compared with labor disputes in other in- dustries, there were few infishing. But those that diddevelop among crews and shorework- ers caused much local disruption that lasted months. CATCH The slight drop in overall catch recorded in 1969 was more than recoveredin1970. The reason was the higher landings of fish for re- duction to meal and oil. The volume of fish for direct human use remained almost the same. By species and country, however, there were some important changes. For those countries relying to a great ex- tent on the waters around the British Isles (ICES Regions IV, VI and VII) for their food fish (Belgium, Netherlands, Sweden, etc.), nearly all landed less in 1970 than in 1969. This reflected the deterioration in yields of certain groundfish: sole and North Sea her- ring. By contrast, herring stocks in the west- ern part of these waters improved. This al- lowed higher returns for Ireland and the United Kingdom. The coastal areas of Norway and Iceland provided good yields, particularly of cod, for their fleets. Vessels of other nations oper- ating near Iceland also enjoyed good fishing; in some cases, catches were over 25% higher than in 1969. But other northern sea areas, including the offshore Norwegian grounds, were not quite so productive as in preceding years. This is not noticeable in combined landings because there was more transfer of effort from the North West Atlantic and this kept up the landed weight. Yields in the North West Atlantic were no better in 1970 than in 1969. For some spe- cies, there were sharp drops--apart from losses resulting from temporary closure of Georges Bank. For the whole North Atlantic, the cod catch was about the same in 1970 as in1969. Pre- liminary figures indicate a drop not exceeding 4%. Main reductions occurred inthe catches of Canada, Germany, Portugal, Spain, and the United Kingdom. These averaged about 10% in each case. The deficit could not be made up by the better landings in Iceland and Nor- way, the latter's at record level. There was a general scarcity of certain qualities of herring for human use. This created good demand and encouraged more intensified fishing and produced higher land- ings in Ireland, Netherlands, Norway, and the United Kingdom. However, scarcity in the North Sea continues; so does the poor state of the Atlanto-Scandian stock. . The 1969 levelof raw material for reduc- tion was maintained in 1970. Shortfalls of 44,000 tons in Canada and 29,000 tons in Den- mark were more than made good by Iceland (up 18,500 tons), Norway (up 418,000 tons), and Sweden (up 60,000 tons). Again there were striking changes in spe- cies composition. For the main OECD pro- ducers, these were important changes: 1967 1968 1969 + + ('000 Tons) Denmark: Gadidae (e.g. haddock) 119 465 Norway Pout 428 68 Herring 369 273 Sandeel 201 114 TOTAL 1,167 997 Iceland: Herring 56 Capelin TOTAL (incl. demersal) Norway Pout Herring Mackerel TOTAL In 1965 and 1966, Iceland used about 670,000 tons of herring, and Norway about 1,000,000 tons each year. Canada's raw material now is predominantly Atlantic herring; production rose from 13,000 tons of meal in 1965 to 92,200 tons in 1969. In the U.S., more than half the meal production long has come from men- haden in varying amounts. The Nordic countries combined have been catching around 3,000,000 tons ayearfor re- duction; capelin took precedence over herring and mackerel in 1969 and 1970. Catch re- strictions have been imposed from time to time for industrial or conservation reasons. In 1970, Norway introduced a catch quota on mackerel. This led to fishing stoppages in the summer and autumn. Denmark's 1970 production was affected by strikes. SHELLFISH Shellfish(crustaceans and molluscs) have growing value toalmost every country. Gen- eralizations on the developments in catching or harvesting them are difficult. Canada's lobster catch, although regulated, was more valuable than any species, including the much-improved salmon returns. The U.S. shrimp catch of about 112,000 tons (U.S. 1970 consumption was around 200,000 tons)was arecord. It was worth about a quarter of the total andover twice as much as any other species. Crabs, oysters, lob- sters, clams, andscallops were allamong the 10 most valuable U.S. species. France's landings of shellfish (excluding highly prized oyster production) was 20% of total value of alllandings; in the United King- dom, it was about 10%. Because of wide differences in character, each fishery has tobe treated separately. In 1970, higher landings on the Maine coast and Alaska were mainly responsible for record U.S. shrimp landings. This allowed exports of fresh andfrozenshrimps, mainly to Europe, to be more than tripled from 1967 to 15,000 tons in 1969. The Alaskan king crab fishery again was low, but the weight shortage was partly made good by other, less-appreciated, types, Dungeness and Snow; so, altogether, about 60,000 tons of crabs were landed. The king crab catch rose from 65,000-ton level in 1957/59 to 73,000 tons in1966. It fell to 22,600 tons in 1970. Besides closed sea- sons, Alaskaimposes acatch quota. Japanese factory ships fishing king and snow crabs are limited by quotas set by Japan and U.S. An unusual development in 1970 was price drop in the U.S. and in Japan despite further drop in king crab catch. In a manner similar to the Nordic coun- tries' switch to other species to offset the dwindling herring landings, Alaska gave more attention after 1966 to dungeness and snow crabs; landings rose significantly from a combined 13,100 tons in 1965 to 32,700 tons in 1970. In 1965-1970, too, Alaska's shrimp production rose from 5,200 tons to 23,600 tons. The Nordic and Alaskan examples illus- strate that much of catching power for a specific purpose can be transferred. Seek- ing alternatives, European herring vessels have gone tothe North West Atlantic, and the Norwegian flotilla to the Central Atlantic, both for reduction. RETURNS The general price recovery in 1969 was welcomed after two years of depressed de- mand. In 1970, the upward trend continued. Only rarely were individual countries unable to report better gross returns. Particularly notable improvements occurred in the Nordic countries (excluding Finland), the United Kingdom, and the U.S. The improvement resultedfrom the main- tenance of food-fish landings at 1969 level, higher landings of industrial fish, and better overall average prices. Among the foodfish, a few species did not conform to market requirements and had a dampening effect: the occasionally heavy landings of North Seasmall haddocks. How- ever, where this happened, the leeway was regained by higher prices for other kinds. One was cod, a Staple of many fisheries of Atlantic-bordering OECD members. Cod prices increased as high as 30% in the United Kingdom. Steadily rising prices for blocks of cod fillets in the U.S. produced better re- turns to cod fishermen of Canada, Iceland, Norway and, to lesser extent, Denmark and Greenland. MARKETING In 1970,asin1969, there was more inter- national trade in fishery products and value rose 15%. Reporting rises in value of a third or more in their exports were the Faroes, Finland, Ireland, Iceland, Spain, and the United Kingdom. Imports by Belgium, Denmark, France, Finland, Germany, and Sweden rose by about 20% invalue. Only in Portugal was the value of exports or imports less than in 1969. In the U.S., major importing country, the value of fish imports set record of $962 mil- lion. This was nearly 14% above 1969 despite drop in fish meal imports of about 100,000 tons, or one third. Usually, the higher values resulted from rising prices. The price level has caused some apprehension about its possible effect on demand. But the higher prices did not apply toallproduce. Cannedfish was on 1969 level, partly because of species composition. Certain factors were influential in pro- ducing the higher prevailing prices. On sup- ply side, there were occasional shortfalls in domestic production of raw materialfor some processing industries, or particular outlets, in countries that are both major consumers and producers. In Germany, for example, there was shortage of home -produced herring for makers of semipreserves, and not enough wet fish; lower cod landings by British trawl- ers; reduced sole catch by Dutch fleet. Al- though such reductions are made good by im- ports, the price of home-caught produce is likely to predominate. Also, price is likely to be pushed higher before external suppliers are used. The latter benefit from seller's market. DEMAND In 1970, sales promotion was intensified. This should stimulate both the domestic fish- eries and imports of sponsoring countries because none of them is self-sufficient in fishing. In the U.S., there are upward trends in the quantity and price of imported frozen blocks of fishfillets. Demand forcodfilletsis very strong" for two reasons: to meet the growing offtake for raw material for fish sticks and steaks; and to serve the spreading chains of fish-and-chip shops. So more pressure has been exerted on a supply that has its limita- tions. It could be a primary reason for the rising price curve in North Atlantic countries. One event in 1970 is the type that could hurt the industry. In the U.S., quantities of canned tuna were withdrawn from sale be- cause of excessive mercury content. Other countries followed. The mass media covered the subject. The timing was such that no de- trimental effectonsales of tuna or other fish was noticeable before the end of 1970. FORM IN WHICH CATCH SOLD At national level, the amount sold merely chilled by ice continues to fall off slowly. But it still accounts, by far, for the highest pro- portion of the catch. Freezing is used in- creasingly. Curing and, to a lesser extent, canning are declining. In international trade, in value, all forms for human consumption improved but partic- ularly fresh and frozen (together) and shell- fish products. (a) Fresh The trade in fresh fish expanded to meet shortages. Germany received direct land- ings from Icelandic vessels, the United King- dom, through Denmark, and from East Europe. The Netherlands' searchfor sole led to con- signments being sent overlandfrom Britain's west coast. This trade probably is more vulnerable than less perishable commodities to hin- drances to commerce between countries. In 1970, there was a further lessening in the of- ficial trade restrictions, but industrially im- posed obstacles remained strong. (b) Frozen The proportion of products infrozen form traded internationally grows. For principal producers, frozenfish was a much more val- uable export than in 1969. Denmark and the Faroes together recorded an increase of about 30%. Iceland's rose 45% and Norway's 16%. Imports of frozenfish into the United King- dom rose about 25%. Frozen fillets from her EFTA partners were subject to minimum prices. In the U.S., imports of frozen fish blocks, mainly for fish sticks and portions, rose only about 2%; only Iceland among the principal suppliers improved(by more than a third) on 1969 figure. In value, the rise was much more substantial. In 1970, U.S. imports of fresh or frozen fillets of all species were 270,000 tons--9% above 1969, and equal roughly to 750,000 tons live weight. (c) Cured There was expansion overallintrade vol- ume of cured fish; however, this hides op- posing movements. In Norway, the rise for all types of cured fish was about 20%. Wet salted fish rose from 12,000 tons to 20,000 tons (75%); dry salted went from 47,000 tons to 52,000 tons (11%) and stockfish fell from 20,000 tons to 18,000 tons (minus 10%). This means the end of the Ni- gerian war has not led to the expected restor- ation of demand for stockfish; in fact, the Faroes export of dried cod stopped altogether. Canadian exports fell in value and were con- fined more than before toNorth America and the Caribbean. Imports of cured fishby France and Ger- many increased considerably in value: 37% and 23%. (d) Canning To a great extent, international trade in canned fish is confined to OECD members. It is particularly important to fisheries of Canada, Norway, Spain, Portugal, Germany, and U.S. Between 1969 and 1970, there was little change in overall trade. Slightly more (3-4%) was exported, while imports fell about 2 to 3%. In view of higher production costs in most countries and generally higher prices for raw material, herring in Germany, sar- dines in Spain, etc., the total value remained steady. Smaller quantities were bought by the two main importers--the United Kingdom (-17%) and U.S. (-4%); exports from Norway (+11%) and Spain (+32%) were above 1969. On the Pacific Coast of the U.S. and Can- ada, fish canning is centered on tuna and salmon. Both species yielded very good re- turns in 1970. The U.S. tuna pack was a record 200,000 tons (product weight) worth $380 million; the salmon pack, second largest in 15 years, was 85,000 tons worth $142.7 million. The tuna pack, rising almost continuously, has been more than doubled over 20 years. Salmon has tended to decline. The Canadian output of salmon also was unusually high--31,000 tons against 13,700 tons in 1969. Among other canned fish products in North America, canned sardine fell about 20% but most shellfish other than oysters (down 10%) increased. The pack of canned shrimps was a record. As withother OECD members, the U.S. production of canned pet food continued to grow; in 1970, it was worth $105 million. The ingredients include food other than fish, but even at 10% this remains an important outlet. It seems likely to grow. (e) Fishmeal The fishmeal market is largely interna- tional, so the OECD report includes non- members. In 1970, aggregated fish-meal output of major producers is estimated at around 4,890,000 tons. This is a rise of 14% above 1969 and 6.5% above 1968's record. Then, production was 4,593,000 tons. Around 35% (1969: 39%) of this production was OECD produced; the remaining 65% (1969: 61%) by six others. The latter increased production from 2,632,000 tons in 1969 to 3,193,000 tons in 1970 (up 20%). This was due to a sharp im- provement in Peru's output which, in every year since 1963, has been around four times higher than any other country's. In 1970, Peru's share reached its peak: 45% of world production. Unfavorable hydrographical con- ditions and fishermen's strike had cut output by 27% in 1969; in 1970, production was a record 2.2 million tons. Rough estimates put USSR production high- er again--probably around 375,000 tons in 1970, No. 3 producer. Japan is second. The other main producers outside OECD are Southand South West Africa. These pro- duced less thanin 1969 due to fewer pilchards and government quota system. Around 303,000 tons of meal was produced in 1970, compared with 471,000 tons in1968 peak year (down 35%). OECD production rose from 1,525,000 tons in 1966 to around 1,695,000 tons in 1970-- annual rate of around 2%. Compared with 1969, less meal was producedin1970in Can- ada (-9%), Germany (-11%), and the United Kingdom (-9%). Japan and Denmark, which account for around 30% and 10% of OECD total, showed little change. Norway's output, which fell 19% in 1968, and 24% more during 1969 to 309,000 tons, was again higher in 1970, when around 40,000 tons more were produced. In 1970, the weighted average annual price of Peruvian meal was U.S. $196.5 f.o.b. U.S. East Coast, compared to U.S. $157.10in 1969 (up 25%) and U.S. $130.95 in 1968. Prices generally were higher during first half: around U.S. $195 against U.S. $185 from July until December, when prices stayed around U.S. $85. In Germany, prices for Peruvian meal de- clined during first quarter from U.S. $238 in January to U.S. $196 in March. Then prices stabilized at around U.S. $210 until end of 1970. This stabilization of prices during second- half 1970 was said to be caused largely by market policy of EPCHAP, Peru's central fish-meal marketing body. It happened when there was Significantly higher production. It could be, says OECD report, that by restrict- ing sales EPCHAP avoided price collapse same as 1966/67's. Then, output of 350,000 tons higher depressed prices from U.S. $156.40 per ton in 1966 to U.S. $130.15 in 1967. Prices for fish-meal substitute --soya bean meal--increasedfrom U.S. $82.9 to U.S. $87.1 per tonfrom 1969 to 1970. This resulted from increased demand for protein additives in Europe and U.S. and despite record U.S. soya harvest of around 30.9 million tons. Prices for soya meal fluctuated widely, es- pecially during first 6 months, but they sta- bilized after summer peak. However, soya meal still had a price advantage over high fish-meal prices: the ratio was 2.26 in 1970 against 1.89in1969;a ratio of 1.3/1.4 can be taken as normal to achieve same protein con- tent. The above price development further re- duced trade in fish meal. In 1968, 3.4 mil- lion tons were imported by main producer countries; it is estimated that in 1970 only 2.7 million tons were shipped following 1969 reduction to 2.8 million tons. Significantly less was exported by Angola (-44%), Chile (-32%), South Africa (-43%), and Norway (-18%). On the other hand, Peru in- creased exports by around 230,000 tons-- from 1.65 to 1.88 million tons in 1970. This was due to increased exports to centrally con- trolled countries, mainly Poland and Yugo- slavia. These took around 22% of Peru's exports (1969: 15%). OECD members imported about 18% less meal. They took 1.9 million tons in 1970, compared with 2.3 million tons in 1969, and 2.7 million tons in 1968. This decline was caused by price development and, to a large extent, bynew contract conditions imposed by EPCHAP. According to EPCHAP conditions, the weight and quality of fish meal have to be de- termined at loading time. This means im- porters cannot claim shortage or defect on receipt. Soseveralimporters decided to take less meal from Peru. Significantly less was imported by U.S. (down 26% from 1969 and about 68% from record year 1968); the United Kingdom (minus 123,000 tons), and the Neth- erlands (minus 57,000 tons). Germany again was leading importer: about 18%, or around 500,000 tons of meal entering world trade. Although imports to Germany decreased slightly (minus 7%), the high imports indicate compounders! pre- ference for fish meal in mixed feed. It had been thought generally after law requiring a certain percentage of fish meal in feed mix was abolished in December 1969 that imports of fish meal would be cut. Stocks of fish meal held by FEO countries at endof 1970 were estimated at 834,000 tons. These were more than double the extremely low stocks held at end of 1969, and 59% higher than 1964/69 average. Fishmeal Exporters Organization (FEO) members are: Angola, Chile, Iceland, Norway, Peru, South and South West Africa. With exception of South and South West Africa, where much less meal was produced, stocks inall countries were above 1969 level; lower exports and higher production were re- sponsible. Peru alone held around 660,000 tons, or 75% of total, then Norway (107,000 tons), and Chile (40,000 tons). The OECD report states that 1971 develop- ment on fish-meal market will depend to a larger extent than before on price of fish meal vs. prices of competing foodingredients. The level of production may not be as important. Even a 10% decrease in Peruvian output would have limited effect on market because of ex- tremely high stocks. A highly important factor will be EPCHAP's policy. If it stipulates prices at 1969 level, around U.S. $196 f.o.b. U.S. East Coast, less meal maybe imported by U.S. and Europe--especially because soya bean meal will be available as substitute. Estimates of 1971 U.S. soyaharvest indi- cate around 30 million tons. If suchaswitch resulted in higher prices for soya meal, the ratio of fish mealto soya meal favors the lat- ter so much that even a 10-15% price rise would still favor use of soya. If, however, Peru lowers the price, more fish meal likely will be used in some coun- tries. Much depends on sales during closed fishing season (January to March). If global stocks fall to around 450,000~500,000 tons, this would release the pressure of inventories on prices, closed season and, possibly, bring lower selling prices. At end of March1971, inventories seemed below 500,000 tons and average prices in U.S. and Europe were stillvery high and favoring the use of competing feed ingredients. There- fore, world market prices were expected to remain at December 1970 level, although less fish meal would be used. As a result, stocks at end of 1971 could be higher than at end of 1970. CONCLUSION In 1970, the outstanding feature, undoubt- edly, was the better returns at landing stage because of generally higher prices paid to catchers. Itis believed that higher quotations of meal prices hurt sales. A drop of 500,000 tons, over 50% of 1968 usage, in the U.S. is held mainly attributable to price factor. But for fish sold for human food, there is little evi- dence of consumer resistance, except for one or two isolated items of shellfish in semi- luxury class. In some respects, says the OECD report, this is surprising because it is only the latest rise for mass consumers in industrial coun- tries. These rises have affected fish much more than other foods. In the U.S., the over- all average retail price of fish in 1970 rose 10% over 1969 (nearly double all foods) and brought index (1957/59 = 100) to 143.7. By comparison, the index for other sources of first-class proteinwere: meats 133.8; poultry 97.9; eggs 111. Only fresh fruit (144.5) rose about as much as fish. The arguments explaining or justifying why fish prices are so much ahead of competing foods are: a muchlower starting point, more ground covered in refining products, develop- ment of more costly preservation, etc. But the fact remains that for every dollar's worth of fish bought in 1960, the consumer was pay- ing $1.40 in 1970, the buyer of beef $1.30. In 1970, as in 1969 and 1968, U.S. per- capita consumption of fish rose; it was ata 17-year high. When landings are being maintained and meeting strong demand, it might be expected that expansion, perhaps even of excessive fishing power, would result. So far, taking productive capacity as awhole, there has been no such pronounced tendency. New fishing units are being added--but more to consoli- date. These additions often fall short of re- placement and reston much government help and, occasionally, on capital from other in- dustry sectors. Freezer-trawlers require from $4.5 mil- lion to $5.5 million, so any building is more and more confined to integrated companies. The only class of vessel that might be in- creasing is the one able to stay at sea for up to a week. Any proportional increase would be slight. After some miscellaneous building in the 1960s,it seems that the size of the combined fleets has stabilized. Using the most optim- istic forecasts of marine biologists, the fleets will draw onstocks likely lower than in 1970. At best, the supply will remain constant. So the continued 1970 pressure of demand inevitably will bring higher consumer prices. The most popular outlet, except where dis - tance is an obstacle, is fresh fish, although frozen fish have made some inroads. The distribution chainforfreshfishis highly spe- cialized and expensive to maintain. Although vigorous attempts have been made to make trade suitable for supermarkets, by and large it remains in specialists' hands. These spe- cialists are becoming scarcer. Thus fresh fish would become more difficult to find and more expensive tobuy. This process has been underway for years, but the 1970 experience points tofreshfish becoming still more costly food and being accepted by the public. But quality must be kept high to maintain con- sumer interest. To producers of frozen foods, the attract- tions of fish as a raw material were its low price that allowed comparatively expensive treatment, storage, distribution, and sales promotion--but resulted in a commodity that still could be offered at acceptable price alongside other consumer packs. So far, the price of landed fish has not advanced suffi- ciently to prevent growth of quantities sold through retail cabinets. But displayed with other products, pricefactorhas a greater in- fluence on future trade than with fresh fish. As long as price forfreshfish keeps advanc- ing, the price asked for fish to enter the freezing chain will also rise. This could be the basis for the concern expressed where, in one instance, export prices rose 25% over I). The OECD summary concludes: "It could be that trading in food fish in the next few years will be maintained at a constant level as regards quantity of fish soldfresh but per- haps with some easing in the volume sold through other outlets as the price of raw material keeps rising." COMMUNIST-BLOC SCIENTISTS FORESEE NO MAJOR CHANGE IN ICNAF COD STOCKS No major changes in the condition of cod stocks in the area of the International Con- vention for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries (ICNAF) are foreseenfor 1972 by fishery bi- ologists of the Soviet Union, East Germany, Bulgaria, Poland, and Romania. The scien- tists of the 5 East-Europeannations adhering to the Agreement of Cooperation in High-Seas Fisheries met recently in Poland. They made these predictions for 1972: Greenland cod (ICNAF Subarea 1) will stay at 1968-69 level, with large adults (55- 75 cms.) predominating. Labrador cod (Subarea 2) will remain at 1970 level. Newfoundland cod (Subarea 3) stocks are expected to increase because the abundant 1968 year-class will enter the fishery in 1972. Cod Catches in ICNAF Convention Area, 1966-70 Subarea 3 Total ICNAF 4 2 Convention area (Metric tons) 103,994 204,790 381,869 429,479 366,126 209,801 412,293 449,342 297,809 337,877 520,094 569,087 732,813 720,604 498,665 255,703 206,065 247,333 194,447 215,254 1,124,979 1,438,058 1,860,533 1,684,649 1,477,257 Statistical area 6 was not included because cod catches there are insignificant. a FISH STOCKS IN W. MEDITERRANEAN ARE HEAVILY OVERFISHED Fishing for Mediterranean hake, sole, red mullet, sea bream, and shrimp has increased so muchinthe last 10 years that catch yields have decreased seriously. Stocks most affected are along the French, Italian, and Spanish coasts, the oldest and heaviest exploitedareas. The situation along the Tunisian, Yugoslavian, and Algerian coasts is less alarming. These were the findings of the Working Group of the General Fisheries Councilof the Mediterranean at Rome meeting early in June. Reduced Fishing Suggested The group warned that because of present exploitation, and particularly small mesh size of nets, more fishing likely would result in even lower catches. Reduced fishing would improve stocks. As a first step, the group urged that all nets with mesh size smaller than 40 milli- meters, stretched measure, be banned. The group will meet againin December to consider improvements in statistics on catches and fleet activities, and in research on effect of exploitation onindividual stocks. AAA COD AND THE WEST C.L. Sulzberger REYKJAVIK, Iceland--Future strategy of the NATO allies depends on what agreement they can reach about catching the glistening, nutritious codfish abounding in this island's waters. Cod and haddock harvested from the neighboring sea comprise Iceland's greatest natural resource and finance its high stan- dard of living and remarkable culture. In the nineteenfifties, when Reykjavik ex- tended national fishing limits out twelve miles, Britain, the main market, ignored this and there were actual armed incidents involving In 1961 Britain accepted the new limits and it was violators although nobody got hurt. agreed to send future disputes to the World Court. Now Iceland announces it will scrap the ac- cord and extend territorial waters out fifty miles toexclude foreign trawlers. The Brit- ish flatly reject this and the West Germans go along. As if this dispute with twoallies were not enough, the new Government has also pro- claimedits intention of expelling the Ameri- can forces that tend and protect the NATO base here. Icelanditselfis wholly unarmed so the base would be left up for grabs, although this country doesn't want to quit the alliance itself. Finally, faced with the prospect of Britain joining, Iceland wants an arrangement with the Common Market to assure adequate fish ex- ports. It doesn't covet associated status but Reprinted from The New York Times, Aug. 13. 10 a special deal comparable with that between this country and the United States on air trans- port. Icelandic Airways is not a member of the International Air Transport Association (I.A.T.A.) and therefore isn't bound to its price scales. It manages to undercut I.A.T.A. planes ontrans-Atlantic flights but Washing- ton permits Icelandic planes--the only non- I.A.T.A. line--to land, although U.S. as well as foreign airlines object. The new Government raised all these prob- lems together by bold promises before the elections that brought itto power: to ban for- eign fishermen inside a fifty-mile limit, to oust the Americans, and to stake out a deal with the Common Market. It is beginning to wonder if all these vote-getting pledges are workable. And Londonand Bonn have announced they won't accept the fifty-mile limit. The British insist the 1961 agreement was ironclad. Nei- ther London nor Bonn are going to ask the Common Market to favor Iceland just after they have been kicked in the teeth. So there is a dispute inside NATO apart from the dispute on NATO inside Iceland. Reykjavik might find after studying all the difficulties involved that it would be wiser to renege on electoral promises and not shove the Americans out. It has already deferred that matter to the looming cod war. ———— = ee "An agreement on fishing limitations has priority,''Foreign Minister Einar Agustsson told me. ''We will go very slowly on other questions until this is settled. I'll take my time studying the base problem. The fishing issue has much more popular support than the base issue." He hopes to settle fishing by September 1972. ment neednot even warm up for more than a In other words, the NATO base argu- year while passion spends itself on the cod. The allies hope that as the Government fa- miliarizes itself with the dangers involved in ending protection of the Iceland base, less drastic solutions will be suggested. Once before, during a brief 1956 crisis that was shelved when Russia invaded Hun- gary, the now-dominant parties asked that "Icelanders shall themselves undertake care and maintenance of the defensive installation, other than military duties." N As my } 11 This is scarcely feasible. A wholly un- armed country couldn't protect the base and two hundred thousand Icelanders don't have enough trained technicians or a counterespi- onage apparatus. The base is directly linked to planes in the air and ships on and beneath the sea which coordinate information. The original concept under which Iceland joined NATO in 1949--no foreign troops or bases in peacetime--is no longer workable. It is difficult to contemplate a substitute ar- rangement. The Denmark Strait between this country and Greenland and the Iceland-Faroes Gap are crucially important and can best be plugged from here. But itis hoped patient diplomacy plus good- will will eventually find compromise arrange - ments assuring Iceland generous fish sup- plies, adequate European markets, continued cheap air rates andsome means of keeping an The emotional priority of cod and haddock allows allied force to preserve the NATO base. time to cool the strategic issue. va 4 12 ICELAND FAROE ISLANDS & ICELAND COOPERATE IN FROZEN-FISH EXPORTS TO U.S. Faroese and Icelandic exporters have agreed to merge their export of frozen fish to the U.S. market to compete better with other countries. Previously, Faroese exports of quick-frozen cod and haddock fillets to the U.S. and Great Britain were handled by pri- vate importers. Faroese producers have felt handicapped in entering large markets even though their products have been highly regarded. Their export associations realized that a merger would help. Coldwater Seafood Corp. Since May 1, Faorese exports to the U.S. have been handled by the Coldwater Seafood Corp. This is a private Icelandic sales firm to the U.S. with annual sales of about 50,000 metric tons. The corporation is backed by about 70of Iceland's 100 filletfactories. The merger adds the productionof 15 Faroese fil- let factories and several factory trawlers to its supply chain. Faroese exports of frozen fish quadrupled in the last two years due to improved inshore fishing and the addition of modern factory trawlers. Iceland's U.S. Factory The U.S. buys 80% of all frozen fish pro- duced in Iceland. Iceland operates a large factory in Cambridge, Maryland, where the fillets are cut into portions to suit the U.S. customer. The headquarters organization in New York City maintains a wide distribution system for its ready-made products. ('Vest- kysten', June 28) = Rin UNITED KINGDOM BRITISH FIRM TO PRODUCE PROTEIN FROM PETROLEUM British Petroleum's plant at Grangemouth, Scotland, the world's largest for producing protein-rich yeast by hydrocarbon fermenta- tion, will begin operations early in 1972. Toprina, the trade name for BP's protein, willbe used to enrich animal foodstuffs, prin- cipally for turkeys, chickens, pigs, and for fish farming. The first year's production already has been ordered by leading animal-feed com- pounders. BP's 2 Plants Grangemouth has a capacity of about 4,000 metric tons of protein a year. It is the first of two units to be operated by BP. The sec- ond, output of about 15,000 metric tons a year, is nearing completion at Lavera, near Marseilles, France. The possibility of pro- ducing protein onanindustrial scale was first recognized there in 1959. Technology has been developed for this process, which has been licensed in Japan. There, a 1,000-ton-a-year plant already has been built. 7 Years! Pilot Operation Two pilot plants have been operating for 7 years. The product has been tested exhaus- tively at independent scientific institutes in Holland, and with animal-feed compounders in the U.K. and France. blended into food and fed successfully to sev- The protein has been eral generations of animals. ('South African Shipping News & Fishing Industry Review') oa NORWAY SALMON ARE REARED COMMERCIALLY AT BERGEN The Norwegian firm Mowi A/S of Bergen has established after years of research that it is possible to rear salmon commercially. Similar attempts to produce salmon have been made by firms in Scotland, Canada, and East European countries without success. The culture takes place in small bays and sounds surrounding the archipelago at Bergen. This location takes advantage of the natural flow of water from the Atlantic andthe North Sea. The technique was started in 1965 by a food-processing plant named Compact. Mowi Mowi, established in 1969, Norsk Hydro and Compact. By mid-July 1971, is owned by Mowi had delivered 35 tons of salmon; it was expected to deliver another 40-50 tons in the following weeks. The present plant is expect- ed to produce about 500-600 tonsa year. After maximum expansion, it willbe able to produce about 1,500 tons worth about US$4.2 million. The Mowi-reared salmon do not differ from Atlantic salmon. Since salmon culture in cap- tivity has reached the third generation, it is not yet known whether degeneration will oc- cur in later generations. The breeding pro- "wild" Attempts to cross with Icelandic cess involves crossing "tame" and salmon. salmon also have been made. Rearing Salmon Production takes place around four islands. Two are equipped withfresh-water plants for culture and breeding of the fry until time when salmon normally would travel to sea. Hatch- ing is advanced by flow of heated water through the plants. When the salmoneggs are hatched, they are placedin large fiberglass tanks con- taining a mixture of freshand sea water. The fish are fed to speed growth. Normally, the smolt stage takes 2-4 years, but at Mowi 80% The water in these tanks is not heated, except in have reached this stage in one year. winter. This procedure allows the young salmon to become adjusted to sea water. When salmon reach the smolt stage, they are moved to ocean waters. These impound- ments are small sounds closed off at both ends. Pumps have been installed to supply oxygen and circulate the water in the sound during calm periods. At the final stage, the salmon weigh about 12 to 16 pounds, which is con- sidered the most desirable size. Annual Production Mowi's annual productionis about 1.5 mil- lion salmon fry; of these about 500,000 are used for the firm's salmon production. The firm estimates that about 300,000 fry reach the finalstage. About one million fry are sold to stock rivers and fjords in Norway. ('Bor- sen', July 19) 13 CANADA FISHERY IMPROVEMENT LOANS INCREASE Canada's Finance Minister has reported that C$1.2 million was loaned under the Fish- eries Improvement Loans Act from Jan. 1 to March 31,1971. In the 1970 period, $861,335 was loaned. The Government may guarantee loans granted by chartered banks and other desig- nated lenders to fishermen for many purposes. A maximum of $25,000 may be loaned to a borrower at any one time. Loans must be secured. They are repayable over a period upto 10years. The maximum rate of interest is determined semiannually, on April 1 and October 1. The maximum rate during the period reviewed was 8%. The Fisheries Improvement Loan Act came into effect in Dec. 1955. From then to end of March 1971, C$13.2 million was loaned. ea ee a8 PACIFIC SALMON STOCKS INCREASED DURING PAST 10 YEARS Canada's Pacific salmonstocks increased up to 24 million fish (13%) in past 10 years compared to previous decade. Commercial fishermen caught 230 million salmon in 1961 to 1970; in 1951 to 1960, 206 million. Fishermen earned roughly C$40 mil- lion more. Salmon Stocks Rise Salmon stocks have increased despite in- dustrial expansion, slides, stream abuse by loggers, and loss of spawning areas to rural development. Contributing to increase were: 1) the $18- million resource development program of Canada's Department of Fisheries since 1950, and 2) cooperationby pulp and paper industry in setting strict pollution standards in new mills. ('Fisheries News', Canada's Depart- ment of Fisheries) 14 LATIN AMERICA MEXICO 1970 CATCH ROSE 10% FROM 1969 In 1970, Mexico's fish industry reversed its downward trend: its 255,840 metric tons of all species were 10.3% above 1969. This was disclosed by preliminary figures from Mexico's Secretary of Industry and Com- merce. Anchovy led: up 33.4%; shrimp landings increased 26.5%. Amongindustrial products, fish-meal production was up 33% over 1969; however, Mexico still needed to import 78,063 tons to meet her requirements. Shrimp Still No. 4 Export Asaresult of increased production, shrimp exports, mostly to the U.S., jumped 21.8% to US$63.1 million. Shrimp retained fourth place among exports, after sugar, cot- ton, and coffee. ee f rN 7 CHILE 1970 FISH-MEAL PRODUCTION DOWN FROM 1969 Chilean fish-meal production during 1970 was only 162,627 metric tons, about 63,000 less than 1969, reports the Corporacion de Pesca S.A. (CORPESA). Exports of fish meal during 1969 were 145,139.8 metric tons; exports of fish meal during 1970 were estimated at 110,000 metric tons worth US$17.9 million. Production of fish oil was 19,447 metric tons in 1970, about 11,000 metric tons below 1969. Exports were 9,512 metric tons in1969 and are estimated at 7,500 metric tons for 1970. (U.S. Embassy (FAS) Santiago) 28 LEE ASIA JAPAN FISHERY CATCH IN 1970 TOPPED 9 MILLION TONS Japan's fishery catch, excluding whales, reached a record 9,275,000 metric tons in 1970, according to the Statistics and Survey Division, Ministry of Agriculture and For- estry. The figure is 662,000 tons, or 8%, above 1969's 8,613,000 metric tons. +or - 1970 1969 from 1969 (No. of Whales) ALING: Whalebone whale (blue-whale units) 2,422.49 Sperm whale 6, 548 Minke and other species 624 The increase was attributed primarily to the sharp rise in Alaskan pollock catch in North Pacific mothership-type trawl fishery, good mackerel fishing in purse-seine fish- ery, and increased trawl catches off Hokkaido. * OK OX NORTH PACIFIC SALMON MOTHERSHIP FLEETS ACHIEVE QUOTA The 11 Japanese salmon motherships that began fishing in Area A (north of 45° N. lat. and west of 175° W. long.)inthe North Pacific on May 20 attained their 1971 salmon catch quota of 37,357 metric tons. The operations ended four days earlier than in 1970. The 1971 high-seas salmon fishery was characterized by: (1) low ratioof red salmon catch (estimated 22-23% of total landings); (2) abundance of chum and pink; (3) absence of concentrations of Bristol Bay reds (result was that only the 2 fleets operating off Aleut- ians caught small reds during final weeks; and (4) landings of king and silver salmon were small, possibly because season was too early. ('Suisan Tsushin', July 19.) KOKO 15 SURVEY SQUID RESOURCE OFF CALIFORNIA The newlyformed semigovernmental Ma- rine Fishery Resources Development Center of Japan was scheduled to charter the 300- gross-tonvessel 'Ryo-un Maru'this summer to survey the squid resource off California. The objective is to locate new grounds for large squid vessels. These vessels are having trouble because under Japanese licensing system they cannot operate in Japanese coast- al fishery and, farther offshore, squid abun- dance has diminished considerably in recent years. The Center's Job The Center is collecting data on the squid catch of Japanese tuna longliners and of U.S. squid fishery off California. Over 40 U.S. vessels fish during the April-August season. They harvest over 10,000 tons annually. California vessels report squid concentra- tions fairly close to shore. For Japanese fishermen, therefore, the most important question is how much squid can be taken in deeper offshore waters. KOK OK EXPLORE FOR SKIPJACK TUNA OFF SOLOMON ISLANDS The Japanese Taiyo Fishing Co. has sent 2 tuna motherships to the Solomon Islands area in the South Pacific on a skipjack re- source development cruise. They are 'Satsu Maru No. 18'(500 tons, 450-ton carrying ca- pacity), and 'Kairyu Maru! (450 gross tons, 300-ton capacity). Taiyo plans to establish in Guadalcanal and other islands 2-3 bases of operations for these motherships. The latter will buy skipjack from four 39-ton Okinawan vessels. Taiyo is alsoexploringfor skipjack off the Fiji Islands for FAO. 16 JAPAN (Contd.): Other Firms Already There Among major Japanese fishery firms, Taiyo is a late comer to the South Pacific skipjack fishery. Kyokuyo, Hokoku Suisan, and the Overseas Fishery companies already are conducting "exploratory" fishing off Papua-New Guinea and Nichiro off Halmahera Island near Molucca Sea. ('Katsuo-maguro Tsushin!) OK OK HOPE TO BREED SEA BREAM AND FLATFISH BY 1972 Commercial cultivation of marine fish in Japan is an ancient and profitable business. However, fish farming generally has been limited to a few species: shrimp, octopus, eels, yellowtail, and clams. Other marine species are being cultivated but largely on an experimental basis. Now the Japanese will culture red sea breams (''Ma-dai,'' CHRYSO- PHRYS MAJOR) and flatfish ("hirame,'' PLA - TICHTHYS STELLATUS, orbastard halibut). Sea Bream & Flatfish For the past 3-4 years, scientists at Kinki University's fishery experimental laboratory have been breeding and raising sea bream and flatfish. The fish are grown in 30 water tanks. Each tank is about 3 feet high, holds a half- ton of water, and contains 3,000 fry. Scientists have succeeded in coloring the sea breama Suitable pink (the Japanese con- sumer is highly conscious of fish coloring) by feeding the sea bream special foodstuffs. Re- cently, the lab sold samples of the seabream on the open market; they were favorably re- ceived. Building Incubation Facilities With financial supportfrom the Shirahama Fishery Cooperative, Kinki's techniques will be put into practice. Several incubation facil- ities are being built ata 6,600-sq.-meter site at Sakata Beach, near Shirahama City. The facilities, costing US$416,000, are scheduled to be completed in March 1972. The project will mass-produce "finned" fish, which are considered difficult to raise artificially. Shi- geru Iwasaki, directorof the Shirahama Fish- ery Cooperative, has said that fish farming throughout Japan would benefit due to a stable supply of fry produced by the incubation fa- cilities. Orders for the young fish are said to be "pouring in."' (‘Japan Times’) HOOK OK 38 VESSELS LICENSED FOR HIGH-SEAS SAURY FISHERY The Japanese Fisheries Agency has li- censed 38 vessels for experimental high-seas sauryfishingin 1971 inthe North Pacific east of 160° E. long. The agency is expected to make a decision on the remaining 10 of the 48 vessels that applied this year. OK OK LARGEST STERN TRAWLER JOINS BERING SEA FLEET The 5,300-gross-ton 'Tenyo Maru', Ja- pan's largest stern trawler, was delivered to its owners on May 20, 1971. After running trials, the vessel departed on June 1 for the Bering Sea. There it will engage primarily in "surimi''(minced fish) and fish-meal pro- duction for 7 months. Production target is 4,000tons of frozensurimi, 2,000 tons of fish meal, and 1,000 tons of frozen fish. Cost $4.7 Million The vessel cost 1,700 million yen(US$4.72 million). It is 366 feet long, 55.8 feet wide, and 36.7 feet deep. Main engine is 5,700 hp., maximum speed 17.3 knots. It can accommo- date a crew of 115. ('Nihon Suisan Shimbun', June 7) Larger One On Way The 5,500-gross ton factory trawler 'Chi- kubu Maru! was scheduled to be launched at the Usuki Ironworks on June 13, 1971. When completed in late October, it will be Japan's largest and fifth 5,000-ton class trawler. In mid-November, it will be sent to the Bering Sea trawling grounds. Main specifications are: length 342 feet, width 58.4 feet, depth 36.1 feet, 5,700-hp. main engine, and speed of 15.5 knots. The ship will carry a 122-man crew. ('Suisan Tsushin') JAPAN (Contd.): JAPANESE TO FORM COMPANY IN MAURITANIA TO OPERATE ICE BOATS In early 1971, Mauritania and several Japanese fishing firms reviewed a 1-year agreement. Under it, the Japanese are send- ing 11 ice-carrying fishing boats and will form a local corporation to operate them. The new company, tobe named Mauritania Suisan Marine Products Co. will be estab- lished in Nouadhibou with Japanese paid-up capital of 40 million CFA francs (about US$150,000). Ice Boats There Most of the ice boats arrived at Nouadhi- bou in May and are fishing; the rest were expected in June. The agreement provides for the Japanese to help in the development of Mauritania's fishingindustry. The vessels will fish in the coastal waters with arrange - ments to export catches to Japan. ('Suisan Keizai Shimbun') OK OK 17 COLD-STORAGE PLANT BEGINS OPERATIONS The firm Kenya Fishing Industry has a new 2,000-toncold-storage plant at Mombasa processing tuna. The plantis operated jointly by two Japanese firms (Taiyo & Ataka Sangyo), local business interests, and the Kenyan Government. The firm was established with US$167,000 (60 million yen), one-third each by participants. Tuna Base Taiyo is using Mombasa port as a tuna- fishing base under an exclusive agreement. Previously, it used a refrigerated fish car- rier anchored offshore to store tuna caught in the Indian Ocean. 10 Longliners Off Mombasa In 1970, 20 Taiwanese and 2 Okinawan tuna longliners supplied Mombasa under a contract with Taiyo. In mid-June 1971, the 10 long- liners off Mombasa were catching about 2.5 tons a day (about 50% yellowfin, 25-30% big- eyed; the remainder marlin and other species). ('Katsuo-maguro Tsushin') THAILAND: Harvesting tilapia from a fish farm. (FAO) SOUTH PACIFIC NEW ZEALAND EXPORT WELL-BRED EELS New Zealand has escaped pollution ofits natural waterways so far, says the country's information service. This is good for eels-- and for New Zealand's export market. Until about 1953, New Zealand eels were unknown to the world's eel eaters. The story is different today. Eels spawn hundreds of miles from New Zealand. The small leaf-shaped creatures (Leptocephalus), carried by ocean currents, arrive in the spring as small transparent glass eels. They make their way up many rivers and streams around the country to the headwaters; they growas they progress. Af- ter 3 or 4 years, they are ready to migrate. This normally begins towards end of Febru- ary and lasts 4 to6 weeks. During migration, the best eels are caught for processing and export. A Dutchman Pioneered The catching and exporting of eels were pioneered bya Dutch migrant. He had handled and processed eels in Holland and knew Dutch and European markets. Most eels exported from New Zealand have been "live frozen," not eviscerated. In recent years, however, the method adopted by the Dutch migrant has produced change: eels are now cleaned and deslimed before freezing. Considerable im- provements have been made intrapping, han- dling, and processing eels. Packing plants are required to meet high standards of cleani- ness and hygiene. 18 Packed Many Ways Eels are packedinseveral ways to satisfy foreigncustomers. Theyare available block frozen alive; frozen alive, each eel inter- leaved; stick frozen alive; gutted and de- slimed, head on; completely dressed; and in fillet form with skin off oron. In some cases, individual fillets are frozen and glazed; in other cases, a solid block of fillets with skin off is prepared for special orders, or smoked whole. Solid block, individually wrapped and smoked eel fillets in small retail packs, or large fillets also are available to catering trade. Not all processors provide so many products. In most cases, eels are double -glazed, and cartons polythene-lined. Carton sizes vary with customer requirements, but the net weight ranges between 10 and 15 lbs. (5.53 and 6.80 kgs.). Some packers of smoked eels provide these in cartons between 10 and 30 lbs. (5.53 and 13.60 kgs.) to suit customers. The demand for smoked eels is growing. Eels Graded The eels are graded. First step deter- mines which eels are most suitable for the various processes; the second is a grading to size to suit customers. Generally, the short-finned (Anguilla australia) are re- quired in 1-2 lbs.(0.45-0.90 kg.) or 2 to 4 lbs. (0.90 to 1.81 kgs.) sizes. The long-fin- ned (Anguilla dieffenbachi) are asked for mainly in 1 to 2 lbs. and 2 to 3 lbs. (0.90- 1.36 kgs.). Some customers specify 4 to 10 lbs. (1.81 to 4.53 kgs.) long-finned eels for canning and similar purposes. The long-finned eel attains 35 to 40 lbs. (15.86 to 18.14 kgs.). These very large eels are not used. But they are of high-enough quality for canning, jelliedeel fillets, and for sausages. Most processors could supply the very large long-finned eels. Large Export Potential The potential for eel exports is so large that New Zealand's Fishing Industry Board began investigating the possibility of farming them. They used the methods of Japan's long- established industry. Following the visit of Dr. Isao Matsui, a leading authority on eels, to advise Board, the interest in exporting glass eels to Japan grew. When results of this experiment being conducted in Japan be- QOS Se Me 19 come known, they will show whether New Zea-~- land glass eels canbe farmed under Japanese conditions. At same time, research has begun in New Zealand on the eel's life cycle. Practical ex- periments are under way to grow baby eels in ponds. Eelfarmingis successfulin Japan, and New Zealanders hope they too can put it on a sound basis. Rapid Industry Growth The eel industry has grown rapidly. Next to rock lobsters, eels are the most important fishexport. In1967, eel products were worth NZ$79,737; the estimate for 1970 exports was NZ$454,000. New Zealand exports eels to West Germany, Netherlands, Japan, Austra- lia, U.S., Britain, South Africa, Italy, and Sweden. 0 y Leptocephalus Late-stage Leptocephalus FIND OCEAN QUAHOGS ABUNDANT OFF MASSACHUSETTS Large quantities of ocean quahogs were found in the near-shore waters off Ipswich and Gloucester, Massachusetts, during ex- perimental fishing from the 57 -foot Glouces- tertrawler 'Jo-Ann', April 18-May6. Catch ratesupto 30 bushels per hour of the large, 3- to 4-inch-long, edible molluscs were achieved in10to15 fathoms just north of Cape Ann, Mass. Fig. 1 - Catch of Ocean Quahogs on deck of Gloucester trawler Jo-Ann. Funds tocharter Jo-Ann were supplied by Economic Development Administration (EDA); fishing equipment and technical direc - tion were provided by NMFS. The captain and 3-man crew fished. Principal objectives were: (1) toinves- tigate potential of underutilized clam re- sources in Gloucester area; (2) to test adapt- 20 ability of a small New England dragger for conversion to hydraulic jet dredging. Both objectives were reached. Results Encouraging The results were encouraging enough to suggest that more, formally planned surveys might accelerate establishment of a small- boat jet-dredge clam fishery in Gloucester area. The converted and equipped Jo-Ann proved an effective and efficient clam dredge vessel. Gear A hydraulic jet dredge with a 32-inch fixed blade was fished. The dredge was used with a diesel-powered centrifugal pump that sup- plied water under pressure (70 p.s.i. on deck) through a 5-inch hose to the dredge manifold and jets. A double-drum trawl winch was driven by a power take-off from the mainen- gine. One winch drum contained 3-inch wire rope used for setting and hauling the dredge. The other winchdrum contained 1-inch nylon rope for towing the dredge. Fishing Procedure (1) The dredge hose was let out over the stern. (2) The dredge was lifted over the side and lowered to ocean bottom by 3-inch wire rope from one winch drum. This wire passed through a block on the end of a heavy boom. At the same time, the nylon towing rope was spooled off of the other winch drum in amount needed. The tow rope passed through a hang- ing block at the center of the deck and over the stern. (3) The centrifugal pump was G OUCESTER,,:: es cee ‘Manche eres a Fig. 2 - Ocean quahog area surveyed April 18-May 6, 1971. 21 22 started to supply water to the dredge while setting out. (4) For the actual dredging, the wire rope was Slackened and the dredge was (The elas- ticity of nylon rope helps reduce shock from towed by the 1-inch nylon rope. minor hang-ups and helps to prevent damage to the dredge.) Three fathoms of tow rope were payed out for each fathom of water--a 3:1 scope. (5) The dredge was hauled back at (6) The dredge hose remained inwater during hauling end of tow by the 3-inch wire rope. and setting procedures. It was taken aboard only at end of a day's fishing, or whenever boat moved to a distant area. Results Table shows average catch by depth(s) for all areas fished. Tows of 5-minute duration were made for routine sampling purposes, and 15-45-minute tows were made for production. The towing time and resulting catches are ad- justed to 15 minutes to permit direct com- parison. The density of ocean quahogs is The average weight of one bushel of clams was 75 shown by numbers of bushels caught. pounds. The average count of clams per bush- el was 160. The clams were all about 33 to 4inchesinlength. The yield of edible meats-- Average number of bushels per 15-minute towing time Area 2 Good Harbor Beach Depth Fathoms Area 1 Ipswich Bay 5-6 1.5 7-8 5.9 9-10 4.3 11-12 6.5 13-15 8.8 20 == -- indicates depths not surveyed. Area of Operation One in Ipswich Bay (Area 1), depth range of 5 to Four areas were fished (see chart). 15 fathoms, was selected for major part of dredging. Other areas sampled included Good Harbor Beach(Area 2), an area 1 mile SW of Gloucester harbor breakwater (Area 3), and off Singing Beach near Manchester (Area 4). Area 3 Gloucester Harbor Breakwater Area 4 Manchester determined by NMFS Gloucester Fishery Products Technology Laboratory-was about 11 pounds per 80 lb. bushel of whole clams. Time did not permit more intensive and/or systematic survey. However, table indicates significant concentrations of clamsin all four areas sampled. The most productive was in Ipswich Bay, 1 mile north of Annisquam River entrance buoy in 10 to 15 fathoms. For more information, contact Keith A. Smith or Warren D. Handwork, NMFS Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research Base, Woods Hole, Massachusetts 02543. Telephone: (617) 548-5123. SCUBA DIVERS WATCH MIDWATER TRAWL AT WORK SCUBA divers of NMFS Pascagoula, Miss., were able to observe a midwater trawl in op- eration off Panama City, Florida, during Cruise 28 of the 'Oregon II', July 6-11. They were preparing for a project to developan electric midwater trawl that will improve sampling efficiency when assessing fishery resources of the open sea. The divers were trained in operating a towed diving sled named 'RUFUS'; 5 divers have checked out on this vehicle. Techniques were developed for using the sled to observe the midwater trawl while it is fishing. The sled transports the divers from surface to the net. Thedivers canleave the sled tied to the netandmove about. After observing the net, they can return to the sled, release it from the net, and return to the surface. RUFUS --Remote Underwater Fisheries Assessment System. (Photo: A. J. Barrett) The divers observed the net at towing speeds of 2, 3, and 4 knots. The maximum towing speed for meaningful observation is about 3knots. At4knots, it takes considerable effort toride the net, and observations become almost impossible. 23 Net's Fishing Configuration The fishing configuration of the standard 30-foot midwater trawl was evaluated. It was almost perfectly square: each side spread 20 to 25 feet when towed at 3 knots using the standard 40-fathom bridles. Ob- servations when using 10-fathom bridles re- vealed satisfactory horizontal spread, but the vertical opening was reduced to 10 to 15 feet. Trawling along a line of artificial struc- tures was an effective method to position fish schools in path of mid-water trawl--and to permit efficient use of diver time for ob- serving the interaction of fish and gear. Fish Reactions The divers watched the reactions of round scad (Decapterus punctatus), Spanish sardine (Sardinella anchovia), and numerous small jack (Carangidae) tothe trawl. Schools would swim along with and inside the net. Often, they moved back 20 to 30 feet inside the trawl's mouth. There was no herding effect apparent at the doors of bridles, although fish were observed to school along with the doors. The fish often appeared to be feeding on particulate material while swimming inside the trawl mouth at towing speeds over 3 knots. When frightened, they were easily capable of burst speeds to escape the net. The divers often reported over 1,000 pounds of fish Swimmingin and around the net--but catches always were less than 100 pounds when the trawl was brought aboard. Fish Within Range The presence of fishinand around the trawl mouth places them well within range of the electric field for the proposed electric mid- water trawl. No difficulty is expected from placing the electrode hardware around the mouth of the net. 24 1971 STOCKING PROGRAMS IMPROVE GREAT LAKES FISHERIES U.S. and Canadian waters of the Great Lakes this year will receive 15-16 million hatchery-reared fish. The stocking of over 8.5 million coho and chinook salmon is a recordfor these species. The State of Mich- igan introduced the coho in1966 and the chi- nook in 1967. Ontario has been releasing another salmonid, the kokanee, since 1965: this year 1.1 million were stocked in Lake Ontario, Lake trout plantings for 1971 are slightly over 4 million yearlings. These are about equally divided between lakes Superior and Michigan. There, stocking programs to re- store this fishery nearly destroyed by the sea lamprey have been underway--since 1958 in Superior and since 1965 in Michigan. Reha- bilitation is being conducted along with lam- pricide treatment of the streams where the predator sea lamprey spawns. Besides planting 13.8 million young salmon and lake trout, the release schedules of state and provincial fishery agencies include over 2 million young fish of other trout species and walleyes. For the salmonids and lake trout, the total annual plantings in the Great Lakes through 1971 are: lake trout 43.5 million; coho 20.5 million; chinook 9.3 million; and kokanee 15.4 million (including 2 million eggs in 1965-66). Lake Michigan Lake Michigan will receive about half the fish released in the Great Lakes this year-- slightly under 7 million coho, chinook, and lake trout, and about 900,000 other trout: brown, brook, and rainbow or steelhead. About 4.1 million of the State of Michigan's 6.5 million salmon were planted in this lake in1$71. Originally, Michigan planned a spring release of about 4.5 million coho and 3 mil- lion chinook in the state's Great Lakes wa- ters. Butthe winter tollof young fish reared in outdoor ponds reduced by a half-million the stocking of each species. Michigan also supplies a large share of the coho eggs going into the hatcheries in other lake states and Ontario; the remainder come from the west coast and Alaska. ICCAT TUNA-TAGGING EXPERIMENT BEGINS OFF NORTHEAST U.S. If you find a tag on a tuna or billfish, you will be eligible for a $300 jackpot to be offered by the International Commission on the Con- servation of Atlantic Tunas (ICCAT). The chances will be excellent with any bluefin tuna catch because 1,000 are being double-tagged this summerina new ICCAT-proposed inter- national experiment. Conducting the study are Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, Woods Hole, Mass.; NMFS Tropical Atlantic Biological Laboratory, Miami, Florida; and the St. An- drews Biological Stationof Canada's Fisher- ies Research Board. The coordinator is Frank J. Mather of Woods Hole. The experimentis being conducted off the U.S. northeastern seaboard. It is designed to compare the effectiveness of two widely used types of tags. The planners say the results should permit more efficient and uniform tagging and better statistical analyses of the tagging results. One thousand small bluefin tuna will be marked with two tags each--500 with type '"'D'', 500 with type "H". Additional bluefin will be marked with singletags, either Ut py uu or Ups fo Data Sought Fishermen who recapture the fish are urged to returnalltags with these data: date, location, method of recapture, length, and weight of fish. Tags can be turned over toa local fishery officer, or mailed either to ad- dress on tag, Woods Hole Oceanographic In- stitution, or to Biological Station, St. Andrews, New Brunswick. These agencies will pay $5 for each tag. The number of each will be en- tered in the drawing for the $300 prize ICCAT will conduct at the end of each year. Program Objectives The experiment will help define the bluefin tuna's migratory patterns and populations; also, it will help to estimate the effects of large-scale commercial fishing on the north- western Atlantic stock. Previous results in- dicated this stock is small and heavily ex- ploited. Before the new experiment, ICCAT had recommended that commercial fishing of bluefin tuna under 23 pounds be discouraged. Tag returns have revealed mass migra- tions of small bluefintunas across the Atlan- tic in both directions. Catch statistics indi- cate that these migrations, which appear to occur irregularly rather than annually, have affected commercial fisheries decisively. Cooperating sport fishermen have provided valuable data. Principal support for the tagging project comes from NOAA's NationalSea Grant Pro- gram. Matching funds have been donated by the Sport Fishing Institute, fishing clubs, and sport fishermen. IC CAT: The International Commission for the Con- servation of Atlantic Tunas (ICCAT) became effective in 1969 after ratification by seven nations: U.S., Canada, Japan, South Africa, France, Ghana, and Spain. It is headquartered in Madrid. The convention was drafted in Rio de Janeiro in 1966 by delegates from 17 na- tions. It was the first such international con- ference in which sport-fishing interests were represented. dy Sees : NMFS JOINS NEW YORK IN LOBSTER STUDY In early June, biologists of the New York State Conservation Department and the NMFS Biological Laboratory, Boothbay Harbor, Maine, cooperated in ecological and tagging studies. They were investigating the mixing of offshore with inshore lobster populations along the south shore and eastern tip of Long Island. About 500 lobsters were caught, tagged, and released in eastern portion of Long Island Sound, off Montauk Point, and Long Island's southeastern shore. What Tag Returns Will Show The amount and distribution of tag returns in the coming year will distinguish inshore from offshore lobsters. Also, these returns will document further seasonal movements, exploitation rates, growth, and degree of stock mixing. 25 WHY MANY FISH DIE DURING RED TIDE INVASION Researchers of the University of Southern California's Allan Hancock Foundation and Sea Grant Programs report they have the scientific answer to why many fishdie during the Red Tide invasion of southern California's coastline. It was believed previously that consumption of oxygen during the decomposition of dead one-cell microorganisms of the Red Tide in California waters killed fish. Now the USC researchers have determined that the fish kill results directly from a toxin within the one- cell microorganisms of the Red Tide, accord- ing toDr. Bernard C. Abbott, Hancock Direc- tor. The toxin in Red Tide cells, takeninsam- ples from the Hermosa Beach pier area, was isolated by anextractive method. It "affected immediate kill in a laboratory fish popula- tion,'' Dr. Abbott reported. Working with Dr. Abbott were Mikihiko Oguri of Whittier, research associate, and visiting professors Michael Spiegelstein and Z. Paster of Israel's Tel Aviv University. The Toxin The toxin isolated by the researchers is retained within the Red Tide's one-cell or- ganisms (Gonyaulax polyhedra) until the cell dies. ''Because the current Red Tide popu- lation off our coastisa living population, the toxin is retainedin the cells and will produce fish kills only whena large number of the cells die," Dr. Abbott said. He has studied the California and Florida Red Tide populations. "These are unrelated species. The Florida organisms release their toxin into the envi- ronment while in their living state. This produces large fish kills and can cause both throat and mouth irritations in man." 26 SLOPING BEACH IS BEST PROTECTION AGAINST EROSION Natural and manmade erosion is a very serious problem along Florida's shores, re- ports the State's Bureau of Beaches and Shores. Measurable damage from beachero- sion over the years has reached millions of dollars. No price tag can be put on probably the greatest damage --the loss of valuable re- creational areas. Over 200 miles of once- beautiful beaches have been eroded so much that they must be restored artificially. The problem has become so serious that it is necessary in many areas to line the shores with massive rock piles to protect up- land development. Insome areas, many other protective devices have been installed to re- build eroded beaches. To increase the protection of upland de- velopment, hundreds of miles of seawalls have been constructed along the shorelines. These seawalls may have some value, but they con- tribute tobeacherosion. Where seawalls are necessary, they should be located well land- wardof the beachforeshore, says the Bureau. The best protection for upland development is a wide, gently sloping beach. The sea's energy iS spent without eroding the beach. What To Do? How can beaches be protected? The Bu- reau of Beaches and Shores proposes: "First, we must recognize the fact that our beaches are vitalto the economic well-being of the State, as wellas being important to the citizens of the statefor recreationand enjoy- ment. Therefore, itis necessary to exercise a certainamount of controlfor the protection of the beaches. "Structures must be keptfar enough away from the water to prevent damage to the beach. "Efforts must be made to bypass sand around inlets and rivers which interrupt the littoral drift. "When a beach has been severely eroded we must go offshore, outside of the beach sys- tem, and pump sand back onto the beach. This appears to be the best solution to the problem in the long run. However, such a program is expensive and requires the support of all lev- els of government. VIMS OCEANOGRAPHERS STUDY NUCLEAR POWER PLANT DISCHARGES Physical oceanographers of the Virginia Institute of Marine Science are working on one of the first detailed before-and-after analyses of waste-heat discharge into an es- tuary by a nuclear electric-generating facil- ity. Their research, under a 3-year contract with Atomic Energy Commission, also will yield information on the accuracy of present scientific methods of predicting these effects. Scientists and technicians are constantly recording James River data near Hog Island, where the large VEPCO Surry County Nuclear Generating Facility is nearing completion. All data are recorded automatically on tape, translated by computer, and will be published periodically. Dr. W.J. Hargis Jr., VIMS di- rector, said: ''We are collecting pre-opera- tional background datanow. Thenwe will con- tinue the survey at Surry Point after one nuclear generator unit and, at a later date, after two nuclear generator units are made operational." Surveying & Monitoring Dr. C.S. Fang, head of Department of Physical Oceanography and Hydraulics and principal project investigator, added: "We are taking data three ways. Weare surveying and monitoring aboard the VIMS research vessel TInvestigator' twice weekly. Very sensitive thermal equipment and tide gauges continu- ously record data from seven VEPCO con- crete towers locatedinthe river at key points near the facility. Also, through the coopera- tion of NASA-Wallops, we routinely fly over the area for infra-red aerial photographs." Dr. Hargis noted that this environmental study of waste-heat discharge into an estuary will involve, when the Surry plant is ready, one of the greatest amounts of waste heat ef- fluent ever studied in such detail. THREAD HERRING DISTRIBUTION OFF FLORIDA’S WEST COAST Brian S. Kinnear and Charles M. Fuss Jr. The thread herring (Opisthonema oglinum) is essentially a coastal pelagic species. Datasuggest a seasonal north-south migration along Florida's Gulf coast almost entirely within state territorial waters (nine nautical miles from shore). Abundance in major estuarine systems varies seasonally. Commercially valuable concentrations of thread herring occur near Ft. Myers, Florida, during the winter. The prospects for a commer- cial fishery are discouraging because legislation now prohibits the use of purse seinesinstate waters and because thread herring are not abundant out- side state waters. The thread herring isa migratory clupeid oftenfound in abundance along Florida's Gulf coast. Bullis and Thompsonestimated in 1967 that stocks in the Gulf of Mexico may approach one million tons; Sykes suggested in 1968 that the resource might sustain an annual catch of 500,000 tons. Attempts have been made to harvest win- ter concentrations near St. Petersburg and Ft. Myers, Florida (Butler, 1961; Fuss, 1968). Although the fishery has developed within Florida state waters (nine nautical miles off- shore) andis understate jurisdiction, the re- source has national interest: 1) the fish are migratory; 2) the fish products are distrib- utedininterstate commerce; and 3) the entire nation benefits from the utilization of do- mestically produced fish meal and oil. The National Marine Fisheries Service (formerly Bureau of Commercial Fisheries) anticipated an important fishery. It began studies in 1967 to insure a sound base for eventual management of the fishery. Recent state legislation, however, has effectively closed the fishery by prohibiting the use of purse seines in waters along much of Flor- ida's Gulf coast. Close contact was maintained with indus- try as the fishery developed. Plant operators and fishermen were very cooperative in pro- viding biological samples and catch statistics. They followed our research with interest. This report summarizes ours and other data related to thread herring distribution along Florida's Gulf coast. SOURCES OF DATA We sought to achieve asynoptic view of the range and movements of thread herring along Florida's Gulf coast. We reviewed data from many sources: progress, cruise, aerial- survey reports, and unpublished data from Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research Base Pascagoula, Mississippi; log-book data and aerial surveys from fishing industry; statis - tical data developed by the National Marine Fisheries Service; and unpublished aerial survey reports by Florida's Department of Natural Resources. We plotted catch records and aerial sight- ings by latitude and longitude without refer- ence to date of collection and observation and made no attempt to include vessel or flight The authors are Fishery Biologists, NMFS Center for Estuarine and Menhaden Research (Field Station), St. Petersburg Beach, Florida 33706. 27 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Reprint No. 914 28 tracks. Although this procedure obscured year-to-year changes in distribution, it pro- vided a record of historic range. To determine the distribution of thread herring in Tampa Bay and adjacent areas, we systematically collectedfish in gill nets ata series of fixed stations(Figure 1). In Tampa Bay, stations were selected toassess the im- portance of an estuary as a sanctuary and as a reservoir for the coastal fishery. Inshore stations between Ft. Myers and St. Petersburg were occupied to determine the winter dis- tribution of thread herring northward of the commercial fishery (Fuss, Kelly and Prest, 1969). In the St. Petersburg area, we estab- lished a transect or line of stations offshore to estimate the distribution pattern within and beyond state waters. The state boundary, nine nautical miles offshore, was located midway along the transect. Our standard unit of effort for all stations was atwo-inch mesh(stretch measure) mono- filament gill net, 300 x 10 feet, fished for 30 minutes. A gill net 20 feet deep, same size mesh and length, divided lengthwise with a spacer at 10 feet, provided the equivalent of two units of effort fished simultaneously at different depths. The catch per unit of effort was calculated foreach 10-foot section. From January to July 1970, we sank an additional unit of gear at each transect station beyond three miles to insure getting thread herring below 20 feet. DEVELOPMENT OF COMMERCIAL FISHERY Incidental catches of thread herring in the Gulf menhaden fishery were first noticed in 1948 (Miles and Simmons, 1950; Christmas, Gunter and Whatley, 1960). During the next eight years, fishermen had little interest in thread herring because they were harder to catch than menhaden and were not generally available on menhaden grounds. However, after Gulf menhaden landings slumped over 30% in 1957, the industry began to investigate alternate resources (Butler, 1961). NMFS cruise and aerial-survey reports convinced some people in the menhaden industry that commercial quantities of thread herring were concentrated along Florida's Gulf coast dur- ing the winter. In fall 1958, NMFS began experimenting with lampara seines near St. Petersburg to correct deficiencies noted earlier when this gear had caught thread herring for a bait- fish fishery. In hopes of lowering costs of catching menhaden, segments of the men- haden fishery also began experimenting with lamparaseines. These experiments were in- conclusive during the 1958-59 menhaden sea- son. They were shifted to the St. Petersburg area where thread herring stocks were avail- able. More gear modifications by NMFS pro- duced thread herring catches as great as 27 tons per set. In turn, this demonstration of resource availability stimulated experiments with the standard 2-boat purse-seine technique. These were expanded in 1959-60 to include the single-boat purse-seine technique. The single-boat method produced thread herring catches ranging from 5 to 40 tons per set. But, by 1960, the Gulf menhaden fishery had recovered from the 1957 slump and produced record landings in excess of 400,000 tons. Interest in thread herring declined. In 1966, NMFS aerial surveys and explora- tory. fishing cruises again indicated that thread herring were abundant. They occurred in more catch samples and were sighted more often than all other surface-schooling species combined (Bullis and Thompson, 1967). The development of acommercialfishery was en- couraged by demonstration of the availability and size of the resource along the west coast of Florida (estimated at 750,000 tons by Bullis and Thompson, 1967) and indications of de- clining Atlantic menhaden catches (Nicholson, 1966). In 1967,a reduction plant was opened in Charlotte Harbor near Ft. Myers, Florida (Fuss 1968). The Florida west coastfishery, plagued by legal and other difficulties, re- mained small. It produced about 3,900 tons in 1967, 6,000 tons in 1968, and 2,800 tons in 1969. Virtually all fish were caught within the 10-fathom curve, between Latitude 26° N. and 27°N. Legal restrictions prohibited fish- ing off St. Petersburg, Florida. Rough bot- tom inhibited purse seining further north or south of these latitudes. THREAD HERRING DISTRIBUTION For the fishery, knowledge of the distrib- ution of thread herring with regard to legal boundaries became as important as knowledge of the seasonal distribution. From July 1969 to June 1970, we made 73 gill net sets totaling 157 units of effort (Figure 1). Sixty-three 29 £10 fathoms ; Tampa *., (18.3 meters) FLORIDA S 1Smi Omi mi Gill-net Sampling Anna Maria Key A Sarasota Venice rit CHARLOTTE HARBOR Fort Myers ’ 2 P. A Ys Vem: WAS & € sent COS Island a Fig. 1 - Locations of gill-net stations from Tampa Bay to Sanibel Island, Florida. 30 percent of the effort, or 99 units, was dis- tributed among thefour stations within state waters; the balance, 37%, or 58 units, was distributed among the three stations outside state waters. The catch for all stations was 2,683 fish; with the exception of one fish, all were caught within or at the state boundary. The distribution of catch andeffort by station (Figure 2) clearly illustrates the coastal na- ture of the stock within state waters. The nearshore distributionis emphasized further by plots of aerial sightings (Figure 3) and NMFS exploratory catches from research vessels (Figure 4). Only three of 68 aerial sightings were logged in waters deeper than 10 fathoms; only one of 76 exploratory catches was made beyond the 10-fathom curve. The occasional capture of thread herring in bottom trawls during NMFS cruises sug- gested distribution throughout the coastal water column. By using the 20-ft. gill net on the surface, and the 10-ft. gill net on the bot- tom, we were able to fish at least 85% of the water columnat transect stations within state waters, and about 50% of water column at sta- tions between state boundary and 10-fathom curve. Threadherring used the entire water column, but their distribution was not uni- form. A decreasing catch per unit of effort generally was associated with increasing depth (Table 1). Thread herring were con- centrated in the upper 10 feet of the water column and within six miles of the beach. Failure to catch thread herring on the bot- tom beyond nine miles (state boundary) during the winter and spring with 12 additional units of gear suggests the fish do not move into deep offshore waters. Thread herring distribution in the Tampa Bay system appears tobe modified by the in- dustrial and domestic pollution that flushes from Hillsborough Bay (Figure 1). Pollution and dredge and fill projects have modified Hillsborough Bay so extensively that 42% of that bay has been classified unhealthy (Tay- lor, Hall and Saloman, 1970). The effects of pollution extend down Hillsborough Bay into the midsectionof Tampa Bay. There, catches per unit of effort were only 8% of catch per unit of effortinOld Tampa Bay, and only 23% of catch in Tampa Bay Pass (Table 2). Our high catchper unit of effortat the Old Tampa Bay station (110 fish)exceeded the catch per unit of effort at all other stations; this indi- cates that Old Tampa Bayis a useful segment of thread herring range. Within the entire Tampa Bay complex, Old Tampa Bay is also the most productive nursery area for other types of finfishes (Sykes and Finucane, 1964). THREAD HERRING MOVEMENT Butler indicated that thread herring were year-round inhabitants along the Florida Gulf coast between Cape San Blas and Key West. Fuss suggested that during the fall and winter thread herring move southward along the coast and concentrate near Ft. Myers. Fuss, Kelly and Prest found that effort on the fish- ing grounds also shifted south as winter pro- gressed. An increase in the catch per set corre- sponded with the shift in effort. It suggests that school size increases as population shifts. The increase in school size appears related to temperature; during the winter, it forces the population into a restricted area in ad- vance of the 68° F.isotherm. Data from gill- net stations between Sanibel Island and St. Petersburg (Figure 1) confirm that thread herring leave the inshore waters north of Ft. Myers and move south as temperatures fall below 68° F. (Table 3). Yearly variations in the onset, severity, and duration of cold weather govern the rate and extent of south- erly movement. Commercial quantities of thread herring are seldom found in water colder than 68° F., temperatures that are common north of Ft. Myers during the win- DIES No thread herring were taken by gill nets off St. Petersburg during winter 1967 after surface temperatures dropped below 63° F. However, catches of thread herring in gill nets increasedinthe spring. The mean catch per unit of effort peaked when the tempera- ture ranged between 81° F. and 84° F. In 1970, thread herring returned to the St. Petersburg areabylate February. They were collected at transect stations six and nine miles off the beach after surface tempera- tures beganincreasingfrom the January low. By March, surface temperatures had in- creased to 639 F. Incidental catches were made successively at the 9-mile, 6-mile, and 3-mile stations; this suggests movement to- ward the beach. The average surface tem- perature increased to 829 F. in April, and large catches were made at the 3-mile and 6-mile stations. The seasonal increase in catch is shown in Figure 5. 31 wn N sUuUadI9g NAANRAAAAAAN NOM ANAN NAQAQNMMAAAAAAAANANNRANNN NAAANARNAAAAAANNAQAAAANNNN WANA AANNRRAAAAARANNNNS INNAAIMAAAAAAAANRAANNNY pee ee Nad fo) N 8km 6 mi 9 mi 12mi 15 mi 18m 14.4 km 19.2km 24.0 28 9.6 km 3 mi 4.8km Beach “ c ° - 5 = rn Fig. 2 - Percentages of total thread herring catch and total gill-net effort by transect station off St. Petersburg, Florida. 32 *4se0d FIND Ss, epuory buoje spooyos Surrey peaiyy Jo sburzybts [eIJee Jo UOTINQHIASIp [EUOSEaS - € bry 49quie20q-419404239 sequiosdas- Aine eunr-jiudy yospw -Aspnupe ze if saokw 4104 yOauvH 311L018VHD co AVa Vdwvl Bingsse4edg IS § odwol, 2 sBursyBis Burssey poesyy M (ssosow e'gL sA@AINg jOllEeW wou NOL: vaiyold FLORIDA Exploratory Fishing Bowers Oregon Silver Bay Oregon Il GULF OF MEXICO 10 fathoms (18.3 meters) Fig. 4 - Distribution of exploratory catches of thread herring along Florida's Gulf coast. 33 34 Table 1.~--Vertical distribution of thread herring by season along transect stations at depths of 25, 33 and 37 feet. ao 3 miles 6 miles” 9 miles Units Units Units Season Catch of C/E Catch of C/E Catch of effort effort effort Jul-Sep Oct-Dec Jan-Mar Apr-Jun Sub Total 865 Jul-Sep Mid-depth Oct-Dec 14 5 14 5 (0) Jan-Mar 8 3 10 3 1 Apr-Jun Sub Total Jul-Sep Oct-Dec Jan-Mar Apr-Jun Sub Total Total 1115 35 Table 2.-- Thread herring catches and environmental observations at gill net stations in Tampa Bay. Station Mid Bay Bay Pass Old Tampa Bay Temp. Sal. Temp. Sal. Temp. Sal. C/E °F re C/E °F 6 C/E °F ea 10-5-67 11-2-67 1-30-68 0) 2-28-68 0 59.0 28.6 0 59.9 29.4 57.9 33.0 3-28-68 2 66.7 28.9 2 68.0 29.2 66.7 30.5 4-29-68 27 ~=—s_ «78.8 30.4 28 = 80.0 34 ub 5-22-68 hoo 3— 82.4 30.1 48 = 81.9 30.6 433s: 81.7 34.9 7-31-68 219 90.0 2h.9 9 888.5 22.0 8-21-68 0 8689.2 24.0 16 = 88.5 32.9 10-31-68 0) 71.6 22.0 h = 70.3 25.0 3) 68.7 32.5 1-23-69 0 60.6 23.8 Oo 62.4 25.2 Oo; 7 160.8 31.6 7-10-69 9-24-69 Average 9 6.1 26.8 *C/E is catch per unit of effort with only one unit of gear fished at each station on each date. 36 °a3Bp yoea uo u0TIBIS YORE Ae paysTy sem aves Jo AFuN auo ATU, Avy eyiey euuy BI0seIBS JaeTUL sopTus, yoeag epioy equng pue[s]— eT, faedsey puel[s]— e[[fzzedsey JaTUy sua, yoeeg epi05 ejung pue[s]— eT, pTaedsey sstq USTtsJpeu pue[s] [eqtues sseq UST3peu pueTs] [eqyues pueTs] [eqTues JeTUI soTue, yoreg ep1i0y ejung pue[s[ ey, [taedsey #310759 /YoIeD (°%) Aaturtes (3903) yadeq *epTaoTa ‘“sanqsiojeg “3S pue pue[sSI TeqTueg usemzeq suoy}ze3s JOU [13 We SUOTIJeAIASGO [EJUSWMOITAUS puUe seydjzed BuTAI9Y peeryy --°E aTqeL 37 []catch Effort Percent y L Y l L ; ; L Y v July-Sept. Oct-Dec. Jan-Mar. Apr-June Season Fig. 5 - Seasonal percentages of total thread herring catch and total gill-net effort from all transect stations off St. Petersburg, Florida. 38 Although thread herring occur extensively in old Tampa Bay, their occurrence within the entire Bay system is governed by seasonal changes in temperature. They first appear in the Bay during March, almosta month after moving into the Guif inshore zone off St. Pe- tersburg. During April, May, and June, when temperatures range between 739 F. and 84°F ., they are common in the bay. We speculate that the preferred summer temperatures lie between 79° F.and 84° F., and salinities be- tween 32% and 34%. From July to October, the widely varying catches suggest sporadic movement in and out of the bay as tempera- tures fluctuate above and below 84° F. De- clining temperatures in the late fall encourage departure from the bay. Departure is com- pleted in December. We have not collected thread herring inthe bay at temperatures be- low 66° F.;none has been observed in winter kills (Rinckey and Saloman, 1964). Thread herring apparently do not reenter the bay until temperatures again approach 68° F. in March. Thus Tampa Bayserves only as a temporary extension of summer range and is not a per- manent year-round refuge. The migration pattern is distinctly one of southerly inshore movement in autumn ini- tiated by declining water temperatures. Dis- persalina northerly direction begins in early spring soon after water temperatures begin rising. This migration pattern is similar to that demonstrated along the Atlantic seaboard, where tag returns indicate anorthward move- ment along the coast in spring and a south- ward movement in fall. The rate of move- ment for thread herring along the Atlantic coast may exceed six miles per day. (Randall Cheek, NMFS Beaufort, N.C.) SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS The thread herring resource along Flor- ida's Gulf coast contains as much as 750,000 tons of fish. The fish migrate seasonally in a north-south pattern, almost entirely within Florida's territorial waters. Florida, there- fore, is responsiblefor regulation of the re- source harvest. Limited operation of a fish-meal plant in Charlotte Harbor established thread herring as a valuable source of domestic fish meal and a potentialsource of high-quality protein forhumanconsumption. Although the fishery is now closed, present fishing restrictions will not stockpile this renewable resource be- cause its size willfluctuate naturally. With- out an economic incentive for studying thread herring, the causes of natural fluctuations cannot be determined. Annual changes in the onset, severity, and duration of cold weather affect the rate of the north-south migration and the degree of fish concentration. Thread herring generally mi- grate southinadvance of declining tempera- tures (68° F. isotherm) and begin movement northward as surface temperatures increase from the winter low. Because schools are found most often within six miles of shore, the prospects for a commercial purse seine fishery beyond state jurisdiction are poor. LITERATURE CITED BULLIS, HARVEY R. Jr. and JOHN Re. THOMPSON 1967. Progress in exploratory fishing and gear research in Region 2, fiscal year 1966. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Cir. 265, 14 p. BUTLER, JOHNNY A. 1961. Development ofa thread-herring fishery in the Gulf of Mexico. Comm. Fish. Rev. 23(9): 12-17. (Also Sep. No. 628) CHRISTMAS, J. ¥.; GORDON GUNTER; and EDWARD C. WHATLEY 1960. Fishes taken in the menhaden fishery of Alabama, Mississippi, and eastern Louisiana. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 339, 10 p. FUSS, CHARLES M. Jr. 1968. The new thread herring fishery in eastern Gulf of Mexico. Comm. Fish. Rev. 30(6): 36-41. (Also Sep. No. 816) FUSS, CHARLES M. Jr.; JOHN A. KELLY Jr.; and KENNETH W., PREST Jr. 1969. Gulf thread herring: aspects of the developing fish- ery and biological research. Proc. Gulf Carib. Fish. Inst. 21 Annu. Sess., p. 111-125. MILES, DEWEY W. and ERNEST G, SIMMONS 1950. The menhaden fishery. Mar. Lab. Ser. Il. Bull. Texas Game, Fish, Oyster Comm. 30, 28 p. NICHOLSON, WILLIAM R. 1966. Atlantic menhaden fishery. In: Annual Report of the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological Laboratory, Beaufort, N.C., for the Fiscal Year ending June 30, 1965, p. 22-24. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Cir. 240. RINCKEY, GORDON R. and CARL H, SALOMAN 1964. Effect of reduced water temperature on fishes of Tampa Bay, Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 27(1): 9-16. 39 LITERATURE CITED (Contd.) SYKES, JAMES E, SYKES, JAMES E. and JOHN H, FINUCANE 1968. Commercial values of estuarine -generated fisheries 1966. Occurrence in Tampa Bay, Florida, of immature on the South Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico coasts. species dominant in Gulf of Mexico commercial In; J.S. Newson(editor), Proceedings of the Marsh fisheries. U.S. Fish Wildl, Serv., Fish. Bull. and Estuary Management Symposium. L.S.U., 65(2): 369-379. Baton Rouge, Louisiana, July 19-20, 1967, p. 73-78. TAYLOR, JOHN L.; JOHN R. HALL; and CARL H, SALOMAN 1970. Mollusks and benthic environments in Hillsborough Bay, Florida. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull. 68(2): 191-202. SEASONAL AND GEOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS OF FISHERY RESOURCES California Current Region - VI. Rockfish David Kramer and Paul E. Smith The purpose of this report on the rockfish resource, family Scorpaenidae, as for others inthis series (Kramer and Smith, 1970a,b,c,d, 1971), is to describe the seasonal and geo- graphic characteristics of their spawning pop- ulations on the basis of summarized data on the abundance of their larvae in the decade 1951-60. tigation, and treatment of the data were pre- The organizations, area of inves- sented in the first report of the series. The rockfishes of the northeast Pacific are of major importance in the commercial and sport fisheries of the United States (Phillips, 1957, 1958). The family consists of so many species, most of them in the genus Sebastes, that they are usually grouped only under the common name "rockfish" in the commercial landing reports of the State of California. The family consists of three genera, of which Sebastes has at least 55 species; Sebastalobus In Cal- ifornia, three species of Sebastes comprise has two species, and Scorpaena one. the major portion of the commercial catch of rockfish for human consumption, about six species form the greatest part of the animal food fishery, andtwocontribute chiefly to the sport fishery. The single species of Scor- paena contributes toboth the commercial and sport fisheries. The Californiafisheries and others inthe northeast Pacific are described briefly at the conclusion of this report. Sebastes Most Abundant Genus The most abundant genus in the rockfish larva collections of the California Coopera- tive Oceanic Fisheries Investigations (Cal- COFI) is Sebastes which, until recently, has been enumerated only as "rockfish", with no differentiation to species. Our knowledge of adult spawning, therefore, is based on total rather than individual species distributions. Some species, and the times and locations of their spawning, are discussed below. The rockfish family in the northeast Pa- cific extends from the Gulf of Alaska to Baja California (Phillips, 1957; Ahlstrom, 1961). The CalCOFI surveys have delimited the dis- tributions of rockfish larvae to their south- ernmost extent and offshore off almost all of Baja California as indicated in the figure. They have not delimited the populations sea- ward off California nor in their northern- most extent where, in the limits of the sur- veys, they have been found as far offshore as 250 miles and as far north as the California- Oregon border. The authors are Fishery Biologists, NMFS Fishery-Oceanography Center, 8604 La Jolla Shores Drive, P.O. Box 271, La Jolla, Cali- fornia 92037. 40 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Reprint No. 915 JANUARY aN “ Gy m ; 41 ROCKFISH LARVAE s pe Kramer and Smith 1970a). ' ° ° EK Or (see 1 ° ° > 7 e ° 1951-60 WW oO oO WW a Oo cwe oO oes WW oO oO ow Yw in 1951-60 on the survey pattern of the California Coo area Percent oc gations (CalCOFI). Each circle, line or dot represe nts a pooled statistica. of rockfish larvae, Sebastes spp. currence 42 Plankton data on rockfish are for larvae only. Their eggs are not planktonic because the genus Sebastes is ovoviviparous--the fe- male is externally fertilized andincubates the eggs until the young are born upon extrusion into the water (Phillips, 1958). The genera Sebastalobus and Scorpaena lay their eggs in gelatinous floating masses (Pearcy, 1962; Phillips, 1958) which, to our knowledge, have never been collected in CalCOFI tows. Summarized data for 1951-60, January through March, are for the area from Point Conception, California, to Point San Juanico, Baja California. The major centers of spawn- ing (25 percent or more occurrences of lar- vae inplankton hauls) are delimited seaward inthe survey pattern but not by the northern- most extent of the surveys. The areas of major spawning are about the same during those months with a slight spread seaward with time. Most of the surveys in April through July extended northward to the areas off San Francisco. In these months, the spawning centers extended farther seaward off southern and central California but were not delimited seaward or northward. Definitive Spawning Periods Recent identifications of some species of rockfish larvae collected on a number of Cal- COFI surveys indicate that species or species groups have definitive spawning periods and geographic ranges. The chilipepper, Sebastes paucispinis, and shortbelly, S. jordani, are early-year spawners off southern and central California (unpublished data). The coral-red, S. macdonaldi, is a spring spawner with great - est numbers occurring off Baja California from Cape Colnett to Punta San Juanico (Moser, in press). The rosy, S. rosaceus group,is a summer spawner with a southern This latter group is related tothe few species of Sebastes distribution off Baja California. off the coast of Chile; from this it has been hypothesized that the group, at one time, may have formed a continuous population from North to South America (personal communi- cation, E. H. Ahlstrom, Fishery-Oceanogra- phy Center, NMFS, La Jolla, California). The narrowing of the offshore band of spawning centers off Baja California in July, and the separation of centers in October! , may be indications of spawning by species, species groups, and/or subpopulations. Data are not sufficient yet toform definite opinions on these points. Barrett, Joseph, and Moser (1966) in a study on the analysis of blood groups of the genus Sebastes (= Sebastodes) clarified a differentiation of species pairs which lends support to their distinction as species. The Fisheries The California Department of Fish and Game reports three kinds of fisheries in which different species of Sebastes are most domi- nant (Frey, 1971). The first, from Eureka to Santa Barbara, is for animal food in which unmarketable, trawl-caught rockfish are ground whole and quick-frozen for use on fur farms. Their important species are split- nose, S. diploproa, darkblotched, S. crameri, stripetail, S. saxicola, greenstriped, S. elon- gatus, sharpchin, S. zacentrus, and greentail, S. chlorostictus. 1/Data for August, September, November, and December are insufficient for summarization to depict the trends shown in the figure. The secondis the commercial fishery for fresh foodtowhich only three species, caught chiefly by trawl, contribute the greatest catches from EurekatoSanta Barbara. These are bocaccio, S. paucispinis, canary, S. pin- niger, and chilipepper, S. goodei. The third is the sport fishery dominated by the blue, S. mystinus, and olive, S. serra- noides. The sculpin, Scorpaena guttata, con- tributes abundantly to the fresh food fishery, chiefly by set lines, and the sport fishery. Although little is known about the status of the rockfish populations, most of the catches remain good with no evidence of reduction by 43 any particular pressures. The California De- partment of Fish and Game estimates that a sustained yield of 15to20 million pounds could be maintained off California (Frey, 1970). Some of the rockfish species important to the California fishery alsofigure significantly inthe Washington and Oregon catches (Alver- son, Pruter, and Ronholt, 1964). These are boccacio, canary, andchilipepper. The major contributor in that commercial catch is the rockfish, S, alutus, marketed as Pacific ocean perch. Others include blackthroat, S. aleu- tianus, silvergray, S. brevispnis, yellowtail, S. flavidus, black, S. melanops, and flag, S. rubrivinctus, LITERATURE CITED AHLSTROM, ELBERT H, 1961, Distribution and relative abundance of rockfish (Sebas- todes spp.) off California and Baja California. J. Cons., 150: 169-176. ALVERSON, D. L., A. Je PRUTER and L, L. RONHOLT 1964, A study of demersal fishes and fisheries of the north- eastern Pacific Ocean. H. R. MacMillan Lectures in Fisheries. Inst. of Fisheries, Univ. of British Columbia, BARRETT, IZADORE, JAMES JOSEPH and GEOFFREY MOSER 1966. Electrophoretic analysis of hemoglobins of California rockfish (genus Sebastodes}. Copeia, 3, 489-494, FREY, HERBERT (Ed.) 1971. California's living marine resources and their utiliza- tion. State of Calif. Res. Agency, Dept. Fish Game, 148 p. KRAMER, DAVID and PAUL E, SMITH 1970. Seasonal and geographic characteristics of fishery re- sources California Current region--I, Jack mackerel. Commer, Fish, Rev., 32(5): 27-31. (Also Reprint No. 871.) 1970a. Seasonal and geographic characteristics of fishery re- sources California Current region--II, Pacific saury. Commer. Fish, Rev., 32(6): 46-52. (Also Reprint No 876.) 1970b. Seasonal and geographic characteristics of fishery re- sources California Current region--IlIl, Pacific hake. Commer. Fish. Rev., 32(7): 41-44. (Also Reprint No. 880.) 1970c. Seasonal and geographic characteristics of fishery re- sources California Current Region--IV. Pacific mackerel. Commer, Fish. Rev., 32(10): 4-49. (Also Reprint No. 891.) ¥ 1970d, Seasonal and geographic characteristics of fishery re- sources California Current Region--V. Northern anchovy. Commer. Fish. Rev., 33(3): 33-38. (Also Reprint No. 907.) MOSER, H. GEOFFREY (In press). Development and geographic distribution of the rockfish, Sebastes macdonaldi (Eigenmann and Beeson, 1893}, family Scorpaenidae, off Southern California, Baja California, Fishery Bulletin. PEARCY, WILLIAM G, 1962. Egg masses and early developmental stages of the Scorpaenid fish, Sebastologus. J. Fish. Res. Rd. Canada, 19(6): 1169-1173, PHILLIPS, JULIUS B. 1957. A review of the rockfishes of California (family Scorpaenidae}. Calif, Dept. Fish & Game, Fish, Bull, 104: 1-158. 1958. The marine fish catch of California, 1955 through 1956. Calif. Dept. Fish & Game, Fish Bull. 105: 1-104. LIVE CARS FOR USE IN CATFISH INDUSTRY Donald C. Greenland, Robert L. Gill, & James C. Hall Live cars--mesh ''fish-holding bags''--have a variety of applications in the production of pond-raised channel catfish (Ictalurus punctatus). When used in harvesting and holding catfish, the fish canbe movedeasily to loading sites or shifted to safe areas forholding. When used along with a haul seine, pulling techniques are modified so the seine forms a "chute" during the final stages of seining. This is necessary to en- courage fish to move into the live car. Information on holding capacities and a method to accu- rately meter fishinto live cars are needed by fish farmers to better utilize these units. As more dataare developed on live car holding capacities, and new applications found, live cars will be accepted as useful tools in catfish farming. Live cars are finding acceptance as use- ful harvesting and management tools by fish farmers producing pond-raised channel cat- fish(Ictalurus punctatus). Farmers are dis- covering that these mesh ''fish-holding bags" described by Boussu (1967) are very helpful in harvesting, handling, and loading channel catfish; these bags are useful too in working with fishinother phases of theirfarming op- erations. Researchhas continued on the live car's development at the Kelso Station, Ar- kansas. Moreinformation is available on its application, construction, and operation. APPLICATION There are many ways catfish producers can use live cars. They can be coupled with a seine and used as collection bags for the catch. Full live cars can be moved around a pond toapoint suitable for loading. They can be shifted to deep water, or set adjacent toa wellhead for holdingfish. Haul trucks can be scheduled more accurately because fish in properly staked live cars do not escape and can be harvested before truckarrives. Exact quantities of fish can be placed in live cars and held for future loading; the unneeded fish can be returned tothe pond. Loading is sim- plified because fish can't escape by swim- ming under the seine; bobom-mounted brailers can be lowered into the live car and filled by crowding fish into them, thus eliminating time-consuming dip-netting. Workers can stand outside the live car to load fish and are much less likely to get '"'finned''. Live cars can be used to hold small quantities of fish for processing--orbe used during sorting as repositories for selected fish. We expect many more uses willbe discovered as the live car becomes a working tool in fish farming. LIVE CAR USE The live car, coupled with a haul seine, makes a very effective unit for harvesting catfish from well-constructed commercial farm ponds (Figure 1). We have used this ar- rangement in ponds rangingfrom 3to40 acres and have captured up to 78,000 pounds of chan- nel catfishinone seine haul by using several live cars insequence. Harvesting efficiencies in well-constructed ponds using live cars and haul seine have been as high as 90%. In our studies, we used the mechanized haul seine and equipment described by Coon, Lar- sen, and Ellis (1968). Here the live car was attached by a coupling ring to a specialized Mr. Greenland isa Fishery Biologist and Mr. Gill is Fishery Methods and Equipment Specialist, National Marine Fisheries Service, Kelso, Arkansas, Mr. Hall is Vice President, Foods Multinational Ltd., Bank of America Building, San Pedro Sula, Honduras. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Reprint No. 916 "funnel'' section positioned somewhere near the middle of the haul seine (Figure 2). The specialized section forms a transition be- tween seine and live cars. It has a 10-foot- square opening at the seine and necks down to a 2-foot-high by 4-foot-wide port at the back end. All the transition takes place on the sides and the top so the bottom can remain flat on the pond bottom when being fished. The basic design of this ''funnel'' section takes advantage of the bottom-seeking behavior catfish dem- onstrate in their escape attempts during seining. Several sizes and shaped for the opening between the funnel section and live car were tried. We found a 2-foot-diameter round opening unsatisfactory because most of the open area is off the bottom--and thus con- trary to fish behavior. Also, the 2-foot-dia- meter hole is not large enoughto give a satis- factory flow of fish. This is also true witha 2-foot-square opening. In large ponds, with the seine moving at 25 to 30 feet per minute, the orifice size must be large enough to allow fish to pass into the live car as the seine is being beached or the fish will be beached. A 4-foot-wide opening is about the minimum width desirable. The height of the opening is dependent upon water depth. For example, if the pond is three feet deep where the live car is used, a 3-foot-high opening would be fine. However, if the pond is 2 feet deep, a 2-foot- deep opening is adequate. A 2-foot-high by 4-foot-wide coupling ring was usedin most of our tests. Draw strings in both the funnel section of the seine and in the live car are tied tightly around this coupling ring to fasten the two units together. In mostinstances, we wait until about $ = of the pondis pulled before tying on the ve sar This eliminates the possibility of tearing the unit on obstacles, suchas roots or snags. Also, if the pondhas a soft, muddy bottom, the seine is alittle easier to pull without the drag of a large live car. The coupling ring is tied in the live car onshore and, at the appropriate time, carried out and tied to the funnel section of the seine. This can be done on foot or by boat. Weuse a short piece of twine to tie off the end of the funnel until the live car is at- tached. Thefunnel draw string could be used butis hard to untie when it is wet;it is easier to just cut the twine tie. A different pattern of beaching the seine is used when a live car is attached. As soon as possible, usually when both ends of the seine 45 are about ready to be beached, we start setting upa''chute'. Figure 3 illustrates this maneu- ver. The narrower the ''chute", the easier it is to get fish to enter the live car. There is much less space for them to mill in and a more directional impetus for them to move into the live car. Withlarge quantities of fish, it will be necessary to stop pulling the seine occa- sionally and let fish pass into the live cars. In most cases where the "chute" is established in time, it willbe necessary to roll only a few hundred pounds out of the seine into the live car as it is beached. Without setting up a "chute", however, there may be many thou- sands of pounds of fish remaining in the seine as it is beached; it is just about impossible then to move these fish into the live car. Capturing large quantities of fish in live cars can be handled indifferent ways. Several small live cars can be used; as each is filled, it is removed and an empty one attached. In a test on a 40-acre pond, we made eight live car changes. Wehave attached two live cars in tandem (Figure 4), allowed fish to pass through the first into the second, and removed the second one when full. Once filled, live cars should be staked as soon as possible (Figure 5) to prevent fish from escaping. The stakes should be set so there is about one foot of freeboard on the live car. To do this requires a stake every eight feet or so. Proper staking will prevent fish from escaping over the cork line if it is sub- merged by turtles, or by the weight of the catch. If the live cars are to be positioned near a pump discharge, place them so the eddy caused by the discharge creates circulation through the mesh sides of the live car, Don't put them directly under orinfront of the dis- charge. Over a period of time, strong cur- rents can cause stress and result in fish mortality. If the live car appears to be very heavily loaded, the population pressure can be re- lieved by attaching a second live car to the first; over several hours, the population will equalize. CONSTRUCTION In general, the live cars and specialized seine sections can be made of any material suitable for seines. We used live cars made of one inch bar measure, number 18 nylon 46 Fig. 1.- Harvesting channel catfish from a 20-acre pond using a haul seine and live car. Coupling ring Haul seine Live car Specialized "funnel" section Haul seine Fig. 2 - Diagrammatic sketch of specialized "funnel" section and live car rigged into a haul seine. Fig. 3 - Schematic drawing of haul seining procedure used with live car. 47 48 Fig. 5 - Test live car staked for holding fish. 49 Experimental units were 20! long, 4' wide and 6'6" deep. S (2) Y “4 4 on ou 0) ep ao & ‘do Noms) ane) braided nylon rope lation of coup-- lin <7 EF bar measure #15 nylon twine heavily treated with asphalt base net coatin Mesh of 1" End panels (not to scale) nylon twine g of untreated laced through mesh around edge of opening Drawstrin 3/16" dia Fig. 6 - Construction details of experimental live car. 50 Fig. 7 - Live car in final stages of construction showing 2 by 4-foot-wide opening left for coupling ring. twine, heavily treated with anasphalt base net coat. The cork line consists of 33-inch dia- meter sponge corks placed every six inches on 32-inch double braided nylonrope. Larger corks would probably work better. The units were assembled as shown in Figure 6. Dimensions vary depending upon size of ponds, the fish population and size of fish to be handled, and pond depths. Our test units were 20 feet long, 4 feet wide, and 63 feet deep. A hole sized to fit a 2-foot-high by 4-foot-wide coupling ring was left in each end(Figure 7). The openings were fitted with draw strings of untreated = -inch nylon line. Our initial units had 2-foot-long tunnels lead- ing from the coupling ring to the live car. We found the tunnel unnecessary; in fact, it seemed detrimental to fish passage. The specialized funnel section was con- structed of one-inch bar measure number 18 nylon twine heavily treated with an asphalt base net coat. Its construction is illustrated in Figure 8. The height of the opening depends on the seine depth--for an 8-foot seine, an 8- foot-high opening would be used. A 4-foot- wide exit port is used and is considered a minimum. The height of opening depends on water depth but should not be less than two feet. Corks are tied to rope panel of funnel to keep panel from bagging back into live car opening wheninshallow water. Adraw string of 2-inch untreated nylon twine is woven into the meshes surrounding the exit port. Lines, + inch, are laced into net seams and around entrance opening to add strength to this unit. This is done because it is often necessary to lift and roll several hundred 51 age ye -- 1015 SS ei a3" vi ; — 10: —+ = eu 19t———esl 1/2" dia. double braided nylon head rope 3" dia. corks on 6" centers WX SS > 3/16" nylon line mesh of 1" bar measure #15 nylon twine heavily treated with asphalt base net coating drawstring of untreated 3/16" dia. nylon twine laced through mesh around edge of openin exit port sized for coupling ring mudline of 32 strands of sisa twine Fig. 8 - Construction details of specialized "funnel" section. es Sate ML een . * *. . . . ee She Se ae iret foe esr Ay eae Gas se ip Ret, bah ea fis ora ee kapechs. Wes bao ear tes aera SER ATES SES en oak eer Pi re Aachen Sk ek teh eat SNe ae eg "" space between the rings to allow room to tie and untie live car draw pte oc is haa aay ees pr Ge bean ten lense Was wit be eae bar 21x lt rings made of 1" diameter, 1/8" thick aluminum pipe or other suitable material ce es oe er es ts tae ec ea 6% x lt x 1/8" aluminum strap bent to 120° Fig. 9 - Construction details of live car coupling ring. pounds of fish through the funnel in the final stages of harvesting. The details of the coupling ring are shown in Figure 9. Thetwo mainrings must be wide enough apart to allow hand access for tying and untying the draw strings. The angle of the cross braces is necessary to give a trough deep enough to keep the funnel section and live cars from pulling off. Itis helpful to have more than one of these rings so additional live cars can be made ready while one is still fish- ing. FISH CAPACITIES OF LIVE CARS The fish capacity of alive car is dependent upon suchfactors as live car size, pond water depth and temperatures, length of time fish are to be held, and whether a well discharge oracirculating pump is available. When har- vesting usingalive car 20 feet long by 4 feet wide by 6.5 feet deep, between 8,000 and 12,000 pounds of channel catfish canbe crowded into the live car. If the water temperature is be- low 60° F., this amount could be held many hours in this live car without problems. If the water temperature were in the low 80s°F., they should be held only a short time and be watched constantly. If a long holding period is anticipated, the population should be spread out into more live cars. In all holding situations, it would be bene- ficial to move the fish to deeper water to give them more water room andto get them out of the muddy and roiled harvesting area. Hold- ing times can then be lengthened. It is also good insurance to position live cars so pond water supplies or recirculating pumps could be used if the need arises. FISH FARMERS' CONCERNS Almost all the fish farmers we talked to about using live cars have expressed con- cern about the lack of hard facts on holding Capacities. Until information on holding accumulates, we advise that if any concern arises that the live car is too heavily loaded for pond conditions, aman should be stationed to watch the live car. If fish start piping or rolling, or there are other indications of de- veloping problems, a relift pump can be turned on, a well started, or the fish can be dumped from the live car back into the pond. Some farmers have experienced difficulty in using live cars in ponds with soft, muddy bottoms. If live cars are allowed to sit in one place too long, or units are put into pond with seine the day before harvesting, they can ''mud in''--the mesh on bottom will sink gradually into the mud. In ponds with muddy bottoms, live cars also cancause drag and make Seine harder to pull. Usually, these problems can be eliminated by waiting until near end of seine settoinstal thelive car. In fact, at this stage of seining, the drag of a live caris helpful as ananchorinholding the middle of the seine as "chute" is set. 53 Channel catfish are very adept at escaping from confined situations. Many fish farmers have had the experience of bunching up several thousand pounds of catfishina seine one day-- and coming back the next day to find them gone. Live cars are much more secure for holding fish than seines but, if there are any holes orif the cork line is not properly staked, fish will escape. The live car should be ex- amined for holes every time it is used, and all holes should be patched. Extra minutes spent checking the live car and staking it properly may Save reseining a pond. A means of estimating how many fish or pounds of fish are present in a live car is needed. Some device or method that could measure the flow of fishinto the live car and give fish quantities at any time would be use- ful. At present, a visual estimate is used; our experience shows the amount can be off as much as 100%. LITERATURE CITED BOUSSU, MARVIN F. 1967. New "live car" improves catfish harvesting and han- dling. Commercial Fisheries Review, vol. 29, no. 12, pp. 33-35. (Also Sep. No. 803) COON, KENNETH L.; ALFRED LARSEN, and JAMES E, ELLIS 1968. Mechanized haul seine for use in farm ponds. Fish- ery Industrial Research, vol. 4, no. 2, pp. 91-108. FISH PROTEIN CONCENTRATES George M. Knobl Jr., Bruce R. Stillings, William E. Fox, & Malcolm B. Hale Fish protein concentrates have been used in various parts of the world for several cen- turies. It has only been within the past 30 years, however, that the production of FPC has been investigated on a scientific basis. Today several pilot plants and full-scale industrial plants have been built. Most of these plants produce FPC by solvent (usually isopropyl alcohol) extraction procedures. The FPC's produced are, in general, bland tasting and vary in color from white to dark tan. They contain between 75 and 95 percent high-quality protein and they exhibit limited functional properties according to standards set by industry for high protein foodstuffs. The characteristic of limited functional prop- erties far from being a drawback, is in many circumstances advantageous since FPC can be added to existing food products, markedly improving the nutritional quality without sig- nificantly altering other characteristics, al- thoughin some instances the addition appears to improve the shelf life of final baked prod- ucts. One must not assume, however, that all solvent extracted FPC's nor even allisopro- pyl alcohol extracted FPC's, are completely alike. Onthe contrary, significant differences in odor, lipid content, stability, taste, nutri- tional value, and functional properties are obtained depending upon the processing con- ditions and the species of fish used. Experimental work is now being conducted to produce FPC with various solvents, and with enzymes, microorganisms, or combina- tions of enzymes and solvents. The products resulting from these processes have im- proved functional properties. Some of these appear to be particularly promising for use in certain foods because of their functional attributes. Although many problems still remain to be solved and additional research is required to show how FPC can be utilized more effi- ciently, an FPC industry has been started. INTRODUCTION Fish protein concentrates (FPC's) are de- fined asthose products obtained from fish in which the protein is more concentrated than the originalraw material. FPC's may range from light-colored, bland powders to dark powders having intensely fishy tastes, or they may be pastes with a similar wide range of colors and tastes. Both powders and pastes may be water soluble or insoluble and may be high in nutritive value or only intermediate in nutritive value. FPC's may be prepared by a variety of methods most of which can be classified as chemical (solvent extraction) or biological (enzymatic and microbial) procedures. During the last 20 years most efforts have involved the use of solvents, usually isopro- pyl alcohol, and several pilot plants and a few full-scale industrial plants have been con- structed. The type of FPC produced by sol- vent extraction is a bland, nearly odorless, lightly-colored, water-insoluble but highly nutritive powder, intended for use as a pro- tein supplement. The biological procedures, in general, have not advanced beyond the laboratory or small pilot plant stage. The FPC's produced, however, usually have more desirable func- tional characteristics than the solvent pro- duced FPC's. That is, in addition to having good nutritive properties, they have other at- tributes, suchas water solubility, which may lead to wider market appeal. If FPC's are to be widely used, markets must be defined; therefore, marketing studies have been conducted. Dr. Knobl is Research Director, Dr. Stillings, Supervisory Research Chemist, Mr. Fox, Experiment & Demonstration Plant Program Coordinator, & Mr. Hale, Research Chemical Engineer, College Park Fishery Products Technology Laboratory, National Marine Fisheries Service, Regents Drive, University of Maryland Campus, College Park, Maryland 20740. 54 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Reprint No. 917 This paper reviews the resources avail- able to make FPC, the laboratory and pilot plant solvent extraction and enzymatic pro- cedures under investigation at the Fishery Products Technology Laboratory at College Park, Maryland, commercial procedures for making FPC's, the characteristics of the FPC's produced, and the potential domestic and foreign markets for FPC's. The use of FPC as a new source of pro- teindepends upon the fish supply. Before an industry can be started, a continuing supply of raw material must be available. The growth of worldfisheries inthe last 100 years has been remarkable. The world catch rose from 2 million metric tons in 1850 to 64 mil- lionmetrictonsin1968. However, questions have beenraised regarding the future growth in landings and the maximum annual sustain- able yield that can be realized. Many scientists have occupied themselves with predicting the potential maximum sus- tainable yields of fish that can be harvested fromthe sea. The estimates vary widely and should only be regarded as indications of the magnitude of the resource. Kastavan and Holt (1) concluded that an annual harvest of 500 millionmetric tons was a reasonable estimate of the potential sus- tainable annual harvest. This estimate was based on the primary organic production in the sea. Chapman (2) estimateda much higher an- nual yield based on the carbon that is fixed annually into living matter in the ocean. He concluded that 2 billion metric tons of fish are available annually that are ''large enough and useful enough to form the basis of prac- tical commercial harvest." More recently, a consideration of 17 esti- mates led Shaeffer and Alverson (3) to con- clude that a sustainable world potential ex- isted for 180 million metric tons annually with foreseeable extensions of present har- vestingtechniques. A Panel on The Commis-— sion on Marine Science and Engineering and Resources arrived at a similar figure and concluded that if fishing were broadened to include other species, locations, and equip- ment than those presently used, annual pro- duction could be realistically expanded to 400 to 500 million metric tons before expansion costs became excessive. Even further in- creases might be achieved given significant 55 technological breakthroughs in the ability to detect, concentrate and harvest fish on the high seas and in the deep ocean. Although these estimates vary widely, they doindicate that the amount of food in the sea that canbe used toalleviate the dearth of food on the land is indeed sizable. It is obvious, however, that there is not an unlimited supply of fishinthe oceanand careful judgment must be exercised to ensure wise use of the re- source. Obviously, the majority of the harvest will continue tobe usedin traditional forms, such as freshand frozenfish, andfish meal. How- ever, there isa large unutilized resource that could be processed into FPC. PROCESSING Research Chemical Methods.--Chemical methods use solvents toremove water and lipids from fish. The primary purpose in removing water and the highly reactive lipids is to produce a stable and organoleptically acceptable prod- uct for humanconsumption. Numerous chem~- ical methods have been developed in various parts of the world to produce FPC. Refer- ences to most of these methods are given in a recently compiled Bibliography published by the Library of Congress (4). Among the chemical methods developed are those of the following groups: VioBin Corporation, Gen- eral Foods Corporation, Lever Brothers Company, United Nations, Canada, Fishery Research Institute of South Africa, and Astra of Sweden, In 1961, the U.S. National Marine Fisher- ies Service (formerly the Bureau of Commer - cial Fisheries) began a researchprogram to investigate various methods of producing FPC. Primary emphasis was given to the development of a commercial method of FPC manufacture based upon solvent extraction. Based on the earlier work conducted by oth- ers, isopropylalcohol was chosen as the sol- vent. It was known to be highly effective in the removal of water and lipids from raw fish. It was prepared by a synthetic process which would guarantee its purity and, in addition, isopropyl alcohol was known to be safe, to be reasonably priced, andtobe an effective bac- teriostat. Initially the fish used in the manufacture of FPC was redhake. Subsequently, a variety 56 of fish has beenused toproduce FPC by iso- propyl alcohol extraction and the research has demonstrated that a satisfactory FPC can be produced from a variety of fish. A modified cross-current batch extrac- tion system was developed first. In this sys- tem fish were comminuted and mixed with azeotropic isopropyl alcohol at room tem- perature with a ratio of solvent to fish of 2:1 by weight. After agitation, the solid and liq- uid were separated in a centrifuge. The wet solids were thenre-slurried with fresh alco- hol and extracted continuously at about 70° C, in a system where the extract was continu- ously drawn off, filtered, evaporated, and the condensed overhead pumped back into the ex- tractor. The solids were then separated from the liquid in a centrifuge. The solids were desolventized ina vacuum ovenat 160° F. for 18 to 22 hours. Subsequently, a system closely approxi- mating a commercial batch countercurrent process was developed. In this process a four -stage countercurrent procedure with an overallratio of solvent tofish of 2:1 was used. The first stage extraction was performed at room temperature, while the second, third, and fourth stages were performed at 70° C. The solid-liquid slurry from each stage was separated by centrifugation and the final sol- ids were desolventized as inthe original proc- ess. Theoretically the processing of a large number of batches of fish would be required before this countercurrent system would at- Table 1 - Proximate analyses of fish protein concentrate (FPC) prepared by isopropyl alcohol extraction of various species of fish (expressed as percent of sample) Crude protein tain steady state operating conditions, that is, before the composition of the liquid and sol- ids ineach stage would not change from batch tobatch. However, experience indicated that the system essentially reached steady state conditions after the fourth batch and definitely after the fifth stage. FPC from a variety of fish has been proc- essed using the aforementioned systems. In Table 1, the proximate composition of FPC produced from avariety of fishis shown. The species of fish that are used in FPC manu- facture can affect the chemical composition of the finalproduct. Some fish, such as men- haden, contain a higher proportion of bones to protein than do other fish, such as hake. Thus, FPC made from whole menhaden may contain about 20 percent ash and 78 percent protein, whereas that made from hake may contain13 percent ashand more than 80 per- cent protein. Providing the lipids are effi- ciently extracted during processing, FPC from both fish will contain less than .5 per- cent lipid. The variationin ashand protein in FPC's canlargely be removed by separating most of the bones from the flesh during processing. This canbe accomplished by passing the raw fish through a deboning machine prior to sol- vent extraction. These machines are avail- able commercially and they efficiently sep- arate the bone and the skin from the flesh. Up to about 90 percent of the whole fish can be recoveredin the bone-free fraction. The Species of fish used (N x 6.25) Volatiles Ash Red hake-FPC 80.9 7.7 13/5 Atlantic menhaden-FPC 78.9 3.8 19.4 Atlantic herring-FPC 87.5 5.9 10.8 Northern anchovy-FPC 80.0 Gre 16.8 Ocean pout-FPC 86.0 1.5 15.0 Alewife-FPC 86.0 23 137 Moroccan sardines-FPC Tot 4.4 = Red hake-FPC, non-deboned 87.2 19) 12.8 Red hake-FPC, deboned 92.2 4.0 3.3 efficiency of separation varies somewhat be- tweendifferent species of fish. As shown in Table 1, FPC processed from deboned fish contains higher amounts of protein than the non-deboned. Table 2 shows data on the nutritive value of FPC's produced from a variety of fish. In general, all FPC's have a nutritive quality equal to or higher than that of casein. Also listed in Table 2 isthe nutritive value of FPC prepared from deboned fish. From limited results available, it appears that the quality of the proteinin FPC prepared from deboned fishis slightly higher than that of FPC made from non-deboned fish. Red hake-FPC, non-deboned Red hake-FPC, deboned 5.94 + 5.73 + + Casein 4.35 4 Values adjusted to a casein value of 3.00. An exhaustive evaluation has been made of FPC prepared from a variety of fish by the isopropyl extractionmethod. This evaluation included a determination of the physical, chemical, and sensory properties of the FPC's, a determination of the protein quality and of the microbiological and toxicological safety. The final product has no fishy flavor or odor and consists of a fine, free flowing, lightly colored powder. Toxicological stud- ies have been conducted with rats and mice over several generations in which FPC was the sole source of protein. The studies are now nearing completion and the data indicate no untoward results have occurred that can Table 2 - Nutritive quality of fish protein concentrate (FPC) prepared by isopropyl alcohol extraction of various species of fish Average daily 57 be attributed tothe diet ortothe FPC. These studies haveshownthat F PC prepared by iso- propyl alcohol extractionis safe, wholesome, and in addition has high nutritive quality. Laboratory research is continuing on the use of other solvents and combinations of sol- vents to extract lipids and water from the whole or partially deboned fish. The purpose is todevelop new processes that can produce products with varied characteristics. These products are tobe used as nutritional supple - ments but would have improved functional properties. For example, they might be used in processed meats as both a meat extender and a fat binder. Average daily Protein efficiency Species of fish used weight gain food intake ratio* (g (g) Red hake-FPC o.21 + 0.13 14.8 + 0.2 3.19 + 0.09 Atlantic menhaden-FPC 4.60 + 0.19 13'.9) 4 O54 3.05 + 0.06 Atlantic herring-FPC 5.32 + 0.15 15.0 + 0.3 3,15 + 0.05 Northern anchovy -FPC 5.18 + 0.12 14.6 + 0.3 3.25 + 0.03 Ocean pout-FPC 4.68 + 0.21 13.8 + 0.5 3.06 + 0.04 Alewife-FPC 5.28 + 0.15 15.2 + 0.2 3.17 + 0.07 Moroccan sardine-FPC 4.98 + 0.14 15.7 + 0,2 2.96 + 0.05 0.04 0.08 15.1 + 0.4 3.27 14.2 + 0.8 3.36 js hee 13.0 Biological Methods.--The biological methods of FPC preparationare based on the use of enzymes to convert fish protein into a stable concentrate with desirable proper- ties. The enzyme systems employed may be the natural enzymes in the fish, commer- cially available enzymes, or enzymes sup- plied by living cultures of microorganisms. Development of biological processes is being pursued because an enzymatically produced product can have special properties which make it particularly suitable for certain ap- plications. The productioncosts may also be less since the basic processing equipment may be simple and quite adaptable to ship- board or remote area use. 58 Numerous methods have been developed for the biological production of FPC. Several methods are referred to in the bibliography published by the Library of Congress. In this paper, only the research conducted by the Na- tional Center for Fish Protein Concentrate will be presented. In-house Research.--The primary objec- tive has been to develop a process for a to- tally water-soluble product which will offer distinct advantages for use in such foods as soups and beverages. Although processing costs have been considered throughout the work, the major concern has been for im- provement of the amino acid pattern and nu- tritive value of the soluble product. The basic process outline includes enzymatic digestion of a whole fish slurry with control of pH and temperature, screening out of bones and scales, separation of undigested solids by centrifugation and spray drying of a clarified hydrolysate to yield a soluble product con- sisting of peptides, polypeptides and some free aminoacids. An alternate product which is easily dispersible but only partially soluble is prepared by eliminating the centrifugation step. In early experiments with a specially pre- pared fish protein substrate, the relative pro- teolytic activities of 23 commercially avail- able enzyme preparations were compared. Papain, ficin, bromelin, pepsin, and trypsin from two or more manufacturers each and several preparations of bacterial and fungal enzymes were tested. Based on a one-hour hydrolysis at pH 7 and 40° C. used in initial tests, preparations of the enzyme ficin were most active. In a second set of experiments 24-hour digestions were carried out at con- ditions of pH and temperature considered near optimum for each enzyme preparation. Based on enzyme concentrations required to solu- bilize 60 percent of the insoluble solids the fungal enzyme Pronase was most effective. Papain, pepsin, and pancreatin showed the most promise when activity per unit cost of enzyme was considered. Initial hydrolysates of whole fish were pre- pared from pre-sterilized slurries of red hake (Urophycis chuss) but the soluble prod- ucts were critically low in tryptophan and the aromatic aminoacids. Bothyields and amino acid profiles were improved by hydrolyzing raw hake and utilizing the native enzymes in conjunction with added commercial enzyme preparations. An extended series of 5-liter hydrolysate batches were prepared from raw hake using a variety of enzyme preparations and proc- essing conditions. The results were analyzed and although essential amino acid contents of solubles were improved by elimination of pre - cooking, they were not adequate for good nu- tritive value. Tryptophan concentrations were low inhydrolysates prepared under acid conditions and histidine recovery was poor in those prepared under neutralto slightly alka- line conditions. Attempts to overcome the problem with a two-stage hydrolysis were not successful. Experiments with newly acquired alkaline proteases of Bacillus subtilis revealed that fairly goodrecoveries of both tryptophan and histidine could be obtained in soluble FPCs hydrolyzed at pH 8.5 and above. Hydrolysis with pancreatin above pH 8.5 also gave good yields and better histidine recovery than did earlier runs at pH 8. Pancreatin and the al- kaline protease Alcalase* were chosen for evaluation in replicate runs. Both hake and a fatty fish, alewife (Alosa pseudoharengus), Table 3 - Nutritive quality of hydrolysates produced from red hake and alewife by enzymatic hydrolysis Protein efficiency ratio Actual Enzyme used % of casein Red Hake 2.89 + 0.074 2.63 + 0.10 2.87 + 0.07 82.2 74.8 81.7 Pancreatin, 0.50% Alcalase, 0.35% Autolysis Alewife 3.44 + 0.06 3.34 + 0.07 3.40 + 0.08 Alcalase, 0.5% Alcalase, 0. 37 Autolysis 97.2 94.4 96.0 @ Standard error of the mean. > Produced by digestion of presscake. All other samples were produced by digestion of raw fish. *Supplied by Enzyme Development Corp., New York, and manufactured by Novo Industries, Copenhagen. The use of manufacturers" and trade names throughout this article is for informational purposes only and does not imply endorsement. were hydrolyzed and chemical analyses, ma- terial balances and protein efficiency ratios (PERs) were determined. Yields of soluble products from hake and alewife were in the range of 12-14 percent of wet fish weight. Partially soluble products were also prepared from both species by au- tolysis and from alewife presscake by hydrol- ysis with Alcalase. These products included undigested solids, except bones and scales removed by screening, and were obtained in high yields but residual fat was also high. The PERs determined by feeding studies with each of the hydrolysates are listed in Table 3. The soluble product from alewife had a PERessentially equal tothat of casein, a level that we have not reached with a to- tally soluble product of red hake. Although the soluble hake products were inferior to caseinas a sole source of protein, they were nearly equal to casein as a supplement to wheat flour protein as is shown in Table 4. 59 do not include marketing costs and profit mar- gins. Contractual Research.--Additional work on biological methods for FPC has been done under contract. At Columbia University, hun- dreds of microorganisms were screened for lipolytic, proteolytic and organoleptic suit- ability for fish fermentation. A fungus, Geo- trichum candidum, anda yeast, Candida lipol- ytica, were determined to be most promising for menhaden fermentation. Both micro- organisms utilized for lipids and non-protein nitrogen contained in menhaden and effected a reduction in fat content and a net increase in protein content of the ferment while yield- ing a product witha neutral topleasant aroma. These results have been reported in a publi- cation by Burkholder et al. (5). At the Massachusetts Institute of Technol- ogy, the solubilization of solvent-extracted FPC by enzymatic hydrolysis has been in- Table 4 - Supplement value when added to wheat flour of hydrolysates produced from red hake Sample 2%, wheat flour 8% of protein in diet? Enzyme used PER 2.17 ila 165 178 0.05) Bi 2.09 + 0.07 2.26 + 0.12 2.28 + 0.03 180 % of wheat flour Sample 4%, wheat flour 6% of protein in diet PER % of wheat flour 224 216 226 2.85 + 0.05 2.74 + 0.05 2.87 + 0.08 3.02 + 0.07 238 2 Diets contained 10 percent protein of which the supplements provided 2 or 4 percent and the remaining 6 or 8 percent was supplied by wheat flour. > Standard error of the mean, Suggested process outlines have been de- veloped for biological processes utilizing raw whole fish and fatty fishpress cake. Material balances obtained experimentally were used in conjunction with a newly-developed com- puter program to estimate production costs forthe twotypes of products. It is estimated that plants processing 200 tons/day of fish costing 1¢ per pound could produce a totally soluble product for less than 19¢ per pound. A plant of similar size could produce a par- tially soluble product from press cake for about 12¢ per pound. These figures are based on operating costs including amortization, but vestigated. Several enzymes were evaluated inbatch studies and a continuous system was developed in which an ultra-filtration mem- brane was used toremove hydrolytic products while retaining the enzyme and insoluble sol- ids for continued reaction. It appears that this approach may not be feasible because of the instability of proteolytic enzymes under suitable reaction conditions. A large con- tinuous system is now being assembled which will employ a relatively inexpensive B. sub- tilis enzyme and willproduce sufficient prod- ucts for evaluation including PER determina- tions. 60 Production Most large-scale research efforts have involved solvent extraction methods. A wide variety of solvents has been investigated for use in making FPC. These range from non- polar solvents, such as hexane, to very polar solvents, such as methyl alcohol, and from chlorinated hydrocarbons to ketones and esters. It is interesting to note, however, that every commercial or proposed com- mercial solvent extraction procedure makes use of isopropyl alcohol somewhere in the process. A description of the major commercial or near commercial operations will serve to il- lustrate the extensive use of isopropyl alcohol for making FPC. The FPC Experiment and Demonstration Plant, Aberdeen, Washington.--The Experi- ment and Demonstration Plant constructed in Aberdeen, Washington, was authorized by the 89th Congress in Public Law 89-701. It is designed to demonstrate the feasibility of commercially producing FPC, by the counter - current isopropyl alcohol extraction tech- nique developed by the National Marine Fish- eries Service. Construction was completed inMarch1971. The processused in this plant is that previously described as a four-stage countercurrent extraction withthe [PA-water azeotrope. The plant is designed to process 50 tons of raw fish per 24-hour period into 73 tons of FPC. At present, the plant is de- signed to process lean varieties of fish and several hundred tons of fish have been proc- essed intolarge tonnages of acceptable FPC. After demonstrating the process with lean fish, the plant will be modified to process fatty fish. The phases of the process used in the plant are as follows: Storage.--The fish unloading and storage system is based on the use of refrigerated brine. In this system, 150 tons of fresh fish canbe storedat 32° F.in chilled brine. The storage tank is constructed of redwood and contains 12 separate, 750-cubic-foot galva- nized, steel-lined compartments. Fish are conveyed to the tanks by a fish pump and belt conveyor system. Comminution.--The fishare carried from the refrigerated storage in large tote boxes, weighed, and then conveyed to a Rietz disin- tegrator for comminution. After commi- nution, the fish can be deboned if such is needed to assure that the final product will meet the 100 ppm fluoride restriction. The comminuted fish are then placed in one of the two slurry tanks. Extraction.--The fish-IPA mixture con- tainedinthe slurry tank is then continuously pumped throughthe four extractors in which the oiland water are removed. The material moves through the extractors at approxi- mately 30 gallons per minute. During the extraction phase, the solids are removed by a combination shaker screen and pulp press arrangement. Solvent Recovery.--The liquid portion, called miscella, is thenfurther processed for solvent and by-product recovery. The IPA is purified and recovered by distillation. Desolventizing.--The solid material, which contains some water and isopropyl alcohol, is dried and desolventizedin a series of four Strong-Scott driers. Milling.--The material is then finely milled and bagged in 50-pound polyethylene - lined bags. Throughout the process stringent sanitary and safety controls are maintained and mon- itored by a team of chemists and microbiol- ogists located at the plant site. The product from the EDP willbe packaged in 50-pound quantities and willbe made avail- able to industry for research. Nabisco-Astra Nutritional Development Corporation.--This Corporation, with head- quarters inNew York City, is a joint venture between the National Biscuit Company, U.S.A., and the Astra Company of Sweden. Astra Nutrition has developed a process for making IPA-FPC and Nabisco is experienced in the productionand marketing of protein-enriched food products. The two companies united to form the Nabisco-Astra Nutritional Develop- ment Corporation. The process for making EFP-90 (evis- cerated fish protein) as itis called, is a modi- fied IPA process (6). Fishare cut into segments, washed to re- move viscera and blood, and slurried in water and cooked. The cooked material passes through a deboner, a desludging centrifuge, a hot water treatment, and a second centri- fuge. From there it enters a continuous ex- tractor where fat is removed by isopropyl alcohol. Ondischarge, the IPA is centrifuged toclarify it for returnto the solvent recovery system. The extracted fishis passed through a steam -heated agitating desolventizer where any remaining solventisremoved. As a final operation, the material is dried in a steam heated unit, milled to a fine consistency and placed in appropriate containers. The EFP-90 contains between 92-94 percent pro- tein with anIPAresidue of less than 100 ppm. At present, herringis used to make EFP-90, Reportedly, the EFP-90is offeredfor sale at about 49¢ per pound, Cardinal Proteins, Ltd.--Cardinal Pro- teins, Ltd., Nova Scotia, Canada, has con- structed a multimillion dollar IPA-FPC plant with a capacity of 200 tons of fish daily. This plant, locatedin Canso, Nova Scotia, uses the IPA process, as developed in Halifax, Canada. In this system, the initial slurry is acidified with phosphoric acid. The plantis located next to an established fish processing plant. Cardinal expects to meet one-third of its daily requirement for raw material by fluming cod and haddock trimmings directly from the processing plant. These trimmings currently are being used in fish meal production, However, this material, having been handled under sanitary conditions, is considered superior to fish normally used for making fish meal. Canadian FDD regu- lations permit the use of sanitary fish trim- mings, which is considered economically beneficial and a wise use of the resource, No firm cost figures for IPA-FPC are available at this time. Societe Nationale Farine Alimentaire Poi- sson (SONAFAP), Agadir, Morocco.--The Agadir plant uses batch extraction proce- dures. This plant operated for a few weeks in1965 and for severalmonthsin1966. About 170 tons of product were produced using hex- ane and ethyl alcohol, but because of poor odor and color the product was unacceptable. The plant remained idle until about a year ago when operations were once again resumed and an acceptable FPC was made by IPA ex- traction of sardines (Sardinia pilchardus). This plant will be used to produce IPA- FPC for acceptability studies in Morocco. No cost figures are available. Alpine Marine Protein Industries, Inc.-- Alpine Marine Protein Industries, Inc., New Bedford, Massachusetts, whose plant was re- 61 cently sold to another company, used a two- solvent system. The process was based on the VioBin method of extraction of whole fish with ethylene dichloride resulting in a de- hydrated and partially defatted material. This material was further extracted with IPA ina continuous countercurrent procedure. The final solids were dried, steam stripped, and milled. This company, prior tocessation of opera- tions, produced aconsiderable amount of FPC for use by the U.S. Agency for International Development. UTILIZATION To be an effective nutritional supplement, FPC should be supplied in a form that people will readily accept. One means of accom- plishing this istoincorporate FPC into foods that people are accustomed to eating. In this respect, we must keep in mind that FPC, by itself, isnota food. Ratheritis a supplement that is designed to be added to food products to enhance their nutritive quality. Thus, a major effort has been made to obtain basic information onthe use of FPCin various food products. Sidwell et al. (7) have extensively studied several generic foods to determine suitable levels of incorporation of solvent-extracted FPCas related to alterations in formulations and changes in the characteristics of the re- sulting food products. Excellent results have been obtained in incorporating FPC intoa variety of such products as bread, pasta, and crackers. These studies have shown that the quantity and quality of the protein in these products can be substantially improved by the use of FPC. With most products, little change inthe physical and sensory character- istics of the foods occurred when 5 percent FPC was usedinthe formulation. Foods con- taining 5 percent FPC were very acceptable, and usually indistinguishable from unsupple- mented products. Differences in the organo- leptic characteristics of foods were some times found when higher levels were used, especially from certain species of fish. The color of the products was most often altered by the use of higher levels of FPC. In most cases nomore than 6 to 8 percent FPC would be recommended from the standpoint of nutri- ent returnper unit of cost. In general, these studies and others have demonstrated that the technological problems related to the incor- poration of FPC into food products for 62 nutritional purposes are not particularly dif- ficult to solve. Limited food research studies have been carried out with enzymatically produced FPC's. The studiesindicated that the FPC's are highly flavored. For most food applica- tions a bland product is desirable and a good soluble protein would command a premium price. With additional development, biolog- ical FPC's from whole fish can be of real value for uses where good nutritional quality and special functional properties are re- quired. MARKETING The distribution and marketing of foods containing FPC--or any protein supplement - - is a difficult and complex problem that in- volves a host of interrelated factors. Social, economic and cultural considerations must be takeninto account. Each particular coun- try or location must be analyzed separately. United States.--According to a report by Hammonds and Call, the market for FPC's depends upon price-functionality relation- ships (8). An FPC with functional properties would command a higher price than a non- functional FPC. Hammonds and Callassumed aprice range for FPC of between 28.8 to 53.8¢ per pound of protein. They state that this price range would place FPC costwise between soy flour (12.6 to 16.4¢ per pound of protein) and non- fat dry milk (55.6 to 69.4¢ per pound of pro- tein). Furthermore, since this range is neither clearly lower than that of present pro- tein ingredients, nor clearly higher, the func- tional characteristics of FPC then becomes crucial in determining the market potential. The study showed, in summary, that the maximum market potentialfor protein ingre- dients is approximately 3.1 billion pounds yearly at the present time. FPC could be- come an important commodity in this market if the organoleptic, functional, physical, and nutritional characteristics were satisfactory. Obviously, the price would also have to be competitive with other protein ingredients. Other Countries.--Outside the United States, the competitive market for FPC will be subject to essentially the same type of economic analysis asreported by Hammonds and Call. Some countries, however, have plans to require FPC supplementation in bread and baked goods. This could lead toa sizable market for FPC. A study was recently conducted in Chile under a contract from the Agency for Inter- national Development. The purpose of the study was to analyze the feasibility of com- mercial production and marketing of FPC. The report of the study noted that there are still some uncertainties regarding the cost of producing FPC. Based onavailable data, how- ever, it appearedthat FPC could be produced profitably for a selling price of 25 to 30¢ per pound. Atthis price, the report concluded that FPC would be highly competitive with other proteinalternatives. At present levels of con- sumption, about 18,000 metric tons of FPC would be required to fortify bread and pasta in Chile. Although a note of caution was in- dicated because of several uncertainties, the conclusions of the study were optimistic and indicated that FPC could be produced and marketed successfully. A recent report concerning the economics of solvent-extracted FPC, however, indicates a less optimistic outlook than the study con- ducted by AID (9). SUMMARY An FPC industry has been started, and plants are nowin operation. Isopropyl alcohol isused, ineachinstance, as at least one of the solvents toremove water and lipids. The iso- propyl alcohol extracted-FPC is essentially a ''non-functional" product, but has aplace on the world market as a high quality nutritional supplement. FPC's with improved functional properties, such as produced biologically or by modified chemical means, are desirable and research is underway for their develop- ment. There is a market for FPC's, but their price and characteristics will govern the ex- tent of usage. 63 LAWLER, F. Ke 1970. Purse fish protein, Food Engineering 2, 61. SIDWELL, V. D., B. Re STILLINGS, and G. M, KNOBL, Jr. 1970. The fish protein concentrate story. 10. U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries FPC's: Nutritional quality and use in foods, Food Technology 24, 40. HAMMONDS, T. M. and D, L. CALL 1970. Utilization of protein ingredients in the U. S. food industry. Part 1, The current market for protein in- gredients. Part Il. The future market for protein ingredients, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. REFERENCES KESTEVEN, G. and S. J, HOLT 6. 1955. Anote onthe fisheries resources of the Northwest Atlan- tic, FAO Fishery Paper No. 7 (paper presented at the 5th Inte mational Commission on Fisheries of the North The Atlantic). CHAPMAN, W. H. 1966. Resources of the oceanand their potentialities for man. Food Technology 20, 895. 8. SHAEFER, M. B,. andD, L. ALVERSON 1968. World Fish Potentials, in "The Future of the Fishing Industry of the United States, ' University of Washing - ton, p. 81. LIBRARY OF CONGRESS, WASHINGTON, D.C. oF 1970. "Fish Protein Concentrate--A Comprehensive Bibli- ography". BURKHOLDER, L., P. Re BURKHOLDER, A. CHU, N. KOSTYK, and O, A. ROELS 1968. Fish fermentation, Food Technology 22, 1278. “ 1970. The Economics of Fish Protein Concentrate. (A re- port prepared forthe National Council on Marine Re- sources and Engineering Development by the Massa- chusetts Institute of Technology, Sept.}. "BECHE-DE-MER” FISHERY FOR TRUK? Alan J. Beardsley Beche-de-mer, also known as namako or trepang, is the commercial name of a marine food product heldin great esteem by the Chi- nese. It consists of the dried body-wall of certain species of large Holothurians (sea cucumbers). The term Beche-de-mer is the French rendering of the Portuguese name Bicho-do-mar, which signifies sea slug. The Truk Lagoon, ranging indiameter from 30 to 40 miles, is acomplex coral atoll located on latitude 7°25' N. and longitude 151945! E. in the heart of Micronesia. During the Japa- nese administration in the early 1940s, as many as one million pounds of Beche-de-mer were exported annually from Truk. Since then there has been no fishery, but informal diver observations indicate large numbers of these animals exist todaynear the Truk bar- rier reef. Recently, K. Sachithananthan of FAO and the South Pacific Islands Fisheries Development Agency visited Truk to demon- strate to the Trukese proper collecting and drying techniques for Beche-de-mer. This was done in cooperation withthe Marine Re- sources Development Office in Truk, which provided men, materials, and boats to pre- pare the animals. Dried samples of Beche- de-mer were thensent to Hong Kong and Sin- gapore to test their market potential. 100 Known Species There are about 100 known species of sea cucumbers in Truk Lagoon, butfew are suit- able for Beche-de-mer. The most desirable are the teatfish, Actinopyga nobilis (Figure 1) and prickly redfish, Thelenota aranas. Of lesser commercial value, but also important, is the tigerfish, Holothuria argus (Figure 2). These three species were collected by scuba divers near the Truk barrier reef in water 5 to40feetdeep. Bait wells in a 36-foot ves- sel were used to transport the animals alive to the cooking site. Fig. 1 - Side view of black teatfish, Actinopyga nobilis. The common name isderived from teatlike projections along sides. A characteristic of this species when irritated or attacked is the expulsion of white sticky tubules. Fig. 2 - Dorsal view of tigerfish, Holothuria argus. Distinctive blue and brown markings characterize this species. —————— i —___ nnn Dr. Beardsley isa fishery biologist with NMFS Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research Base, 2725 Montlake Blvd. E., Seattle, WA 98102. He recently completed a three-month tour of duty in Micronesia at the request of the U.S. Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands gov- ermment, 64 65 ie” Fig. 3 - All sea cucumbers were placed in a large cauldron of boiling water for one hour prior to drying process. Fig. 5 - The drying house was kept at 80-85° C. for two days to remove moisture from animals. Mangrove wood provided the heat. Fig. 6 - Completely dry animals became hard and brittle. Teat- fish appear in upper portion of the picture, anda prickly redfish Fig. 4 - The animals are cleaned prior to drying and the viscera in lower right. discarded. These samples are black teatfish and tigerfish. 66 Cooking Procedure The cooking procedure varies with the spe- cies. The teatfish were placed directly into boiling sea water (Figure 3) and cooked for one hour until they were firm and rubber- like. The ventral surface was then slit length- wise and the viscera removed (Figure 4). The animals were then put in a modified Jaffna Dryer (Figure 5) for 2 days at 80 - 85° C., using mangrove wood as fuel. The flesh be- came as hard as stone(Figure 6)--hence the name "black stone" or "white stone" in Sin- gapore or Hong Kong markets. Prickly red- fish and tigerfish were cleaned by making a small incisioninthe region of the mouth fol- lowed by squeezing out the viscera. After one hour of boiling, the remaining viscera were removed by squeezing, and the animals were dried like teatfish. Testing Their Market Potential All animals were gradedfor size and dry- ness. Representative samples were packaged in plastic bags, and the sealed bags were air- shipped to markets in Singapore and Hong Kong for evaluation. Similar premium grade samples from other areas in Micronesia brought as high as two dollars per pound, K. Sashithananthan reported. The potential for establishing an export marketfor Beche-de-merfrom Truk appears promising, but more work needs to be done before a commercial fishery can be estab- lished. The size of the resource must be de- termined so that local businessmen can esti- mate the magnitude of the processing plant needed. A packaging technique for maintain- ing the dryness of the animals is also desir- able because the high humidity in Truk rapidly hydrates the dried animals. These problems can be rapidly overcome if the animals are abundant and command a high market price. Sea Cucumber SWEET ‘N’ SOUR CINDERELLA SEAFOOD Heard any goodfishstories lately? Well, here's one that's true, and it concerns a Cinderella from the sea witha real fishy suc- cess story. Ocean perch, among the most plentiful of fishes, were unloved and rejected for years. One day inthe mid 1930s, how- ever, a lowly fish cutter (not a prince) came along and found quite by chance that these unappreciated fish were in reality quite special. He discovered that oceanperch yield small, white fillets very similar in taste and texture tothose from the popular fresh-water perch. The fishing industry, ever alert to new and better resources, began experiment- ing with filleting and freezing ocean perch and soon were ontheir way to a new ''Golden Era of Fishing.'' Oceanperch are now among the most used and appreciated of fish and are readily available, filleted, packaged, and frozen, at seafood counters across the United States. There are usually about 8 fillets in a one-pound package. Ocean perch are ex- cellent food fish and the fillets are entirely edible, have a delicate flavor and high nutri- tional value, are easy andattractive to serve, and are moderate in price. Ocean perch fillets are great eating whether prepared in a batter for fish and chips or served withtartar sauce in a toasted bun. They are outstanding, however, in Sweet 'n' Sour Ocean Perch, a favorite recipe of a talented home economist of the National Marine Fisheries Service. This easy-do recipe is a culinary journey into excellence -- but so easy on the budget! The tender fillets are lightly browned before being enhanced with the sauce and cooked until flaky. The sauce, a zippy Sweet-sour mixture, is flavor highlighted with celery, onion, garlic, parsley, and dill weed and has texture interest with the addition of crisp bacon bits. Treat your family toSweet 'n' Sour Ocean Perch soon-- but be sure to prepare plenty; this entree will have them calling for seconds. SWEET 'N' SOUR OCEAN PERCH 2 pounds ocean perch fillets or 14 tablespoons flour other small fish fillets, fresh or frozen 14 tablespoons sugar 2 tablespoons butter or margarine _ teaspoon pepper 8 1 teaspoon salt 3 cup sents 4 slices bacon, cut into $ inch , , squares 5 See or cider 1 a > cup chopped onion e 2 tablespoons chopped 3 cup thinly sliced celery parsley 1 teaspoon minced garlic 3 teaspoon dry dill é weed (optional) Thaw frozen fish. Melt butter or margarine in large (12- inch) frypan. Arrange fillets, skin side down, in frypan over- lapping fillets slightly, if necessary. Sprinkle $ teaspoon salt over fillets. Cook over moderate heat until lightly brownedon underside, 8 to 10 minutes, While fish is cooking, fry bacon until crisp. Remove bacon bits and set aside. Add onion, celery, and garlic to bacon drippings and cook slowly until onion is tender, not brown. Combine and mix flour, sugar, remaining 1 teaspoon salt, and pepper. Stir in water and vinegarand mix until smooth. Pour over onion-celery mixture; cook, stirring constantly, until thickened. Stir in parsley. Spoon hot sauce over fillets and sprinkle with bacon pieces. Cook over low heat about 5 minutes or until fish flakes easily when tested with a fork. Makes 6 servings. (National Marketing Services Office, NMFS, U.S. Dept. of Commerce, 100 East Ohio Street, Room 526, Chicago, Ill. 60611.) 67 Page OW: 12) oof 13 8 WS} co. ic gs due 14. 4s 5 6 ae. 15. WS) iGo NS) 9G WEY 5 6 Wi 4 IG} Gg FCREIGN OECD Members Report 1970 Was Good Year Communist-Block Scientists Foresee No Major Change In ICNAF Cod Stocks Fish Stocks In W. Mediterranean Are Heavily Overfished Cod And The West, by C.L. Sulz- berger Europe: ~ Iceland: Faroe Islands & Iceland Cooper- ate In Frozen-Fish Exports To WAS United Kingdom: British Firm To Produce Pro- tein From Petroleum Norway: Salmon Are Reared Commer- cially At Bergen Canada: Fishery Improvement Loans In- crease Pacific Salmon Stocks Increased During Past 10 Years Latin America: Mexico: 1970 Catch Rose 10% From 1969 Chile: 1970 Fish-Meal Production Down From 1969 Asia: Japan: Fishery Catch In 1970 Topped 9 Million Tons North Pacific Salmon Mother- ship Fleets Achieve Quota Survey Squid Resource Off Cali- fornia Explore For Skipjack Tuna Off Solomon Islands Hope To Breed Sea Bream And Flatfish By 1972 38 Vessels Licensed For High- Seas Saury Fishery wy 68 Al's % 40... 44.. 54... 64... GT so 68 . FOREIGN (Contd.): Asia (Contd.): ~ Japan (Contd.): Largest Stern Trawler Joins Bering Sea Fleet Japanese To Form Company In Mauritania To Operate Ice Boats Cold-Storage Plant Begins Oper- ations South Pacific: New Zealand: Export Well-Bred Heels UNITED STATES Find Ocean Quahogs Abundant Off Massachusetts Scuba Divers Watch Midwater Trawl At Work 1971 Stocking Programs Improve Great Lakes Fisheries ICCAT Tuna-Tagging Experiment Begins Off Northeast U.S. NMFS Joins New York In Lobster Study Why Many Fish Die During Red Tide Invasion Sloping Beach Is Best Protection Against Erosion VIMS Oceanographers Study Nuclear Power Plant Discharges ARTICLES Thread Herring Distribution Off Florida's West Coast, by Brian S. Kinnear and Charles M. Fuss Jr. Seasonal and Geographic Character- istics of Fishery Resources: Cali- fornia Current Region - VI. Rockfish, by DavidKramer & Paul E. Smith Live Cars For Use In Catfish Indus - try, by Donald C. Greenland, Rob- ert L. Gill, & James C. Hall Fish Protein Concentrates, by George M. Knobl Jr., Bruce R. Stillings, William E. Fox, & Malcolm B. Hale "Beche-de-Mer" Fishery For Truk?, by Alan J. Beardsley RECIPE Sweet 'n' Sour Cinderella Seafood INDEX u.S, GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1971 486-503/1 > > ee Lal - _ BACK COVER: Sport fishing in Gulf Stream off Chincoteague, Virginia. (Rex Gary Schmidt) See ~*~ . AS = ae : Tae 5 bs, De a - Noemiihics) E ai A UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE PUBLICATION USE DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration National Marine Fisheries Service COMMERCIAL FISHERIES // e ALPES X Review Fishes VOL. 33, NO. 9 SEPTEMBER 1971 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Maurice H. Stans, Secretary NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION Robert M. White, Administrator National Marine Fisheries Service Philip M. Roedel, Director COVER: SHOVELING SCALLOPS ONTO CONVEYOR ABOARD 'SYLVIA MAE'. (R. D. Mauser) Cover photo of July-Aug. 1971 issue--deck load of tuna caught off New England--was taken by J. J. Murray, NMFS Fishing Vessel Safety Officer, Boston, Mass. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES Review A comprehensive view of United States and foreign fishing industries--including catch, processing, market- ing, research, and legislation--prepared by the National Marine Fisheries Service. FISHERMEN'S MEMORIAL--GLOUCESTER, MASS I Editor: Edward Edelsberg Production: Alma Greene Throughout this book, the initials NMFS stand for the NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE, part of NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMIN- ISTRATION (NOAA), U.S. Department of Commerce. Address correspondence and requests to: Commercial Fisheries Review, 1801 North Moore Street, Room 200, Arlington, Va. 22209. Telephone: Area Code 703 - 557-9066. Publication of material from sources outside the Service is not an endorsement. The Service is not responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions of these sources. Although the contents have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely, reference to source is appreciated. Use of funds for printing this publication was approved by the Director, Bureau of the Budget, April 18, 1968. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402. Price 60 cents (single copy). Subscription Price: $7.00 a year; $2 additional for foreign mailing. CONTENTS UNITED STATES EVEMES TONG pat CMC Seatiewem swemchovich tact eieseleee ces kawerceue ARTICLES Observations on Remote Sensing in Fisheries, by William H. Stevenson and Edward J. Pastula Jr. Prospects for Sea Farming in Pacific Northwest, by Timothy Joyner and C. Gunnar Safstan..... The Growing Role of International Agreements in Alaskan Fisheries, by Ronald C. Naab ....... U.S. & Japan Continue Cooperative Research in North Pacific (1970-71), by R. Bakkala and Iq lair cite hen nick's 9. axe clipe Rae eMC) act nea eee STM Ans) co ee MeR EMO RE T hol Suck] RP dia) Siteacd Mhcoac? oad Ul Robert W. Schoning John L. Baxter SCHONING NAMED NMFS DEPUTY DIRECTOR Oregon State Fisheries Director Robert W. Schoning has beennamed NMFS Deputy Direc - tor. He assumed his duties on Sept. 10. Mr. Schoning will work with NMFS Director Philip M. Roedel on allaspects of fishery re- search and development on national and inter - national levels. He is well knownas a fishery scientist and administrator. He was Oregon's fisheries Before that, he had served as Director of Research for the Oregon director since 1960. Fish Commission. Extensive Background Mr. Schoning, 48, holds a bachelor of sci- ence degree in fisheries from the University BAXTER JOINS NMFS On Sept. 7, John L. Baxter, chief of the Marine Resources Branch, California De- partment of Fish and Game, assumed his duties as specialassistant toNMFS Director Philip M. Roedel. He will workin the areas of State-Federal relationships and recreational-commercial allocation problems. He will serve too as Executive Secretary of the Marine Fisheries Advisory Committee. Mr. Baxter, 46, holds a bachelor's degree in wildlife conservation from the University of California at Berkeley. of Washington, He has done graduate work in fisheries and mathematics. He is known for his writings on salmon and fishery subjects of the Pacific Northwest. He is a member of professional and conservation organizations. The new NMF'S Deputy Director is a mem- ber of the U.S. Department of State Fishing Industry Advisory Committee, chairman of the Pacific Salmon Inter-Agency Council, member of the OregonCommittee on Natural Resources, and advisor to the American Sec- tion of the International North Pacific Fish- eries Commission. DIRECTOR’S STAFF Director Roedel said: ''Mr. Baxter brings a wide background of fisheries research and administrative work to his new assignment, having served for 20 years with the California Department of Fish and Game in positions of increasing responsibility." He is a member of the American Institute of Fishery Research Biologists andthe Amer - ican Fisheries Society, and a research fellow of the Marine Life Research Program, Uni- versity of California at San Diego. From 1966 to 1970, he was editor-in-chief of the Cali- fornia Department of Fish and Game Fish Bulletins. He has written many publications on California fishery matters. U.S. FOOD SITUATION Prices for food to be consumed at home in 1971 probably willaverage around 3% above 1970. In 1970, the increase was 5.1%. The price uptrendin away-from-home eating will continue --but at a slower pace than last year. The index of all food prices is expected to average around 33% higher for 1971. This information is contained in 'National Food Situation’, Aug. 1971, published by U.S. De- partment of Agriculture. Grocery Store Prices Food prices at grocery stores increased in second quarter of 1971 following a year of relative stability. Infirst quarter, food prices at grocery stores were upless than 1% from a yearearlier. Butin April-June they jumped more than 2% to a level 23% percent above a year earlier. This was largely because of shorter supplies and higher prices for fresh vegetables, and the continued strength in prices of fish, fats, and oil products. Consumer expenditures for food increased 2% in second quarter to an annual rate of $119.7 billion. Further increases are likely as population, prices, and per-capita con- sumptioncontinue torise. An expected, large gain of 8%inconsumers' after-tax income for 1971 will help expand demand. Food spend- ing for 1971 may total 53-6% above $114 bil- lion of 1970. Per-capita food consumption likely will show another significant increase this year. Meat products, mainly pork, will provide nearly all the increase. The fish prospect is for slightly lower consumption. Fishery Products The U.S. market for fishery products re- mained strong during first-half 1971. Sales of some major species fell slightly, but this was attributable primarily to shorter sup- plies. Conditions indicate a seller's market in most sectors. Prices have advanced sharply inthe face of tighter supplies of shell- fish and finfish. Supplies of most shellfish are running be- low a year ago. Imports and domestic land- ings are down. Declines in shrimp imports particularly affect the market. To meet market requirements, despite dropinimports and domestic production, suppliers have trimmed sharply the inventories of frozen shellfish since the first of the year. The availability of stored supplies has made pos- sible the same level for shellfish consump- tion aS a year ago. Similarly, supply shortages have affected the groundfish industry this year (mainly cod, haddock, and flounder). Imports, which ac- count for over four-fifths of these products, are off from a year ago. Unlike shellfish, however, the groundfishindustry did not have relatively large inventoriestostart this year. Thus, prices have advanced significantly. Groundfish sales are down from a year ago. Halibut sales infirst-half 1971 were con- sistent with last year. There were few price changes. Halibut production likely will be lower this year. Pressure on prices may build because of reduced supplies. Frozen salmon sales have improved over a year ago, and prices have been firm. Inventories have dropped sharply since the first of this year, but they are still above normal. Canned salmonmovements have been ona par with last year, but the 1971 pack likely will be below ayearago. Soprices will move up. Canned tuna movement has picked up considerably since early 1971. Prices are expected to average higher than a year ago. On balance, a slight decline in per-capita fish consumption is expected in 1971 after 3 consecutive years of increase. Shorter sup- plies and higher prices are mainly respon- sible. FOOD FISH SITUATION Total supplies of canned salmon during the first 6 months of 1971 were 2.7 million standard cases, 18% higher than the same period in 1970. The higher level was caused primarily by higher inventories at the start of 1971 carried over from the 1970 pack. Anticipations of a smaller 1971 pack caused stocks to move at a slower percentage rate thanin 1970. Inventories of red salmon have been large, while pink-salmon inventories This was the reverse of the situation in first-half LUSH AUE have been a gooddeal less than in 1970. Wholesale prices of red, chum, silver, and king salmon remained firm during January- June; prices of pinks, with shorter stocks, rose somewhat. Consumption has been slight- ly higher than last year despite firm and rising prices. By Sept. 10, the pack of salmon was about a third below1970. Reds ran extremely late; pinks in Southeastern Alaska did not appear in substantial quantity until early August. In second-half 1971, supplies of salmon most likely will be considerably shorter than in 1970. red and pink salmon were delayed because of Expected increases in prices for the price freeze. Because of the smaller pack, a larger percentage of $- and 4-pound cans will probably be marketed. SARDINES Supplies of sardines have been only slight- ly below 1970 levels. Low inventories car- ried into 1971 were almost offset by slightly higher imports and a higher domestic pack in first-half 1971. changed--marked by sharp increases from Sources of sardine imports Japan and continued declines from the Re- public of South Africa. Increases in herring landings for human consumption inmost exporting countries indi- cate that U.S. sardine imports will be higher in the next 6 months. [If the pack in second- half 1971 iscloseto last year's, consumption during July-December 1971 may about equal 1OCONS: TUNA Landings of tuna for first-half 1971 were slightly higher than for 1970 period. A con- siderably larger percentage of skipjack was caught. Through May, imports of fresh and frozen tuna, particularly skipjack, were up sharply over last year; imports of canned tuna were down slightly. For first-half 1971, canned tuna was 6% higher than 1970. Tuna total production of prices atall levels of distributionwere much higher. Landings of skipjack probably will continue to increase and tohelp overcome shortages of The pack likely will be a little larger in 1971 because greater supplies of yellowfin. skipjack will help maintain production. --Morris R. Bosin Clemens B. Bribitzer Paul R. Beauchemin NMFS Current Economic Analysis Division SHELLFISH SITUATION The trends of the first 3 to 4 months of 1971 generally continued as supplies of shell- fish, except northern lobsters, were lower than January-July 1970. Lowerimports again were a major factor in the overall decline. Only imports of northern lobsters gained-- boosting total quantity available above 1970. Calico scallops rose fractionally; other species recorded lower landings than in 1970. Declines in inventories of frozen shellfish have been extremely sharp this year. As in first months, heavy inventory withdrawals continued because lower imports and landings were unable to meet market needs. During first 7 months of 1971, consumption of shellfish was generally lower than in 1970. The declines were not so sharp as the de- creases in imports and landings would indi- cate. Despite record prices, consumption has remained high. Sufficient supplies were re- moved from inventories so sales declines were only moderate. As a result of the continuing shortage of supplies and high demand, prices of domestic and imported shellfish have remained above those paidin1970 for all buta few categories. The outlook for shellfish during August- October was somewhat clouded by the possi- bility of a dock strike on the East and Gulf coasts on October 1 and the President's new economic policies. --Richard S. Surdi Donald R. Whitaker NMFS Current Economic Analysis Division FDA ASSURES FISH EATERS The Food and Drug Administration has given new assurance that deep-water food fish are safe toeat, Dr. Robert M. White, NOAA Administrator, said Sept. 21. Dr. White released a statement by Dr. Charles C. Edwards, FDA Commissioner: "Withthe exception of swordfish, the FDA continues to find no hazard to the consuming public from mercury contamination in deep- water foodfish. . . Toassure that fish con- taining excessive mercury residues are not entering the market, a nationwide testing program, including inspection and spot analy - sis, is being maintained by the industry and the Food and Drug Administration." Market Maintains Strength Dr. White also revealed that NMFS sta- tistics show that the overall U.S. market for fishery products maintainedits strength dur- ing the early months of 1971. There was a "Seller's market'' in most sectors. Prior to the wage-price freeze, he said, prices generally were advancing sharply. Supplies were shortin many instances. De- spite the supply condition, NMFS projects 1971 U.S. per-capita fish consumption only two-tenths of a pound less than last year's 11.4. "This indicates to me,'' Dr. White said, "that the American people have exercised good common sense in continuing to enjoy a delicious food which is nutritious and whole- some." STUDY TUNA’S TEMPERATURE PREFERENCE AND SENSING A 3-year study will seek to learn where tunas are tobe found inthe ocean and why they prefer to be there. This was announced on Sept. 7 by Dr. Frank J. Hester, director of Hawaii laboratory, NMFS Central Pacific Fisheries Research Center. Principal investigators are Dr. John J. Magnuson, University of Wisconsin, and Drs. Andrew E, Dixonand William H. Neill, NMFS. The 3-year study will be funded jointly by NMFS and the University of Wisconsin. Water temperature is an important factor inthe distributionand behavior of tunas. But no one knows how important itis, or how tunas detect temperature, and the degree of their sensitivity to it. 2 Approaches to Problem There will be two approaches to the prob- lem: One will study fish behavior in temper- ature gradients. A circular tank will be con- structed at the NMFS Kewalo Basin. In the center of the tank willbe aconcentric cylinder to create a donut-shaped swimming space equipped with heat exchangers and precise thermostats. Temperatures withinthe donut will be uni- form, but the experiment will be soconstruct- ed that the swimming rate will regulate the temperature rate change withrespect totime. The fish will swim through a gradient of tem- perature in time--the faster he swims, the faster the temperature is changed. Direction of swimming will control the direction of temperature change. Electrophysiological Approach The second approach to the perception of thermal gradients by fish will be electro- physiological. There will be space, holding tanks, and services for electrophysiological work. The temperature receptors of the tunas will be sought and studied. Many believe that a fish senses tempera- tures on his body surface, his skin; the in- vestigators, however, have postulated that a likely location of temperature sensors in fish is the olfactory rosettes--in his nose. "Fish sniff.'' explained Dr. Magnuson, "A Pacific bonito previously tested was found to take a noseful of water every 75 seconds, or every 55 meters swum,'' he said. The scientists hope to locate the primary thermal receptors and learnthe ways in which these receptors contribute to temperature - oriented behavior. If the olfactory apparatus is sensitive totemperature, the fish, by sniff- ing, has the advantage of intermittent sampling. This would be a more effective way of sam- pling the gradual thermal gradients inthe sea, Dr. Magnuson explained. | = ane | oe! PAGIFIC OCEAN & ge 7. es Z A v Annie SD 20° | — $e} $§ NMFS HELPS INDUSTRY REDUCE WATER POLLUTION A serious problem of the menhaden fish- meal industry is disposing of the water used during the unloading of fish from a vessel. The NMFS Atlantic Fishery Products Tech- nology Center (AF PTC) in Gloucester, Massa- chusetts, is working with the industry to solve it. Inthe unloading process, water is pumped into the vessel's hold. Then the mixture of fish and water is pumped out by large, spe- cially designed vacuum pumps. The water is separated from the fish and pumped back to the vessel to continue unloading. As the water is recycled, it becomes contaminated with fish slime, blood, and fish oil. In the past, disposal of the unloading water was a simple matter--either it was dumped direct- ly into the harbor, or it was put aboard a barge and dumped a short distance offshore. Simple Solution With increased emphasis on water -pollu- tion abatement, these practices have been stopped, but the problem of disposing waste - water stillplaguesthe industry. However, as a result of research at the plants and at the AFPTC laboratory, a relatively simple solu- tion may be in sight. If the unloading water is run through a centrifuge, which exerts forces thousands of times greater than grav- ity, before being returned to the vessel, the oil and suspended solids are separated out, and the clarified water is recycled. By the end ofunloading, the recycled water contains sufficient dissolved solids (primarily protein) to make it economically feasible to recover them. Also, the solids and the oil separated by centrifuging are introduced intothe normal process stream, thus increasing the yield of fishmeal and oil. EXCELLENT CHANCES FOR MAJOR FLORIDA SPORTFISHERY TO DEVELOP There are excellent chances for the de- velopment of major offshore sportfishery off Florida's west coast, reports NMFS Tropical Atlantic Biological Laboratory (TABL), Mi- ami. The prediction follows 'Operation Loop," a 3-day exploration conducted in June by the Florida State University System Institute of Oceanography with NMFS support. Excellent Fishing Twelve sport fishing vessels and the NMFS 'Oregon II' steamed from St. Peters- burg-Tampa area about 100 miles offshore to edge of Loop Current. Fishing was excel- lent there. Numerous gamefish were landed. One 200-pound blue marlin was boated; an- other large marlin was hooked but lost. =H. Sa ARTIFICIAL REEFS ATTRACT FISH Artificial fishing reefs are being built in- creasingly in marine waters to attract and concentrate fish. Nearly all below-surface structures--wrecked ships, aircraft, bridges, docks, and other materials--supply cover or a footing for the growth of crustacea, mol- lusks, and seaweeds, and produce a good sportfishing reef. Artificial reefs have been built off San Francisco and Malibu Beach, Calif., Hawaii, Japan, and elsewhere. These reefs were made from autobodies, pilings, concrete rub- ble and pipes, beer cases, streetcars, and old refrigerators. In selecting materials, the builders choose materials that are re- sistant to rapid corrosion, cost little, are available, and are cheap to handle, transport, and anchor. NMFS Reefs In 1966, the NMFS Marine Game Fish Research Laboratory at Sandy Hook, N.J., begantobuild and study artificial reefs. Old autotires were readily available and suitable. In 1969, the Sandy Hook Laboratory began tofavor scrap autotires asreef-building ma- terials. Marine scientists developed two tire units that canbe carried offshore in any-size boat. These units enable the individual sportsman to share in reef building. Tire Units One unit is a single tire with a 15-pound concrete ballast weight wedged between the sidewalls. The secondis a 4-foot-high stack of 7 or 8 tires held together with two 43-foot lengths of 23-inch reinforcing rod (projecting through aligned holes drilled in each tire). These are anchored firmly inconcrete ballast that completely fills the space between side- walls of the base tire. Autotires have several advantages: read- ily available, do not decompose, corrode, rust, give off toxic substances and so are not pollutants. If the tires are placed properly, they will not be moved around or scattered by storms. Unlike old car bodies, previously used to build artificial reefs, rapid corrosion is not a problem with concrete ballasted auto tires. Usually, financingis a problem because it is difficult topromote private subscriptions. The problem of marking or buoying the reefs can be troublesome--but, without a buoy marking, it is difficult or impossible for fishermen to find the reefs. VIMS Involved Scientists and engineers of the Virginia Institute of Marine Science have been advis- ing onprojects toestablisheffective artificial fishing reefs. VIMS believes properly con- structed and placed artificial reefs enhance sport fishing. It points out that the State's Marine Resources Commission must ap- prove use of state bottoms for such struc- tures. Similar clearance must be obtained from the Corps of Engineers, the U.S. Coast Guard and, sometimes, the U.S. Navy because metallic reefs can hinder submarine detec- tion. SHELLFISH SANITATION WORKSHOP IN OCTOBER The Seventh National Shellfish Sanitation Workshop sponsored by Food and Drug Ad- ministration will be held in the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare North Build- ing, 330 Independence Avenue, S.W., Washing- tone DG eer@ctober 20.215 sandara2.. 1971. Representatives of Federaland State Shellfish Agencies, the shellfish industry, foreign gov- ernments, and the academic community will participate. For more information contact: Division of Shellfish Sanitation (BF-230) Food and Drug Administration 200 'C' Street, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20204 RSs NEW NOAA MAP AIDS COMMERCIAL FISHING OFF OREGON NOAA hasissueda sea-bottom map to aid commercial fishing. The map, first of its kind, covers an area off Oregon reaching about 120 miles north from the California border and out to sea to depths of 1500 feet. It was prepared by NOAA's National Ocean Survey (NOS) and is based largely on data gathered by Commerce Department ships since 1889. Oregon State University fur- nished additional data. What Map Shows The map shows through different patterns the various sediments of the sea bottom-- including mud, sand, rock, and muddy sand. Dr. Hyman Orlin of NOS said: ''The map was prepared as a service tothe fishing industry. Not only do some species of fish tend to con- gregate at certaindepths, but they also prefer particular bottom cover. A knowledge of the characteristics of a region will reduce the fisherman's reliance on chance andincrease his catch." The map also portrays the topography of the sea bottom. It contains Loran lines that enable fishermen to determine their position at sea. Previously, Orlin explained, fisher- menhadtoconsult twopublications--a bathy- metric map anda nautical chart--todetermine the sea bottom's topography and their posi- tion. ''Now we've furnished one map which will suffice for both purposes, with a por- trayal of bottom sediment included as an additional assist." INDEX OF WORLD PORTS IS UPDATED The U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office has published, in cooperation with the Navy's Military Sealift Command (MSC), an updated version of the 'World Port Index.'' This contains useful information on 7,000 world ports. The Index will help navigators and opera- tions officers aboardships and shore-based managers planning operations. It includes data on tides, pilotage, loading and discharging facilities, maximum draft accommodations, port depths, chart number references, and available port services. Available Soon The loose-leaf index (Pub. 150) soon will be available to the public for $3 (without binder) from NAVOCEANO's Chart Sales Desk, Suitland, Md. 20390, and from its authorized sales agents in principal seaports around the world. It also can be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402. COAST GUARD EXTENDS SHORT-RANGE COASTAL RADIO MONITORING The Coast Guard is extending its short- range coastal radio monitoring facilities. The program will provide "better distress, safety, and command and control VHF-FM (Very High Frequency-Frequency Modula- tion) communications coverage" for boats in coastal and major inland waters. The waters are those in which the Coast. Guard has pri- mary Search and Rescue (SAR) responsibili- ties. The Coast Guard willaddto existing facil- ities 100 new transceiving sites that will be organized intonets or zones with centralized control points. These unmanned sites, now 25 to50 miles apart, will be channeled into a central net control through leased telephone lines and radio links, This will minimize number of trained operators needed to main- tain watches throughout the system; it will relieve small stations of radio watch respon- sibilities. The New Network The new network will provide coastal cov- erage of the VHF-FM distress frequency (channel 16)to at least 20 miles offshore for the entire coastline of the continental United States. Large bodies of inland waters, such as Chesapeake Bay, Puget Sound, Long Island Sound, and the U.S. waters of the Great Lakes also will be completely covered. Over 50 sites are scheduled for completion by early 1972; the entire system should be working by 1975. Also, the Coast Guard plans to equip its rescue aircraft with marine band VHF-FM radios and direction finders. Wide-area coverage will then be available to help locate distressed craft. A pamphlet entitled ''Marine Communica- tions Pamphlet for the Boating Public" will be available in November 1971 from Coast Guard District Offices in Boston, New York, Cleveland, Portsmouth, Miami, New Orleans, St. Louis, Long Beach, San Francisco, Seattle, Honolulu, and Juneau (Alaska). OBSERVATIONS ON REMOTE SENSING IN FISHERIES William H. Stevenson and Edward J. Pastula Jr. The application of aircraft or satellite re- mote-sensing systems to the problems con- fronting the fishing nations of the world is undergoing intensive development. Strangely enough, the evolution of sensing systems to acquire informationabout the ocean surfaces has outrun our understanding of the basic processes involved in fisheries identification, utilization, or management. This is due to rapid expansion of remote-sensing technical capabilities of several countries over the past ten years. In looking for ways to utilize this advanced technology to benefit mankind, some very broad assumptions have been made, particu- larly in the application of remote-sensing technology to fisheries. These assumptions include: (a) direct application of satellite- acquired datatofishing operations; (b) direct use of oceanographic information by fisher- men in their daily activities; and (c) the cause -effect relationships between the ocean environment and fish stocks are understood to the point of technical application. These assumptions were made by dedicated tech- nical people whorecognizeda need to resolve the pressing world fishery problems. Un- fortunately, few of these people are able to identify the cause-effect relationship of the fishery problems. This developing technology of remote- sensing instrumentation from aircraft and satellites, as well as advanced communica- tions and automatic data-handling techniques, are providing unique and exciting opportuni- ties to obtain ocean information so rapidly that they were not comprehensible ten years ago. The challenge is to convert this mass of data to information which can be applied to fishery problems. This article identifies the areas requiring multidiscipline develop- ment of fisheries and the environment of fish. Rational Resource Use Needed Effective utilization of living marine re- sources depends on man's understanding of these resources under natural conditions. There is evidence that the world's capability to harvest living marine resources is ap- proaching a point of diminishing returns. The effects of man as hunter and harvester of fishery resources and polluter of the re- source environment are reaching a point where it is necessary for all nations to accept responsibility for rational resource manage- ment. Rational use depends on the location and identification of the fish stocks them- selves--and of those ecological processes which the stocks rely upon for their food and survival. As istrue on land, the optimum use of the body of water by a living resource depends onthe productivity of its environment. Over the years, expansion of knowledge about this environment has been significantly con- strained by our inability to study the large- scale environmental phenomena taking place under dynamic conditions. Our present understanding of oceanic processes is based upon slow, scattered survey techniques, limited by man's ability to operate effec- tively on the ocean. This does not suggest that past efforts have not been significant. On the contrary, it suggests a phenomenal capability of extremely talented individuals to operate under adverse conditions and pro- duce information of profound magnitude. A potential breakthrough in our ability to ob- serve and record ocean-surface phenomena-- and thereby revolutionize our understanding of living marine resources--canbe identified in the numerous current resource-detecting efforts of severalcountries. Several efforts in the United States will illustrate the kind of research going on in at least nine other countries. The authors are with National Marine Fisheries Service, Mississippi Test Facility, Bay Saint Louis, Mississippi- a COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW | Reprint No. 918 | Cor H 10 *uorqezt[1ig, Araysty 02 BIeC Josuag Jo uotyeorTddy - [ “bry LINAS WN VW ONTHSIA SNOLLVUddO ONIHSIA LNAUWOVN VI ONTHSIA SNOLLIGNOOD TVODOTOO04 INANFD VN VW ONIHSIA SNOLLVUddO ONIHSIA LINAWG9 WN VAN anv NOLLVZIILLN SdIHS -NOILV1T4UY AZIS HOOLS HSId AONVYNNIIO TOOHOS HSIA NOILVYDIW HSI4 SdIHS -NOILVIdY AZIS HOOLS HSl4 AFONVYNNI|IO TOOHOS HSIA SNOILIGNOO NIVHO good AYVWTud TVAIAUNS AVAUVI 2 OOF SNOILVULNAONOO HSA NOILVUYOIN HSIA NOILVNUYOANI aOuNosay SaruqgHhsi4 GFONGOSANIWN TOIG NOILVOOT TIOOHOS HSI4 ALIALLONGOUd NOLUNVId “dWaGL AOVAUNS LYOdSNVUL Vas YOTOO YALVM SLNAYHNO ONTITAMdN Vauv LINN ddd STOOHOS HSI4 “LSId 2 “ONOO TIAHAOUOTHOD ONTITaAMdN FUNLvdddWNaL aOVAUNS VAS TVOIDOTO9UD TVOINGHOD TVOIOTOIa TVOISAHd NOLL VWUOANI OIHd VHDON VA9DO SNOLLVUaddO LHOIN SUGIAISNALNI AOVWI aN Ul/ TVASIA SSN vaN <> [eal & LAvVuoOUulv anv GALITTALVS VLvd YOsNIS Who Can Apply Data? Direct application of remote-sensing data to the problems of the fisherman in a dugout canoe is not practical (Figure 1). Data from remote-sensing system must be converted into oceanographic information which, inturn, must be integrated with extensive biological data to understand the status of the living marine resource withrespect to its environ- ment. Continued use of this resource will, in turn, depend on man's ability to effectively understand and manage the resource stocks within their natural environment. In the United States, the lead agency for developing this expertise and for integrating remote- sensing data with fishery applications, is the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Adminis- tration (NOAA) formed in October 1970. NOAA is concerned with resource explora- tion, development, management, and con- servation inthe oceans. It is also concerned with environmental monitoring, prediction, and modification, including living marine re- sources, and with developing the capacity to exercise, ultimately, some degree of environ- mental control. Here, environment means the oceans, the atmosphere, and solid earth. We are concerned with developing the science and technology required to execute these tasks. CURRENT ACTIVITIES SATELLITE AND AIRBORNE SENSORS The present state-of-the-art of remotely sensing oceanographic and related factors from satellites and aircraft platforms has provided toolsto view synoptically our natu- ralresources on a scale not thought possible a short time ago. Within the last decade, a variety of sensor-mounted spacecraft and aircraft, both manned and unmanned, have provided oceanographic data on the following factors: 1. Water color(Gemini, Apollo, aircraft) 2. Sea state (aircraft) 3. Surface winds (aircraft) 4. Sea-surface temperature (Nimbus, ITOS, aircraft) 5. Chlorophyll (aircraft) 11 6. Surface currents (Nimbus, Gemini, Apollo, aircraft) 7. Sediment transport (Apollo, aircraft) 8. Surface salinity (mainly theoretical studies with limited experimentation from aircraft) Sensor systems aboard the unmanned ERTS-A(Earth Resources Technology Satel- lite, and the manned Skylab/ EREP (Earth Re- sources Experiment Package) satellites, to be flown in 1972 and 1973, will provide thermal and visual imagery applicable to oceanography. The mission of ERTS-A, to be followed by ERTS-Bin 1972, is the repeti- tive acquisition of high resolution multi- spectral data of the earth's surface. The ERTS-A satellite willcarry two sensor sys- tems, one a four-channel multispectral scan- ner (MSS), and a three-camera Return Beam Vidicon (RBV). A five-channel MSS is pro- grammed for ERTS-B. Technical details of the sensing systems, orbital plan, and operational characteristics are covered by literature available from NASA. Even though ERTS-A and B, Skylab, and the ITOS series of satellites are not oceano- graphic-data oriented, the information ac- quired by their respective sensor systems will be applicable to initiating investigations of living marine resources. Future satel- lites, such as the unmanned ERTS-E and F, are expected to carry sensor packages and be programmed for specific oceanographic investigations as one of their primary func- tions. In this regard, the oceanographic and fishery communities have a responsibility to provide input requirements and to keep abreast of remote-sensing techniques and developments, whether the platforms be satellites or aircraft. OCEANOGRAPHIC INFORMATION To date, interpretation of satellite-gen- erated visual and thermal imagery products are of a magnitude lending themselves to large-scale, gross oceanographic and mete- orological phenomena which may be related to fisheries. The satellite-acquired data have been used to delineate upwelling areas, major current demarcations, sediment trans- port, and other large-scale surface features. Scrutinization of these features canbe further explored with the aid of aircraft serving as 12 Neceta Head Cape Arago Cape Blanco Pt. St. George Fig. 2 - Sea-Surface Temperature off Oregon Coast (July 13, 1969) from Airbome PRT-5 Radiometer. platforms for remote-sensing devices. The aircraftacquired data, providing they are real time and convertible to fishery information, can become operational information for fish- ermen's use. Conceivably, these data may provide characteristics of, and relate to, the distribution and abundance of living marine resources. This overly simplified sequence of events culminating inusable informationmay appear to be anideal system for fishery development and utilization--but ideal systems are often plagued with problems whentested. Two pri- mary problems must be resolved satisfac- torily before any assessment, monitoring, and prediction program can become an efficient reality: 1. Agreement of the satellite and/or air- craft -acquired data with conventional oceano- graphic and biological sampling results, and 2. establishment of the relationship of environmental factors to living marine re- sources. At present, the problems relating to data agreement are being investigated by a few fishery researchers. They are doing this primarily through conventional acquisition of ground-truth information, and by correlating these data with satellite/aircraft-acquired information obtained via remote-sensing de- vices. The process of correlating data from the two major modes of acquisition is costly and time consuming, but it is necessary to develop reliable and comparable airborne and satellite sensor systems. Those sensor systems applicable to fisheries are capable of scrutinizing only sea-surface phenomena with any degree of clarity, and subsurface featuresto an evenlesser degree. However, we expect to be able to observe some re- source informationdownto 100 meters in the next 5 to 10 years. The second problem, relationships be- tween living marine resource and the environ- mental factors affecting it, is evenless under - stood. Toprovide the means for utilizing the resource effectively, we must also provide for an effective understanding of the complex relationship between living marine resource and its total environment. Information applicable to the solution of these problems is being supplied by a few 13 researchers investigating related oceano- graphic and biological phenomena. The fac- tors and indicators of current interest are temperature, chlorophyll (color), sediment transport, and salinity. Other factors of im- portance, but receiving less concentrated at- tention, are surface and subsurface currents, oxygen concentration, sea state, and delinea- tion of subsurface coastal features. The measurement of sea-surface tempera- ture has received most attention in sensing with satellite and airborne instrumentation. This study was given impetus by the results attained with meteorological sensing systems, primarily infrared radiometers designed for cloud studies. Thermal sensors were used and discussed by Pearcy and Mueller (1969) in a study suggesting a predictable relation- ship betweentemperature and albacore activ- ities in Oregonwaters. Figure 2, from their report, is anexample of sea-surface temper- ature derived with the use of an airborne radiometer. A similar investigation con- ducted a year later, under similar conditions, did not support the original results, and Pearcy (1971) cited complex and rapidly changing sea-surface temperature patterns as a reasonforthe disparity. Additional re- search and mapping thermal variations of sea-surface temperature by remote-sensing devices are reported by Smith, et al. (1970). Through the study of visible and infrared color photographic imagery taken aboard air- eraft, Gemini, and Apollo flights, Clarke, et al, (1970) and Ewing (1971) explored the remote-sensing aspects of ocean color as an indicator of biological productivity. They analyzed the spectrum range of backscat- tered sunlight (Figure 3) from sea-surface areas rich and poor in chlorophyll. Kelly and Conrad (1969) used color aerial photog- raphy above clear, tropical water conditions in their study of shallow water benthos. In 1971, Kelly presented results showing the method could also be used in turbid, temper - ate waters to a depth of four meters. The work of R. E. Stevenson and Nelson (1968) resulted in an index of ocean features pho- tographed from Gemini spacecraft. From spacecraft-generated photographs of the Gulf of Mexico, Lindner and Bailey (1969) cor- related shrimp catch records with turbid water: distribution. Mairs (1970) provided coastal oceanographic and sedimentologic interpretation of selected Apollo IX space photographs (Figure 4). 14 a0c 00 = 480 WAVELENGTH IN MILLIMICRONS solic final tin Pvefpnih | [ets se aha GeO ae oS a o} ie By oie SS ea Perce igi dal @80 00 700 tes) Fig. 3 - Spectra of Sunlight Backscattered from Chlorophyll-Rich and Chlorophyll- Poor Areas at 2000 Feet. The measurement of sea-surface salinity by aircraft-mounted remote-sensing systems is in a theoretical stage. However, some ex- perimentation has been done. Droppleman and Mannella (1970) used a passive micro- wave radiometric sensor system in their study of salinity variations of the Mississippi River plume. The Earth Resources Laboratory (ERL), near New Orleans at the Mississippi Test Facility (MTF), is investigating sea-surface salinity measurements using remote-sensing techniques. Other remote-sensing systems and research applicable to fisheries has been done and is continuing by Roithmayr (1971) in his work with fish-school identification using low-light-level imagery. Investigations in fish-spectral signatures and the possible identification of fish-generated surface oil slicks may provide more fishery tools. Potential applications of remote sensing to fisheries have been described by W. H. Stevenson and Johnson(1970), Drennan (1971, Figure 5), R. E. Stevenson (1970), Maughan (1969), and others. FISHERIES Expansion of world capability to harvest the known fish stocks has demonstrated man's capability to overexploit them. Some stocks, herring and menhadeninthe Northwest Atlan- tic Ocean, for example, have been fished far below their capacity to produce large, sus- tained, harvestable surpluses. Current har- vesting and management practices are based upon a very rudimentary knowledge of the marine ecosystem. Tocompound these prob- lems, the use of the oceans as a dumping area for man's wastes can pollute the marine en- vironment, and ultimately reduce its capacity 15 *szre-6sv Udesboioyg Xx] o[Tody jo uopriesdsequy otydesbouees9 - 4 “bry SIWNTd LNUNWIY, ?D e \/ PET bndvH90NV320 f SVYILLVH FAV SYFILUM T71SVOD NVINIDSIA 16 to sustainthese resources. This is particu- larly dangerous for coastal waters, where in- creasing pollution and other environmental modifications occur, and where many impor- tant fish and shellfish resources are found. The marine ecosystem is an extremely complex system. It consists of many orga- nisms of diverse life forms interacting with one another and with the physical environ- ment. The dynamic nature of this system is known mostly through conceptual models. This is due to the facts that significant bio- logical events in the ocean take place over a large scale intime and space--and the diffi- culty and expense of making observations in the sea. The models are not adequate to ac- count for the large natural fluctuations that occur frequently inanimal populations. Per- haps this should not be surprising because the models are based on a patchwork of studies, generally unrelated in time and space, and usually very limited in scope. In particular, there has been a tendency to divorce physical and biological oceano- graphic studies. Physical oceanographers have stressed investigations designed to de- termine the processes controlling the large- scale patterns of oceanic circulation; by com- parison, they have used relatively little effort in many areas of high biological pro- ductivity, particularly the coastal regions. There, physical processes are very complex and significant changes in currents, temper- ature, etc., occur rapidly. For their part, biologists have concen- trated their studies over continental shelves and regions of upwelling, where nutrient levels and production of living resources are high; generally, they have worked without the benefit of adequate concurrent studies of the physical environment to help determine the interactions between the biotic and nonbio- logicalfactors. New approaches are required where both biological and physical environ- mental studies are pursued concurrently. Integration of oceanographic and fishery resource information is now being attempted by several national agencies. The Natural Fig. 5 - Remote Sensors and their Potential Application to Fisheries. Environment Research Council (NERC) of the United Kingdom, for example, is developing a comprehensive program to study the bio- logical/environmental relationships in the North Atlantic and North Sea. In the United States, a similar national program called Marine Resources Monitoring, Assessment, and Prediction(MARMAP) is under develop- ment. MARMAP will monitor fluctuations in the distribution and abundance of various fishery resources and relate them toenviron- mental factors and to exploitation by man. Also, it will provide the mechanism to estab- lish a comprehensive description of other marine ecosystems interms of the distribu- tion, composition, and interrelationship of biological communities. Oceanographic information obtained from remote-sensing data can play a critical role inthese programs, One example is the iden- tification of thermal fronts obtained from the NOAA/ITOS satellite system (Figure 6). Photographs, available for direct readout, identify the thermal boundaries in photograph- ic form and can be digitized by computer. However, the usefulness of this information in fisheries other than to deploy ships is not well defined. The NFRC and MARMAP pro- grams previously mentioned include surface experiments to improve the relationship of oceanographic data to fishery resources. The application of remote sensing to fish- eries can be classed in two general areas: ecology and utilization. Ecological Applications Application of remote sensing to our understanding of the ecology of the ocean depends primarily on development of bio- environmentalmodels. A potential of greatly accelerating our level of knowledge exists in the ability to conduct synoptic surveys. This new survey technique itself will require a considerable amount of research and develop- ment--and concerted effort not to bend the resultstofit classical procedures, but rather to use the two elements to advance the state- of-the-art. Concurrently, incomplete models of oceanic processes must be altered or com- pletely restructured using the new knowledge from remote-sensing data. Examples of present work to develop these modifications are inthe National Environmental Research Council programs of Great Britain, the Na- tional Oceanic and Atmospheric Administra- tion programs in oceanography, the National 17 Aeronautics and Space Administration's Earth Resources programs in the United States, and others. In the fishery world, resource status models relating fish stocks to environments are just coming into their own. Models are being developed to relate major environmental indicatorstothe quantification and qualifica- tion of fishery stocks. These types of models are being developed by NOAA's National Ma- rine Fisheries Service. The models, initial- ly based on classical data, are designed to advance our understanding of the ecological relationship. For example, remotely sensed thermal data from ITOS satellites are being correlated with yellowfin tuna models devel- oped by the Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission. The purpose is to determine the practicability of using satellite -obtained sea-surface data as a major component in predictive resource availability models. Validation of any model will require the acquisition of a considerable amount of ground-truth data currently available through classical survey techniques. By intensifying oceanographic and fishery survey activities for the next 5 years, we can expect to identify the factors necessary toestablish the validity of remote-sensing data applications to the fisheries. The surveys planned in interna- tional efforts such as CICAR, UNDP special fund projects, and the FAO Indian Ocean In- vestigationare significant examples. Nation- al programs alsowill contribute to establish- ing the relationship of remote-sensing oceanographic informationtoresource status models: the MARMAP program, and a simi- lar one in Great Britain, for example. Utilization Primary application of remote sensing to direct use of fishery resources most likely will come from the location and identification of harvestable stocks. Such information will be attained by direct sensing from aircraft and inferred information from oceanographic ecological data. Application of direct loca- tion and identification of fishery stocks is not well understood. Techniques for correlating information from ocean surface with patterns taking place beneathit are not now available. These techniques are projected to become available within the next 3 to 5 years. The most promising techniques being developed inthe U.S. are low-light-level image intensi- fication and laser instrumentation systems. *SeLepunog WeEaIIS IND yULISTG PUL SIOIEM [EISEOD UI SOLstIajoeIEYD [eUuay] Hurmoys 1svOD ISFq *S “f JO aHEWT paresjuT SOLI/VVON “¥1EC ait[Ia1e5 wo1y UCI [eUAYy Jo uoNED07 - g ‘614 *sollepunog Uivarjs IND JOUTISTp sz OSA-SSAN-VVON ]Ia“ St S19}@M [B1SBOD UI SOT]ST190}0e1eYO wae - UM 4. 2/1 T Sdois a[eos Koad ze [RULIAU} 8F1e] SULMOYS SM JO JS¥O0d jsta plop - yorlg Ul G*ZT - ©°0T jo adeut porvsju] SOLI/YVON “818d LIND 0060 PANIC ES CT S107} TEU or) OU EOOT OL6T ‘6T 10q0190 F9LE WGIO T SOL-1 19 “SAWN J0Oy ABoTouydsa y, Jo aanqrisuy syasnyorsseyy Aq padoyeaaq--satiaysty uaaty Auy Jo [apow paztseynduroD e Jo syuauodurod orseg - 4 *6ry * SHesnysossow ‘eBpiquode AYOIVYOIV] YIdVAG AYVIS SITYVHD LIW 1INGOYd HOI UVH BMIGNIAGS SS IWLIldVD Poy, Gaere 4AVv130 SZ f $ $—$—$—_g_g_g_g ONINIdO 40 Widv ALlOvdv9 (AVL 42110) 4v39 @ $1509 ONILVY3dO JIVIdWA $1809 ONILvad3dO OIXI4 av39 13S Ol Jwil W900 Lv JWI ONL 11438 394NOS34 NIIMLIG IWIL ONIWWUS 394N0S34 OL JWIL ONIWWUS 0334S INIMOL AllIvdv) aagWwnn (LONGOSd) IWIL INId3dy S13SSIA@ S1SUD INI LV 3dO J18WIaWA S1S0) INilvaigO 3X14 J014d 9 YOOLS WOWINIW J21dd 9 XIOLS IWWHON 318d ® WOOLS WOWIXWW Q13lA JILIN v4 ONILINEWW F ONISSIDOUd @ ~ ce - JDYNOSIY ‘ &&, , or --- YdJHIVIM JONVONNBY JAlLV 134 TwNOSVIS @ ALISNIO HS11@ f 20 To use these, it will be necessary to under- stand the relationship of surface observations to existing fish stocks. So it will be neces- sary to acquire extensive knowledge of a species! behavioral characteristics, or at least the family behavior patterns, to trans- fer effectively the sensing data to fishery in- formation and, thus, to fish-stock use. In the immediate future, the most direct application of aerial observations to tactical fishing may be by providing real-time infor - mation onfish-stock availability for harvest- ing. Here a word of caution is necessary. Utilization of a fishery resource is control- led by the economic structure of the fishing industry, one man or a national effort. The capability of harvesting known fish stocks is available. Management demands on these resources become acute as stock availability decreases andexerts a competitive economic demand ontheiruse. Therefore, the applica- tion of remote sensing to direct use must be considered in light of its economic contribu- tion to the industry. The harvesting system is only one part of the total industry (Figure Ws This figure shows the basic components of a computerized model of a fishery de- veloped by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) for the National Marine Fisheries Service. Specific fish industry inputs are applied to the model to obtain de- tailed predictions of the effect changes may make onany component in the economic sys- tem. It provides the model user a tool to determine the effect of any modification, such as remote sensing, to the economic stability of the industry. CONCLUSIONS The application of remote sensing to the problems confronting world fisheries will require a multidiscipline approach. Instru- mentation and data~-management engineers, oceanographers, fishery scientists, and fish- ery experts working as a team will be re- quired to convert remote-sensing data to applicable information. Extensive efforts by the advanced nations will be necessary throughout the development of these systems to ensure the validity of the conclusions. The complex problems and the research and development required to establish stand- ard techniques handicap underdeveloped na- tions. These factors may also prevent inter- national organizations from performing functions other than clearing-house opera- tions for data and technical information. Requirements for fishery-related information obtained from remote sensing most likely will be fulfilled within existing information- dissemination systems being developed by international bodies including FAO. Consid- erable effort already has gone into developing such data-dissemination program as Interna- tional Oceanographic Data Center, World Weather Watch, and International Global Ocean Survey. There is a real need for some agency to trainpeople everywhere inapplying the tech- niques developed for converting remote-sens- ing information to fishery use. A basic sys- tem of training should be planned and be ready for implementation as techniques and procedures are made available. Through this medium, allcountries will have an opportun- ity to use remote-sensing data for rational management and development of fishery re- sources within their areas of interest and levels of technical competence. Through aircraft and satellite-acquired information about the oceans, we can look forward to a totalrenovation of our concepts about the ocean and its fishery resources. Space technology has outstripped the class- ical approaches to understanding living ma- rine resources. The task today is to estab- lish plans for the future that will allow this technological advance to be used effectively for the benefit of mankind. SELECTED REFERENCES BARRINGER RESEARCH LTD, 1968. Feasibility of Detectionand Classification of Fish Oil Slicks by Remote Sensing. Rept. No. TR-68-54. CLARKE, G.L., GeC. EWING, and C.J. LORENZEN 1969. Remote Measurement of Ocean Color as an Index of Biological Productivity. Proc. 6th Internat. Symp. on Remote Sensing of Environ., Vol. Il, Willow Run Labs., Univ. Mich. pp. 991-1002. 1970. Spectra of Backscattered Light from the Sea Obtained from Aircraft as a Measure of Chlorophyll Concen- tration. Science, Vol. 168, No. 3921, pp. 1119- 1121. DRENNAN, K. L. 1971. Some Potential Applications of Remote Sensing in Fish- eries. Proc. Symp. on Remote Sensing inMar. Biol. and Fish. Resources, Texas A&M Univ., pp. 25-65. SELECTED REFERENCES (Contd.) DROPPLEMAN, J.D., and RaA. MENNELLA 1970. An Airborne Measurement of the Salinity Variations of the Mississippi River Outflow. Jour. Geophys. Res., Vol. 75, No. 30, pp. 5909-5913. EWING, G.C. 1971. Remote Spectrography of Ocean Color as an Index of Biological Activity. Proc, Symp. on Remote Sensing in Mar. Biol. and Fish. Resourees, Texas A&M Univ., pp. 66-74. KELLY, M.G. 1971, Studies of Benthic Cover in Near-shore Temperate Waters using Aerial Photography. Proc. Symp. on Remote Sensing in Mar. Biol. and Fish. Resources, Texas A&M Univ., pp. 227-248. , and A.C, CONROD 1969. Aerial Photographic Studies of Shallow Water Benthic Ecology. in: Remote Sensing in Ecology, P. Johnson ed., Univ. of Georgia Press, pp. 173-183. LINDER, M.jJ., and J.S. BAILEY 1968. Distribution of Brown Shrimp (Penaeus aztecus aztecus Ives) as Related to Turbid Water Photographed from Space. Fish. Bull., Vol. 67, No. 2, pp. 289-294. MAIRS, R.L. 1970. Oceanographic Interpretation of Apollo Photographs. Jour. Photo. Eng., No. 8, pp. 1045-1058. MAUGHAN, P.M. 1969. Remote-sensor Applications in Fishery Research, Jour. Mar. Tech. Soc., Vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 11-20. McCLAIN, E.P. 1970. Applications of Environmental Satellite Data to Oceanography and Hydrology. ESSA Tech. Memo, NESCTM 19, U.S. Dept. Comm., Wash., D.C., 13 p. PEARCY, W.G. 1971. Remote Sensing of the Pelagic Fisheries Environment off Oregon. Proc. Symp. on Remote Sensing in Mar. Biol. and Fish. Resources, Texas A&M Univ., pp. 158-171. and J,L. MUELLER 1970. Upwelling, Columbia River Plume and Albacore Tuna. Proc. 6th Internat. Symp. on Remote Sensing of Environ., Vol. II, Willow Run Labs., Univ. of Mich., pp. 1101-1113. ROITHMAYR, C.M. 1971. Airborne Low-Light Sensor Detects Luminescing Fish Schools at Night. Comm. Fish. Review, Vol. 32, No. 12, pp. 42-51. Also Reprint 897. SMITH, W.L., P.Ko RAO, R. KOFFLER, and W.R, CURTIS 1970. TheDetermination of Sea-surface Temperature from Satellite High Resolution Infrared Window Radiation Measurements, Monthly Weather Review, Vol. 98, No. 8, pp. 604-611. STEVENSON, R.E. 1970. Marine Resources and Oceanography in EROS-A Program Proposal. NMFS Unpub. Rept., 53 p. a , and R.M, NELSON 1968. An Index of Ocean Features Photographed from Gemini Spacecraft. Bur. Comm. Fish. Biol. Lab. Contrib. No. 253, Galveston, Texas, 348 p. STEVENSON, W.H. 1971. Remote Sensing in the National Marine Fisheries Service. Proc. Symp. on Remote Sensing in Mar. Biol. and Fish. Resources, Texas AGM Univ., pp. eres and J. He JOHNSON 1970. Application of Airborne Remote Sensing to Fishery Research and Development and to Fishery Opera- tions. Inf, Pap., FAO Fisheries Div., Rome, Italy, 41 p. TRW SYSTEMS GROUP 1968. Fish Identification by Remote Sensing. Prep. for BCF, Pascagoula, Mississippi, Contrib. No. 14-17-002-330. He ene ya xe ee SS Sa PROSPECTS FOR SEA FARMING IN PACIFIC NORTHWEST Timothy Joyner and C, Gunnar Safsten The sheltered bays, sounds, and estuaries of the world's coastal zones have much poten- tial for increasing the production of quality seafood. By development of appropriate sys- tems of ''sea farming,'' or mariculture, such waters canbe used for the production of sea- food in the same way that the flood plains of river basins have been used for agricultural production, The products of mariculture can be ex- pected to stimulate expanding markets as their production, processing, and distribution become more efficient. Perhaps even more important: by providing an economically at- tractive incentive for clean water, the orderly growth of mariculture can help prevent fur- ther despoilment of coastal waters by uncon- trolled urban and industrial growth. PUGET SOUND--A POTENTIAL SITE FOR SEA FARMING Puget Sound, in the State of Washington, is an inland sea with over 2,300 miles of shoreline, much of it protected from strong winds by high bluffs. Its deep waters are well flushed by strong tidal action and en- riched in nutrients by abundant runoff. In the main channels, the temperature is remark- ably uniform throughout the year (7°-13° C.), whereas in the shallow, less saline waters at the heads of inlets, it ranges from 4° to 18° C. Salmon, oysters, clams, and crabs were once plentiful and provided abundant food for early Indian populations. These re- sources have since declined under population pressure and indiscriminate land-use prac- tices. The native oysters, for example, have been virtually wiped out. To recover the capacity of the Sound for high, sustained yields of valuable sea prod- ucts, it will be essential to prevent further deterioration of its waters and to restore their pristine quality. In planning water uses for the Sound, it must be recognized that mari- culture canplay a majorroleinrestoring and expanding the yield of living resources from this unique inland sea. MARICULTURE SYSTEMS The basic properties of water areas that must be considered in mariculture planning are essentially the same as for other life- support systems: Space, temperature, and availability of oxygen and suitable food--not to mentionthe means for disposing of, or re- cycling, wastes. For any given system, re- quirements for these properties will vary ac- cording tothe organisms to be cultivated, the "loading" capacity of the system, and the ex- tent to which the system is open or closed. Consider the following examples: Feed Lots In this type of system, the cultured or- ganisms are heldinenclosures, suchas cages or pens, in which they are given prepared feed while being grown to marketable size. Such a system requires a high flow of clean water to carry in fresh oxygen and to carry away unwanted wastes and bacteria. The tempera- ture of the water should be sufficiently high to sustain an economically satisfactory rate of growth relative to amount of feed supplied, yet sufficiently low to discourage the prolif- eration of disease. Grazing These usually are systems in which space is not a major constraint and in which natural feedis acomponent of the water supply. Sus- pended culture systems for molluscs fit into this category, as do systems in which small fish and shrimp are held intidal rearing ponds to feed on natural food. In such systems, the Mr. Joyner is an oceanographer and Mr. Safsten a fisheries technician with National Marine Fisheries Service, Biological Laboratory, 2725 Montlake Boulevard East, Seattle, WA 98102. 22 Fig. 1 - Many marine fishes normally range thousands of miles through the rich pastures of the sea. However, some of them can be grown in dense concentrations in large floating or sub- merged pens and diked ponds. Some species, such as the salmon in this pen, must be fed specially prepared foods to produce rapid growth. new water must carry, in addition to oxygen, either sufficient food organisms or nutrients. Flushing must be adequate toremove or dilute wastes to tolerable levels. One variant of grazing is open-range cul- ture inwhich spatial restraints are unneces- sary. In mariculture, an open range is pos- sible with anadromous species, such as salmon, which undertake predictable homing migrations. Young, hatchery-reared finger - lings, imprinted by the fresh water in which they have been reared, return to the rearing site after several years of growing and fatten- ing in the sea. Fishery scientists are now armed with new insights into the effects of juvenile rearing conditions on the behavior and survival of adults at sea. They believe that it may be feasible--by carefully control- ling rearing conditions for juvenile salmon-- Fig. 2 - Valuable shellfish can be cultivated in great densities in our estuaries, where they "graze" on the plankton-rich waters. In Spain, bay mussels are grown on ropes 6 times longer than the one shown here, and produce "crops" of over 1 million pounds of whole mussels per-surface-acre in 1 year. toincrease significantly the number returning to homing sites and, to a limited extent, to influence the distribution of adults at sea. For example, recent studies by the Wash- ington State Department of Fisheries lead us to suspect that coho salmon from Puget Sound hatcheries, held and fed beyond their normal release date in April until July 1, do not mi- grate tothe oceanas dotheir siblings released earlier. Instead, they stay in Puget Sound to grow to adulthood, thereby becoming more accessible to local sport and commercial fishermen. Hatcheries For hatchery production of eggs, larvae, and small organisms requiring neither large amounts of space nor large volumes of water, 24 methods have proved useful in which part of the water is recycled after treatment to re- move wastes, inactivate deleterious micro- organisms, and to replace oxygen. An ad- vantage to be gained from recycling is the relative ease and economy of controlling the water temperature, thus allowing control over the rate of development of eggs and lar- vae. This makes it possible to stagger the planting of juveniles to extend the harvesting period. PRODUCTS OF SEA FARMING Salmon Recent experiments have been conducted in Puget Sound by the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS). In salt water of the proper temperature and sufficient flow, and with ap- propriate feed, it was possible to rear coho salmon from fingerlings weighing 5 to 10 gto marketable fish weighing 300 g in 6 months with negligible losses. Conversion of feed was efficient--better than one unit weight of growth for each two of feed. Fig. 3 - These coho salmon were "farm-grown" in the sea at a NMFS research station near Manchester, Wash. When placed in saltwater pens, they weighed = of a pound. Fourteen months later, when "harvested," they weighed over a pound. More than 700 of these fish have been shipped to many sections of the United States to test consumer reactions. Clear, fresh water is required for the in- cubation of salmon eggs and for the rearing of young until they start feeding. Ideally, the water temperature should be between 9° and 12°C. Partially recycled water can be effec- tive at this stage. The fry can be reared to about 10 g most efficiently in slightly brackish water. Brackish lagoons might be used in the spring--before the onset of high summer temperatures and whenthe fish are still small sohigh volumes of flow are not yet necessary. Most likely, feeding would be necessary, but substantial dietary supplementation could come from natural food in such lagoons. In the final stages, the fish would be reared from 10-g fingerlings toa marketable size of 300 g, or for breeding (reared to several thousand grams or more). For these stages, floating pens made of netting, moored in saltwater bays, sounds, andtidal estuaries, are suitable. For saltwater rearing, acceptable tempera- ture limits are 5° and 15°C, the optimum about 12° C. Heat from the discharges of electric power stations could provide opportunities for im- proving conditions where cold water in the winter would preclude optimum growth rates. At the other end of the temperature scale, cool subsurface waters might be circulated econo- mically tothe surface where summer temper- atures are too warm. NMFS Experiment Station At the NMFS Experiment Station at Man- chester, Wash., ways are being developed to utilize the energy andfood naturally available from the waters of Puget Sound. Fresh water for our hatchery and nursery systems is drawnfromacreek and pipedfor about 800 m beneath a small bay to a delivery site at the end of a pier. Since the annual temperature range of the salt water at the bottom of the bay is considerably less thanthat of the creek, the piped creek water is cooled in the sum- mer and warmed in the winter. To take ad- vantage of tidal currents, saltwater rearing pens are placed where current velocities fall between0.05 and 0.5 knot; this is sufficient to give a good exchange of water inthe pens with- out exerting excessive lateral pressure onthe nets, or stress on the mooring system. Dur- ing periods of the growing season when there is an abundance of plankton suitable for food, underwater lamps are used to attract the plankton either directly into the pens or to the intake of a plankton pump. On the basis of the salmon feed lot experi- ments, it appears that the western shore of the Sound's central part;including Admiralty Inlet, has the best potential for rearing salmon in salt water. High bluffs provide excellent protection from the southwesterly storms that prevail in winter. Moreover, there are relatively few large communities and indus- trial developments on the western side. Oysters For oysters, the situation is more com- plex. Toreplace native stocks virtually elim- inated by pollution earlier in this century, most Puget Sound oystermen import seed from Japan and Korea. Although water con- ditions are generally favorable in Puget Sound, appropriate spawning conditions can- not be relied upon. So the imported seed is necessary tomaintainthe stocks. The physi- ological processes associated with growth seem tobe out of phase with those associated with reproductioninthese oysters, which are attuned to different conditions prevailing in Asian waters. In maturing Japanese oysters planted at the heads of inlets in southern Puget Sound, physiological stresses appear to accumulate during the second summer, resulting inhighmortalities. Otherwise, the waters of these inlets are well suited for them. Recent studies show that delayed plant - ing, better preparation of oyster beds to re- duce turbidity close to the bottom, moving oysters before their second summer from beds at the heads of the inlets to cooler wa- ters near the entrances, and suspended cul- ture techniques to take advantage of deeper water should significantly reduce summer mortalities and promote production of higher quality oysters. Current construction by the Lummi Indians of a shellfish hatchery ontheir tribally owned tidelands near Bellingham, Wash., is very encouraging. If successful, it should im- prove the prospects for mass production of the seed of mortality-resistant stocks. The basic techniques for producing oyster seed are applicable to other molluscs such as clams, scallops, abalone, andmussels. Com- mercial shellfish hatcheries have recently been establishedin Long Island Sound and in California. Their development in the Pacific Northwest should lead to better husbandry practices by the shellfish industry --with re- sultant improvements in the quality and di- versity of its products. Prawns Prospects for the culture of the spot prawn, adelectable crustacean native to Puget Sound, have beenenhanced by recent advances at the University of Washington. Artificial culture of this speciestopostlarval stages was suc- cessfully accomplished in arecirculating saltwater system. Further development of the technique, designed to extend the product Fig. 4 - NOAA's Sea Grant Program supports research in marine aquaculture. These Puget Sound spot prawns are one of many valuable shellfish in the region that are being cultivated. Al- though research demonstrates that this crustacean is very hardy and relatively easy to culture in small numbers, techniques re- quired for rearing the prawn for U.S, markets have not been determined. to market size, is planned by University re- searchers with the cooperation of NMFS, which will provide running saltwater facili- ties at its Manchester Experiment Station. The spot prawn, a scavenger, could have much promise as a component of multiple-culture systems. Wastes from the rearing of fish and molluscs might be used effectively by the prawns. Seaweed The Pacific Northwest does not have a well-established seaweed industry, although its miles of coastline and inland waterways support one of the world's most diverse ma- rine flora. The Lummi Indians are experimenting with the harvesting of the red seaweed, Iridea 26 Fig. 5 - The Washington State Department of Natural Resources is studying the potential of marine plants native to Puget Sound. The Lummi Indians are harvesting large quantities of one spe- cies of marine plant in northern Puget Sound. If the proper substrates are placed in the water, young, free-floating plants will attach themselves and can be grown in dense profusion. These kelp attached themselves to a partially submerged board and grew over 4 feet long in less than 6 months. cordata, inthe San Juan Islands. If success- ful, this experiment may point the way toa valuable new industry for the region. The Washington State Department of Nat- ural Resources seeks to encourage the in- troduction of seaweed harvesting to supple- ment shellfish and salmon aquaculture. It has estimated that the standing crop of nat- urally occurring seaweeds in state waters is worth about $500,000 a year. Algologists at the University of Washington have suggested that this figure could be doubled, at least, by the development of appropriate culture methods. SEA FARMING'S ROLE IN PREVENTING WATER POLLUTION Other estuarine areas in the Puget Sound region can increase their potential for aqua- culture by abating and controlling pollution and byarationalsystem of water-use zoning. Willapa Bay, Wash., the Columbia Estuary, and the estuaries of many coastal streams in Oregon could be considered for the develop- ment of sea farming. Open-range salmon ranching appears to be an excellent prospect for the estuary of the Columbia and the Oregon coastal streams. Other types of sea farming in brackish water, in the mud flats, andinthe channels of larger estuaries should be investigated. Willapa Bay already supports an extensive oyster-farming industry. The quality of the Bay water, however, is being threatened by seepage of groundwater contaminated by a rapid increase in septic tanks from new resi- dential developments. The adequacy of exist- ing zoning regulations and authority toprotect the oyster grounds is questionable. Although severe inroads have already been made onthe quality of the estuarine waters of the Pacific Northwest by unfortunate land-use practices, there still remains an enormous potential for aquaculture. We believe it is critical that a firm foothold be established in the shortest possible time. Extensive, pri- vately controlled aquacultural crops will provide an economic incentive to abate and prevent pollution--anda sensitive and power- ful tool for the continuous surveillance of water quality. THE GROWING ROLE OF INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS IN ALASKAN FISHERIES Ronald C. Naab About 1,300 ships from Japan, the U.S.S.R., Canada, and South Korea annually fish in international waters off Alaska. These high-seas foreign fleets are capable of depleting the resources supporting Alaska's largely inshore commercial and marine sport fisheries. The United States Government has long recognized this threat. Increasingly, it has used international agreements, particularly bilateral agreements during the last several years, to protect vital U.S. fisheries off Alaska. These agreements are renegotiated frequently to accommodate changes in and further protect U.S. fisheries. Thus far, the U.S. has not sought an agreement with South Korea. Continued expansion of its fisheries, or recurrence of high-seas salmon fishing, could prompt such negotiations. FOREIGN FLEETS Alaska's commercial fisheries anda large segment of her marine sport fisheries (salm- on angling) are jeopardized by foreign fleets fishing in offshore international waters. The marine resources largely supporting those fisheries, such as salmon, halibut, and king and tanner crab, range widely; during much of their life, they are in waters beyond the limits of U.S. fisheries jurisdiction (12 miles). Under present international law, the re- sources, while in high-seas waters, are subject to unrestricted fishing by any nation. This could deplete them before they return to Alaska's largely inshore fisheries. This threat is very realinthe Alaskan area where, each year, Japan, the U.S.S.R., Canada, and most recently South Korea dispatch about 1,300 ships. The United States has long recognized this threat. It has negotiated 10 international agreements designed to provide the needed protection. Inearlier years, suchagreements were multilateral conventions between the U.S, and two or more other nations aimed Mr. Naab is Fisheries Management Supervisor, NMFS, Division of Enforcement and Surveillance, Juneau, Alaska. 27 mainly at protecting the resources in inter - national waters. Since the mid-1960s, there has been increasing use of bilateral agree- ments. These have been aimed at protecting the resources--and also the rights of the smaller U.S. coastal fishing vessels to op- erate inadjacent areas of the high seas when faced by the larger distant-water foreign fleets. (The development of international agreements affecting Alaskan fisheries was described in earlier articles in Commercial Fisheries Review: October 1968, pp. 46-56. Also Sep. No, 825. June 1969, pp. 30-34, Also Sep. No. 841.) Constant changes are vital to the U.S. and foreign fleets off Alaska in their efforts to survive inhighly competitive world fisheries. To facilitate changes by U.S. fishermen and to permit prompt corrective measures for stocks that appear overexploited, the U.S. has insisted that bilateral agreements be of short durationand be reexamined frequently. In 1970 and early 1971, the U.S. and Canada negotiated an agreement concerning recip- rocal fishing off their coasts. The U.S. re- vised several agreements with Japan and the Soviet Unionconcerning fisheries off Alaska, | COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW | Reprint No. 919 28 CANADIAN AGREEMENT In November 1966, the U.S. enacted Pub- lic Law 89-658 establishing an exclusive 3- to 12-mile fishing zone (contiguous fishery zone or CFZ) adjacent to the territorial sea. The law provides for the continuation of these traditional foreign fisheries within the CFZ as may be recognized by the U.S. Canada enacted a similar law in 1964. The only foreign nations having fisheries off Alaska which the U.S. could consider as "traditional'' were Canada, Japan, and the U.S.S.R. Agreements concerning continua- tion of certain fisheries within the CFZ by Japan and the Soviet Union were negotiated in 1967 (see following sections). In April 1970, the U.S. and Canada concluded an agreement in Ottawa concerning reciprocal fishing privileges withintheir exclusive fish- ing zones. Principal Features The two-year agreement allows fishermen of both countries to continue those commer- cial fisheries they had conducted outside a line three miles from the coasts of the other country prior to establishment of exclusive fishing zones by either Canada or the U.S. It was agreed that: (1) Salmon trolling by Canadians is per- mitted to continue in the U.S. 3- to 12- mile zone only off the coast of Wash- ington. U.S. salmon trollers may fish inthe Canadian zone only off Vancouver Island. (2) Halibut fishing by either country may continue in the other's zone. (3) Fishing for any species of crab, shrimp, scallop, clam, or lobster is not per- mitted in the other country's fishing zone. (4) Neither country may fish for herring in the other's zone (transfers of her- ring on east coasts of Canada and the U.S. may continue). (5) Suchtrawl fisheries as have been con- ducted in each country's fishing zone by vessels of the other country may continue. (6) The initiation of new fisheries by one country within the fishing zone of the other requires consultation and agree- ment. In my opinion, the overall effect of this agreement is advantageous to Alaskan fish- eries. Only the longstanding Canadian hali- but fishery which began off Alaska in 1913 is allowed to continue within the CFZ. The growing Canadian salmon trolling fleet is prohibited from competing with U.S. trollers within 12 miles of Alaska's coasts (Public Law 88-308 enacted in 1964 prohibits all foreign fishing within the U.S. 3-mile terri- torial sea). Canadian fishermen are denied accessto Alaska's valuable inshore resources of king and tanner crab, shrimp, scallops, and herring. Finally, Canada must consult with and obtain permission from the U.S. if her fishermen want tofish for any species (other than halibut and the prohibited species listed above) within 3 to 12 miles off Alaska. This has great potential importance when you think of the latent resources near Alaska's coasts. JAPANESE AGREEMENTS U.S. and Japanese delegations met in Tokyo November 1970 to discuss the future of two agreements: (1) King and Tanner Crab Agreement and (2) Contiguous Fishery Zone Agreement. New agreements, effective for two years, 1971-1972, were signed on De- cember 11, 1970. King and Tanner Crab Agreement Under the 1958 Geneva Convention of the Continental Shelf, the U.S. maintains that king and tanner crab are natural resources of the Continental Shelf. As a coastal state, the U.S. has exclusive jurisdiction over the management and use of these resources. Japan, a nonsignatory of the Convention, be- lieves that king and tanner crab are high- seas resources and that its nationals are entitled to fish for them in international waters. At the first negotiation, in 1964, and later, both Governments agreed to set aside their positions without prejudice to their views and to seek practical solutions. The 1964 agreement restricted Japanese king-crab fishing to the eastern Bering Sea. 29 *sjuaaraeiBe “Y"S*S*A-"S'N S96T Pur aedef-*s*f F96T Aq paysttqeise Arenjours yod qeio bury vag butsag ulayseq - J “bry 29 QNvV1S 1 AEN “ey XA VNVS M9 Gol 991 MOI-S 91 eet N9I-SG ‘ Mve-S9l N82-SG 9NI¥Y¥4a SE 30 It set an annual quota of 235,000 cases (48 4- pound cans per case) of king crab for the Japanese in 1965 and 1966. A special sanc- tuary was established north of Unimak Island off the Alaska Peninsula to permit U.S. fish- ermento fish their crab pot gear without in- terference from Japanese crab tangle-net gear (fig. 1). Also, it set a minimum size limit of 53 inches in carapace width for male king crab, prohibited the harvest of under- sized male, female, and soft-shell king crab, and provided for collection and exchange of scientific data. In 1966, the agreement was extended two yearsmore. The Japanese quota was reduced 21.3%--185,000 cases annually for 1967 and 1968. In1968, because of scientific evidence in- dicating continued overfishing, the Japanese quota was reduced further to 85,000 cases per year for 1969 and1970--a 48% cut. Japan also agreed to limit its growing harvest of tanner crab to16 millioncrabs (plus or minus 15%). In addition, the crab pot zone was in- creased toprovide a larger sanctuary for the expanding U.S. fishery (fig. 2). 55-16N 16 6-1 OW SANAK 1S LAN D | Fig. 2 - Eastern Bering Sea king crab pot sanctuary established by 1968 U.S. -Japan and 1969 U.S.-U.S.S.R. agreements. Principal Features of the New Agreement The Japanese quota of king crab was cut sharply to37,500 cases a year for 1971 and 1972--down 56%. This reduction was prompted by evidence from U.S. scientists indicating a continuing decline in stock con- ditions despite conservationmeasures previ- ously adopted. The reduced quota is equal to a catch of about 920,000 crabs compared to 1970 catch of 2,100,000 crabs. Japanese use of tangle nets will be sharply curtailedin 1971 and 1972. The U.S. intends tohave them eliminated entirely by 1973. The U.S. has long contended that tangle nets are destructive crab-fishing gear because they are nonselective and damage undersized, female, and soft-shell crabs. This provision will shift Japanese fishing tothe less destruc -— tive crab pots used by U.S. fishermen. Also the minimum width was increased to 64 inches. U.S. scientists have determined that this approaches the size required for optimal use of the resource. Japan's tanner crab quotain 1971 and 1972 was reduced to 14.6 million crabs (plus or minus 10%). Its 1970 harvest of tanner crab totaled 18.2 million crabs. In the past few years, Japanhas increased this fishery, par- ticularly with pots, to augment the reduced quotas of king crab and to supply increasing markets for tanner. Available evidence in- dicates that the tanner-crab resource may be overexploited. The U.S. pressed for catch reductionin hopes of preventing the tanner's decline and a repetition of the king crab's fate. Contiguous Fishery Zone Agreement The U.S. 1966 law establishing the CFZ provided for continuation of "traditional" foreign fisheries, Japan does not legally recognize the CFZ. In April 1967, in Tokyo, the U.S. discussed with Japan its claims to fishing rights within the zone. In early May, an agreement was reached on Japanese fish- eries inside and outside the CFZ off the U.S., primarily the Pacific Northwest States and the Aleutian Islands in Alaska (fig. 3). This agreement was renegotiated in late 1968 and modified and extended to December 1970 (fig. 4). The agreement was reexamined dur- ing the November 1970 negotiations in Tokyo and replaced by a revised agreement for 1971 and 1970 (fig. 5). 31 The agreement allows certain Japanese fisheries tocontinue inside the CFZ--primar- ily off the Aleutians in specified areas and during specified periods to minimize con- flicts with U.S. fisheries. Also, it places certain restrictions on high-seas Japanese fisheries beyond the CFZ to prevent damage to U.S. gear and to permit U.S. fishermen to fish in favored and accustomed areas. New Agreement's Principal Features From August 20-April 30, Japan will not fish in six fixed-gear areas on high seas off Kodiak Island. This is a 70-day extension of the previously closed period. It is designed to protect U.S. crab pots during revised king- crab fishing season and during emergent spring tanner-crab fishery. It also protects many of the favored U.S. shrimp fishing grounds. The Japanese will not fish along Aleutian Islands and on Davidson Bank in areas and during seasons of U.S. king-crab fishing. The Japanese will not fish in three revised high-seas areas in the Gulf of Alaska during first 15 days of U.S, halibut season. Also, Japan willrefrainfrom fishing in three high- seas areas in Bering Sea during first 6 days of halibut season. These restrictions will allow U.S. (and Canadian) fishermen to oper- ate onthe better early-season halibut grounds with less danger of gear losses or preemption of grounds by foreign trawlers. Japanese vessels are no longer permitted to fish or support operations within CFZ off St. Paul Islandin Pribilof Islands. Oil spills have beendetectedinthe Pribilofs, Many fur seals have been found with discarded mate- rials associated with fisheries (mainly pieces of webbing) entwined around their necks. To protect fur seals and their marine environ- ment on this most important rookery island in the North Pacific, Japanese fishing and support activities withinCFZ around St. Paul Island were eliminated. In return for these Japanese concessions onthe high seas, the U.S. authorized Japan to use three new loading zones within CFZ off Alaska--St. Matthew Island in central Bering Sea, Unalaska Island north of eastern Aleut- ians, and Semidi Islands in western Gulf of Alaska. *yuautaeibe auoz Araysty snonftyuoo urdef-*s*g 296, Aq peystiqeise eYseTy JO seoie Hutpeoy pure burysty - ¢ “bry pue[s] yeues 550 “2 puets] yeAey 450 “1 peyseLy $0 4[NQ uL auoZ snonb1izu0d ULYzZLM suotzeuado Butpeo| pazziuuad ueder 09 P VaVNVO SD 0SI SSI 2091 SA 2041 M sZt O81 | SLL poy SOL AKaenaga4 nuyz vaquazdas paziqiryoud “| 73d99x3 M,99| “Huo, 40 ySsam spue|sy] uetzna,y Buoje auoz snonhizuU09 uLYzLM DLJLIed YIAON UL YSLJ pazqtuMad ueder os Mo€9L “HuoL pue MoOSL “Bu, uaamzag pazLqLyoug = :ydeoxa auoz snon613uU0 ULYJLM BULLeYM pazzLuuad uede AKaenagas nayz saquazdas pazyiqryoud *Z ABqWAAON NAY} BUNC pazLgLyoud ‘| 73da0x9 MoG9L “Huo, 4o 3saM spuelsy uetznaly Buole auoz snonb1quo0d uLyzLM eas Buluag ul YyStj pazztuuad uedecr spue|sT JOLLqtud 09 @ ‘440 au0z snon613uU09 uLyzLM BuLqqesd pue [ “Burut buo, ‘Bur_meu. pazziuwued uedep :SQUuOZ 9S9YZ UL SuazZeM [PUOLZRUNAIUL *Y ut BuLysty wou} uLeujau [LLM uederg SH “ ‘us's'n 32 33 *quauieaibe auoz Araysty snonfbiqu00 uedef-*s*pQ go6T Aq payst[qeise eYSeTY JJO Seaie Butpeoy pure Bburysty - ¢ “bry eSEI ULUYZLM YSLJ 0} pazztumad szaLAos ‘y's's'n 38 "quauteaeibe auoz Araysty snonbr,u09 "U'S'S'A-"S'N 6E96T AQ peystTqerise eyseTY Jyo seoie Burpeo] pure burysty - g “Ory puels] 4azses4o4 450 “YD puelsyT yeues 440 “E puels] yeubojy 440 “2 pue_s] yekeyx 430 “L reyseLy JO JLN9 uL auoz snonBtju0d ULYZLM SUOL}ZeuadoO Bulpeo, pazzlwuad szaLlAos 09 "M \O€o2pL PUE “M ,O£0bL * sapnjt6uo| uaamzaq eysely JO 41NO UL auoZ SnonBizUOd ULYZLM SUdLzeUVadO Bulpeo, pue bulysts pazqlwuad szapAos VaVNVO uoseas ynqgliey 4o skep pl yS4ty so *1z AeW 09 / Kew °2 Gt Auenuep nuyi sl zsniny “| :S9uU0Z 9Say} UL SWazeM [eUOLZeUNAaZUL UL “Rab a, Lqow UPLM BULYSLZ WOUF ULPUJ94 [LLM SZALAOS VASVIV M sal OBL a sa .OZI Agenaga4 n4yy saquaydas paqiqryoug *| eee, “M o99L ‘Huo, 40 3SaM spue[S] uelynaly Buole suoz snonb1zu09 ULUZLM ILJZLIed YZUON UL SUOoLzZeuado Bultpeo, pue Bulysty pez diwued szaLaos Kaenaga4y nay saquazdas paqiqiyoudg “zZ 4aquaAON N4yz euNnp pagdlLqtyoud *| +ydaoxe “M .S9| ‘buo| 40 Sam spue|S] ueljnaly buole auoz snonb14 -u0D ULYILM Pas Buluag UL SuoLzeuado Butpeo, pue Bultysty pazqzliwuad szalLaos *g [ludy nay ¢ [lady potuad ay} Bulunp suazaw OOO. | Pue 002 uaamjeq suzdap ze SuazeM | eUOL}eUUdZUL UL, SaUu0Z OM} BSay} ULYZLM 4eab a, Lqow YJLM BULYSLJ WOUS ULBAJad [LLM SJALAOS *puels] abuoay “3S 440 “2 pue_sy yxeALUNN 4450 “L reas Buluag usazsea ul au0z snonBizu0d ULYZLM SUOLZRUaGO HuLpeO| pazzLuued szaLAos ‘y's's'/n 39 *quaureerbe auoz Araysty snonbmuos *y*s's'n-"*s"n TZ6t Aq paystiqrisa eysety JyO seare 5utpeoy pur Gburysty - 6 *6tq Sp Oct SEI OF «SPL OSI 2551 ST AWWNHESA NYHL ST YsaWaLdas NOSWAS LNAITWH dO SAW ST USYId YO ‘TZ AWW NYHL LZ AW O€ IlddW¥ NYHL ST Lsnony ST AYWANYE NYHL ST Lsnonw *SHNOZ ASAHL NI SHaLWM TWNOILYNUALNI NI WWE ATIGOW HLIM ONIHSId WONd NIWWATA TIIM SLaTAOS “ANOZ SNONSIL -NOD NIHLIM GNNOY-YWSA ONIGWOT GNW ONIHSIA GaLLIWaad SLaIAOS GNWISI AWNSOaW UNWISI YaALSawOd GNWISI AWAWI SGNWISI IdIwas GNWISI XWNvS VaVNVO ?dgdO ANOZ SNONDILNOD - NIHGIM SNOTLWYIdO ONT.) bah At Weyl Pl YAaWaLdaS MHHL OT ANWNNAaa ONNOY-aWaA TE YAHOLSIO NYHL T Trudy CNNOU-AWaA *ANOZ SMNONSILNOD NIHLIM, SNIGYOT CNW ONIHSTA GaLLIWead SLEIAOS 4@ NYHL 72 HOUYW @Z@ NYHL LT HOUYW *NOSWas “AGITWH dO SAVG 9 LSHYId YO SdoIuaa SNIMOTIOd SHL ONINNG SYaLaW 000‘T aN 002 N3aMLaa SHIdad LY SYALYM TWNOILWN -USENI NI SHNOZ SSAHL NIHLIM YvaD ATIEOW HLIM ONIHSId WONd NIVHARY TIIM SLATAOS aoe aN ae E Be MEHLLYW “LS ANWISI Wiswivna GNWISI MWAINAN #40 GNOZTy SNONSILNOO NIHLIM SNOILWaadO * * ONIGYOT daLLIWaad SLATAOS “a’s's'n 40 changed to run from August 15 to April 30. This increase of 34 months over previous closed period will give the growing U.S. tan- ner crab pot fishery added protection from interference by Soviet trawlers. It will pro- tect many shrimp fishing grounds used by Kodiak fishermen. The period closed to trawling in the other three areas remains the same, August 15 to January 15. Contiguous Fishery Zone Agreement In February 1967, the U.S. discussed with the U.S.S.R. in Washington, D.C., continua- tion of the latter's fisheries within the CFZ in accordance with Public Law 89-658. A 1- year agreement was signed involving Soviet fishing within the CFZ and on the high seas in northeastern Pacific Ocean (fig. 7). The agreement later was extended for another year. In January 1969, it was modified and extended for two years (fig. 8). In February 1971, the agreement was reexamined and replaced for 1971 and 1972 (fig. 9). The CFZ Agreement with the U.S.S.R. is similar to the CFZ Agreement with Japan. Soviet fisheries are permitted to operate withinthe CFZ off Alaskainareas and during periods least likely to interfere with U.S. fishing. In return, the U.S.S.R. agreed to restrict its fishing vessels in extensive areas of the high seas toprovide U.S. fishermen the opportunity to fish traditional and favored grounds and toprevent conflicts between U.S. fixed gear and Soviet mobile gear. Principal Features of New Agreement Affecting Alaska The areas and seasons for Soviet fishing within CFZ along Aleutian Islands were ad- justed to take into account changes in the patternof U.S.crabfisheries. These changes are designed to reduce possibilities of gear conflicts and Soviet preemption of fishing grounds. Also, the Soviets will not trawl in a high-seas area on Davidson Bank during the recently changed U.S. king crab fishing season. The Soviets will refrain from fishing on the high seas in three areas in the Gulf of Alaska and in three Bering Sea areas during first part of U.S. halibut season. This ar- rangement will allow U.S. (and Canadian) halibut fishermento set and work their long- line gear in these favored areas during critical early season without interference. Loading or other support operations are no longer permitted the Soviets within the CFZ off St. George Island in the Pribilofs. This reduces the threat of oil and refuse pol- lutionand damage tofish and wildlife habitats in these invaluable fur-seal rookery islands. In returnfor their concessions on the high seas, the Soviets are permitted to load within the CFZ in three more areas off Alaska (the same granted to Japan)--St. Matthew Island, Unalaska Island, and Semidi Islands. POSSIBLE AGREEMENT WITH _ SOUTH KOREA In 1967, the Republic of Korea (South Korea) became the third Asian nation engaged in the fisheries off Alaska. For the most part, its fishing efforts have been relatively small: fewer than 30 vessels and mainly for walleye pollock, of little immediate value to U.S. fisheries. A glaringexceptionwas South Korea's high-seas salmon fleets in the ap- proachestoBristol Bay in 1969 and 1970. In both years, its vessels violated licensing provisions of S. Korean Government. The salmon fishery was halted and withdrawn by S. Korea following strong U.S. protests. The U.S., Canada, and Japan, because of effect on INPFC agreement, are taking meas- ures to deter recurrence of a S. Korean salmonfishery in the North Pacific. If these intergovernmental measures are unsucceSSs-— ful, it-is possible the U.S. may have to nego- tiate with S. Korea. U.S. & JAPAN CONTINUE COOPERATIVE RESEARCH IN NORTH PACIFIC (1970-71) R. Bakkala and R. French Each spring since 1968, scientists of the United States and Japan have conducted co- operative cruises to study the distribution and migration of salmon in the North Pacific Ocean. Results of the first cruise were pre- sented in Commercial Fisheries Review December 1968 (French and Bakkala, 1968). The U.S., Japan, and Canada, as treaty members of the International North Pacific Fisheries Commission (INPFC), conduct re- search on fishery resources of common in- terestfor effective utilization and conserva- tion. In the INPFC treaty of 1953, Japan agreed to limit its commercial salmon fish- ing to waters west of 175° W. Since then, studies by INPFC member nations have shown that some sockeye salmon originating in Bristol Bay, Alaska, are distributed west of the abstention line. Principal Objectives Principal objectives of the cooperative spring cruises were to: (1) study distribu- tion of maturing* Bristol Bay sockeye salmon relative to the abstention line at 175° W just prior to their inshore migration; (2) define oceanographic conditions that influence the distribution of sockeye salmon in relation to the abstention line; and(3) combine knowledge from spring research cruises with that from cruises in other seasons to further our un- derstanding of the movements of Bristol Bay sockeye salmon during their life at sea. This report briefly outlines findings from the earlier cooperative cruises in 1968 and 1969. It presents in more detail the results of the 1970 and 1971 spring cruises. Vessels and Fishing Gear The Seattle NMFS (National Marine Fish- eries Service) Laboratory's RV 'George B, Kelez'(550 tons) participated in the four co- operative cruises from 1968 to 1971. Japa- nese research vessels were the 'Hokko Maru' (220 tons) during the 4 years andthe 'Wakashio Maru!'(150tons)in 1968 and 1971. The three vessels are shown in Figure 1. The primary fishing gear was surface multifilament gillnets of various mesh sizes, The Japanese vessels also used longlines to capture salmon for tagging experiments. The tagging dataare not reported here. The U.S. vessel fished a basic string of 30 to 32 shackles of gillnets(1 shackle is 91.5 meters long) with five mesh sizes--63, 83, 98, 115, and 133mm stretched measure. Experimen- tal sections of deep nets and monofilament nets were also fished at various times. The Japanese usually fished a basic net string of 50 or 75 tans (1 tan is 50 meters long) with five mesh sizes--55, 72, 93, 121, and 157 mm stretched measure. In 1971, the 'Wakashio Maru' fished25tans of regular multifilament gillmets of 10 mesh sizes. Results reported here are of catches inthe multifilament gill- nets. Communications The language barrier between U.S. and Japanese scientists was overcome by means of the International Code. This allowed ves- selactivity to be coordinated and daily salm- on catches and oceanographic data to be ex- changed. The 'Kelez' also communicated daily via single side band radio with the Seattle NMFS Laboratory, sending data on catch results of the various vessels. The authors are biologists with National Marine Fisheries Service, Biological Laboratory, 2725 Montlake Boulevard East, Seattle, Washington 98102. se * Maturing fish mature and spawn in the year of capture; immatures spawn one or two years later. 41 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVI Reprint No. 920 ; 42 Fig. 1 - Research vessels participating in cooperative cruises-- ‘George B. Kelez' (U.S.) and 'Hokko Maru' and 'Wakashio Maru! (Japan). Following the cruises, scientists from the two nations metin Adak, Alaska, to exchange biological and oceanographic data. RESULTS OF FARLIER STUDIES IN 1968-69 In the initial years of the cooperative cruises (1968 and 1969), the method of study involved fishingin a north-south direction for maturing sockeye salmon at various long- itudes prior to their inshore migration (Fig- ure 2). Thefishing sites generally bracketed the areawhere tagging experiments have in- dicated that Bristol Bay sockeye salmon dominate the spring catches. These catch data allowedustoinvestigate the north-south distribution of maturing fish and their loca- tion in relation to various water masses and currents in the North Pacific Ocean; also, to gain some insight into the relative abundance and migrations of sockeye in relation to the abstention line at 175° W. From these investigations and from the analyses of past tagging studies, several con- clusions were reached on the distribution and migration of Bristol Bay sockeye in the spring (see Figure 2 for location of oceano- graphic features and other areas discussed): 1. Maturing fish are located in a broad band across the North Pacific Ocean from about 140° W to 170° E. They commence their inshore migration simultaneously from many points along this distribution. 2. This broad east-west band of maturing fish is found primarily in Ridge Area and Western Subarctic Intrusion Area waters in April and May. 3. The relative strength and continuity of the Alaskan Stream were previously hypothe- sized toinfluence the extent of westward mi- gration by maturing sockeye salmon in late spring. Now they are tentatively considered to have little or no direct influence on mi- gration routesin this time period. Maturing fish did not enter the Alaskan Stream until late May or early June when they were en route toBristol Bay. They must have moved directly into the Bering Sea to have reached the Bay in their usual precise timing. 43 4. That portion of the maturing Bristol Bay stock east of 165° W primarily enter the Bering Sea through eastern Aleutian passes (east of 175° W). They are not vulnerable to the Japanese mothership fishery. Those fish between 165° W and 175° Win early spring are more vulnerable to the Japanese fishery because many of them migrate westward past the central Aleutian Islands to enter the Ber- ing Sea through central or western Aleutian passes. From these findings, we have hypothesized that the distribution of maturing sockeye in April and early May governs their routes of inshore migration--andtheir vulnerability to the Japanese fishing fleet in late May and June. In 1970 and 1971, the cruise pattern for the 'Kelez' was changed from the north- south track to an east-west track. This was designed to provide fishing stations through the main concentrations of maturing sockeye salmonandtotest this hypothesis. The Japa- nese vessels continued their north-south pat- tern and provided data on the distribution of salmon west of the area covered by the U.S. vessel. Although data from a series of years will be required to accomplish the major objec- tives of the study, some findings have im- mediate benefit. The cruises provide a fore- cast in May of the relative abundance and age composition of the Bristol Bay run--most of which occurs inearly July--and an indication of the average size of the fish making up the run. RESULTS OF STUDIES IN 1970-71 Distribution of Salmon Sockeye and chum salmon were the main species taken in waters north of 49° Nin Apriland May. Other species of salmon were seldom caught inthis area. Earlier studies have shown that main concentrations of pink and cohosalmonarein more southern waters (French, Bakkala, Osako, and Ito, 1971). The maturing chinook salmon that may be headed for western Alaska rivers are usually not takeninthe mesh sizes used by the research vessels. 44 140° 150° (a [os | ii =} ~ af _|yapanese Mothership i At ie Fishery| Area | al Z 9 ae I 6 \/ ie Jk — QV | TY f | u i H Sat ' oh a |. AY Sid spade CESS On 2! 2 wi, | sz eas L ~ 4 | Oy font ! oF 7 we i | " | : } ° } | | | i t.) | 4 - Japanese research vessels Hokkiil 5 and Wakashio Maru pee ee eee eee __Longitude 170° East from Greenwich _ Fig. 2 - Distribution of maturing sockeye salmon in April and May of 1968 and 1969 in relation to the known limits of distribution and migration routes for maturing Bristol Bay sockeye salmon andinre- lation to the Japanese mothership fishing area, abstention line, and oceanographic features. | Fi is ee gen “Sub LJ { =a Intrusion Ar | Transition Area male wc US research vessel ° George B. Kelez e | e — ———_—__+- — e I ee ee ee ee — ever! from Greenwich 160° 44 ___|Japanes Fishery [ iy | Oy 4 San py) a a8 | | zat _ a) SF ca ar | | Japanese | \ ae 150° Teo" Fig. 2 = Distribution of maturing sockeye salmon in April and May of 1968 and 1969 known limits of distribution and migration routes for maturing Bristol Bay sockeye $ lation to the Japanese mothership fishing area, abstention line, and oceanogra) } and ee a i | ae ° ae a rs Longitude 170° East from thes * Alaska Stream Area Ridge Area ; Western Subarctic RE nttusion Area aye Lee, oO 1 iy “ie ° ° , Transition Area Gontttarch vessel oie rge B. Kel | ez tril 0) se ® 1.0-19 reseorch vessels Hours Mery ° = ae a- a => ees ? aa =F joa ee nee be ae SO See Greene! : iso 40° in relation to the salmon andinte- phic features — 4S 46 *TL6T pue O61 Sursds--uourjes adeyoos Gurmnjeut Jo sduepunge eArjelar pue uoTINqIISTq € ‘bry © @ Y2)D2 ON 0 @ ango O Y suonors buiysiy | H Sockeye Salmon The maturing sockeye salmon sampled in spring 1970 were from the large run of 40 million fish returning to Bristol Bay in 1970, a peak cycle year. The Bristol Bay run cur- rently has a 5-year cycle--a dominant run with runs of intermediate size in the year preceding and following the dominant run and 2 years of relatively low runs. The post- dominant runin1971 was expected to be much smaller than the peak run in 1970; a change in magnitude of the runs was obvious from the comparison of catch-per-unit-of-effort (CPUE) in the 2 years (Figure 3). In 1970, we anticipated large catches but had assumed that good catches would extend to the western Aleutian Islands areas. Con- trary tothese expectations, catches declined 5 gags immatures (C7 Matures @O No catch ed \S Hokko Maru 1971 CPUE 5 tons 47 sharply west of 175° W, where gillnet catches were small or frequently zero. These findings suggested that the majority of Bristol Bay fish were east of the abstention line before their inshore migration. In spring 1971, the distribution of sockeye salmonagain appeared tobe largely restricted to waters east of 175° W (Figure 3), although some differences from the 1970 distribution were apparent. The sharp peak in catches between 160° W and 165° W in 1970 was not apparent in 1971, when abundance was more uniform from 155° W to 170° W. In addition, the catch data from the Japanese research vessels indicated that maturing fish were relatively more abundant near 180° in 1971 than in 1970. These changes, however, do not substantially alter the general similarities of distribution between 1971 and 1970. 180° 175° W Wakashio Maru 197I Hokko Maru 1970 10 15 Fig. 4 - Distribution of immature and maturing sockeye salmon, spring 1970 and 1971. 48 The type of distribution shown in the 2 years may be typical for maturing Bristol Bay sockeyein Apriland May of most years. The proportion of the Bristol Bay run taken by the Japanese high-seas fishery has been estimated to range from 2% to 11% (average 7%) in 12 of 14 years from 1956 to 1969 (Fredin and Worlund, 1971). Only in 1957 and 1961 were estimates of the Japanese catch higher (35% and 24%). We anticipate that the type of distribution shown by research vessel catches in spring 1970 and 1971 would result in the usual exploitation rate of 11% or less. The majority of sockeye would be expected to use eastern Aleutian passestoreachthe Ber- ing Sea; a much smaller proportion would move west of the abstention line or already inhabit these waters and become available to the Japanese fishery. Data from Japanese commercial catches for 1970 and 1971 are not yet available to test these assumptions. The spring distribution would be expected to be quite different in years such as 1957 and 1961, when a much higher proportion of the Bristol Bay run was vulnerable to the high- seas fishery. Catches by the Japanese research vessels, whichfished a greater north-south range than the U.S. vessel, illustrate the differences in distribution of immature and maturing sock- eye salmonin the spring (Figure 4). Matur- ing fish dominated catches south to about 48°30' N, and immatures were absent or in low abundance inthese more northern waters. South of 48°30' N, immatures usually domi- nated catches. This separation of immature and maturing sockeye in the spring has been observed in other years. It appears tobe a regular feature of their distribution at sea. Chum Salmon Since cruise tracks in 1970 and 1971 by the U.S. vessel were primarily designed to fish through main concentrations of sockeye salmon, they were not well suited to sample chums. Mainconcentrations of chum salmon were probably south of the waters fished; those sampled may have represented the northern part of their distribution. Catches inthe area sampled indicated that abundance was greatest near 160° W, and was lesstothe west (Figure 5). In 1970, the U.S. vessel failed to take chum salmon in many sets west of 175° W. In 1971, the Japanese vessels took chum salmon more consistently inthis area but in low abundance; abundance was generally greater in 1971 than in 1970. Fishing data furnished by the Japanese for 1970 and 1971 illustrated more accurately the location of chum salmon west of 175° W (Fig- ure 6). Maturing chums were generally more abundant to the south--from about 47°30! N to 48°30' N. The north-south distribution of matures was extensive, extending from about 51° Nto at least 41°30' N. The distribution of immatures was more restricted, extending northward to only about 48°930' N. In contrast to immature and maturing sockeye salmon, which were more clearly separated, the im- mature and maturing chums apparently inter- mingle to a much greater degree. This is due tothe wide north-south range of maturing chums, which appears to extend as far south as that of immatures. Age and Size of Salmon The age compositions of maturing sockeye salmon in samples taken east and west of 175° W in spring 1970 and 1971 are shown below. Age* (Percent} Area 6 08} No. of fish East of 175° W 11 999 West of 175° W 19 52 East of 175° W 66 590 West of 175° W 17 199 The lower abundance of maturing fish west of 175° W was accompanied by changes in age composition. This suggests a greater mixture of stocks (probably Asianand Bristol Bay) inthis area--or differential distribution of the two major age groups of Bristol Bay sockeye. The change in age composition was not great in spring 1970 when the large num- bers of Bristol Bay fish would be expected to dominate samples in most areas fished. In 1971, however, the change in age composition was substantial. Thisindicates a muchhigh- er proportion of non-Bristol Bay fish in 1971 samples west of 175° W than east of this longitude--or greater differential distribu- tion of age groups. * Age designation is that given by Koo in 1962: the number of winters in fresh water is indicated by the number preceding the deci- mal; the number of winters at sea by the number following the decimal. Only ocean ages are discussed here. “IT Z6T Pur OZ6T Sutuds--uowyes umyo Gutinjeut Jo sduRpuNge aAT}ETeI pur UoTNqystq - ¢ ‘hry 20S! oSS! 209! _o89! cL 289! a5: se al boli ar © @ 42402 ON i 0 § ands D W suouos bulysiy § o 1261 O26 d VV : n|O =e 50 170° I75°E 180° 175° W 170° 50° Hokko Maru 1971 Wak ashio Maru 45° 1971 fay immatures c— Matures @O No catch Hokko Maru 1970 ait Stara reqnee Tapp ri Fig. 6 - Distribution of immature and maturing chum salmon--spring 1970 and 1971. 31 *TZ6T 91 8961 ‘129T2M ‘gq e610a5, amp Jo sayoreo Burids uroyy uoUrTeEs uINYS puke aAeaydos jo (sebuvi ita pue) Yybtam pue syybue] abesaay - 4 ‘bry oe : ] 09 £8 Vt Se 28 2Ge 96| Siz $8 eld 1261 80l OZ61 vi2 6961 6S 896] < 39V Zz¢ 1261 688 O26| 92ee 696] 29 8961 2 39V LHOISM HLON31 sans e Gey NOW1VS 3A3xD0S 52 The age composition.in the 1970 Bristol Bay run was 90% age .2 and 10% age .3 sock- eye. This was almost identical to the 89% age .2 fish and 11% age .3 fish taken east of 175° W. The accuracy of the predicted age composition from high seas catches was un- doubtedly due to the high proportion of age .2 fish in the run and the large numbers of Bristol Bay fish at sea in spring 1970. Based on 1971 spring sampling east of 175° W, we would forecast the Bristol Bay run to be made up of over 60% age .3 fish. This forecast assumes that the predominantly age .2 sockeye west of 175° W will not con- tribute substantially to the 1971 Bristol Bay run and alter the age composition shown by catches to the east. Sockeye salmon were noticeably smaller in April and May of 1970 than in other years since 1968 (Figure 7). Average lengths of age .2 and age .3 fish were at least 2 cm (0.8 inch) smaller, and fish weighed at least 200 g (7 oz) less in 1970 than in other years. The reduced size of fishin1970 suggests that the large numbers of Bristol Bay sockeye at sea (over 40 millionfish) may have overtaxed the available quantity of food organisms. It is interesting to note that the size of age .3 fishinspring1971 wasnot similarly reduced, although they shared the first 2 years at sea with the large population of age .2 fish that returnedtospawnin1970. This suggests that environmental conditions during their last year at sea may be the most critical in de- termining the ultimate size of maturing salmon. Chum salmon were smaller for a given age in1971 than in any other year. Maturing chum salmon were not particularly small in 1970, as were sockeye salmon; the size of chum salmon apparently was not greatly in- fluenced by the large numbers of sockeye present in 1970. The type of food organisms taken by chum salmon and the distribution of chums may differ sufficiently from those of sockeye salmon to reduce the.competition between species. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are grateful to the Fisheries Agency of Japanfor use ofcatch data. Special thanks are due M. Osako, J. Ito, and T. Nishiyama, scientists on the Japanese vessels, who took extra scale samples and duplicated their data so that they would become available immed- iately. LITERATURE CITED FREDIN, R. A., and D. WORLUND 1971. Estimates of the catches of sockeye salmon of Bristol Bay origin by the Japanese mothership salmon fish- ery, 1956 to 1969. Natl. Oceanic Atmos. Admin., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Biol. Lab., Seattle, Wash. (Unpublished Ms.) FRENCH, ROBERT R., and RICHARD BAKKALA 1968. U.S. and Japanconduct successful salmon research cruise. Commer. Fish. Rev. 30(12): 57-61. (Also Reprint No. 830.) FRENCH, ROBERT R., RICHARD G, BAKKALA, MASANAO OSAKO, and JUN ITO 1971. Distribution of salmon and related oceanographic features in the North Pacific Ocean, spring 1968. U.S. Dep. Commer., Natl. Oceanic Atmos, Admin., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 625. 22 p. KOO, TED S. Y. 1962 Age designation in salmon. In studies of Alaska red salmon. Univ. Wash., Seattle, Publ. Fish., N.S. 1: 37-48. U.S. COAST GUARD’S FISHERY ENFORCEMENT POWER IS STRENGTHENED A law signed August 11 by President Nixon gives Coast Guard Cutters on patrol in the Northwest Atlantic stronger authority to en- force international fishing agreements. The law amends the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Act of 1950 tokeep step with recent changes in the International Convention for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries (ICNAF). The participating nations enforce regulations designed to protect fish stocks in the North- west Atlantic between Greenland, Canada, and the U.S. ICNAF nations include: Canada, Denmark, West Germany France, Iceland, Italy, Japan, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Spain, USSR, United Kingdom, andthe U.S. Of these, the United Kingdom, USSR, Norway, Portugal, Japan, and the U.S. have joined the inspection program. The New Law Under the new law, ICNAF inspectors can stop vessels of participating nations, includ- ing the U.S., boardand inspect their gear and documents to check the vessel's compliance with ICNAF regulations. Officers of the U.S. Coast Guard and NMFS will handle the inspection duties for the U.S. Before, U.S. officials had no authority to stop and board foreign vessels outside the U.S. contiguous fisheries zone. The ICNAF agreement aims to protect several species of fish by limiting annual catches and requiring the use of nets whose mesh is large enough to permit young’ fish to escape. Many U.S. fishermen complain that foreign fleets use small mesh nets that capture all fish and threaten to deplete the stocks. ICNAF Inspection Vessels of member nations are required to stop when given the proper international signal by a ship showing an ICNAF inspection pennant. The pennant is quartered blue and yellow with ''NW"' in the upper yellow block. An ICNAF inspector, after properly iden- tifying himself, canboard the vessel. He can inspect and prepare a report to be signed in the captain's presence. The captain may add comments to the report. Reports of violations of ICNAF regula- tions are filed through diplomatic channels. Nets that violate the standards will be sealed, marked, and photographed. For first offense, persons under U.S. jurisdiction who are convicted of violation of the regulations may be fined up to $1000, or be imprisoned for not more than six months, or both. For other offenses within five years, the penalty is a fine of not over $10,000, or one-year imprisonment, or both. ICNAF Area The ICNAF area is divided into subareas, where annual catches for each species are recorded. The agreements have three basic means for protecting fish species: limiting catches in specific subareas; closing areas completely, especially during spawning sea- son; and prohibiting nets with mesh size be- low ICNAF standards, Fish protected by ICNAF agreements in- clude: cod, haddock, and several species of flounder. 53 INTERNATIONAL FISHERY STUDIES ARE UNDERWAY The Soviet research vessel 'Blesk' and the French research vessel 'Cryos!' arrivedin Woods Hole, Massachusetts, inearly Septem- bertobegina series of international coopera- tive cruises with NMFS. The Blesk will con- tinue joint U.S.-USSR research on groundfish stocks begun in 1967; the Cryos will begin a study on distribution of sea-herring larvae. The Blesk participated in the 1968 joint survey. This year it will conduct two opera- tions with the U.S. research vessel 'Albatross Va This will include measuring gear performance 1) Testing trawls and trawl equipment. on the ocean bottom and catch comparison experiments. 2) A quantitative inventory of groundfish stocks between Cape Hatteras, N.C., and Georges Bank. Prime Objective of Research A prime objective of the U.S.-USSR re- search has been to evaluate the accuracy of groundfish-abundance estimates derived from research-vesselsurveys. To establish con- servation regulations in international waters, it is necessary to know the impact of fishing on the stocks. Commercial fisheries sta- tistics alone are not adequate to monitor changes in the structure and abundance of fish populations, The surveys are proving an invaluable supplement by providing abun- dance data of sufficient accuracy to help assess the effects of fishing on stocks. 54 International Agreements Important At the present time, international agree- ments are the only legal means of protecting fish stocks off U.S. coast from overfishing. The NMFS Woods Hole Biological Laboratory has participated each autumn in research cruises withthe USSR under a treaty negoti- ated when foreign fishing threatened tradi- tional U.S. fisheries between Cape Hatteras and Long Island. This area is too far south to be regulated by the International Commis- sion for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries (ICNAF). The Cryos will be one of 4 vessels in an The study will focus on the dispersion of herring ICNAF-organized cooperative study. larvae from spawning centers on Georges Bank, in the Gulf of Maine, and off Western Nova Scotia. The other vessels are the U.S. sterntrawler 'Delaware II', the West German vessel 'Walther Herwig', and another Soviet vessel similar to the Blesk. NMFS scientists from Woods Hole and Boothbay Biological Laboratory in Maine will participate. Offshore Research Centers The Woods Hole Lab was recently named headquarters for the new North Atlantic Fish- eries Research Center, one of NOAA's four major offshore research centers. Also part of the Center are the Boothbay Laboratory and the Narragansett Sport Fisheries Marine Laboratory in Rhode Island. 595 ri eee srsueee Fig. 3 - Dr. Marvin D. Grosslein, NMFS, and State Dept. interpreter greet Soviet scientists. (Photos: Robert K. Brigham) 56 Outside a fishmeal factory near Pisco, Peru, bags are ready to be carted away for export to North America and western Europe. (FAO: S. Lorrain) Off the Peruvian coast, the Pacific waters support a vast amount of fish, especially anchovies. The anchovies support a large fish - meal industry. They make Peru one of the world's great fishing nations. PERU’S ANCHOVETA FISHERY Average Maximum Sustainable Catch Is About 9.5 Million Tons, Scientists Say The average maximum sustainable catch of Peruvian anchoveta is about 9.5 million tons--if bird populations are of present size, In 1968-69, the catch was 9.8 million tons. The approximate limits of accuracy of this estimate are plus or minus 1 million tons. This is the key point in a report on an- choveta prepared by a panel of scientists set up as part of the FAO/UNDP project on fish- eries research and developmentinPeru. The panel was headed by Dr. W. E. Ricker, Bio- logical Station, Nanaimo, B.C., Canada. COLOMBIA BRAZIL Effects of More Fishing The scientists state that the 9.5 million tons would be takenby about the same amount of fishing as in recent seasons. If fishing effort were increased above this limit, it might increase or decrease the equilibrium yield. A way to find out whether an equilib- rium yield a little larger than 9.5 million tons would be possible is to increase the 57 annual quota experimentally. A step of not over 500,000 tons might be tried. To avoid serious trouble, the increase would be stopped or reversed at the first signs of danger--too small a catch per unit effort, scarcity of young, etc. Closed Seasons The scientists believe that aclosed season of at least one month during December March is very desirable. It may even be essential to maintain catch level of 9.5 million tons. The reasonis that many small fish are pres- ent and are growing very fast at this time. By letting them grow during the closed sea- son before they are caught, a greater harvest might be achieved from each generation of recruits; at the same time, a good spawning stock would be produced. Also, the percent- age mealyield from large fishis greater than from small fish. Research Needs The panel states that ''continued study and intensive monitoring of the anchoveta stock is essential tomaintaincontrol and to settle" existing problems. One important problem is the degree of mixing between stocks on different parts of the coast. The scientists recommend a pilot-scale tagging experiment to begin ''as soon as possible." CATCH AND EFFORT The landings reported are below actual catches for these reasons: 1) losses at sea, including dumping of excess catch; 2) losses during unloading; 3) underreporting of actual quantities landed (especially during peladilla season when mealyieldis low). Occasionally, these losses could reach up to 40% of re- ported landings. There are uncertainties also about effort data. Inallpurse seining, animportant factor is searching for fish. 58 There have been important changes in the anchoveta fleet during the development of the fishery. Vessel size has increased. Im- provements in gear, equipment, and fishing have been introduced. Annual information on the effect of gear improvement for ships of the same size produced an estimate of cor- rectionfor efficiency of 20% during 1960-69, The correction was introduced into the effort and catch-per-unit effort data. IDENTITY OF STOCKS The anchoveta and the fishery are distrib- uted along nearly the whole Peruvian coast-~- and in waters off northern Chile. There are no ''very clear discontinuities which would suggestisolated and separate stocks.'' Stud- ies of gillrakers have revealed some differ - ences between anchoveta stocks. Some evidence indicates that southern anchoveta (Ilo) tend to have shorter digestive tracts than those farther north. But the overlapis great, at leastin small fish. How- ever, the scientists say, ‘experience else- where showsthat differences of this sort are not inconsistent with a fairly large degree of mixing between stocks. The only way to get some idea of the degree of such mixing is to do a tagging experiment on at least a moder- ately large scale.'' The panel's study treats anchoveta as a single stock. Fishing boats in port of Callao are drawn up and waiting for a run of anchoveta. The ancient port, practically a Lima suburb, is bustling again. Waterfront traffic is clogged with tank trucks transferring anchovies to factories. (S. Larrain) ASSESSMENT OF STOCK Although guano birds have been eating fewer anchoveta, they averaged about 1.5 mil- lion tons during the study. The maximum catch by men and birds was a little over 10 million tons. A little less than 30 million gross-registered-ton (GRT) trips were in- volved. In recent years, the bird populations have become smaller: eatingunder 1 million tons, equal to about 2 million GRT trips. A sus- tained catch of 9-10 million tons can be taken by fishermen with about 25 millionGRT trips. More fishing might produce a larger catch, though the catch, at best, might increase only slowly. Possibly, a fishing effort greater than 25 million GRT trips could result in smaller catch. 59 Effect of Fishing on Stocks Age data are available only from 1962- 1963 (and later), Since then, fishing effort has not varied much. Noclear relation be- tween mortality and fishing effort can be de- termined now. The age composition does show an increase in apparent mortality with age. If real, this could make a big difference in the analysis of the effects of different closed reasons. Length data became available in 1961. Overall, these show a decrease in catches per-unit-effort of the larger fish (13 cm), especially between 1961 and 1964, This may be attributed directly to increased mortality due to fishing during that period. By 1964 (and later), fishing accounted for about half the total mortality. 60 The number of very small fish (under 10 em) has increased. The. effective size at recruitment to the landings has decreased sharply. This change is due partly to fish- erman behavior. In the early years, when Conveyor belt transports anchoveta into fishmeal plant at Chimbote. (Photos: M. Lindner) os ZZ large fish were abundant, fishermen avoided shoals of small fish; now, fishermen believe catching small fish is better than catching nothing. INDUSTRY STABLE The record of the Peruvian anchovy fish- ery ''is relatively free of the rather serious fluctuations in reproductive success that characterizes many pelagic fisheries; the corollary is that catastrophic collapse is not tobe expected save through a very rapid in- crease in fishing effort, which seems un- likely." In the cases of the California sardine and the Georges Bank haddock, ''catastrophic declines appear to have occurredas a result of fishery induced recruitment failures.” The immediate cause was intense fishing and a series of poor year-classes from environ- mental (stock-independent) reasons. The combination of factors reduced stock to such a low point that the possibility of good year- class, even under favorable environmental conditions, was small. BIRDS The scientists say that fisheries of 1 to 2 million tons have no "appreciable effect" on the birds. Fisheries of 4 to 7 million tons reduce the anchovy population to a level that restricts birds to about 16 million. The present fishing level holds bird population to 5-6 million. ECONOMICS The panel doubts the desirability, for economic reasons, of fishing hard enough to achieve maximum catch. It would be de- sirableto fish appreciably less than that and catch only slightly fewer fish. a JAPAN NEW U.S. POLICY HURTS JAPANESE FISHERY EXPORTS The economic policy announced by Presi- dent Nixon on August 15, 1971, has hurt Japanese fishery exports. The 10% surcharge on U.S. imports was expected to affect im- mediately Japanese trading firms with unsold supplies and also processors. The problem of international currency revaluation, too, faces the industry. In 1970, fishery exports totaled US$390 million, based on Japanese customs-clearance records. Of that, $116 million (30%) were sales to the U.S.: principally canned tuna, canned crab, canned oysters, frozen tuna, and pearls. Canned mackerel and whale oil were about 10% of sales. The 10% surcharge is not expected to apply to frozen tuna exports, which are exempt from U.S. import duty. However, other fishery products will be affected. Therefore, nonew sales are likely fora while. Even those already contracted, but not yet cleared through U.S. customs, face problem of additional charge. Canned-Tuna Exports Canned-tuna exports to the U.S. will be assessed the 10% surcharge above the present 7% advalorem import duty. In 1970, the U.S. took about $43 million, 54%, of the $80 million worth of Japan's canned-tuna exports. In second half of August 1971, there were about 800,000 cases of canned tuna inbrine sold to U.S. buyers but not yet cleared through U.S. customs. These were subject to surcharge. Normally, the importers pay additional charge if sales contract already has been concluded. In all probability, the importers will not be able to bear this burden, so contract cancel- lations are likely. Canned-Tuna Industry's Problems The Japanese canned-tuna industry feels it has received atriple blow: 1) by U.S. Food and Drug Administration's seizures of ship- ments because of excess mercury; 2) by that agency's detentions of shipments because of decomposed tuna; and 3) the surcharge. Ed. Note: On Sept. 1, the U.S. Treasury exempted from sur- charge: importsatseaonAug, 15; items in bonded warehouses; foreign-trade zones and tied up by West Coast dock strike. 61 From January to late July 1971, FDA's de- tentions were 110,000 cases (about 75,000 cases for decomposition, 35,000 cases for mercury). Losses are estimated to reach 770 million yen ($2.14 million), based on 7,000 yen ($19.44) per case (including two- way oceanfreight costs). Some packers face grave financial difficulties. Canned Pink Salmon Canned pink salmon exports to the U.S. also have been reduced. Negotiations for sales of 300-500,000 cases, which had been in progress prior to President Nixon's an- nouncement, stopped. It produced a tremen- dous inventory buildup in Japan, Also, an upward revaluation of the yen will produce a financial losstotrading firms that have pur- chased canned salmon from the Sales Com- pany for export to Europe and Australia. At least half the one million cases have not yet been exported to those countries. ('Suisan Tsushin', Aug. 5 & 19.) OK OK EXPORTS RECORDED SHARP GAINS IN 1970 The Fisheries Agency reports that Japa- nese fishery exports during Jan.-Dec. 1970 totaled US$390.8 million on a customs~-clear- ance basis, This is over 12% above 1969's $346.8 million. The ratio of fishery exports to total value of export trade, however, fell to post-World War II low of 2% in 1970 from high of 7.7% in 1958. Exports to the U.S. in 1970 were 32% of total shipments, the same as in 1969, Fishery Exports 1968-70 Value 1970 1969 1968 (US$1, 000} Frozen and fresh 98,766 86,001 90, 703 Canned and bottled 203, 204 175, 870 181,798 Salted and dried 11,799 12,094 8,922 Oils and fats 10, 845 5,069 3, 807 Agar-agar 3, 324 4,408 4,817 Pearl 40, 902 48, 640 46, 802 62 JAPAN (Contd.): = | Principal Importers | Value ountry of Destination 1970 1969 1968 (US$1, 000) U.S. 116,532 103, 862 103, 239 Great Britain 46,765 37,009 59, 368 West Germany 25, 227 22,819 21,043 Italy 16,254 12, 367 14,957 Philippines 16,111 15,978 19,745 Netherlands 13, 840 8,736 7,230 Hong Kong 11, 452 11,244 7,923 Ryukyu Islands (Okinawa) —-11, 186 10, 363 7, 893 Canada 10,921 7,558 5,977 Switzerland 10, 377 12,000 10, 823 Australia 9,783 11, 137 9,281 Puerto Rico 8, 655 6,462 8, 858 Ghana 7,099 2,531 1,915 Belgium 5,750 7,088 4,990 Rae SBE) 9,500 8, 323 Principal exports in 1970 were: canned tuna--$80,170,000 (U.S. 53.6%); canned mack- erel--$44,350,000; pearls--$40,900,000; canned salmon--$44,950,000; frozen tuna-- $31,760,000 (U.S. 71.5%). ('Suisan Tsushin', July 17; 'Minato Shimbun’, July 18.) OK OK FISHERY IMPORTS INCREASE In 1970, Japanese imports of frozen fishery products reached 374,569 metric tons worth US$318,412,000. This is an increase of 34% in quantity and 200% in value compared with 1965 imports of 278,940 tons worth $103,950,000. Shrimp, the leading import, was 43% of imports in value, followed by tuna (8%). Other important products included squid, fishmeal, salmon roe, and octopus. Together with shrimp and tuna, these were about 69% of total value of fishery imports. Fishery Imports, 1965-70 Value (at. customs clearance) Quantity Metric Ton US$1, 000 278, 940 333,799 330, 950 370, 143 362, 628 374, 569 103, 950 167,550 191,573 200, 374 260, 676 318, 412 | Frozen Shrimp Imports, 1965-70 Value ! | Quantity (at customs clearance) | Metric Ton US$1, 000 | 1965 21,011 35,938 | 1966 36, 156 60, 085 1967 44, 466 79,732 1968 35, 204 78,079 1969 48, 886 121,747 1970 57, 146 137,026 Leading suppliers (in value) were: South Korea, 12.4%; Communist China, 9.9%; U.S., 7.6%; Taiwan, 7.5%; and Mexico, 6.4%. ('Sui- san Keizai Shimbun', July 22.) BRISTOL BAY CRAB FACTORYSHIPS DOING POORLY The 'Koyo Maru' and 'Keiko Maru' crab factoryship fleets fishing in the Bristol Bay were doing poorly because of unseasonally cold waters. During the first months after late March, they were troubled by heavy ice floes. The production quotas assigned to the two fleets for the 1971 Bristol Bay crab fishery are: 'Koyo Maru! fleet--king crab 18,300 eases and 7.14 million tanner crabs; 'Keiko Maru! fleet--king crab 19,200 cases and 7.46 million tanner crabs. As of Aug. 10, production by the two fleets was: 'Koyo Maru! fleet--frozen king crab meat 181.534 metrictons, frozen tanner crab 3,513.3 tons; 'Keiko Maru! fleet--canned king erab 5,314 cases; frozen king crab equivalent to 6,824.5 cases, and frozen tanner crab 3,478 tons. (Suisan Keizai Shimbun’, Aug. 17.) se ook ok eS Eo LONGLINER RETURNS FROM U.S. EAST COAST WITH GOOD BIGEYE CATCH The tuna longliner 'Juju Maru!' (299 gross tons) recently returned to Japan with 248 metric tons of bigeye, mixed with some yel- lowfin, takeninnorthwestern Atlantic off New York. The value was 157 million yen (US$436,100). : | | JAPAN (Contd.) The vessel left Japan early this year. It spent 184 days at sea, fished 73 times, and caught an average of 3.5 tons of fish per Set. Fishing was very good compared with vessel's experience in fishing for southern bluefin in the South Pacific. There it took 130 sets, or almost twice as many sets, tofill the holds. The outlook for bigeye fishing off the U.S. east coast is promising. So more Japanese longliners are likely tobe gin fishing if planned voluntary regulation of southern bluefin fish- ery is putintoeffect. The regulation involves specified areas of South Pacific and Indian oceans. ('Katsuo-maguro Tsushin', Aug. 6.) ek * KX RESEARCH VESSEL TO SURVEY TUNA GROUNDS IN NORTH ATLANTIC The 'Azuma Maru No, 28'(313 gross tons), chartered by Marine Fishery Resources De- velopment Center, left Japan July 29 ona survey cruise to North Atlantic. The vessel is scheduled to survey the region between 30° N.-60° N. latitudes. Previous private explorations, with government subsidy, showed promise for bigeye, bluefin, and albacore fishing. Tuna's Northern Limits Main effort of the cruise will be to test prospects for commercial exploitation in northern limits of Atlantic's traditional tuna fishing grounds. The survey, September 9 until February 1972, covers a northward course along Gulf Stream. This will take vesselnear the BritishIsles. ('Suisan Keizai Shimbun', July 29.) TEST SKIPJACK FISHING OFF PONAPE, U.S. TRUST TERRITORY The Overseas Fishery Company is con- ducting a study to determine the feasibility of starting a skipjack tuna fishery off Ponape, U.S. Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands. The firm is fishing experimentally for skip- jack off New Guinea with 8 vessels out of Rabaul. It hopesto establish another base at Ponape because of good fishing in New Guin- ean waters. 63 However, the proposed venture faces dif- ficulties because the government of Ponape has strict licensing rules. Basically, these do not permit foreign investment unless it helps local inhabitants. 1 Japanese Firm There In Ponape, there already is one Japanese trading firm, Mitsui Bussan, and the Okina- wan fishery firm Sanyo Gyogyo. In partner- ship with Ponape interests, these are getting ready to fish for skipjack with one mother- ship and three vessels. ('Katsuo-maguro Tsushin', July 28.) PLAN TO FISH SKIPJACK IN INDONESIAN WATERS Hoko Suisan, in partnership with Toyo- menka, is proceeding with plans to establish a skipjack tuna fishing base at Butung Island, Indonesia, in the Banda Sea. In mid-August 1971, the firm's mothership plus three skip- jack vessels were scheduled to depart Japan, They will fish in about the same area now being worked by Nichiroand Mitsubishi Shoji. In May 1971, Nichiro obtained a fishing li- cense from Indonesia, ('Katsuo-maguro Tsushin', Aug. 12.) OK OK INDIAN FISHERY TRADE MISSION VISITS JAPAN An 8-man Indian fishery trade mission recently visited Japan to study the market and to confer with trading firms about im- porting fishery products from India. The group hopes the Japanese will buy more small-size shrimp from India. Only Mexico supplies Japan with more shrimp. In 1970, India's shrimp exports to Japan were 6,400 metric tons (mostly large size). The visitors also sought Japanese par- ticipation in joint ventures to promote India's fishing industry. ('Suisan Keizai Shimbun’, Aug. 18.) JAPAxgS GOVERMENT FY The following publications of the Depart- ment of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Ma- rine Fisheries Service, are available free from Division of Publications, NOAA, Con- necticut Ave. & Van Ness St. NW., Bldg. 52, Washington, D.C. 20234: FISH-AGE DETERMINATION "Age Determination of Fishes (Revised)," by Fred E. Lux, Fishery Leaflet 637, illus., 7 pp., June 1971. How long fishes live and how large they grow vary widely. A European goby lives its life withina single year; itis slightly over one inchlongwhen mature. Other fishes live be- yond 100 years. Age and growth-rate data are vital tofish- ery management. The growth rate of com- mercial fish must be known to learn the age and size for harvesting them most efficiently. Age information also helps to judge the re- sults of management practices. "Three basic methods have been used for age and growth determination of fishes: 1) ob- servation of the growth of fishes of known age, 2) study of fish size-frequencies, and 3) study of seasonalringformationin hard body parts such as scales and bones. The method used usually depends upon special problems en- countered in age determination of a given species." BLUE CRAB MEAT "Blue Crab Meat I. Preservationby Freezing,'' by Jurgen H. Strasser, Jean S. Lennon, and Frederick J. King, SSR-Fish. No. 630, illus., 26 pp., July 1971. The blue crab (Callinectes sapidus) is one of the most valuable U.S. commercial shell- fishes--''in volume of landings and in value of its food products.'' The industry has one 64 of the greatest seasonal variations in exves- sel prices of any shellfish. Several factors are involved: short life span of crab (2-3 years) and need to keep it alive until cooked to remove the meat. A more significant fac- tor is that meat itself is highly perishable. Virtually all of the present output is sold as fresh meat, ''which has a shelf life of up to 10 days at 32°to0 38° F.”’ The authors studied freezing as a method of preserving blue-crab meat for up to8 months. ''The results indicate that a rapid freezing rate, storage below 0° F, and vacu- um packaging are preferable to minimize losses in the desirable qualities of freshly picked meat." CALICO SCALLOPS "Calico Scallops of the Southeastern United States, 1959-69," by Robert Cummins Jr, SSR-Fish. No. 627, 22 pp., illus., June 1971. The author summarizes developments in the calico scallop resource of southeastern United States. He provides a background and description of the fishery in North Carolina and its expansion later to Florida grounds. Also, there are sections on quality of the scal- lop andits parasites, development of proces- sing machinery, recent industry activity, and NMFS technical assistance. SALMON ' Alaska's Fishery Resources - The Chum Salmon,'' by Theodore R. Merrell Jr., Fish- ery Leaflet 623, 7 pp., illus., June 1970. Although less highly regarded than the others, "the chum salmon, Oncorhynchus keta, is the most widely distributed and second most abundant of the five Pacific salmon. It is one of Alaska's valuable fishery resources." The chum spawns inlate summer and fall. Some spawnin small streams near the ocean; others travel as far as 1,500 miles from the ocean to spawn in large rivers. The young hatch in midwinter but stay in the stream gravel until spring. Then they emerge and migrate tosea, where they spend 2 to4 years. They weigh about 10 pounds when they return to spawn and die in their native stream. Most chum are caught in purse seines and canned; hundreds of thousands are caught in gill nets and fish wheels for human and dog food. The chum fishery is mostly in large rivers running into Bering and Chukchi Seas of northern Alaska. Little biologicalresearch has been done on chum salmon, so less is known about them than the other Pacific salmon. The leaflet also contains information on geographic distribution, life history, econo- mic importance, and selected references, "Alaska's Fishery Resources - The Pink Salmon," by Jack E. Bailey, Fishery Leaflet 619, 8 pp., illus., March 1969. 65 "Pink salmon, Oncorhynchus gorbuscha, are called the 'bread and butter fish' of the Alaskan salmon industry because they are the most consistently abundant of the five Pacific salmons in Alaska--pink, sockeye, chinook, coho, and chum. "The name 'pink' comes from the delicate color of the flesh of the pink salmon, which is alsoknownas 'humpy' or 'humpback' salm- on because of the hump that develops on the back of the spawning male." This leaflet describes the fish; gives its geographic distribution and abundance; nat- ural history (spawning, survival, food and growth, and migrations); economic impor- tance; research and management; and pub- lications. "Alaska's Fishery Resources - The Sock- eye Salmon,''by Wilbur L. Hartman, Fishery Leaflet 636, 8 pp., illus., March 1971. Pink and chum salmon fry that have just emerged from the streambed. The pink salmon are distinguished by their smaller size and the lack of the parr marks that are noticeable on the backs of the chum salmon fry. In the, live fish the fins are nearly transparent because they are very thin and unpigmented. 66 Sockeye Salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka, known too as red salmon, come from the river-lake systems in Alaska, Canada, and the Soviet Union. The femaie carries about 3,500 eggs and spawns in late fall in the in- lets and outlets of lakes andinthe lakes them- selves. The sockeye is a renewable resource economically important to Alaska. "Its deep red flesh, rich in oils, makes the sockeye salmon the most highly prized of the five Pa- cific salmons for canning or smoking." The leaflet includes the sockeye's life his- tory, management of fishery, scientific re- search, and references. SHRIMP "Alaska's Fishery Resources - The Shrimps," by Louis Barr, Fishery Leaflet 631, 10pp., illus., January 1970. Shrimp fishingin Alaska began more than 50 years ago. In recent years the annual domestic catch has reached 40 million pounds; inthe same period, Japanese and Soviet fish- ermen in Alaska waters have caught as much as 70 million pounds a year. The five commercially important Alaskan shrimp are members of the family Pandali- dae; the most important is the pink shrimp, Pandalus borealis. These shrimp all have similar complicated life histories. The shrimp develops first as a male and, after severalyears, becomes a fe- male. It remains female for the rest of its life. U.S. fishermen use otter trawls, beam trawls, and pots. They deliver their catch to Alaskan ports; foreign fishermen use larger otter trawls and process the catch at sea. LIFT NET "A Lift Net for Catching Bait Fish Attracted to Light," by Hilton M. Floyd, Fishery Leaflet 6385) Sapp. Lliluises Aprile oily: This leaflet "describes the construction and operation of an effective means for col- lecting small bait fish such as anchovies, sardines, chub mackerel, thread herring, and cigarfish. The gearis smallandportable and canbe easily handled by one manfrom a boat, dock, or bridge. Because the net is light, its use is limitedtoareas of little or no current." SHELLFISH CONSUMPTION "Regional and Other Related Aspects of Shellfish Consumption--Some Preliminary Findings From the 1969 Consumer Panel Sur- vey,'' by Morton M, Miller and Darrel A. Nash, Circular 361, 18 pp., illus., appendix, and errata, June 1971. A consumer panel of representative U.S. households recorded their purchases of fish- ery products for 12 months beginning Feb- ruary 1969. They were taking part in a study conducted under sponsorship of the NMFS Division of Economic Research. This leaflet deals mainly with findings on consumption of major shellfish species at home and away from home. The findings indicate marked regional preferences for individual shellfish items. For example, people in South Atlantic States eat oysters at nearly double the U.S. per- capita rate. Similarly, there is a high con- sumptionrate of clamsin Middle Atlantic and New England areas. "The results of the survey can be devel- oped into useful guidelines for industry deci- sions, especially in marketing. Also the results can greatly enhance the accuracy of forecasting future economic events in the fishing industry." BLUE CRAB "A Report on the Cooperative Blue Crab Study - South Atlantic States,"' by Robert K. Mahood, Michael D. McKenzie, Douglas P. Middaugh, Sean J. Bollar, John R. Davis, and Dennis Spitsbergen, 32 pp., illus., appendix, Feb. 1970. Chief, NOAA, Federal Aid Divi- sion, 144 First Avenue South, St. Petersburg, Florida 33701. "The cooperative blue crab study was de- signed todetermine the cause(s) of blue crab mortalities and to delineate significant fac- tors affectingthe relative abundance of mar- ketable crabs. A multiphased approach pro- vided background information relative to regional hydrological characteristics, dis- eases and parasites, and residual pesticides associated with blue crab populations." Twenty South Atlantic sampling areas were monitored routinely. It produced hydrological data that illustrated typical seasonal patterns. The researchers collected 195 blue crab samples (1,950 individual crabs) and analyzed these for pesticides. SOUTH CAROLINA "An Investigation of the Offshore Demersal Fish Resources of South Carolina,'' by Charles M. Beardenand Michael D. McKenzie, Tech- nical Report No. 2, 19 pp., illus., May 1971. South Carolina Wildlife Resources Depart- ment, Marine Resources Division, Charles- ton, South Carolina. The live bottom and continental shelf-edge habitats of South Carolina support many bot- tom fish. In recent years, commercial fish- ermen and related fishery interests have recognized the potential economic value of these resources. Federal, State, and local agencies have conducted exploratory fishery surveys. In March 1970, South Carolina entered in- to agreement with NMFSto study State's offshore demersal fish resources. Objectives: 1) ''To accumulate and eval- uate existing data onthe species composition, 67 distribution and availability of commercially valuable demersal fishes found on the Con- tinental Shelf, especially sea basses, snap- pers, groupers, porgies, and grunts. 2) ''Tocompile additionaldata onthe com- mercial potentials of offshore fishery re- sources through exploratory fishing in se- lected areas using fish traps and handlines. 3) "To supplement existing biological knowledge of the offshore demersal fish popu- lations.' OIL POLLUTION "Oil Pollution on Wake Island from the Tanker 'R.C. Stoner',"' by Reginald M. Good- ing, SSR-Fish. No. 636, 12 pp., illus., May 1971, 25cents. Available from Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Of- fice, Washington, D.C. 20402. In 1967, the tanker R.C. Stoner foundered on a reef about 200 miles southwest of har- bor entrance at Wake Island. It was carrying over 6 million gallons of petroleum products. A shore and underwater survey of the con- taminated coastline found that an estimated 2,500 kg. of inshore reef fishes were killed and stranded on shore. ''Numerous other fish and invertebrates were probably killed. Evi- dence is cited which indicates that most of the kill occurred on the shallow reef flat." The author speculates on the lethal effect of the various fuels. 22 27 41 INDEX UNITED STATES Schoning Named NMFS Deputy Di- rector Baxter Joins NMFS Director's Staff U.S. Food Situation Food Fish Situation, by Morris R. Bosin, Clemens B. Bribitzer, and Paul R. Beauchemin Shellfish Situation, by Richard S, Surdi and Donald R. Whitaker FDA Assures Fish Eaters Study Tuna's Temperature Prefer- ence and Sensing NMFS Helps Industry Reduce Water Pollution Excellent Chances for Major Florida Sportfishery to Develop . Artificial Reefs Attract Fish Shellfish Sanitation Workshop in October New NOAA Map Aids Commercial Fishing Off Oregon Index of World Ports Is Updated Coast Guard Extends Short-Range Coastal Radio Monitoring ARTICLES Observations on Remote Sensing in Fisheries, by William H. Steven- son and Edward J. Pastula Jr. Prospects for Sea Farming in Pa- cific Northwest, by Timothy Joyner and C. Gunnar Safstan The Growing Role of International Agreements in Alaskan Fisheries, by Ronald C. Naab U.S. & Japan Continue Cooperative Research in North Pacific (1970- 71), by R. Bakkala and R. French Page 53 54 57 61 61 62 62 62 63 63 63 63 64 68 68 INTERNATIONAL U. S. Coast Guard's Fishery En- forcement Power Is Strengthened International Fishery Studies Are Underway Peru: Peru's Anchoveta Fishery --Aver- age Maximum Sustainable Catch Is About 9.5 Million Tons, Scien- tists Say Japan: New U.S. Policy Hurts Japanese Fishery Exports Exports Recorded Sharp Gains in 1970 Fishery Imports Increase Bristol Bay Crab Factoryships Doing Poorly Longliner Returns from U.S. East Coast With Good Bigeye Catch Research Vessel to Survey Tuna Grounds in North Atlantic Test Skipjack Fishing Off Ponape, U.S. Trust Territory Plan to Fish Skipjack in Indone- sian Waters Indian Fishery Trade Mission Visits Japan -BOOKS . INDEX BACK COVER: The catch was dogfish. (R. K. Brigham) A UNITED STATES se’ COMMERCIAL FISHERIES Review OCTOBER 19 U.S DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric ‘Administration National Marine Fisheries Service U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Maurice H. Stans, Secretary NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION Robert M. White, Administrator National Marine Fisheries Service Philip M. Roedel, Director COVER: Looking at it from cod end, John Naughton and Robert Moncrief, NMFS scientists-divers, discover that a Cobb pelagic trawl used to sample juvenile tuna is distorted by a faulty lazyline. (Photo: NMFS Hawaii) For insight into the value of research beneath the surface, see article by William L. High on page 1. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES Review A comprehensive view of United States and foreign fishing industries--including catch, processing, market- ing, research, and legislation--prepared by the National Marine Fisheries Service. Gloucester, Mass. IT Editor: Edward Edelsberg Production Manager: Alma Greene Throughout this book, the initials NMFS stand for the National Marine Fisheries Service, part of National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE. Address correspondence and requests to: Commercial Fisheries Review, 1801 North Moore Street, Room 200, Arlington, Va. 22209. Telephone: Area Code 703 - 557-9066. Publication of material from sources outside the Service is not an endorsement. The Service is not responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions of these sources. Although the contents have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely, reference to source is appreciated. Use of funds for printing this publication was approved by the Director, Bureau of the Budget, April 18, 1968. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402. Price 60 cents (single copy). Subscription Price: $7.00 a year; $2 additional for foreign mailing. CONTENTS ARTICLES Underwater Fishery Studies Are Valuable, BovaaWiall terrier ETON. 5. \memeyionionc fost sii'e. 6 teieite les snad Seasonal and Geographic Characteristics of Fishery Resources: California Current Region--VII. Pacific Sardine, by David Kramer tands Paul ms (Smith 223 5 5. sc 6 2 Pond-Raised Channel Catfish: The Design of Boom-Mounted Brailers to Move Them, by Donald C, Greenland, Earnest T. Carlton, Robert L. Gill, and Sammie L. Weaver..... UNITED STATES Hventspancdwlrend/sS; Mamet. outa cc i cochonersusMone, 8) TANSEY Sic. EAE CHET Ce CMO REMEE Ce ha oR NET eee 1a Ot eo) OLE) 91s Ser AR CAO CRE OR CH ORE ROUGE Gir ORG: ie waCeNS HatinwAmericary, rashes = oie ete ieee III NMFS Safety Board Reviews Scuba Diving Operations: NMFS Regional Diving Officers and Diving Coordinator William L. High (wearing sunglasses) met in Boston, Mass., to pinpoint unsafe procedures and to document successful uses of diving as a research tool. Left to right: Clifford Newell, Boothbay Harbor, Maine; Ray Shuey, La Jolla, Calif.; Ian Ellis, Seattle, Wash.; Mike Russell, Pascagoula, Miss.; John Naughton, Honolulu, Hawaii; High, Seattle; Richard Cooper, Boothbay Harbor; Louis Barr, Auke Bay, Alaska. (Photo: Gareth W. Coffin) UNDERWATER FISHERY STUDIES ARE VALUABLE William L. High Scuba-diving scientists and technicians are making valuable contributions to man's understanding of the oceanand its creatures. Divers frequently conduct underwater re- searchin minutes or hours which would take surface-restricted scientists with elaborate support vessels and equipment many days or months to accomplish. Although scuba is only one of many available professional tools, nearly 100 National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) scientists don underwater breathing apparatus from time to time to directly ob- serve and study the ecosystem and the be- havior of marine organisms to it. Diving teams are very mobile, thereby increasing their capabilities and effective - ness. Occasionally, tasks assigned to some large research vessels can be carried out more quickly and less expensively by divers operating from a skiff. In Alaska, diving scientists employ many methods for reach- ing their dive sites. Large commercial jets carry the biologists on the 3,600-mile trip from home base at Auke Bay to Amchitka Island, where they are monitoring the marine environment (Figure 1) for effects of nuclear testing. On more modest trips, they may travel to the dive site by research vessel, skiff, snow-track vehicle, helicopter, or floatplane. Occasionally a floatplane may be used for both transportation and as a diving platform. Twodivers and a pilot fly toa re- mote location, carry out their underwater work, and return home in a fraction of the time needed to operate from a boat. DIRECT OBSERVATIONS In many studies, diving gear has elimi- nated a portion of the surface-bound scien- tist's blind spot. With scuba he can go "where the action is.'' NMFS divers in Seattle were invaluable during development of a hydraulic clam dredge. In spite of sev- eral dredge modifications, the water supply hose broke repeatedly without apparent cause. Yet, in less than two minutes, a diving team of gear experts observed that the nylondredge tow rope stretched until the strain was picked up by the supply hose. After shortening the rope several feet, hose breakage ceased. Simple solution? Yes, once you have the needed information. Later, the dredge failed to take clams when all engineering factors indicated it Fig. 1 - Diver-biologists Lou Barr, BillHearnd, andDave Hoopes, NMFS Laboratory, Auke Bay, Alaska, count and collect urchins at Amchitka Island as part of a bioenvironmental study to evalu- ate effects of nuclear testing. (NMFS Alaska: J. Helle) The author, a fishery biologist and aquanaut, is with NMFS Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research Base, 2725 Mo ntlake Blvd. E., Seattle, Washington 98102. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Reprint No. 921 should. Diving scientists were again asked to observe the dredge and see if the digging blade penetrated into the seabed deeply enough to encounterclams. A single 20-minute dive confirmed the dredge worked as designed-- but there were noclams. Weeks of vessel time were saved. Lobster life-history studies are an im- portant aspect of research at the NMFS Boothbay Harbor Laboratory in Maine. Here the diver-scientist is defining the population ecology and dynamics of the "inshore'' lob- ster, migratory behavior, population density, etc. (Figure 2). Habitat requirements and estimates of population structure are more precisely measured through direct observa- Fig. 2 - Large lobsters, like this 25-lb. one captured by Jack Swindler, and very small juveniles, which are not readily captured by conventional traps, are brought up by divers for tagging and growth studies. tion and sampling--as opposed to indirect sampling from the surface using devices known to be selective. The geoduck, a very large clam found along some Pacific Northwest shores at low tied, were thought to be few and far between until divers discovered large numbers in deep water. Surveys conducted by biologists diving for the Washington State Department of Fisheries and NMFS showed that great humbers of these delicious clams were avail- able down to 100 ft. Because of diver-aided studies we now know most geoducks are in- accessible to shoreside clam diggers. A diver-operated commercial fishery now exists for geoducks. (Richard Cooper) GEAR DEVELOPMENT Major strides were made intrawl develop- ment because diving-gear specialists ob- served experimental trawls in operation (Figure 3). The giant Cobb pelagic trawls and, more recently, the NMFS shrimp-sort- ing trawldeveloped by the Exploratory Fish- ing and Gear Research Base in Seattle, owe much of their success to diver evaluations (Figure 4). When nets are fished in rela- tively shallow water, divers can follow the towing warp to the otterboard, then swim along the groundlines to the trawl. Areas of slack web or excessive strain are immedi- ately recognized. Biologists easily observe fish escape efforts (Figure 5). Vertical and horizontal openings of the trawl net are readily measured. Several times, divers have discovered trawl defects made during manufacture which severely reduced the trawl's fishing capabil- ity (Figure 6). Occasionally, divers find nets used by both research and commercial ves- sels that have been hooked up incorrectly -- causing trawl wings to cross or roll up. One fisherman asked the Seattle NMFS gear- diving team to observe his commercial trawl. The divers discovered the footrope passed about 10 inches above the ocean floor. Up to 50% of the potential catch was seen es- caping beneath the net. Unfortunately, the fisherman had used the net for several months before the deficiency was discovered. Divers assigned to the Pascagoula, Mis- sissippi, Laboratory installed floating and submerged artificial structures in offshore locations to attract fish as part of a prelim- inary study to develop an NMFS-proposed automated fishing platform. Divers' esti- mates of fishschool populations at structure sites were comparedimmediately after each dive with catches made by a purse seiner (Figure 7). Divers' estimates were found to be accurate enough to be used when the use of acommercial purse seiner was not feasible. Fig. 3 - Asea sled piloted by Randolph Chang is towed alongside a midwater trawl to serve as a photographic platform for cameraman Reginald Gooding. Movies afford surface-restricted fishermen and biologists a fish-eye view of capturing gear. (NMFS Hawaii) Fig. 4 - A nearly invisible, giant midwater trawl appears to engulf Hawaii area scientist John Naughton, who has discov- ered a small hole. Special training and safety requirements are imposed to protect scientist-divers working directly on a moving trawl. (NMFS Hawaii) Fig. 5 - Scientists Larry D. Lusz and Ian E. Ellis hang onto headrope of a commercial bottom trawl to visually assess trawl!s performance and to observe behavior of fish near the net. (William L. High) Fig. 6 - As seen from cod end, John Naughton and Robert Moncrief discover that a Cobb pelagic trawl used to sample juvenile tuna is distorted by a faulty lazyline. Sampling and commercial-gear deficiencies such as this, which are difficult to detect from the vessel, can be observed and often corrected by divers in a few minutes. yi ee i Sich ss PI ee Fig. 7 - A dense school of Spanish sardines and cigar fish is shown gathering adjacent to a diver-installed artificial habitat. The ag- gregating characteristics of several structures were evaluated by biologist-divers near Panama City, Florida. (NMFS) Fig. 8 - Aquanaut fishery biologists William L. Highand Alan J. Beardsley position a fish trap for behavior experiments during Tektite II, They lived for two weeks on the ocean floor. Observations of a midwater trawl by Pascagoula NMFS divers during actual fish- ing operations revealed that coastal pelagic school fish were swimming along with the net, entering and leaving the mouth of the net at will. These observations provided background information on fish-gear inter- action required for the development of a pro- posed electrical trawl. SATURATION DIVING NMFS biologists participating inthe Tektite II undersea program were able to conduct studies 25 to 80 ft below the ocean surface for upto 8 hours per day. Spiny lob- sters habits, including feeding, nocturnal movements, and social relationships were investigated intensively because divers could readily observe the animals both day and night. Fish were observed in and around ex- perimental and local fish traps (Figure 8). Methods were found to alter catch rates and species captured. OTHER DIVING PROGRAMS Research programs which have used diving as a researchtool include recapturing tagged fish; assessing demersal and bait fish re- sources, and assessing pearl shell resources throughout the Trust Territories; determining effects of polluting, channel blasting, dredg- ing, and log dumping; and observing shrimp densities, natural animal behavior, and be- havior influenced by capturing gear. More sophisticated diving systems cur- rently under development by industry will soon extend the depth and work capability of all diving scientists and technicians. By di- rect observation they will better understand how toassist in environmental protection and to manage commercial and sport fisheries. SEASONAL AND GEOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS OF FISHERY RESOURCES California Current Region--VIl. Pacific Sardine David Kramer and Paul E. Smith The fishery for the Pacific sardine, Sar- dinops caeruleus, was, during the 1930s and early 1940s, the largestin the western hemi- sphere; it produced nearly 25% of all fish caught in the United States. Research onthis resource had been going on for about 25 years, when its decline in the 1940s triggered the most intensive fishery study ever mounted inthe world--the Califor - nia Cooperative Oceanic Fisheries Investiga- tions (CalCOFI). During the decade 1951-60, surveys were carried out each year almost on amonthly basis. Their data have beenused as a base for analysis of the sardine and other pelagic resources inthe California Current region. For this series of reports, the data have beenusedtosummarize trends in densi- ties of spawning populations by season and geography off the coasts of California and Baja California (Kramer and Smith, 1970a, b, c, d, 197la, b). The agencies of the CalCOFTI, their area of survey, and the meth- ods of treating the data were described in our first report. One reason given for the decline of the sardine was the intensive fishing pressure brought on by the profitable reduction of whole fishtomeal and oil; from 1936 through 1945, tonnage for reduction exceeded tonnage for canning. Landings reached a high of 791,000 tons inthe 1936-37 season and, from 1937-38 through 1944-45, fluctuated from 493,000t0680,000tons. The northern fishery off Canada, Washington, and Oregon was one of pressure on older fishthat migrated from the subpopulations off California. The north- ernfishery collapsed as intensive fishing off California reduced the age structures of the Sardine populations on that coast. In a popu- lation biology study of this species, Murphy said in1966 that the pre-1949 population had a maximum sustainable yield of 471,000 tons at a spawning population of 1 million tons. As reported by the California Department of Fishand Game (Frey, 1971), sardine num- bersinthe variable environment of the Cali- fornia Current region were dependent on an age structure which contained seven or eight significant reproductive classes. The inten- sive fishery lowered sardine life expectancy so that the population began to approach single-class reproduction. Thus, with its inherent resiliency stripped away, the north- ern subpopulation (off central California) collapsed following two highly unsuccessful spawnings in 1949 and 1950. In our report on the northern anchovy (Kramer and Smith, 197la), we discussed briefly two other possible reasons for the failure of the sardine to recover its former abundance. One was the taking over of the sardine's ecological niche by the anchovy; the other was the possibility of natural fluct- uation whereinthe two species may have been independent of one another indifferent periods over the last 2,000 years (Soutar, 1967; Soutar and Isaacs, 1969). Seasonal and Geographic Distributions At one time the sardine ranged from south- ern Alaskatothe Gulf of California. Tagging studies (Clark, 1945) conducted by Canada and the States of Washington, Oregon, and Califor - nia (California alsotagged sardines off central Baja California) indicated that the fish moved from every region to all of the others. Re- turns from those tagged on Baja California showed migration northward only as far as southern and central California. The authors are Fishery Biologists, NMFS Southwest Fisheries Center, 8604 La Jolla Shores Drive, P.O. Box 271, La Jolla, California 92037. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Reprint No. 922 Attempts to differentiate subpopulations have beenmade onthe basis of 1) differences in vertebral counts (Clark, 1947; McHugh, 1950)--indicating heterogeneity but not neces- sarily significant differentiation; 2) differ- ences in temporal and areal spawning (Ahlstrom, 1960)--indicating fairly distinct subpopulations, "northern" off California and northern Baja California, southern" off cen- tral Baja California, and ''gulf'' in the Gulf of California. (These differences can be seen in a 1970 atlas by Kramer which depicts the relative abundance of sardine eggs and larvae collected on every survey by the CalCOFI from 1951 through 1966); and 3) differences in blood systems (Sprague and Vrooman, 1962; Vrooman, 1964) which substantiated those subpopulations of Ahlstrom's analyses. The serological studies further demon- strated the movements evidenced by the tagging studies. These showed northern and southern subpopulations moving northward in spring and summer, and south in fall and winter. Summarized data for 1951-60, used topre- dict the times and locations of adult sardine spawning, are shownin Figures 1 and 2. The relative distributions of all eggs and larvae collected by the CalCOFI for allcruises from 1951 through 1966 were depicted in an atlas by Kramer (1970). As for the anchovy (Kramer and Smith, 1971la), the summarized data on eggs and larvae are used to depict the occurrences for January through July and for October. The distributions for 5-mm larvae only are used because they are most abundant in plankton hauls. Eggs and larvae show only slight differ- ences in extent of their distributions in each of the same months for which they are illus- trated. The lack of similarly shaded areas, for larvae as for eggs, 20% or more occur - rences in plankton hauls, is attributed to the escapement, not absence, of small larvae through the meshes of the standard 1-m CalCOFI net (personal communication, William H. Lenarz, NMFS, La Jolla, Califor- nia). The major centers of spawning (shaded areas) are evident first in January in small areas off central Baja California and southern California. These are the northern and south- ern subpopulations described above. With the passage of time, the southern group spreads northward and seaward; then, in May and June, it intermixes with the northern group, which spreads somewhat southward. In July, the two groups are separate again and, in October, heavy spawning occurs only off cen- tral Baja California. This is the off-season spawning group described by Ahlstrom (1960, p. 420), which he defined as the southern subpopulation. The Fishery The California Department of Fish and Game, in its report on the State's living ma- rine resources (Frey, 1971), concluded its history of the sardine fishery: ''Prior to 1967, management of the sardine resource in California almost entirely was limited to (1) control of tonnage of whole fish used for reduction, (2) case pack requirements (set number of cases of canned fish per ton of whole fish), and (3) restriction of the fishing season to the time of year when fish were most available and in prime condition for processing. A moratorium on sardine fish- ing in California was in effect during the 1967-68 and 1968-69 seasons. The mora- torium limited the quantity of sardines which could be taken incidentally with other fish to 15% by weight of a mixed load. California landings for the 1967-68 season were 71 tons, while 52 tons were landed during the 1968-69 season. "An extremely lucrative bait market for sardines has developed in the San Francisco Bay area in recent years. Sardines landed in California for this market bring the fish- ermen $400 to $500 per ton. During 1968, there were 323 tons of sardines imported from Mexicofor use as bait. A bill (AB 564) enacted by the California Legislature in 1968 permitted the taking of 250 tons annually for bait. At present, the San Francisco-Delta bait market appears to be the most signifi- cant economic factor responsible for con- tinued fishing mortality of the California sardine resource." In its final discussion on the pelagic wet- fish (packed ina "wet" condition, then cooked--hence wetfish), the Department stated: "Landings of pelagic wetfish have been sizable in the past but have declined in more recent years. This decline is due to several factors: (1) the decline of sardine and Pa- cific mackerel stocks; (2) prohibiting the fishing industry from harvesting abundant anchovy stocks at a level indicated reason- able by scientific evidence; and (3) failure of the fishing industry to harvest greater *(2QOZ6T ‘tatuts pue Jeutery aes) vare [eOTISTIeIS petood e syuasaidai yop Jo autyT ‘aToIto YyoRY - 1 ‘Ory *(IJOOTeD) suorebrseauy satieysty otueedQ aA eIedooD eIUsO;ITeD ay Jo usreyed AsAIns ay UO OO-TSET Ut s66e outpres Jo aouaImNd90 yuadIEg JONSYYNDIO %OC= V4auVv d30VHS SONAYYNIIO “%ZOl= @ JONSYYNDIO %Ol> ° G3IdN990 V3AuV - 09 -IS6I Auynuaas $997 INIGUVS 10 *(eQZ6T ‘ututs pue Jaurery es) vale [eOIISI1eIs patood & syuasaidai yop Jo auty fapoItO yORY *(TIODTED) suotjebIsaauy satseysty 1UeIDO eATeIadoOD PIUIOFITED ay} Jo uleyied Asains ay] UO K9-TSST Ul SAIL] SUIpIES UIUI-G JO adUaLINDDO yUadIeg - Z “Bry JINAYYNIDO %O2 = vauv G30VHsS SJINAYYNIIO “%ZOls ® JONSYYNDIO %Ol> 0 G3IldND90 V3" - 09-IS6I ‘ (wu) yf quantities of jack mackerel and squid. In1968, pelagic wetfish resources (including squid) supported a catch of approximately 115 mil- lion pounds valued at over $3.1 million to the fishermen. "A number of interrelationships exists in the wetfish fishery. Since the same basic fleet harvests different wetfish species, eco- nomic factors, changing abundance and varia- tion in local availability, and fishing restric- tions on one species may affect the fishing pressure placed upon others in the group. The northern anchovy is the sardine's prin- cipal competitor for food and occupies the ata same general geographic range. The increase of the anchovy population size followed closely the decline of sardine stocks. This indicates the possibility of increasing sardine stocks by increasing fishing pressures on anchovies and eliminating them onsardines. An experi- mental fishery to do this has been proposed, but only has been initiated on a partial basis because of political and sociolog- ical reasons." The experimental anchovy fishery was a recommendation for 200,000 tons, discussed briefly by us (Kramer and Smith, 1971la) and detailed by Messersmith (1969). LITERATURE CITED AHLSTROM, ELBERT H. 1960. Synopsis on the biology of the Pacific sardine (Sar- dinops caerulea). Proc. World Sci. Meet. Biol. Sardines Relat. Species, 2: 415-451. CLARK, FRANCES N, 1947. Analysis of populations of the Pacific sardine on the basis of vertebral counts. Calif. Dept. Fish & Game, Fish. Bull. 65: 1-26. and JOHN F, JANSSEN, Jr. 1945. Movements and abundance of the sardine as measured by tag returns. Calif, Div. Fish Game Fish Bull. 61: 7-42. FREY, HERBERT (Ed.) 1971. California's living marine resources and their utiliza - tion. State of Calif. Res. Agency, Dept. Fish Game, 148 p. KRAMER, DAVID 1970. Distributional atlas of fish eggs and larvae in the Cali- fornia Current region: Pacific sardine, Sardinops caerulea (Girard) 1951 through 1966. Calif. Coop. Oceanic Fish. Invest. Atlas, 12, xiii + 277 p. and PAUL E, SMITH 1970a. Seasonal and geographic characteristics of fishery resources, California Current region--I. Jack mack- erel. Commer, Fish. Rev. 32(5): 27-31. Also Reprint No. 871. 1970b. Seasonal and geographic characteristics of fishery resources, California Current region--II. Pacific saury. Commer. Fish, Rev. 32(6): 46-51. Also Reprint No. 876. 1970c. Seasonal and geographic characteristics of fishery resources, California Curent region--IIl. Pacific hake. Commer. Fish. Rev. 32(7): 41-44. Also Reprint No. 880. 1970d. Seasonal and geographic characteristics of fishery resources, California Current region--IV. Pacific mackerel. Commer, Fish. Rev, 32(10): 47-49. Also Reprint No. 891, 1971a. Seasonal and geographic characteristics of fishery resources, California Current region--V. Northern anchovy, Commer, Fish. Rev. 33(3): 33-38. Also Reprint No. 907. 1971b. Seasonal and geographic characteristics of fishery resources, California Currentregion--VI. Rockfish. Commer, Fish. Rev. 33{7 & 8}: 40-43. Also Re- print No, 915, McHUGH, J, L. 1950. Variations and populations in the clupeoid fishes of the North Pacific. Doctoral Dissertation, Univer- sity of California, Los Angeles. MESSERSMITH, JAMES D, 1969. A review of the California anchovy fishery and results of the 1965-66 and 1966-67 reduction seasons. Calif, Dept. Fish & Game, Fish Bull. 147: 6-32. MURPHY, GARTH I. 1966. Population biology of the Pacific sardine (Sardinops caerulea). Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., fourth series, 34(1): 1-84, SOUTAR, ANDREW 1967. The accumulation of fish debris in certain California coastal sediments, Calif. Coop. Oceanic Fish, In- vest. Rep. 14: 136-139. and JOHN D, ISAACS 1969. History of fish populations inferred from fish scales in anaerobic sediments off California. Calif. Coop. Oceanic Fish. Invest. 13: 63-70. LUCIAN M, SPRAGUE and ANDREW M, VROOMAN 1962. A racial analysis of the Pacific sardine (Sardinops caerulea) based on studies of erythrocyte antigens. Annals New York Acad. Sci. 97: 131-138. VROOMAN, ANDREW M, 1964. Serologically differentiated subpopulations of the Pacific sardine, Sardinops caerulea. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 21(4): 691-701. 12 Catfish farms now form geometric patterns across the Southern United States. POND-RAISED CHANNEL CATFISH: The Design of Boom-Mounted Brailers to Move Them Donald C. Greenland Earnest T. Carlton Boom-mounted fish brailers are com- monly used for loading pond-raised channel catfish (Ictalurus punctatus) onto haul trucks during harvesting operations. Many different brailer designs are used and the methods of filling them with fish vary. Oftentimes, brailers are suspended in the water next to fish confined in a seine and are filled by a couple of men using dip nets. Some farmers use detachable brailers. Workers carry these units into a batch of Seine fish, scoop them up, and then fasten the loaded brailer back onto the lift cable. When fish are har- vested in live cars, brailers can be lowered directly intothem and the fishcan be crowded into the brailers by taking up slack in the live car. Two brailer designs have gradually de- veloped at the Kelso Station, Arkansas, over the past severalyears. To develop these, we used data obtained in our harvesting demon- strations, and information given us by farm- ers actively engaged in producing channel catfish. These two designs, one for working fish in a seine, the other for loading catfish out of live cars, have proved successful in our operations. They could be used in most situations where the fish are close enough to be reached with a boom. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS Harvesting conditions dictate many of the design features required in a brailer. For example, a brailerusedfor dipping fish out of a live car would not be suitable for chasing fish around inside a seine. A brailer used with a live car must fit inside the live car; it must have the ability to collapse into a rather small area because room is limited. The brailer-suspension system must have Robert L. Gill Sammie L. Weaver enough distance between spreader and brailer so brailer canbe tipped sideways for dipping fish. Also, adequate clearance must be al- lowed so workers can manipulate the brailer in the live car--without the spreader, in-line scales, or boom hook interfering with their activities. Brailers used to chase fish bun- dled upin a seine needto be light, maneuver- able, and so constructed that men in waders can easily handle them. Here the length of the bridle system is not a critical factor in loading. It is necessary, however, that the hardware used for detaching and attaching be operated easily by menwearing cumbersome gloves. Brailers suspended permanently from the lift cable, and filled by dip nets, need a suspension bridle that will allow adequate clearance for the dip nets; the top rim of the brailer must be sturdy enough to take the weight of the dip nets full of fish. Other Factors Influence Design Several other factors influence brailer design. For example, the capacity of the boom limits the quantity of fish, and thus the size of the brailer. Also, the size of the fish to be handled would influence the diameter of drain holes or, if webbing is used, the mesh size. Specialized brailers made for skidding along muddy pond bottoms are sometimes used where ponds are harvested by water draw-down methods and the fish are isolated in pools too far from the bank to reach with the boom. The height and length of the boom used, and the height of the haul-truck compart- ments, often limit the top-to-bottom dimen- sion of a brailer. If there is only a 3-foot clearance betweenthe maximum boom height and the hatch opening of a haul truck, the brailer must be made to fit into this space. D.C. Greenland is Fishery Biologist; R. L. Gill, Fishery Methods and Equipment Specialist; E. T. Carlton and S. L. Weaver, Laborers, NMFS, P.O. Box 711, Rohwer, Arkansas 71666. 13 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Reprint No. 923 14 Also, if the haul truck hatch is 2-foot- square, then the brailer opening should be somewhat smaller soitcan be centered easi- ly over the opening. DESIGN CRITERIA OF BRAILER USED FOR LOADING FISH OUT OF A SEINE The brailer shown in Figure 1 is light, maneuverable, and is used for loading fish out of a seine. Workers detach the unit and, using itas a dip net, fill the brailer by scoop- ing up fish concentrated inside the seine. Hooks are located at the terminal end of the Bridle of 3/16" chain - each leg measures 2! }" between rings Spreader of 1" x )" pine Snap hook for attaching x brailer ring "diameter ring for coupling brailer to bridle snap hook erate? ee ai Two approximately 3! ln | lengths ‘of 3/16" chain joined to a single 1! 7" piece to form the safety || chain bridle to allow easy removal of the brailer. The wooden spreader keeps the weight of fish from collapsing the top ring when lifting a load--and it keeps the hooks positioned and adds rigidity to the bridle to facilitate hook- ing and unhooking the brailer. The 5-foot- length of the brailer and the 3-inch plywood bottom ease the job of moving the unit through the water when pursuing fish. The mesh brailer body puts the bottom of the unit far enough back so fishermen can hold the top ring and work the fish without the bottom bagging around their ankles. When inthe water, the woodenbottom offsets some of the weight of the metal frames and the support chains, adding to the brailer's mobility. \" diameter ring used for attaching bridle to lift 3% diameter ring acts as spreader stop sem : 3! 2" diameter top rim ‘of 1/2" diameter steel rod 5! deep bag of 1/2! bar measure # 15 nylon twine heavily treated with an asphalt base net coating Brailer bottom of 1/2" marine plywood 27 1/2" in diameter Fig. 1 - Brailer designed for removing channel catfish held in a seine net. Construction Details Construction details of this brailer are shown in Figure 2. Note that safety chains are included to protect the mesh from too- much stress caused by a heavy fish load. When attaching these chains, a slight amount of slack should be left in them so, when fish are put into the brailer, the mesh sides can stretch. The resulting tension eliminates much of the bagging around the brailer bot- tom caused by the weight of the fish on the mesh sides; it becomes easier to empty fish out of the brailer. The brailer shown in Figures 1 and 2 is fitted with a slide door for emptying fish. A brailer with such a large capacity makes it almost necessary to have a door that can be used to throttle the flow of fish. The quan- tity of fishthat can be loaded into the brailer will often exceed the capacity of haul-truck compartments. For example, we have loaded over 500 pounds of fish in this brailer and for tying webbing ring and for bol rim to brailer bot rine plywood Door glides of 15 hoisted them up to haul trucks having 200- pound-capacity compartments. By being able to control the flow of fish from the brailer, the fish were put in three different compart- ments. With a quick-release gate, all fish would have gone into one compartment, and we would have hadto distribute them into the other compartments with a dip net. DESIGN CRITERIA OF BRAILER FOR USE WITH LIVE CARS When harvesting fish using live cars, brailers can be lowered right into the live cars and be loaded with fish. A brailer used for this purpose is shown in Figure 3. A wooden spreader is used to keep the weight of the load from crushing the top ring when the brailer is full of fish. Note the spreader is raised high above the brailer to keep it out of the way of the loading activity when the brailer is submerged in the live car. bolted to bottom every 1! Safety chain bracket Jof 1 1/2" x 2" steel angle bolted to brailer H bottom extruded aluminum Fig. 2 - Details of brailer designed for removing channel catfish from a seine. 16 i" @iameter ring used for attaching bridle to lift hook jeach leg measures 21 " between rings 3" diameter ring acts as spreader stop 20 jw x 21 Yt rim of 5/8" steel bar with corners bent on a 6" radius 1! 6" sides of 1" bar measure #36 nylon twine heavily treated with an asphalt base net coat fop raz used for attaching support and Mebbing laced to bottom h 3/16" nylon twine LY x 2" aluminun te welded to rim lt diameter ring for attaching swing chain Fig. 4 - Details of brailer designed for removing channel catfish from live cars. 1/2" wide shield of 14 gauge 6061-716 aluminum covers joint of trap door and continuous hinge and also serves as door stop " high spring track lecessary to insure or closure | Trap door of 1, gauge 6061-16 aluninum is reinforced around edges with 1" wide aghtes of similar material Fig. 5 - Details of brailer designed for removing channel catfish from live cars. 1! long by 1! square exit chute of 1} gauge 6061-T6 alumim teh pin - extends throug side of chute to support ae ee Fig. 6 - Details of brailer designed for removing channel catfish from live cars. Nz 18 Safety chains running from each corner (Figure 4) keep the brailer level and support the load when the brailer is full of fish. These chains are rigged with a little slack to allow the mesh body of the brailer to stretch, and thus eliminate bagging, whenthe unit is filled with fish. This brailer is fitted with a quick-release latch and trap door (Figures 5 and 6). The hinge is designed to keep fish spines from catching in the slot where the door joins as the brailer empties. The spring design al- lows the gate to snap back and close as the last fish falls through. A funnel section on the bottom of the brailer helps direct fish into the haul-truck compartment. To elimi- nate the over-filling of haul-truck compart- ments (discussed in last section) the brailer height is restricted to limit its capacity. A maximum load for this brailer is about 350 pounds. In actual practice, the brailer is seldom "topped off,''and loads rarely exceed 250 pounds. SUMMARY The twodesigns presented here have been usedin many different harvesting operations. With innovations and modifications, they should work in almost any harvesting situa- tion. They have the capacity for moving fish safely and quickly. In fact, when harvesting large quantities, fish usually can be loaded out with boom-mounted brailers much faster than haul trucks can be supplied to carry them. In one of our harvesting demonstra- tions, channel catfish were shifted from live cars across the levee into an adjacent pond; a live-car-type brailer was used similar to the one described in this paper. In this instance, 40,000 pounds of channel catfish were moved in 53 hours--a rate of about 7,300 pounds per hour. In several harvesting operations, we have loaded out 5,000 pounds per hour into waiting haul trucks, using the brailers described here. Generally, large brailers can be loaded so heavily that it is possible to damage fish onthe bottom layer. We don't have any firm data on this problem. However, from our experience, it appears fish shouldn't be stacked higher than2.5to 3.0 feetin brailers. The choice of what mesh size to use for a brailer bag depends upon the size of fish the brailer will be used to load. It is best to use as large a twine and as big a mesh Size as fish size will allow. Also, a heavy coat of an asphalt-base net treatment is necessary to seal the webbing. Large twine and adequate net treatment will reduce the number of fish "finned" or gilled in the webbing. With one- inch bar measure mesh of heavily treated number 36 nylon twine, there is almost no entanglement when handling process-sized fish. We have never had the mesh body of a brailer split open when loaded. But this isa possibility if the meshis not checked proper- ly for holes and abrasion. We have had fish hang on outside and fall off as the brailer was lifted. Do not swing over working perosnnel. Men in the pond should keep an eye out for "hung" fish. The brailer designs have evolved over several years at the Kelso Station. We have incorporated the ideas of many fish farmers in these units. Their suggestions have aided greatly in the development of these brailers. The brailers have been field tested with many thousands of pounds of channel catfish; their basic designs have proved sound. FISHERY PRODUCTS SITUATION Consumption of fishery products is ex- pected to be off a little in 1971. sales likely will be near 11.2 pounds--down Per-capita from 11.4 pounds in 1970. Consumption had been onthe rise for three consecutive years. Severalfactors account forthe slight drop in sales this year. At the retail level, sales have beensluggish due mostly to record high prices. Retail prices advanced sharply in 1970 and were averaging as much as 10% higher prior tothe wage-price freeze. Prices of most fish fillets are considerably higher than whole broilers and, inmost cases, higher than chicken parts. Abundant pork supplies and resulting lower prices made fish more expensive than many cuts of pork during much of 1971. Such price comparisons do not take intoaccount the fact that a fish fillet is 100% edible--nobones or fat. Also accounting for some retail sales resistance were periodic reports of mercury in fish. Lack of Supplies Institutional and food-service salesare off InyelO Tl: less by higher prices than by a lack of sup- These markets have been affected plies. Sales would have been heavier, des- pite higher prices, if imported raw materials had been available. Combined sales of fish sticks and portions will show little growth over 1970--a direct result of United States processors being unable to increase pur- chases of frozen blocks from Canada and 19 Scandinavia. The fastest-growing segment of the U.S. fisheries market in recent years has been the fish-and-chips franchises. Sales in this area are off because companies are unable to purchase increasing quantities of imported fillets. Imports of edible fishery products were off about 3% through August. Because of a leveling off in world catches of many fish species, and increasing demand in other coun- tries, record high prices on the U.S. market were not able toattract more importsin 1971. Since U.S. fish consumption is about 55%-de- pendent on imports, the world supply-and- demand situationhas a direct influence ondo- mestic consumption. A prolonged East and Gulf Coast dock strike could reduce fish sup- plies even further in the fourth quarter of UOWAS Edible-Fish Landings Down Inadditiontolower imports, U.S. landings of edible fishare alsodownin1971. Domestic production of tuna may be off as much as 14%, shrimp by 4%, and salmon landings likely will be a thirdbelow 1970. Haddock landings continue downward--possibly off a fifth from 1970. and whiting landings are running only a little Modest increases in cod, ocean perch, and pollock Flounders may be down a tenth, better than half those of last year. will not be able tomake up the deficits in other groundfish. Halibut landings will also be off. --Donald R. Whitaker NMFS Market Research & Services Division ALASKA’S VAST FISHERY RESOURCES PRESENT CHALLENGES Some obstacles must be overcome before Alaska canfully utilize its enormous fishery resources, believes Wallace H. Noerenberg, Commissioner, Department of Fish and Game. For example, the runs of pink and chum salmon in Southeastern Alaska have not re- sponded to state management nearly as well as they didinthe central and western regions. The Commissioner says management tech- niques must be modified. This will be guided by research findings now becoming available. Milder weather wouldhelp. A series of harsh winters killed many fish and cancelled re- habilitation efforts. Other signs point to the development of Southeastern Alaska pink and chum salmon runs: intensive stream-clearance projects, saltwater rearing units, and the expanded hatchery program. Salmon Industry's Role The Commissioner asked the salmon in- dustry to recognize that more processing capacity will be needed to handle the larger runs expected to result from state efforts. State -industry cooperation also could re- sult in greater utilization of shrimp, scallops, black cod, and herring. Many Salmon Not Canned There is a steady trend toward diverting larger parts of the salmon catches from can- The latter are worthmuch more per pound. This trend ning to other processed forms. "will undoubtedly continue." In the 1960s, salmon rose from 10 million to 30 million processing of noncanned 20 pounds a year. Air shipment of several spe- cies of fresh salmon to Europe will be a key to more development. The U.S. and Japanese markets for fresh and frozen products "will increase greatly." Sport Fishermen Commissioner Noerenberg said that "'the rapidly increasing pressure from sport fish- ermenmust also be recognized as an impor- tant factor in the management of our fishery resources.'' The sport catch must be pro- vided for; at the same time, the escapement necessary for sustained yield must be main- tained. In 1970, the sport catch of salmon was 75,000. This "could well jump to 250,000 or more by 1980." With proper management, this should pose no problem to a fishery capable of catches topping 40 million fish a year. Too Many Fishermen The Commissioner believes there are too many fishermen, ‘a key socio-economic problem.'' Also,he anticipates that the 1971 legislature will do something to solve the problem of excessive gear. Arctic North of Bristol Bay The Department of Fish and Game ‘will face a real crisis'' in the Arctic north of Bristol Bay when money paid to the natives for settling landclaims begins to be used for developing the fisheries there more intensive- ly. The Department has little staff and infor- mation to guide and control those fisheries, especially the marine species. ALASKA’s TANNER CRAB LANDINGS RISE BUT MARKET IS POOR Since the fishery began in 1968, landings of tanner crabs in Alaska "have increased dramatically,’ but poor market conditions continue to impede full use of this important seafoodresource. So states a Department of Fish and Game publication. Tanner crab landings increased from less than 200,000 pounds in 1967 to 11.2 million poundsin1969. But a poor market held 1970 landings to 14.5 million pounds. King Crab Declines This increase in tanner-crab catch was related directly to a decline of king-crab catches. As the latter declined after 1967, their fishermen focused onthe tanner crab for the first time. The industry boomed, par- ticularly around Kodiak. Kodiak No. 1 Kodiak continues to lead in tanner-crab production: 61% of state catch in 1969. How- ever, other areas--Prince William Sound, Cook Inlet, and the Bering Sea--had greater relative production increases during 1969 and 1970. Market Weak Poor market conditions remainthe largest hindrance to growth of the tanner-crab fishery. Processing and marketing problems include ‘uneconomical extraction of meat from the shell, relatively low consumer acceptance, competitionfrom imported crab, and a black encrustment on the crab shell." Curtailment of landings in May 1970 re- flected a poor market. This resulted largely from the result of Japanese and eastern Ca- nadian tanner-crab imports. Japanese and Soviet crab fleets took 17.7 and 6.2 million tanner crabs from waters of the Alaskan continental shelf; for the same period, the total U.S. catch was 3.8 million crabs. 21 Tanner's Price Vs. Others' Another market indicator is the price of tanner crab compared to dungeness and king crab. Fishermennow receive about 60% more for king crab than tanner. Dungeness is 33% higher. The tanner-crab shellencrustment appar - ently is harmlessto the meat. But it causes a problem during processing because it is difficult to keep the black nodules off can- nery meat belts. This problem is under study. Processing and marketing problems have caused individual processors to impose size limits and catch quotas on their own fleets. These limits serve in place of state regulations toprotect male breeding stocks-- but they may be curtailing full use of the re- source. cosy) oy KODIAK HARBOR POLLUTION ATTRACTS EPA Representatives ofthe Environmental Protection Agency's Division of Enforcement called a meeting in Juneau, Alaska, this sum- mer to advise NMFS and Alaska on coming steps to reduce pollution of Kodiak harbor by seafood wastes. Processing plants are concentrated at Kodiak. Waste treatment and disposal facili- ties are lacking. So, in terms of pollution by seafood wastes, this is the State's worst problem area. EPA has met with processors and local government, but it believes that no real progress has been made--and that effective action must begin now. First, EPA plans to require processors to remove solid wastes from plant effluents. Also, it will require monthly progress reports from processors showing what they have done and spent to curtail pollution. ier 22 FIRST U.S. SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL- WASTEWATER DISCHARGES BEGINS The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has begunthe first large-scale Federal survey of industrial-waste discharges into U.S. waterways to determine the extent of water pollution by industry. Responses to the survey are voluntary. Knownas the Report of Industrial Waste - water Discharges," it began with the mailing of forms and instructions to10,000 industries. These are the heaviest users of water --about 90% of all water used for industrial purposes. Return of the completed survey forms is being requested within 90 days after receipt. 7 Major Industrial Categories The 7 major industrial categories are: food, textile and mill products, paper, chemi- cals, petroleum refining, primary metal in- dustries, and transportation equipment, in- cluding motor vehicles and motor-vehicle equipment. "The data gathered inthe voluntary waste- water survey will be computerized and made available for use by Federal, State, and other governmental agencies in support of water pollution control and abatement programs," W.D. Ruckelshaus, EPA Administrator, said. Also, all information received regarding quantity and quality of discharge will be open to public inspection. The information obtained will complement data gathered under Refuse Act Permit Pro- gram launched July 1, 1971, by U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, assisted by EPA, ina coordinated effort to control or eliminate major industrial sources of water pollution. Eventually, all data on industrial dis- charges will be consolidated into a single Federal industrial-wastewater inventory. 1899 Refuse Act The mandatory permit program was set up in conjunction with the 1899 Refuse Act. Under it, only those plants that discharge wastes intonavigable waters and their tribu- taries are required to apply for a discharge permit. They must submit data on the nature of the discharge. It is estimated that 40,000 to 50,000 plants require such permits cover - ing over 300,000 discharge outflows. The EPA survey will attempt to obtain such information from a much broader range of industrial operations: particularly the estimated 44% of the plants that discharge waste into municipal sewerage systems. These plants are exempt from permit re- quirement. Industries that provide waste data in filing permit applications will not be asked to supply the same information again for the waste-water survey. GREAT LAKES WILL HAVE A SECOND ICEBREAKER THIS WINTER An additional icebreaker will be moved into the Great Lakes this winter to support the Transportation Department's study of ex- tending the shipping season in the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway System. Secretary of Transportation John A. Volpe said the 6,515-ton U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (CGC) 'Edisto', operating out of Boston, will be reassigned to Milwaukee, Wisc., Decem- ber 1. The Edisto will support the CGC 'Mack- inaw', homeported at Cheboygan, Michigan, in opening shipping lanes during the winter. Extending Season Secretary Volpe saiditis his Department's businessto incorporate water transportation into a balanced national transportation sys- tem. Canada, several U.S. agencies, and private groups are cooperating with the Department of Transportation in the season-extension program. The Edistois a 269-foot icebreaker of the "Wind'' class. In recent years, it has been escorting shipping and performing scientific and oceanographic studies inthe Arctic Ocean. It will continue these missions each summer. PORPOISES SAVED FROM TUNA SEINE BY UNDERWATER SOUNDS Scientists of the Naval Undersea Center (NUC), San Diego, may have helped NMFS discover a way tosave thousands of porpoises normally killed each year by tuna fishing. Commercial species of tuna and porpoises travel together. When a seine encircles a tuna school, it nearly always captures por- poises too. Despite fishermen's attempts to save them, hundreds of thousands of por- poises, attractive animals without commer- cial value, are destroyed each year, esti- mates William F. Perrin, NMFS, La Jolla, Calif. & eer thousands, Working with Perrin, NUC scientists Dr. James F. Fish and Dr. William C. Cum- mings used underwater sound equipment to play back the sounds of killer whales--and successfully drive the porpoises from the huge tuna seine. Although porpoises have a remarkable ability to leap from the water, they will not so much as Slip over the top of the seine at the water's surface. Apparently, porpoises fear the net very much and will not volun- As the net is drawn up, crowding the encircled school, tarily approachit or the floatline. Whitebelly porpoises are caught in tuna seines during fishing operations. Many become entangle and drown. Annual losses reach many 24 the frantically moving porpoises near the net become entangled and drown. Sounds of Killer Whales Cummings and Fishhad disclosed earlier that marine mammals apparently recognize the sounds of killer whales as a danger Sign. Killer whales are known to attack and eat other whales andseals. By recording killer- whale "screams" and playing them back to such marine mammals as porpoises, white whales, and gray whales, the two NUC scien- tists have been able to direct the movements of wild animals. One such experiment may save many young salmonfrom the highly pre- daceous white whales in Alaskan waters. NMFS Gets NUC Help NMFS asked NUC tohelp develop a stimu- lus for herding porpoises through an NMFS- Previous NMFS ex- periments with non-biological sounds were designed escape gate. unsuccessful. In playback experiments at the end of September, the NMFS-chartered tuna clipper 'Westport' was guided to large schools of whitebelly porpoises by NUC scientist William E. Evans. He used information from his studies of porpoise migration in local waters. A Navy helicopter also helped find the animals. Porpoises Escape The purse seine encircled schools of up to 1000 porpoises. Most animals refused to leave through the unique gate until Fish and Cummings played back the killer-whale sounds with high-powered amplifiers and special underwater speakers designed by NUC's Wesley L. Angeloff. porpoises Swam away quickly from the sound When free of the net, the porpoises jumped out of the water The captured source--and out the gate. as high as 15 ft. and continued to jump and Why the porpoises will not jump the few inches to dive until they were out of sight. escape the seine remains a mystery. The scientists reported that their experi- ments were very successful. They caution that ‘more work is necessary before telling whether or not the method will be practical in actual fishing operations. We have no way of knowing how many tuna will accompany the porpoises out of the seine, but the method seems very promising at this time." NMFS To Instal Equipment NMFS plans to instal the sound equipment aboard a tunaclipper for prolonged observa- tion by scientists and fishermen. BLUE FISH ATTACK YELLOWTAIL FLOUNDER A Long Island fisherman who caught wounded yellowtail flounder all summer claims severe bites on yellowtail resulted from attacks by bluefish. Norman Edwards, captain of the 'Robert E.', Amagansett, L.I., reported that his medium-sized trawler brought in one or two dozen severely bitten yellowtail per tow. "The flounder are sometimes driven out of particular areas because of the bluefish attacks,'' he told John V. Mahoney, NMFS, New Bedford, Mass. Unusual Location for Bluefish Bluefish continue killing and feeding even on a full stomach but, usually, they do not frequent the ocean bottom, the yellowtail's habitat. There were more bluefish this year and NMFS fishery biologists say it is highly likely these fish have gone deeper in the water. The evidence of their frenzied biting and snapping is present there. Specimens of mutilated flounders, caught alive off Montauk Point in 30 fathoms, are being studied at the NMFS laboratory in Woods Hole, Mass. wounds that healed partially. The biologists Two specimens have speculate that these fish would have sur- vived--had they escaped capture. Yellowtail flounder caught by Long Island fisherman who claims flounder have been attacked by bluefish. (Robert K. Brigham) 25 INTERNATIONAL SOVIET WHALERS SAIL BEFORE OBSERVER PLAN IS READY Three Soviet whaling fleets sailed from Vladivostok for the Antarctic inthe first week of October. Their departure frustrated for yet another season the efforts by conserva- tionists over two decades to protect threat- ened whale species by putting international observers aboard whalers. This was re- ported by James P. Sterba from Tokyo to The New York Times on Oct. 7. In September, Soviet, Japanese, and Nor- wegian negotiators initialed an agreement to permit international observers to check this season's kill. However, a Japanese Foreign Ministry official said, the Soviet fleets de- parted before the agreement was ratified and the observers could board them. The agreement was valid for only a year, so it will have to be renegotiated. North Pacific Whaling The Soviet and Japanese negotiators had agreed alsoto exchange observers for whal- ing operations in the North Pacific begin- ning in spring 1972. Assuming the agreement is ratified by the USSR and Japan, the Foreign Ministry official noted, ''the North Pacific will have to be the first test case." The Antarctic Agreement The Antarctic agreement would have per- mitted one observer aboard each of the 6 factory ships--3 Soviet, 3 Japanese. These ships are accompanied by killer boats, re- frigerator ships, and tankers. Most of today's whaling is in the Antarc- tic. It is done by the USSR and Japan. Observers' Role The observers would have made sure that the whalers respected the quotas set by the International Whaling Commission--and that protected whales, mothers with babies and undersized whales, were not killed. The major whaling nations resisted the interna- tional observer plan. 26 As the herds have decreased the interna- tional commission lowered quotas. But con- servationists state that quotas are too high and, even so, some whalers ignore them. U.S. AND POLAND EXTEND FISHERY AGREEMENT The United States and Poland agreed on Oct. 1 to extend their agreement on fisheries off the U.S. middle Atlantic coast, the U.S. State Dept. reported on that date. The agree- ment was first concluded in June 1969, modi- fied and extendedin June 1970, then extended through June 30, 1972. It protects species of direct concern to U.S. sport and commercial fishermen from North Carolina to New England. What Agreement Covers The species covered by the agreement are scup, flounder, hake, black sea bass, men- haden, river herring, and yellowtail flounder. Polish fishermen will not fish these species. They will take special precautions to avoid depleting resources throughout the year. Also, they willcontinue to refrain from fish- ing during 33 winter months ina large off- shore area where bottom species concentrate early in the year. U.S. Concessions In return, the U.S. will continue to permit Polish fishermen to transfer their fish catch and supplies between vessels within three areas inside the U.S. contiguous fishery zone. Also, the U.S. will continue to facilitate calls of Polish fishing vesselstocertain U.S. ports to obtain supplies. Voluntary Enforcement The U.S. and Poland also agreed to imple- ment a voluntary enforcement scheme for the Agreement. Their inspectors will be able to board fishing vessels in the mid-Atlantic to check compliance with the agreement. JAPAN EVALUATES EFFECTS OF U.S. 10% SURCHARGE The U.S. is Japan's best market for fish- ery products. In 1970, the U.S. took roughly 30%, a record, of Japan's fishery exports worth US$128 million. The announcement of President Nixon's 10% import surcharge on August 15 andthe following revaluation of the yen on August 28 shocked and confused the fishing industry. The industry has had time to evaluate the effects on its markets. With the exception of canned tuna, it appears that the industry, although it will have some problems, will not be affected seriously. Canned Tuna This willnot be a good year for firms de- pendent on exports of canned tuna-in-brine tothe U.S. The discovery of excess mercury intuna (over 0.5 part per million) in late 1970 hurt exports. Between January and July 1971, the U.S. Foodand Drug Administration (FDA) seized about 35,000 cases of canned tuna-in- brine because of excess mercury. The Japanese were able to offset this partially by switching tothe packing of small- er-sized tuna considered less likely to con- tain excess mercury. However, while testing for mercury contamination, the FDA uncov- ered samples of ''decomposed" canned tuna, and seized 92,231 cases, as of August 12. The FDA testing procedures are based on the smell of "off odors''. It has not been able to pinpoint the origin of the decomposition. So the Japanese are unable to correct this problem. Ithas caused much uncertainty and beenextremely costly. Japanese traders not only lose a market, but they must also pay shipping costs of products recalled from the U.S. And then they must sell their products in an already-glutted domestic market. 10% Surcharge & Yen Revaluation These problems were compounded by the U.S. 10% surcharge. This raised the duty on canned tuna-in-brine from 7% to 17%. Then, the yen revaluation!/ increased the cost of exporting canned tuna to the U.S. by another 6%. The results have been growing stock- piles of unsold tuna, uncertainty about mar- ket demand and production goals, and shut- 1/Prior to Aug. 28, 1971, the yen was valued at 360 to the dollar. downs and/or slowdowns by major canning firms. Smaller canners are said to be facing serious economic problem; some bankrupt- cies have been reported. Frozen Tuna The frozen-tuna export industry may bene - fit from the 10% surcharge. Unlike canned tuna, its exports to the U.S. ($42 million in 1970) are exempted from the U.S. surcharge. In the past, this industry faced stiff com- petitionfrom cannersfortunasupplies. Now, because of 10% surcharge, the canning indus- try cannot pay as much as before, so the frozen tuna industry can buy frozen tuna at lower prices. As a result, the latter may be able to increase sales tothe U.S., although it too will be affected by the yen revaluation and other problems facing tuna fishermen. Canned Crab & Pink Salmon Some sales of canned crab and pink salm- on to the U.S. have been made since August 15. These industries generally are confident that they can continue to export to the U.S., or to findnew markets in Europe, Australia, and elsewhere, with little, if any, loss. Nevertheless, 650,000 cases of canned salmon and crab, worth $10 million, were stockpiled in Japan in early October. The Japan Central Cooperative Bank has made an emergency loan of $17 million to help processors with stockpiles of canned tuna, salmon, and crab to meet expenses. This suggests that this segment of industry also has problems. Traders' Strategy The Japanese traders' strategy appeared twofold: (1) wait for U.S. stockpiles of can- ned salmon and crab to decrease to point where price and demand for Japanese prod- ucts willincrease, or (2) wait until they know what value the yen will finally reach and how long surcharge will remain in effect before negotiating new sales contracts. If they can afford to maintaintheir stockpiles, then it is possible they will be able to reenter the U.S. market profitably. (U.S. Embassy Report, Tokyo, Oct. 8, 1971, and other sources.) On Oct. 8, it was trading at 339 to the dollar, or about 6% higher. Combined with 10% surcharge, the net effect is a 16% upward valuation onall Japanese exports of canned fishery products to the U.S. 27 28 JAPAN FISHERY EXPORTS ARE AT VIRTUAL STANDSTILL Japanese fishery exports, which fell abruptly after implementation of the new U.S. economic plan on Aug. 15, 1971, continue sluggish. Except for frozen tuna and canned mackerel, suchexports as canned tuna, crab, and salmon have nearly stopped. There is no indication that sales will resume soon. The prices of frozen-tuna exports to the United States are reported up 7-8% from earlier levels. In most cases, this has made up for price differences resulting from ''de- valuation" of the US dollar. Inmid-October 1971, price quotations for Atlantic- caught, frozen, round albacore ex- ports to the U.S. were US$685-690 a short ton, f.o.b. Las Palmas. This is about $40-50 a ton above early-August prices. The Atlan- tic-caught, gilled-and-gutted yellowfin were being sold to Puerto Rican packers at about $630 a short ton, f.0.b. Las Palmas, up about $50, and nearly the same as yellowfinexports to Italy (around c.i.f. $790 a metric ton, in- cluding 3% broker commission). U.S. Packers' Role The rise in export prices was attributed primarily to active buying by U.S. packers with ties to major Japanese trading firms. The latter have witnessed sharp drops in canned-tuna supply for sales to the U.S. be- cause shipments of decomposed tuna were detained. These firms are turning more and more to U.S. packers for the supply; at the same time, they are actively offering to sell tuna to those packers. Canned-tuna-in-brine exports to the U.S. have been at a standstill since the Tokyo Canned Tuna Sales Co. suspended sales to trading firms following imposition of the U.S. surcharge. Canned-tuna-in-oil exports to Europe also are sluggish, but new sales of "dressing'' canned tuna have been contracted with several European countries. ('Suisan Tsushin', Oct. 14.) JAPAN SKIPJACK FISHERY IS GAINING INTEREST The fishing industry is showing more interest inthe pole-and-line skipjack fishery. Skipjack-fishery operators in northeastern Honshu are building new vessels; longliner owners are considering switching to pole fishing for skipjack. Major firms also are entering the overseas skipjack fishery. Re- cent surveys and fishing-ground development cruises indicate that skipjack is very promis- ing, particularly whencompeting tuna species are declining. Adding to fishery's attrac- tiveness are the development of mechanical poling devices to reduce manpower aboard vessels and sharply rising prices. Year-Round Fishing Vessels New skipjack vessels and those being built innorthernfishing ports are larger--ranging from 192 to284 grosstons. They are intended for trips of around 30 days, but no longer than 40, because of fuel and bait considerations. They will be used for year-round fishing off northeastern Japanand in the southern areas extending tothe Territory of the Pacific Is- lands. ('Suisan Keizai Shimbun', Sept. 22.) ices caret NO MERCURY -PRODUCED NERVOUS. DISORDERS FOUND IN FISHERMEN In early July 1971, newspapers reported that scientists had discovered an average of 20 parts per million (ppm) of mercury ina group of 99 fishermen. Old fishermen had the highest level: their hair contained 67 ppm of mercury, and 67 of methyl mercury. Health Ministry Checks Fishermen The Japanese Ministry of Health and Welfare intensively checked the health of fish- ermen who had eaten tuna daily aboard ves- sels, and whose hair showed a level of over 60 ppm of mercury. The Ministry found no symptoms of nervous disorders associated with mercury poisoning. ('SuisanTsushin', Sept. 8.) JAPAN (Contd.): VOLUNTARY REGULATIONS FOR SOUTHERN BLUEFIN TUNA IN EFFECT On Sept. 30,1971, the Federation of Japan Tuna Fisheries Cooperative Associations (NIKKATSUREN) announced that its voluntary regulatory measures toprotect the southern bluefin tuna resource would be implemented fPeouOchasls whoa. The measures provide for closure of the fishery tolongline and handline fishing among member vessels inthe area of the Great Aus- tralian Bight from Oct. 1 to March 31; in the Indian Ocean west of Australia from Dec. 1 to March 31; in Tasman Sea south of Sydney from May 1 to July 31; and off South Africa from Oct. 1 to Jan, 31. Voluntary Cooperative Venture Compliance with the regulatory measures will be based on mutual trust and exchange of communication among fishermen. When necessary, the assistance and cooperation of organizations will be solicited. (From W. L. Klawe, Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission. Also, article in'Foreign Fish- ery Information Release, No. 71-14, May 21, 1971.) 3! ie oe oe os TRAWLERS FISH HERRING OFF U.S. EAST COAST Six 2,500-gross-ton Nihon Suisan stern trawlers are fishing for herring in the west- ern Atlantic off New York. In mid-Septem- ber, they were landing 40 tons per day per vessel. The catches were around 80% spawn- bearing herring, of which about 70% were in ripe condition. The herring off the U.S. East Coast is drawing Japanese attention. In Japan, the fish is in short supply because of poor 1971 fishing in the North Pacific, and the ban imposed on egg-bearing herring in the Okhotsk Sea at this year's annual meeting of the Japan-USSR Fisheries Commission. Help From W. Germany To master technique of midwater trawling for herring and other species in the North Pacific, where Japanese have not beenvery successful, Nihon Suisan sent a trawl-gear specialist to West Germany. Heis observing 29 trawl operations aboarda large Germanstern trawler. (‘Minato Shimbun’, Sept. 12 & 21.) sk sk ok be ee 4 SAURY FISHING IS POOR IN NORTHEASTERN PACIFIC Japanese saury vessels fishing off the U.S. West Coast and off Vancouver, Canada, began increasing this summer. In early September, about 10 vessels were operating there. The majority were fishing east of 125° W. longitude, between 37° N. and 47° N, latitudes. Because of rough weather and high sea-water temperatures of 17 -18°C., saury concentrations were difficult to locate. No vessels had made a good catch. The fish were small: 22-23 cm (8.7-9 inches), which have very little market value. Hope for Improvement The outlook was uncertain. But the owners were hoping for an improvement from late September until November, when the season peaks. In late August 1970, 15 saury vessels were fishing off U.S. West Coast. For about a week, they had good fishing, averaging around 5tons per vesselper day. ('Suisancho Nippo', Sept. 20; 'Suisan Tsushin', Sept. 9.) Jeske ke KK SQUID FISHING OFF CALIFORNIA IS DISAPPOINTING The 'Ryoun Maru! (300 gross tons), which departed Japan August 11 on a squid explora- tory cruise to the eastern Pacific off Cali- fornia, experienced poor fishing. In early September, the vessel caught only 180 kilo- grams (396 pounds) of squid in one night's fishing. That was her only squid catch. ("Shin Suisan Shimbun Sokuho', Sept. 11.) STUDY WAYS TO GET BAITFISH FOR SKIPJACK FISHERY In late August, NIKKATSUREN investigated the availability of S. Korean baitfish for the Japanese skipjack fishery. NIKKATSUREN is the Federation of Japan Tuna Fisheries Cooperatives Associations. The study re- vealed that anchovy--mainstay of the fishery in Chinhai Bay, south of Pusan--could be used as bait fish. The problem is how to 30 JAPAN (Contd.): transport the live fish to Japan, and then to the southernfishing grounds. Because of the long distance and the sudden warming of tropical water, heavy die-off occurs. Some- times, all of the live bait is lost. Inmid-September, NIKKATSUREN sched- uled sending a baitfish survey team to Tai- wan. Unlike S. Korea, Taiwan has dealers specializing in baitfish supply. ('Suisan Tsushin', Sept. 9 & 11.) * © io PURSE SEINER REPORTS GOOD FISHING OFF WEST AFRICA The 999-gross-ton purse seiner 'Nippon Maru' (Overseas Purse Seine Fishing Co.), which began fishing off west Africa in early August, is having more luck. On Sept. 17, the vessel caught 50 tons of yellowfin near 10° S. latitude and 129 W. longitude (off Luanda, Angola). The vesselis scheduled to operate in that region until the end of November. Then it will undergo servicing before entry into the eastern Pacific yellowfin fishery on Jan. 1, 1972. ('Katsuo-maguro Tsushin', Sept. 22; 'Suisancho Nippo!, Sept. 13.) RESEARCH VESSEL LEAVES FOR EASTERN ATLANTIC SURVEY The Fisheries Agency's 'Kaiyo Maru' (2,539 gross tons) departed Japan Oct. 12, 1971, on a 5-month resource-survey cruise to the eastern Atlantic. She will trawl off west Africa and conduct mesh-size-selec- tion study on bottomfish resources such as sea bream, cuttlefish, squid, and octopus. The codends will have mesh sizes of 50, 70, 90, and 110 millimeters. The trawl- caught fish will be tagged and released to study their distribution and migration. Two Women Aboard Two female kitchen workers are aboard. This is the first time women have been em- ployed aboard a government vessel. It is attracting attentionbecause it may suggest a way to relieve the shortage of male workers for sea duty and to''createharmony within the vessel." Port Calls The 'Kaiyo Maru' is scheduled to call at Singapore, Durban (South Africa), Dakar (Senegal), Nouadhibou (Mauritania), Las Palmas (Canary Island), Balboa (Panama), and Honolulu. Return to Tokyo is scheduled for Feb. 22, 1972. ('Nihon Suisan Shimbun', Oct. 8; 'Suisancho Nippo', Oct. 13.) JAPANESE AND NEW ZEALAND FIRMS SHARE SURIMI VENTURE Wonder Foods of New Zealand and two Japanese firms (Hokuyo Suisan and C. Itoh) have established a joint surimi (minced fish meat) venture in Nelson, New Zealand. The plant is using imported Japanese machinery. It is expected to process 400 metric tons of surimi during the first year, mostly for ex- port to Japan. Wonder Foods' fleet will catch the fish; 2 Japanese technicians, based in Nelson, will assist in processing it. Wonder Foods put up 50% of NZ$100,000 investment. (NZ$1.00 equals US$0.85.) Hokuyo Suisan contributed 35%; C. Itoh the remainder. The firm hopes to try squid fishing later. (‘Commercial Fishing', New Zealand.) el ZS NORWAY’s FISHING INDUSTRY A new publication of the Royal Ministry of Foreign Affairs--"'The Fishing Industry in Norway,'' by Havard Angerman--provides a sharp picture of the world's sixth largest fish- ing nation. The fisheries employ directly about 4% of the total workforce. This percentage is con- siderably higher in the coastal districts and especially inthe northernmost counties. There, and in Trondelag and West Norway, fishing is ''the only economic basis for the maintenance of the population." Norway is self-sufficient in fish. How- ever, She does import modest amounts of raw materials for processing and reexport. Norway has 2,175 miles of coastline. If fjords and other inlets are added, the figure becomes 12,420 miles. There are many deep fjords and 50,000 islands and skerries (rocky isles, reefs). A continuous belt of banks borders the entire coast. Fish are abundant off Norway because the Gulf Stream's warm waters create favorable spawning and growth conditions. Although seasonal fisheries are predominant, much fishing also is done in more distant waters. Annual catches of 2.6 to 3 million tons landed fish have been made in recent years. The main species are herring, mackerel, capelin, andcod. Coastal fisheries accounted for 57% of totalcatch in 1969; deep-sea fish- ing for 43%. The main catch off South Nor- way is herring and mackerel; off North Norway, the bulk is the cod family (cod, haddock, saithe), capelin, and herring. Overfishing is endangering fish stocks, especially cod, haddock, herring, and mack- erel. Norway imposes strict limits on the amounts of fishher own fishermen can catch. Small Fishing Boats The fishing fleet traditionally has been made up mostly of small boats. After 1945, however, the number of larger vessels has increased considerably. Concurrently, the number of fishermen has dropped. 31 For Fish Meal & Oil Most fishis used toproduce fish meal and fish oil. In 1969, 72% of the total catch went to meal and oil plants. The plants of the freezing industry are strung along Norway's entire coast. The industry and the plants' productive capacity have increased appreci- ably in recent years. The canning industry has been modernized. Fishery Product Exports Norway's main fishery export items are frozen fish, fish meal, klipfish, stockfish, and canned products. The value of frozen- fish-fillet exports soared from N. Kr. 71 million in 1960 to N. Kr. 392 million in 1969 (7.14 kroner to US$). Exports of fishery products are 15% of Norway's totalexports, a major factor in the economy. The economic and social impor- tance of fish has inspired the development of efficient administrationinthe fisheries. Re- search wins increasing attention. Cooperatives Fishermen's cooperatives are animpor- tant part of the industry. The law specifies that all first-hand sales of fish must be handled by cooperative sales groups. Also well organized are marketing and distribu- tion channels. There have been considerable ups and downs inthe amounts of different fish landed in recent years. The main fluctuations have been in catches of herring,capelin, and mackerel. In 1968, these 3 totaled 2 million tons, 77% of all saltwater fish. THE SEASONAL FISHERIES The large and diverse seasonal fishing in coastal waters is the most characteristic feature of Norway'sfisheries. These fisher- ies arecreated bythe drift of fish species to inshore waters looking for food or spawning grounds. Some of the main seasonal fisher - ies are: 32 Spawning Cod As each year begins, the Arctic cod mi- gratestowaters off Norway to spawn. From January to April, these spawning grounds off Northern Norway, and as far south as More county, witness frenzied fishing. The spawn- ing cod favors shoals in certain areas; one of the best knownis Lofoten in North Norway. The catches vary greatly and have been declining since 1945, The high mark since World War II was 1947: 206,000 tons of spawning cod were landed; the worst year was 1965: about 45,000 tons. In 1969, the catch was 91,000 tons; in 1970, 101,000 tons. Finnmark Young Cod Each year, the younger Arctic cod mi- grate from the Arctic Ocean in spring to the inshore waters off Finnmark, the northern- most county. They have not attained spawn- ing age. They migrate for food. The fishing season startsin March-April, about the time fishing for spawning cod further south is ending. Catches of spring cod are much lower than those of spawning cod, still this codis a major seasonal fishery. Itis very important economically to Finnmark. After 1945, it peaked in 1958 at 69,000 tons. After that, it was about 40,000 tons a year; in 1970, 49,000 tons. Capelin In spring too, and in the same waters as spring cod fisheries, a third fishery starts-- for capelin. This is a small fish sought by the spring cod in its food migration. Capelinproduces fish oil and meal. Very large amounts canbe caught. In 1970, capelin waSthe largest fishery. Catches vary sharp- ly win) WIG 25s 363hstonss) ineslO64; SOF G26 in 1965, 217,000 tons; in 1969, 679,000 tons; in 1970, a new peak of about 1.3 million tons. Winter Herring As spawning cod season begins in North Norway, the herring fisheries begin in more southerly coastal waters. In February- March, the mature group of Atlanto-Scandian herring stock migrates to Norwegian coastal waters to spawn. Catches fluctuate widely: 1956 set a record of 1,146,000 tons; 1963, 62,000 tons; 1966, 461,000 tons. In 1969, it dropped disastrously to15,000 tons--poorest in about 90 years. Mackerel From April-May to autumn, mackerel is fished off Norwegian part of Skagerack coast and western shores of South Norway. Years ago, all mackerel was human food, 15- 20,000 tons a year. In mid-1960s, ring net and power block were introduced. Catches increased substantially. In 1967, a peak of 868,000 tons landed was reached; in 1969, 683,000 tons. Only a small part of these larger catches has gone for more food for people. The great bulk is raw material for oil and meal factories. Coastal & Deep-Sea Fisheries During the 1960s, there was a trend to- ward equality in the relative importance of coastal and deep-sea fisheries. In 1962, coastal and inshore banks provided 74% of the total catch; distant or deep sea, 26%. In 1969, the former was 57%, the latter 43%. Starting in 1965, with the greater use of purse-seines with power blocks, distant- water catches increased sharply--mainly from NorthSea's herring and mackerel fish- eries. "Due to overfishing and depletion of stocks, however, catches in the North Sea would seem likely to decline, in which case the coastal fisheries will regain their dominant position." Regional Distribution of Landings South Norway traditionally has yielded more fish than North Norway. It was due to the rich herring fisheries off South and West Norway. Later, it was logical to land in South Norway the North Sea herring and mackerel catches. Beginning in 1968, how- ever, these catches declined, while capelin developed into No. 1 raw material for her- ring oil and herring meal production. Winter and summer fishing for capelin is mainly off Finnmark, so supply to herring meal and oil plantsin North Norway has im- proved appreciably. This has contributed to balancing the distribution of landings. In 1968, 1.6 millions tons of fish were landed in South Norway; in North, 1 million. : Stocks of Fish There are very sharp short- and long- term changes in the rich seasonal fisheries in coastal waters. So catches fluctuate greatly. The heavy exploitation of fish stocks has had a major effect on the amount of catches in recent years. The yields give "disturbing evidence" that several species are 'indanger of being overexploited.'' Her- ring and mackerel are two. And there is overfishing of cod and haddock, international investigations show. There is a growing desire for international protection of the fish stocks of the northern Atlantic. The International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries (ICNAF) and the Northeast Atlantic Fisheries Commission (NEAFC) have agreed on minimum measure - ments for the mesh of trawling nets and mini- mum fish sizes. In NEAFC area, international inspection began Jan. 1, 1970, to check these regulations. Anticipating international regulations to further control intensive fishing, Norway in- troduced catch restrictions in 1970. These apply to her fishermen in small-herring and mackerel fisheries and, partly, to capelin. The Fishing Fleet The extensive fishing off Norway has in- fluenced greatly the kind of fleet Norway has--many registered small vessels. In 1969, 36,402 vessels (383,559 gross tons) were registered for commercial fishing. Of these, 32,775 were under 40 feet; 27,521 were open boats. Since 1945, there has been a sharp relative increase in larger vessels. Norway now has a sizable up-to-date fleet of them. This re- sulted from the expansion of seine-pursers and trawler fleets. Many deep-sea longliners were built. The Fishermen Norwegian fishermenhave combined fish- ing with other work, especially farming. Since 1945, the number of commercial fish- ermenhas declined steadily, but the rate has slowed somewhat in recent years. The num- ber that are fishermen-only has remained stable; those for whom it is primary job have declined sharply. 33 In 1969, Norway had 47,779 commercial fishermen: the only occupation of 48% (22,912) was fishing; 52% (24,867) were about evenly divided betweenthose listing fishing as main or secondary occupation. Following 1945, there was a ''disturbing development in the age composition of Nor- wegian fishermen.’ Ever-fewer youths chose to be fishermen. There are some recent signs of a better balance in recruit- ment to the industry, though the number of older fishermen still seems to be increasing. The improvement resulted mainly from the intr oduction of large modern vessels and the chances of earning more money. In 1966, 41% of the fishermen were 50 or over; 31% of all fishermen-only were over 50; in fishing as primary occupation, 45% were over 50; ingroup fishing as a secondary job, those over 50 were 53%. How Catch Utilized In1969, 73% of all fish landed was used as raw materialfor meal and oil; the remaining 27% went for human consumption. The fig- ures, however, obscure wide differences in the use made of various species. Salting and drying are most frequently used topreservefish. These processing forms are vital to Norway's fisheries, especially to areas where much cod and cod species are landed--North Norway and Sunmore county. In 1969, 208,000 tons of cod were landed: 48% was salted or dried (stockfish), 44% frozen. Only 6-7% was sold fresh. About 25% of that part of the herring catch consumed as food was salted (as was cod). However, much larger amounts of herring than cod are eaten fresh, frozen, or canned. In 1969, catches of herring and brisling (sprat) were 204,630 tons; 24.2% consumed fresh; 11.6% converted into frozen products; 24.3% salted; and 39.9% went to canning factories. Fish Products Industry The great variety of fish off long coast explain the existence of many processing plants. Salting, drying, and freezing plants are mainly in the north, from More county northward. Canning, fishmeal plants, and oil plants are mostly south of More. 34 Since 1945, the composition of fish-proc- essing plants has changed greatly. The major development has beenexpansion of the freez- ing industry along the entire coast. Plants for conventional drying and salting of fish have declined. Since 1960, the number of meal and oil plants has remained constant. Although new plants were built, older units dropped out. Productive capacity has increased. The de- velopment of year-round fishing for herring, mackerel, capelin, and other species has led tocontinuous operation of the fish-processing plants. Herring processing has been concentrated into fewer plants. New methods have been introduced into freezing of herring. In recent years, the number of canning factories has fallen. Canning is being con- centratedin selectedcentral locations. This development, plus quick-freezing of fish for later processing, has enabled plants to move toward continuous operation. Newand larger plants use up-to-date equipment. EXPORTS About 15% of the value of all exports is fish and fish products: Norwegian Exports, Mill. N.Kr. (7.14 Kr. to US$) 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 Total Value AllExports 9,403 10,321 10,889 11,876 13,422 Value of Fish & Fish- Product Exports 1,434 1,544 1,727 1,533 1,786 Percent 14.2 15.0 use) ioe) B}oe) In 1967, exports of meal and oil products were 42% of value of exported fish products. Klipfish and dried fish hold predominant positions. Exports of frozen fillets have developed rapidly in volume and importance. In 1960, these totaled 26,110 tons, f.o.b. value of N. Kr. 71 million; by 1970, 125,000 tons with export value of N. Kr. 459 million. The U.S. is an important buyer of canned products and frozenfillets. The United King- dom takes mainly frozen fillets and fish meal. Sweden is an important customer. Other countries import mainly frozen prod- ucts, dried fish, klipfish, and meal. IMPORTS Norway is "essentially self-sufficient" in fish and fish products. Imports are not re- stricted. So there always will be some raw materials imported for the fish-processing industry, especially klipfish and canning in- dustry, and fish for direct human consump- tion. Most food-fish imports go to south- eastern Norway, especially Oslo area. Foreign fishing vessels cannot land fish without a special permit from Ministry of Fisheries. In 1969, Norway imported fish and fish products worth N. Kr. 46 million; one third were raw materials to be processed for re- export. Imported fish for humans was only 14-2% of exports of fish and fish products. Quality Control Norway has long maintained high stand- ards of quality control. These controls cover all species of fish and all products made from fish landed and processed in Norway for export or for domestic use. Technical Training There is acomprehensive technical train- ing program for fishermen and fish proces-— sors. Five State-established fisheries colleges are distributed centrally. Here, men 17 to 30, with some commercial fishing experience, canreceive more training. Stud - ents at these colleges have finished com- pulsory 9-year basic schooling. There are 3 programs: for skippers of fishing vessels, for marine engineers, and for cooks. Also, a State school trains handlers and processors of fish; another school qualifies engineers for freezing and cooling plants; and a technical institute provides practical and theoretical training in canning fish and other food products. Short courses concentrate on special fish- ery problems. In 1969, courses were begun to qualify technicians and engineers graduated from technical colleges as specialized fisher - ies technicians and engineers. Norway now is studying the value of insti- tuting fishery education at the university level. Marketing All commercial sales by fishermen must be handled by legally protected sales units. This system, which began in the 1930s, isa monopoly designed to deal with firsthand sales. The cooperatives handle sales of all fish, The prices fishermen receive are nego- tiated by their sales organizations, buyers' groups, fish processors, and exporters. Exports Exports of fish and fish products are regulated. The Ministry of Fisheries au- thorizes 15 special export committees to grant licenses. Each committee deals with a specific fish product. A committee in- cludes representatives of the national ex- porter associations. INDUSTRY's ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE Per-capita consumption is estimated at about 40 kilos (90 lbs) per person per year. 35 In 1969, investments in fisheries totaled N. Kr. 431 million--about 1.8% of gross fixed capital in Norway that year. Domestic fish- ery products were worth 928 million--1.2% of gross domestic product. Fishery employment is 4% of total em- ployment, but the percentage is much higher in northernmost counties. In Finnmark, for example, about 24,000 people, one third the area's population, earn their living com- pletely or partly from fisheries or related activities. They are important consumers of the area's farm produce and other goods and services. ''The fisheries, directly and indirectly, provide the basis for employment and means of livelihood of more than half of the population of the county of Finnmark." In the coastal regions, fishing is the main- stay of the population. It is often combined with other occupations, especially farming, to provide an adequate income. "There will inthe foreseeable future continue to be great need of fishermen who can combine fishing with another occupation." Income studies show that many fishermen earn less than they would in many fixed- salary jobs they could hold on land. The report of the Royal Ministry of For- eign Affairs concludes: ''These conditions along with the hard physical life which fish- ermen have to support, is causing a flight from the fisheries, in Norway, as in other fishing nations. The fisheries are however so important for the economy of the country that the authorities are taking action to make conditions as attractive as possible." SOVIET DEMANDS EARLY HALT IN LAKE BAIKAL POLLUTION Theodore Shabad MOSCOW, Sept. 24--The Soviet leadership, displaying a renewed sense of urgency over the pollution issue, called today for prompt measures toprotect the environment of Lake Baikal, the world's largest fresh water lake. A decree by the Communist party's Cen- tral Committee and the Government, published in major newspapers, ordered new deadlines for the installation of improved treatment devices to purify wastes discharged by two pulp mills on the lake's picturesque shores. The order, following up on a directive in February, 1969, appeared to reflect official interest in a renewed public discussion of environmental problems, which were muted in the controlled press for some time. After several years of open debate, pub- lication of articles exposing environmental pollution was apparently ordered suspended a year ago. Soviet ideologists were reported to be annoyed by the suggestion that Com- munist and capitalist societies faced similar environmental problems. Judging from the renewed emphasis, the ban was apparently lifted some months ago. Now scarcely a day goes by without news ar- ticles about pollution and what is being done about it. The tone of the decree on the Lake Baikal issue suggested some impatience over the Reprinted from The New York Times, Sept. 25, 1971. 36 SOVIET UNION se eee p eUlan, Ude- \iamenet MONGOLIA o fact that the 1969 directive had not yet been implemented. That order, issued only by the Government, declared the area a protected zone inwhichtimber cutting and other indus- trial operations were tobe strictly regulated. The new order, which carried the addi- tional weight of a party directive, called on Government agencies and the Academy of Sciences to ''speed the drafting of plans for organization of the protected zone and for the rules of conservation of the waters of Lake Baikaland the natural resources of the lake's drainage basin." The Baikalsk pulp mill, whose discharge of untreated wastes had stirred an outcry among conservationists, was ordered tocom- plete waste-treatment facilities by the end of the year. A previous order, to finish the job by the end of 1969, evidently went un- heeded. The decree did not mention a more ex- pensive project that would have diverted the mill wastes into a neighboring valley. That project had been urged by scientists on the ground that no existing waste -treatment sys- tem was adequate to protect the unusual purity of the lake and topreserve its distinc- tive plant and animal life. A second pulp mill, at nearby Selenginsk, is tobe complete next year, but the Ministry of the Pulp and Paper Industry was admon- ished not tobegin operations until "appr opri- ate treatment facilities'' are ready. There had beenreports that the plant would recycle its waste. Other industries along the Seenga River, which empties into the lake, were given until the end of 1972 to install waste- 37 treatment devices. The city of Ulan-Ude, with a population of 250,000, was ordered to build a sewage -treatment plant not later than 1973. The Baikal directive appeared amid ar- ticles in the press that suggested growing Today, for example, it was reported that 200 factories official concern over pollution. that polluted the atmosphere had been closed or moved out of Moscow over the last 10 years. Similar actions elsewhere are being publicized. A high official of the electric power indus- try said ata news conference today that Soviet electric stations were under rigid regula- tions to prevent air and water pollution. The official, Anatoly I. Maksimov, a Deputy Minister of electric power, said plants were prevented from raising the temperature of streams with their waste waters by more than an acceptable standard--about 7 degrees Fahrenheit. He saidaneffort was being made to halt the discharge of hot water. 38 SPAIN BUILDS LARGE TUNA SHIPS Two of the largest tuna purse-seiners ever built in Europe are nearing completion in Spainfor owners in France, reports 'Fishing News International! (Aug. & Oct. 1971). Each ship is 75.5 meters long, has a beam of 13.5 meters, a fishcapacity of 2,000 tons, and ac- commodates 19 men. The new ships differ from the first U.S.- style super seiner ('Biscaya') introduced by France in 1969: they have double the capac- ity, and the main engine and auxiliaries are at the stern with 22 wells refrigerated stor- age running forward from engine room. The compressors are housed in the bow, sepa- rating the freezing equipment from engine room. The ships are being built in Bilbao and Gijon. The French owners are negotiating for a thirdvessel. Their plans are to supply tuna to the French market, now paying $615 a ton. Government Aid For 10 years, until 1970, the Spanish Gov- ernment made funds available to promote construction of a large, distant-water, freezer-trawler fleet. Spain now has one of Europe's most modern fleets. Government policy is to encourage construction of ships to produce tuna and more canning plants. The 'Albacore Dos', one of Spain's latest purse -seining tuna boats. The tuna fleet has 136 wooden-hulled boats with 18 freezer vessels now operating mainly from Bermeo on the north coast. Recently, the first of three 1000-ton-capacity, steel, tuna purse-seiners was put into opera- tion. There are signs that with the govern- ment credit program directed toward tuna- fleet expansion, Spain will move into that fishery withlarger vessels. The new vessels are U.S.-style and will fish the West African tuna grounds. ITALY ANNOUNCES MERCURY-TESTING PROCEDURE The Italian Government has made public an ordinance relating to mercury testing in fish and processed fish products. Wherethe shipment consists of different kinds of un- packaged fish, the same kind of fish from each shipment will be considered as one lot; samples representing the lot will be collected from different-sized fish. Tuna and other fish weighing over 10 kilograms (22 pounds) will be sampled as follows: No of Fish Samples Weight of Lot Metric Ton 10 Under 50 15 50-100 20 100-200 25 Over 200 For testing purposes, between 50-200 grams of muscle tissues will be extracted from each sample. ('Katsuo-maguro Tsushin', Sept. 21.) PERU’S FISHERY MISSION TO JAPAN WAS NOT VERY PRODUCTIVE In April 1971, Peruvian Fisheries Minis- (1) a $30 million loan, (2) increased purchases of ter Tantalean visited Japan to seek: fishmeal, and (3) investments by Japanese in His 17-day mission did not produce any significant the Peruvian fishing industry. changes. Loan: Japan rejected the request for a loan to improve fishing ports and to develop an inshore fishery. Fishmeal: On October 1, Japan elimi- But, at the same, it imposed a heavy duty (US$55 per nated its import quota on fishmeal. ton) on all imports over 56,000 tons for 2nd half of fiscal year 1971. So Japanese fish- meal producers are offered the same protec- tion as the present quota provides. Japanese fishmeal imports from Peru are unlikely to change (see fig.) Japanese fishmeal imports (1960-1970) (in 1,000 metric tons) 39 Investments: Tantalean visited many firms and encouraged the establishment of joint ventures in Peru. He had little suc- cess. Only one joint venture may result. Nippon Hogei, owner of firminPaita, Peru, and Mit- subishi Shoji (trading firm) have started a resource survey off Peru. They are using a 350-GRT trawler and a 350-GRT skipjack- squid vessel. If the results show promise, the firms and Peru will consider a joint ven- ture with each party owning 5 of shares. Tentatively, Peru will provide land at Callao, and the Japanese will construct a $1-million cold-storage facility. Area of Dispute The Japanese have been antagonized by Peru's Many unsettled problems remain. seizures of her vessels in Peru's 200-mile territorialsea. Also, the Japanese fear pos- sible nationalization of their operations. Recently, Peru and USSR signed assistance agreement. A large Soviet exploratory stern This has not helped soothe Japanese fears about trawler already is operating off Peru. the political situation. Also, the Japanese are reluctant to borrow money in Peru be- cause of 12% interest rates; and, because of strict exchange laws, they cannot use yen or US dollars. This venture face much negotia- tion. (U.S. Embassy, Tokyo, Sept. 23.) The following publications of the Depart- ment of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Mar- rine Fisheries Service, are available free from Division of Publications, NOAA, Con- necticut Ave. & Van Ness St. NW., Bldg. 52, Washington, D.C. 20234. HERRING "Age Composition, Weight, Length, and Sex of Herring, Clupea pallasii, Used for Reduction in Alaska, 1929-66,''by Gerald M. Reid, SSR-Fisheries No. 634, 25 pp., illus., tablés, July 1971. This report compiles data gathered in years between 1929 and 1966 in Alaska's three major herring fishing areas--south- eastern Alaska, Prince William Sound (in- cluding Resurrection Bay-Day Harbor), and Kodiak. The data include weight of catches, weight allowed by quota, and age composi- tion, average weight, average length, and sex ratios. The catch sizes and amount of fishing effort varied greatly within area covered by each district because: (1) herring tended to concentrate in certain areas, (2) regulations restricted the geographic extent and timing of commercial fishing within each district, and (3) fishing tended to be more intense near reduction plants. The age of herring was determined by counting the annuli on scales. The sampler examined the scales at the sampling site; this was verified later by other persons. Until 1957, low-power microscopes were used; later, microprojectors replaced them. The average or mean weight for fish in eachage class was obtained by summing the weight of individuals and dividing by their number. 40 The body lengths of herring were meas- ured to posterior end of hypural plate (found by dissection); ''the measuring machine was modified from a visualreadout to an entirely mechanical readout.'' The body lengths were recorded to nearest millimeter. To deter- mine average body length of a fish of a cer- tain age, the lengths of all fish that age were summed, then divided by number of fish in age class. Sex was determined in a sample by visual examination of gonads. THIAMINASE IN SOME AQUATIC ANIMALS "Occurrence of Thiaminase in Some Common Aquatic Animals of the United States and Canada," by R. A. Greig and R. H. Gnaedinger, SSR-Fisheries No. 631, 7 pp., tables, July 1971. If thiaminase is present in fish that are fed raw to animals, it can cause dietary deficiency. The knowledge whether fish do or do not contain thiaminase is important to animal feedersfor safety and economic rea- sons. This report combines the listing of thiami- nase activity in aquatic animals that have appeared in the literature and some recent unpublished work "into a comprehensive list of aquatic animals that have been assayed for thiaminase activity." The presence or absence of thiaminase in freshwater and marine fish and shellfish is presented in two tables. The findings are significant: (1) It is possible that some animals listedinthe tables were found tocontainthiaminase because they were caught at a time when their stomachs thiaminase-containing food intheir stomachs. (2) The findings could help to explain ap- parent discrepancies that sometimes occur in reported thiaminase activity of certain species. FUR SEAL "Fur Seal Investigations, 1969,"' by Ma- rine Mammal Biological Laboratory, SSR- Fisheries No. 628, 90 pp., charts, illus., tables, August 1971, contains Part I and Part II. Part I - Fur Seal Investigations, Pribilof Islands, Alaska, 1969'' summarizes fur-seal research on Pribilof Islands, June-October 1969, aspart of a program to provide abasis for determining level at which herd will pro- duce maximum sustained yield. The report contains descriptions of terms having special meanings infur-seal research, locations of rookeries and hauling grounds on Pribilof Islands, and the 1969 fur-seal re- searchers. "Part II - Pelagic Fur Seal Investigations, 1969" were conductedin February and March inthe eastern North Pacific Ocean off Wash- ington State. The objective was to collect data that would show changes, if any, in dis- tribution of fur seals by sex, age, and time; also, to obtain current information on preg- nancy rates and food habits. FISHERY SUPPLIES "Chart Book of U.S. Fishery Supplies, 1969-70," preparedin the Current Economic Analysis Division of National Marine Fish- eries Service, Wenona J. Crews, Principal contributor, Current Fishery Statistics No. 5586, 31 pp., charts, tables, August 1971. This NMFS Division provides background information on which the commercial fishing industry canbase its analyses and decisions. The report is part of that service. This chart book presents a series of data on U.S. production and imports of selected fishery products for 1960-70. The charts are designed toaid inevaluating the relative share of imports inthe total U.S. market for fishery products. 41 Tariff rates on fishery products in exist- ence before Aug. 15, 1971--the date Pres. Nixon's new economic policy was announced-- are listed. These will be the rates when the 10% surtax on imports is removed. The amount of the domestic production exportedis shown in some tables and charts. FISHERY BIOLOGY "Fishery Bulletin" of the National Oceanic & Atmospheric Administration, National Ma- rine Fisheries Service, Department of Com- merce, Vol. 69, No. 3, July 1971, pp. 455- 701, illus., contains 18 technical reports on investigations in fishery science. Bulletins are distributed free to libraries, research institutions, State agencies, and scientists. Some bulletins are sold by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Govern- ment Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. "Internal Defenses of Crustacea: A Re- view,'' by Carl J. Sindermann, pp. 455-490. This review discusses some early litera- ture, concepts, terminology, and known di- seases of Crustacea. More recent studies "are considered by categories of cellular and humoral systems: phagocytic, bactericidal, lytic, aggulutinating, precipitating, phage clearing, and antitoxic.'' A section reviews "the demonstrated systems of internal de- fenses of lobsters and other crustaceans against the microbial pathogen Gaffkya homari. The author considers this" one of the best examples of a test system for inver- tebrates for which existing information is adequate." "Cleaning Symbiosis Among California Inshore Fishes,'' by Edmund S. Hobson, pp. 491-524. The author describes cleaning symbiosis among inshore fishes of southern California, The work was centered at La Jolla. He attempts to relate observed activity with the incidence of specific ectoparasites. ''Three species are habitual cleaners: the senorita, Oxyjulis californica; the sharpnose seaperch, Phanerodon atripes; and the kelp perch, 42 Brachyistius frenatus. The tendency to clean varies between individuals.'' He states that the fishes cleaned most often are the most abundant ones; atthe sametime, these arethe most heavily infested with external parasites. "Gray Whales, Eschrichtius robustus, Avoid the Underwater Sounds of Killer Whales, Orcinus orca,'' by William C. Cummins and Paul O. Thompson, pp. 525-530. The researchers conducted underwater sound playback experiments ''to determine if gray whales would avoid the sounds of killer whales.'' When the underwater projector produced killer-whale "screams," the gray whales swam directly away from the sound source. ‘Controls of no intended stimulus, pure tones, andrandom noise generally failed to induce an avoidance." The gray whales appeared to localize killer whale sounds and avoid them as potential danger. "Killer Whale, Orcinus orca, Sounds Repel White Whales, Delphinapterus leucas," by James F. Fish and John S. Vania, pp. 531- 536. This study was carried out to see if the migration of white whales up the Kvichak River, Bristol Bay, Alaska, could be stopped by aiming high-intensity underwater sounds at them. While in the river, these whales eat salmon smolt migratingdownto the sea. The researchers found that transmission of killer- whale sounds barred the whales effectively. During control periods, when the sound was not projected, the whales moved freely in and out of the river. ''Apermanent playback sys- tem could be installed with little difficulty and would result in a significant reduction in the number of smolts consumed by belugas in the Kvichak River." "Developmental Abnormalities of the Flatfish Achirus lineatus Rearedin the Labo- ratory,'' by Edward D. Houde, pp. 537-544. Twenty-six of 31 Achirus lineatus juve- niles reared in a single experiment were abnormal. The abnormalities included "in- complete eye migration, hooked dorsal fins, the presence of a left pectoral fin, ambicol- oration, and partial albinism." The article contains descriptions and photos of the ab- normalspecimens. It describes too a single reversed specimen, preserved as a nearly metamorphosed individual. Most abnormal conditions were interrelated. The author discusses the possible effects of the rearing- tank environment on abnormal development. "The Early Life History of Skipjack Tuna, Katsuwonus pelamis, in the Pacific Ocean," by Howard O. Yoshida, pp. 545-554. The study ‘investigates the early life his- tory of skipjack tuna, including the distribu- tion, abundance, age and growth." It is based on 1,742 juvenile skipjack tuna between 1.6 and 40 cm taken from the stomachs of 6,967 billfishes near Hawaii and in the South Pa- cific. The smallest juvenile taken near Ha- waii was 5.9 cm in standard length; in South Pacific, 1.6 cm. Length-frequency distributions of Hawaiian skipjack tuna showed well-defined modes; these progressed with time. The growth of juveniles was estimated by using the modal lengths determined from monthly length- frequency distributions. Around Hawaii, skipjack tuna between 9 and 40 cm are esti- mated togrow2.0 cm per month. One-year- old fish are estimated to be 31 cm. standard length. "Distribution of Tuna Larvae (Pisces, Scombridae) in the Northwestern Gulf of Guinea and Off Sierra Leone," by William J. Richards and David C. Simmons, pp. 555- 568. Researchers investigated tuna-larvae dis- tributions innorthwestern Gulf of Guinea and off Sierra Leone during February -April1964, August-October 1964, and February-April 1965. Larvae of yellowfin tuna, bigeye tuna, skipjack tuna, little tunny, and frigate mack- erels were collected and studied. The study purposes were to (1) analyze the time collections were made, (2) describe dis- tribution of tuna larvae, and (3) discuss re- lations of tuna larvae to oceanographic fea- tures. Sightings of surface schools of tuna were recorded, and several oceanographic features (temperature, salinity, and dissolved oxygen) were measured. Data showed larvae of yellowfin tuna and bigeye migrate to surface during day; skip- jack migrate to surface during night; frigate mackerels do not seem to migrate. The little-tunny data were inconclusive. "Random Variability and Parameter Esti- mation for the Generalized Production Model," by William W. Fox, Jr., pp. 569-580. This article discusses the nature of simple random variability and its relation to esti- mating the parameters of the generalized production model. Anillustration of residuals examinationin selecting the appropriate sta- tistical model for the parameter-estimating technique of Pella and Tomlinson (1969) is included. The illustrationuses data from the fishery for yellowfin tuna, Thummus alba- cares, in the eastern tropical Pacific Ocean. "Additional Data on the Spawning of the Hake," by John S. MacGregor, pp. 581-587. In January 1970, samples of hake were taken off southern and central Baja Cali- forniato determine if there were geographic differences in hake fecundity in the offshore waters of Baja California. The samples con- tained prespawning females, from which esti- mates of fecundity were obtained. The hake from northern Baja California--there are fecundity data on them--appear identical to those off southern and northern California, Those farther south are different in growth rate and size at first maturity; in fact, they have been described as a different species. There is no significant differences in fecun- dity among the three areas. The hake spawns once a year, over 98% of the spawning be- tween January and April. "The Low-Temperature Threshold for Pink Salmon Eggs in Relation toa Proposed Hydroelectric Installation," by Jack E. Bailey and Dale R. Evans, pp. 587-594. This report analyzes the effects of the pro- posed hydroelectric installation on the temp- erature regime of Lake Grace and Grace Creek. It describes the threshold tempera- tures for development of pink salmon em- bryos. Then it relates the two studies and discusses the implications, "Primary Productionin the Mid-Subarctic Pacific Region, 1966-68," by Jerry D. Lar- rance, pp. 595-614, 43 "Primary productivity, chlorophyll a, net zooplankton, nutrients, and associated physi- cal variables were measured on sevencruises inthe mid-Subarctic Pacific Region in 1966- 68.'' Most data were collected between lat. 46° N. and central Aleutian Islands: several measurements were made as far south as lat. 40° N. The objectives of this study were to obtain and estimate annual productivity and to detect differences in productivity levels, if any, among several oceanographic areas identi- fiable by physical characteristics. "Iago, A New Genus of Carcharhinid Sharks, with a Redescription of I. omanensis," by Leonard J. V. Compagnoand Stewart Springer, pp. 615-626, "A new genus, Iago, is proposed for Eu- galeus omanensis Norman, 1939." I. omanen- sis was described originally from a single specimen. Now it is redescribed from 16 more specimens from the northern Arabian Sea continental shelf and slope between the Gulf of Oman and the Gulf of Kutch. The au- thors discuss its presence in areas of low oxygen, and the possibility of its occurrence in deeper waters of the Red Sea, "Uptake, Assimilation, and Loss of DDT Residues by Euphausia pacifica, A Euphausiid Shrimp," by James L. Cox, pp. 627-634, The author reports the results of an ex- perimental study of the euphausiid crustacean Euphausia pacifica dealing with quantitative aspects of DDT acquisition from food and water, rates of loss of acquired DDT, and factors affecting equilibration with surround- ing water. He discusses the possible effects of dietary changes, moulting, and surface -to- volume ratios on observed natural levels. The Euphausia pacifica Hansen, an abun- dant euphausiid shrimp in California Current, can acquire sufficient DDT residue from its food to account for the amounts found in its tissues. "A Key to the American Pacific Shrimps of the Genus Trachypenaeus (Decapoda, Penaeidae), withthe Description of New Spe - cies,'' by Isabel Perez Farfante, pp. 635-646. 44 The study of American Pacific members of the genus Trachypenaeus "reveals that variation in armature of the telson includes not only movable spines, but also fixed spines and even no spines at all.'' It confirms too that the eighth somite bears two arthobranch- iae instead of one arthobranchia and one pleurobranchia. The article describes new species, Trachypenaeus fuscina, presents the specific features of T. facea Loesch and Avila. It includes a key to the 5 members of the genus, and their ranges, in the region. "Artificial Ripening of Maatjes-Cured Herring with the Aid of Proteolytic Enzyme Preparations," by T. M. Ritskes, pp. 647- 654, The aim of this investigation was "to find the conditions for obtaining an acceptable maatjes-cured herring _ by the addition of protease preparations.’ By doing this, a product with the desired organoleptic proper- ties might be manufactured from herring that have relatively inactive appendices pyloricae and so cannot ripenina natural way. No significant differences were found be- tween naturally ripened herring and herring cured with the aid of enzyme preparations. The lipase content of the preparation should be low enough to avoid formation of a fatty acid taste in the cured fish. "Laboratory Studies of Predation by Ma- rine Copepods on Fish Larvae," by Kurt Lillelund, and Reuben Lasker, pp. 655-668. Various marine copepods have fatally injured or captured and ingested young an- chovy larve inthe laboratory. ''Labidocera jollae, L. trispinosa, and Pontellopsis oc~- cidentalis (family Pontellidae), species common to surface waters of the California Current, are effective predators of larval fish. The copepods can be attracted by the vibrations of the larval tail beat and react by biting or capturing the fish larvae." This study contains results of experi- ments to measure quantitatively the ability of 3 pontellid marine copepods "to capture or fatally injure larvae of northern anchovy." The behavior of copepods and larvae bearing onthe susceptibility of the northern anchovy, Engraulis mordax, to predation is described. "Trophic Interaction Between the Sea Star Pisaster giganteus and the Gastropod Kelletia kelletii," by Richard J. Rosenthal, pp. 669- 680. "This paper examines laboratory and field data obtained on the behavioral interactions between the sea star Pisaster giganteus and the gastropod Kelletia kelletii. Included are observations onthe feeding, species-specific responses, and predator-prey interaction be- tween the two species." "Variability of Near-Surface Zooplankton Off Southern California, As Shown by Towed- Pump Sampling," by Charles P. O'Connell, pp. 681-698. The article describes ''variations in the density of near-surface populations of small copepods, large copepods, euphausiids, and chaetognaths" for a 6,000-square-mile area off southern California from three cruises in autumn1961 and two in autumn 1962. The researchers collected samples with a towed pump at a depth of 5m. On each cruise about 162 samples, each representing a 1- mile transect, were collected. --Alma Greene ” THE ROCKFISH’s HOMING ABILITY Last year, biologists of the NMFS Auke Bay (Alaska) Coastal Fisheries Research Center discovered that yellowtail rockfish, Sebastodes flavidus, have a highly developed homing ability. In an experiment, 35 fish that had been captive for 3 months were released; withir days, they returned 5 miles to their capture site. 1971 Experiment In August 1971, the Center's biologists- divers programmed their monthly proficiency dive to observe the orientational behavior of 2 groups of displaced rockfish. Each 5-fish group was released into waters where the Winter snows accumulate to great depths at the NMFS Auke Bay Biological Laboratory. 45 divers were stationed on the 30-foot-deep bottom. The behavior patterns of both groups were similar. When released, the fish headed toward their capture site, and swam parallel to the shoreline; they maintained this direc- tion at the 30-foot depth until they came to deeper water, where they could not see bot- tom. At this point, the fish in both groups began a counterclockwise circling motion which, eventually, took them back to shallower water. There, they resumed swimming toward their "home" site--a sunkenpassenger liner. The biologists-divers noted that if one fish strayed, it would swim back quickly to within about a foot of another fish. (J. M. Olson) 46 FOOD FISH FACTS Spanish Mackerel (Scomberomorus maculatus) Spanish mackerel are members of a large family of fish that include the tunas and other mackerels. All of these fish, although vary- ing greatlyinsize, have many common char- acteristics and all are fast, powerful swim- mers. Members of this family live in the open sea and are more or less migratory. Spanish mackerel are known for their spectacular leaps out of the water. Streaking up from the depths almost like a missile, these fish snatch at bait, climbing as much as 10 feet above the water before arching down and away in a furious struggle. Their spec- tacular actions and the fight they offer when caught make them particularly desirable to sportfishermen. Their greateating qualities and market demand make them equally de- sirable to commercial fishermen. Description Spanish mackerel are beautifully colored fish. Their slender graceful bodies are dark blue on the upper part, paling until almost silvery on the belly. Many small yellowish or olive oval spots occur above and below the wavy lateral line on the sides and help to dis - tinguish them. Another distinguishing char- acteristic is the large, sharp, cone-shaped teeth. The two dorsal or top fins are spiny The first dorsal fin is long and triangular and the front one- and are hardly separated. third of this fin is black. The second dorsal fin, whichis concave, andthe pectoral or side fins are pale yellowish with dusky edges. A number of small finlets occur on the upper and lower body behind the fins and extend al- most to the sharply curved tail. The maxi- The av- erage fish caught, however, is about 2 to 3 mum length is around 36 inches. pounds. Habitat Spanish mackerel range along both coasts of North America. Along the Atlantic coast they are comparatively abundant from Florida to Chesapeake Bay. They are sometimes found as farnorthas Monhegan Island, Maine, but are rarely caught north of Cape Cod. Greater abundance is found along the coast of the Gulf of Mexico from Florida to Texas where they enter bays and sounds in large numbers during May and remain through Sep- tember. Onthe Pacific coast they range from San Diego, California, to the Galapagos Is- lands. (Continued following page) 47 Runaround Gill Net Spanish Mackerel Fishing During the early years of the Spanish mackerel fishery, troll lines, gill nets, and pound nets were used in catching these fish. Today, however, commercial fishermen use gill nets almost exclusively, with a small amount taken by hook and line and troll lines. The sharp teeth of the Spanish mackerel easily cut the mesh when the gill nets were made of cotton twine or linen threads. As a result, maintenance was costly and many fish es- caped. Presently the gill nets are made of synthetic materials and range from 400 to 600 yards in length and from 6 to 12 yards deep. Nearly 12 million pounds of Spanish mackerel were caught in 1968. Management and Conservation Although it is known that the Spanish mack- erel resource is large, it has not been fully utilized. Part of the reason was lack of suf- ficient information about freezing and storing this species to adequately preserve their del- icate flavor. In spite of this, production and distribution of frozen Spanish mackerel had increased dramatically from 156,000 pounds in 1945 to over 3.3 million pounds in 1966. Discoveries made by scientists of the NMFS Technological Laboratory in Pascagoula, Mississippi, have revealed why these fish, when frozen and stored, did not retain the same flavorandhad shorter storage life than other species. New treatment methods re- cently developed at the Laboratory have changed this situation, however, and frozen Spanish mackerel fillets are in much greater demand and are finding wider markets. Serv- ice marketing specialists have helped in creating wider demand by introducing this rich Gulf resource to restaurant, institutional, and military feeders. Uses of Spanish Mackerel Spanish mackerel are highly nutritious, high in protein, calcium, and phosphorus, and low in sodium and cholesterol. Part of each year's catch is sold fresh, the biggest part of catch, however, is filleted and sold either Whole fish and fillets are both popular forms and the Spanish mack- fresh or frozen. erel's high oil content makes them ideal for broiling, baking, or smoking. (National Mar- keting Services Office, National Marine Fish- eries Service, U.S. Department of Commerce, 100 East Ohio Street, Rm. 526, Chicago, Illi- nois 60611.) 48 HOOKED ON FISH? TRY WHITING IN WINE SAUCE If you are hooked on fish but lukewarm about fishing--you can bait your hook at the nearest seafood market. Many clever homemakers keep their unlucky, would-be fishermen happy injust this way. Fromcold ocean waters and shallow estuaries toyour table is only a short journey withtoday's fast, modern transporta- tion. Hundreds of varieties of fish and shell- fish make the journey daily for your eating enjoyment. Some of these seafoods are con- sidered gourmet and are scarce and expen- sive. Many more, however, whichare equally good to eat, are plentiful and consequently in- expensive. Whiting, amongthe more plentiful of ocean fish, are in this category. Have youtried whiting lately? If not, you have a treat waitingfor you. These versatile fish, caught along the continental shelf of east - ern North America, have tender, lean, firm- textured flesh thatis very tasty. Whiting adapt readily to a variety of preparation methods and are ready to thaw and use as they are al- ready scaled, headed, and cleaned. Whiting In Wine Sauce was created for cooking onan outdoor grill, and its tantalizing aroma as it cooks over the coals as well as its succulent goodness will establish your reputation as a Master Chef. The recipe is sosimple and easy--place each fish on a large square of foil, thenpour a buttery-wine sauce, accented with mushrooms, green onions, lemon juice, and a touch of crushed bay leaf and thyme, over the fish. Seal the foil pack- ages and cook until the flavors blend and the fishflake easily. Eat thistasty entree on the patio or tote the makings along in a refriger- ated container andcook the fish at your favor- ite picnic site. If the weather outside is scorching, however, and beating the heat is on your summer agenda, this entree is equally good whenenjoyedinside. Be flexible--there isn't any rule that says all foods cooked out must be eaten out. How about cooking it out and eatingit in? You'll keep the cooking heat out, too, and the flavory fish will taste even better in the cool of your home. (National Marketing Services Office, NMFS, NOAA, U.S. Dept. of Commerce, 100 E. Ohio St., Rm. 526, Chicago, Ill. 60611.) WHITING IN WINE SAUCE (Cooked On Grill) 6 pan-dressed whiting or other 2 tablespoons lemon juice small fish, fresh or frozen 2 tablespoons chopped Heavy-duty (18-inch) aluminum parsley foil 2 teaspoons salt 1 cup dry white wine i teaspoon crushed bay leaf + cup melted butter or 4 margarine (or cooking oil) 1 = teaspoon pepper 1 can (4 ounces) mushroom stems and pieces, drained 1 1 z cup thinly sliced green onions 4 teaspoon leaf thyme Thaw frozen fish. Clean, wash, and dry fish. Cut six 18- inch squares of heavy-duty foil; grease lightly. Combine re- maining ingredients; mix and reserve. Place a fish on + of each square of foil. Liftedges slightly to keep sauce from run- ning off. Pour 1 cup of reserved sauce over each fish and seal edges by making tight double folds on all cut edges. Arrange packages on barbecue grill about 6 inches from moderately hot coals. Cook 20 to 25 minutes or until fish flakes easily when tested with a fork. To serve, cut a big crisscross in top of each package and fold foil back. Makes 6 servings. 49 FOOD FISH FACTS King crabs, one of Alaska's most valuable resources, are tremendous fellows. Although the average sizeis around 11 pounds, fisher- men have taken king crabs with a tip-to-tip span of almost six feet and weighing up to 24 pounds. The scientific name of the king crab aptly describes its appearance. Taken from the Greek, para means closely resembling, lith- odes means stone, and refers to its heavy, rough shell whichclosely resembles a stone. Camtschatica is taken from the Kamchatka Peninsula which extends into the Bering Sea where many king crabs are found. Description All crabs have a hard shell and five pairs of jointed legs. The first pair of legs is al- ways equipped with pincers. The hard shell, or exoskeleton, limits the size of the crab and, in order to grow, it periodically sheds the hard outer covering after forming a new, soft exoskeleton. This process is called molt- ing. In the soft-shell stage, crabs are par- ticularly vulnerable to attack from natural enemies and from other crabs. The length King Crab (Paralithodes camtschatica) of time between molts and the number of times that a crab molts varies with the species and is also affected by temperature, available food supply, and maximum growth. Another interesting fact about crabs is their ability to drop aninjured leg and replace it by growing a new one. This regeneration process is called autotomy and can be con- tinued until the crab no longer molts. The crab, through a reflex action, severs the leg at a preformed breakage point. In this way, the leg is dropped at a point where the pos- sibilities for healing and regrowth are great- est. This process alsoallows the crab to es- cape when grasped by an enemy. In most crabs the first pair of legs are the biggest and the pincers are large. In king crabs the second, third, and fourth pairs of legs are larger than the first pair. At first glance, king crabs may appear to have only four pairs of legs. There is a fifth pair, how- ever, small, bent upward, and often inserted under the shell. These differences, along with the rough, heavy shell and the large size, are some of the distinctive features of the king crab family. (Continued following page) 50 Habitat King crabs are characteristically found in cold waters toward the poles andin the deep sea. Theirhome is the North Pacific Ocean, the Bering Sea, and the Okhotsk Sea. In some areas, the waters are below 0° centigrade and frequently covered with ice. During the first two to three years of life king crabs live in shallow waters close to shore and congregate in schools or "pods." As they grow older, the annual adult migration begins. King crabs move inshore in winter and early spring to relatively shallow waters, 60 to 200feet deep, for molting and spawning. Insummer and fall, the migration is reversed to deep offshore feeding areas sometimes up to 1,000 feet in depth. King Crab Fishing King crabs in Alaskan waters are caught almost entirely by the use of pots. The crab pot, baited with fish or clams, has a tunnel- like opening leading inside. Some of the pots are circular, but the usual type is rectangular and built on a metal frame measuring 7 feet by 7 feet by 23 feet. These large pots, en- closed with stainless steel wire or nylon web- bing, are lowered from the sides of fishing vessels to an ocean depth of around 300 feet. Female and small male crabs are returned to the sea for conservation purposes and only the large male crabs are kept. The crabs re- tained are kept alive and healthy in a "live" tank of circulating water until ready for the processing plant. Floating as well as shore- based canneries and processing plants re- ceive the crabsfrom the fishing vessels. The crabmeat is processed quickly and either frozen or canned and transported to home ports aboard the processing vessels. The peakin the Alaskan king crab fishery was reached in 1966 witha total catch of 159.2 million pounds. The catch of this valuable resource has declined since 1966 and exten- sive studies are being made by the U.S. Dept. of Commerce's NMFSand Alaskan scientists to determine the cause. The Alaskan Board of Fish and Game, in the meantime, has estab- lished new and tighter controls regulating king crab fishing in waters off Alaska. Uses of King Crab Although king crabmeat has a flavor, color, and texture all its own, it may be used inter- changeably with other crabmeatin most rec- ipes. The prime meat of the king crab is in the claws, legs, and shoulders and this is the part thatis used. These parts are separated, washed, cooked in boiling water, chilled, and washed again before being trimmed, proc- essed, inspected, packaged, and quick frozen, ready for marketing. King crabmeat is in two forms--meat and in the shell and is available either fresh packed or frozen. It is also canned, usually in 5, 63, and 13 ounce sizes for consumer use. (National Marketing Services Office, NMFS, U.S. Dept. of Com- merce, 100 East Ohio St., Rm. 526, Chicago, Illinois 60611.) 51 CRAB-STUFFED HALIBUT--A SEAFOOD SPECTACULAR Company's coming, and you're wonder - ing what toserve? Why not winthe accolades of your guests with a seafood spectacular? Halibut, the king of flatfishes, fresh and tasty from the cold waters of the North Pacific, is a fish for all seasons. Halibut adapts easily to many prepara- tion methods, but it becomes a gourmet en- tree when stuffed with crabmeat. Crab- Stuffed Halibut, a National Marine Fisheries Service recipe, sounds complicated but is really elegance with ease. The easily pre- pared crab stuffing, highlighted with the perky flavors of onion, celery, parsley, and a tang of lemon, fits intopockets cut into the halibut steaks. This seafood duotakes about 25 minutes baking time and it's ready to serve--flaky, tender, and aromatic. Be sure to have seconds ready, as this netful of seafood treasure will catch your guests-- hook, and sinker. Crab-Stuffed Halibut tastes as good as it looks. North Pacific halibut is usually sold as steaks, either fresh or frozen. One pound will make two or three servings. An excel- lent source of high-quality protein and min- erals, halibut is low in sodium, fat, and calories. The white, tender, mild-flavored flesh has made halibut highly prized for centuries. Crabmeat, one of America's choicest seafoodtreats, is available across the coun- try in one of the following market forms: live; cooked in the shell; cooked meat, fresh or frozen; canned; or pasteurized. The four principal kinds of crab are the blue CRAB-STUFFED HALIBUT 2 pounds halibut steaks or other 2 tablespoons melted butter fish steaks, fresh or frozen or margarine Crab Stuffing Lemon wedges Thaw frozen steaks. Remove skin and bones from steaks, Cut steaks into 6 portions, Cut a pocket in the side pf each piece of fish. Divide stuffing into 6 portions, about 25 table- spoons each, Fill pockets with stuffing. Place stuffed fish in a well-greased baking dish, 13 by 9 by 2 inches, Brush fish with melted butter. Bake in a moderate oven, 350° F., for 20 to 25 minutes or until fish flake easily when tested with a fork. Serve with lemon wedges. Makes 6 servings. crab, king crab, rock crab, and Dungeness crab whichis currently in good supply. All crabmeat is high in nutrient values and can be used interchangeably in canapes, appe- tizers, dips, sauces, cocktails, salads, chowders, or a wide variety of entrees. CRAB STUFFING + pound crabmeat, fresh, frozen 1 tablespoon minced parsley or pasteurized or 1 1 1 egg, beaten 1 can (65 or 75 ounces) crabmeat 2 tablespoons cracker meal 1 tablespoon minced celery 2 teaspoons lemon juice 1 tablespoon minced onion 4 teaspoon salt Dash white pepper 1 tablespoon butter or margarine, melted Thaw frozen crabmeat. Drain crabmeat. Remove shell Or any remaining cartilage. Cook celery and onion in butter until tender. Combine all ingredients. Makes approximately 1 cup stuffing. (National Marketing Services Office, NMFS, U.S. Dept. of Commerce, 100 East Ohio St., Rm. 526, Chicago, Illionis 60611.) Page 1 13 19 20 21 21 22 22 23 25 26 26 27 28 28 28 INDEX ARTICLES Underwater Fishery Studies Are Valuable, by William L. High Seasonal and Geographic Character - istics of Fishery Resources: Cali- fornia Current Region--VII. Pa- cific Sardine, by David Kramer and Paul E. Smith Pond-Raised Channel Catfish: The Design of Boom-Mounted Brailers to Move Them, by Donald C. Green- land, Earnest T. Carlton, Robert L. Gill, and Sammie L. Weaver UNITED STATES Fishery Products Situation, by Donald R. Whitaker Alaska's Vast Fishery Resources Present Challenges Alaska's Tanner Crab Landings Rise But Market Is Poor Kodiak Harbor Pollution Attracts EPA First U.S. Survey of Industrial- Wastewater Discharges Begins Great Lakes Will Have A Second Icebreaker This Winter Porpoises Saved from Tuna Seine by Underwater Sounds Blue Fish Attack Yellowtail Floun- der INTERNATIONAL Soviet Whalers Sail Before Observer Plan Is Ready U.S. and Poland Extend Fishery Agreement Asia: Japan: Japan Evaluates Effects of U.S. 10% Surcharge Fishery Exports Are at Virtual Standstill Japan Skipjack Fishery Is Gain- ing Interest No Mercury-Produced Nervous Disorders Found in Fishermen 52 Page 29 29 29 29 29 30 30 30 31 36 38 38 39 40 45 46 48 49 51 52 INTERNATIONAL (Contd.): Asia (Contd.): Japan (Contd.): Voluntary Regulations for South- ern Bluefin Tuna in Effect Trawlers Fish Herring Off U.S. East Coast Saury Fishing Is Poor in North- eastern Pacific Squid Fishing Off California Is Disappointing Study Ways to Get Baitfish for Skipjack Fishery Purse Seiner Reports Good Fish- ing Off West Africa Research Vessel Leaves for East- ern Atlantic Survey Japanese and New Zealand Firms Share Surimi Venture Europe: Norway: Norway's Fishing Industry USSR: Soviet Demands Early Halt in Lake Baikal Pollution Spain: Spain Builds Large Tuna Ships Italy: Italy Announces Mercury-Testing Procedure Latin America: Peru: Peru's Fishery Mission to Japan Was Not Very Productive .BOOKS .The Rockfish's Homing Ability .Food Fish Facts (Spanish Mackerel) -Hooked on Fish? Try Whiting in Wine Sauce .Food Fish Facts (King Crab) .Crab-Stuffed Halibut--A Seafood Spectacular INDEX BACK COVER: New Bedford (Mass.) Trawler in Winter Storm--Vineyard Sound. (Robert K. Brigham) UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE PUBLIC DOCUMENTS DEPARTMENT WASHINGTON, D.C. 20402 OFFICIAL BUSINESS PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE, $300 WASHINGTON DC 20560 POSTAGE AND FEES PAID U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE TFWOLDRISALIOD DR ISABEL € CANET a WHFS TCHTHYOLOGICAL LAB MNH W110 US NATL MUSEUM A UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE PUBLICATION REVIEW U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration National Marine Fisheries Service OV.-DEC. 1971 — YOLUME 33 Commercial Fisheries sevew A comprehensive view of United States and foreign fishing industries — including catch, processing, marketing, re- search, and legislation — prepared by the National Marine Fisheries Service. CONTENTS Page UNITED STATES Events and) Mirendsam circ, to cciiciveliveireliau nell el siicliehlelaolllc 1 ARTICLES Fisheries of the Virgin Islands, by Willard N. opal Go'S Go olO oO a Gob OOo ooo bod 23 Baitfish Scouting in the Trust Territory, by Tinos So leh 6 op o'o oo FOU OO 6 OO BOG 31 TINGERINATHONAL ioirci mops fo 6 elliot telive) (ole) olla feeeile 34 IRIN G 56000 Odo OGD oboOdaooo GOO 8 39 ileal GEM 55 GOO OOD ooo oe oO GO 0 O 41 SOuUthpRa cibiS yey ot tel on cleo) vol olt ellie fell ef e) te) sillier ole 43 INGEN G5 G0 0 6.0 0.0 0610 OOO 0066.00095 0 47 WOKS) 5 o 5606 0000066106615 65.66 000 6 51 IDNIDISAG 6 61646 O60 06 85 FOO O00 6.010.006 6!0 0.0 60 COVER: Thousands of people in Togo live by fishing along the 75 miles of coastal belt. Beach seining is a popular method. A net is being dragged in by a team of fishermen. (FAO: C. Bavagnoli) FISHERMEN'S MEMORIAL--CLOUCESTER, MASS. HUTTON NAMED NMFS ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR Dr. Robert F. Hutton, Executive Secretary of the American Fisheries Society for the past 6 years, has been named Associate Di- rector for Resource Management in NMFS. He assumes his post in early January 1972. Dr. Hutton will work on all aspects of fishery resource management. His jurisdic- tion includes programs to accelerate the State-Federal Fisheries Management System; enforcement of international fishery regula- tions applicable to U.S. citizens; Federal financial assistance to certain fishery pro- grams of States and other interests ona cost-sharing basis; fishery extension service; water-resources programs to protect estu- aries; and enforcement and surveillance to protect U.S. fisheries from foreign encroach- ment. He will be responsible for the Pribilof Island Program and Columbia River Develop- ment Program. He will have overall re- sponsibility for about 385 employes. Dr. Hutton's Background Dr. Hutton, 50, is known internationally as a scientist and fishery administrator. He earned his bachelor's and master's degrees in marine biology from the University of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla.; his Ph.D. in ma- rine biology at the University of London in 1954 while a Fulbright scholar. He has written many scientific articles on marine subjects. From 1955-1962, Dr. Hutton was Biologist in Charge at the Florida State Marine Labora- tory, St. Petersburg, Fla.; from 1963 to 1965, Chief of Marine Biology, Massachusetts De- partment of Natural Resources. SLAVIN CONFIRMED AS NMFS ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR Joseph W. Slavin, 44, NMFS Acting Asso- ciate Director for Resource Utilization, has been named Associate Director. His responsibilities embrace: economic and marketing research on fishery products, including projections of demand and supply; foreign-trade analysis; fishery statistics and market news; financial aid to fishing industry through loans, mortgage and loan insurance, and subsidies; microbiological, chemical, and technological research to improve the quality and use of fishery resources; a volun- tary national program of inspection and cer- tification of fishery products; and programs toimprove marketing practices and to lessen the effects of supply-demand imbalances. Nearly 600 employes carry out these serv- ices, Started With BCF In 1954, Mr. Slavin joined the old Bureau of Commercial Fisheries at its technological laboratory in East Boston, Mass. After lab was moved to Gloucester, Mass., he func- tioned as its director from 1961 to 1966. He then came to Washington. Background & Affiliations Mr. Slavin was born in Boston. He was graduated from the Merchant Marine Acad- emy, Kings Point, N.Y., in 1948, with a B.S. in engineering. He is a member of The American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers, and The International Institute of Refrigeration, He is a scientific advisor to the Refrigeration Research Foundation. U.S.-SOVIET SCIENTISTS DISCUSS NORTH PACIFIC FISHERIES Fishery scientists of the United States and the Soviet Union met in Seattle, Wash., Nov. 15-19, 1971, at the Northwest Fisheries Cen- ter (NFC) of the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) todiscuss the status of fish- ery resourcesinthe northeast Pacific Ocean that concerned bothsides. Working meetings followed on Nov. 22-23 to summarize details for reports. The meeting was a continuation of annual scientific meetings be gunin Moscow in 1966 to exchange catch statistics and bio- logical data. During the 5-day formal meeting, the scientists exchanged views on the status of Pacific hake, Pacific ocean perch, Gulf of Alaska shrimp, and stocks of two important groundfish species in Bering Sea--yellowfin sole and walleye pollock. They discussed distribution and abundance of Pacific saury off California, Oregon, and Washington; also, the general biological features of flounder populations inhabiting the coastal waters of California, Oregon, Washington, and British Columbia. Pacific Hake Although recruitment of Pacific hake has been at relatively low level, the Soviets re- ported the second largest catch on record (167,200 metric tons) in1970, and an increase in catchper unit effort. The U.S. and Soviets agreed that hake stocksin 1970 were similar in size to 1968-69 stocks, and that restric- tive measures are not necessary at present fishing level. BERING SEA POA Cul Ie GRURERE OF ALASKA ORR CEST AIAN! Fishery resources (shaded area) of the Continental Shelf in the eastern North Pacific Ocean from northern California to the Bering Sea were discussed in U.S. -Soviet meeting. Rockfish & Ocean Perch Based on trawl and acoustic surveys, the scientists agreed, the rockfish populations from northern California to Alaska were about the same in 1970 as in 1969 (about 350,000 metric tons). ocean perch stocks off Oregon, Washington, The size of Pacific and British Columbia remains relatively un- changed, about 40,000 metric tons; current protective measures must be continued. Shrimp The U.S.-USSR 1970 shrimp catch was 30,000 metric tons and may reach 45,000 The USSR catch was The two sides expressed concern that Gulf of metric tons in 1971. about 4,700 metric tons in both years. Alaska shrimp stocks may not be capable of sustaining present harvest levels; they agreed on the need for continuing stock-assessment studies. Walleye Pollack Fishery Grows The scientists noted the growing fishery for walleye pollock in the Bering Sea and North Pacific Ocean: it now takes one of the largest catches of a single species in the world. The total catch is close to 2 million metric tons; in Bering Sea alone, over 1.5 million metric tons. A large share is taken in eastern Bering Sea and along Aleutian Islands. Despite intensive fishery, no evi- dence was presented that stocks were being damaged. Soviets reported general increase of this species during past decade throughout northeast Pacific Ocean. Some improvement was reported for yel- lowfin sole fishery in eastern Bering Sea, but production is still far below peak years of 1960-62; then, nearly 500,000 metric tons were taken annually. Agree on 1972 Research The scientists agreed that cooperative re- search in 1972 be conducted on distribution and abundance of ichthyoplankton off Cali- fornia, biology of juvenile hake, and that co- operative acoustic and trawl surveys be undertaken to estimate stocks of hake and rockfish adults and recruits off California, and Washington. program on sablefishalso will be conducted. Oregon, A joint tagging The Delegations The 4-man Soviet delegation was headed by Dr. V. G. Lafitsky, Deputy Director, Cen- tral Information Institute of Ministry of Fish- eries, Moscow; Dr. B. N. Ayushin, Deputy Director, Pacific Research Institute of Fish- eries and Oceanography (TINRO), Vladivos- tok; Dr. N. S. Fadeev, Chief of Biostatistics Section, TINRO; and Dr. YU. B. Ryazantsev, Senior Scientific Associate, All-Union Re- search Institute of Fisheries and Oceanogra- phy (VNIRO), Moscow. The U.S. delegation was led by Dr. D. L. with ad- visors; J. A. McCrary, Alaska Department Drs. F, M. Fukuhara, JEG. Quast, and) Pb. Smith, NMS; i. C. Greenhood, California Department of Fish Alverson, NFC Acting Director, of Fish and Game; and Game; W. F. Hublou, Fish Commission of Oregon; G. B. DiDonato, Washington De- partment of Fisheries; and Dr. D. E. Bevan, University of Washington. Alternates were J. Meehan and R. Demory, Fish Commission of Oregon; J. Reeves and D. G. Gunderson, Washington Department of Fisheries; and Dr. J. C. Olsen, NMFS. yung sabs0a9 _300'7 NR see ax SMO] |DJUaWIJedxg | vb SONVGIOAV LIN TVAYVI ¢€-|2 :asinig | Al SSOULVE1V 8, 099 049 Ak) 99 90d old ocd ote ol NMFS TESTS PLANKTON-COLLECTING GEAR The NMFS"'Albatross IV" tested 3 types of plankton-collecting devices in August 1971. The purpose was to study the effect of mouth area, speed of tow, and time of day on avoidance of the gear by fish larvae. The periodic sampling of fish eggs and larvae constitutes an ichthyo-plankton survey. The collections are counted and the re- sults extendedto provide estimates of the size of adult fish popu- lations. These estimates become the basis for the proper use and management of fishery resources. Such surveys are important parts of the NMFS Marine Re- sources Monitoring, Assessment and Prediction Program (MARMAP). One MARMAP purpose is to develop techniques for predicting changes in the distribution and abundance of commer- cially valuable marine animals. Isaacs Kidd Midwater Trawl (IKMT) This trawlis spread openby adiving plane at the bottom, and by a horizontal bar at the top. It was designed as a medium-speed de- vice to collect large planktonic animals and small fishes. The original IKMT was a 10- foot-wide (lateral dimension) diving plane; it was called a '10-foot IKMT." The trawl ac- quired for these trials is a scaled-downed version: it has only a 6-foot diving plane. The mouth opening of the 5-sided bag of the 6-foot IKMT are about: top panel, 4.71 feet (1.44 meters); side panels, 5.50 feet(1.68 m.). the two bottom panels, 2.87 feet (0.88 m.) each. IKMT No. 5 Boothbay Harbor Depressor Trawl (BB#5) The mouth of BB#5is heldopen by a rigid, 1l-inch steel pipe framework (dimensions: 4.76 feet (1.45 m.) horizontal, 3.28 feet (1.0 m.) vertical). A horizontal, articulated diving plane is used to attain depth for near- bottom operation; this plane is linked to rounded "feet'' to cause trawl to lift if firm contact is made with sea bottom. This trawl is designed for use in near-bottom and mid- water operation. Bongo Plankton Net The Bongo is a dual-cylinder-and-cone plankton net of conventional design. It is mod- ified by paired collarand net arrangement so the mouth of the two nets tow ahead of the tow - ing line. This arrangement was devised to eliminate disruption of water-flow patterns preceding the net openings--and possible avoidance reaction by large plankton forms. Leading-edge collars of the Bongo are fiber- glass and resin cylinders 2 feet (0.61 m.) in diameter. A'V-Fin'' depressor is attached below the collar-net assembly. IKMT and BB35 Towing bridles of IKMT and BB#5 are ar- ranged to effect a minimum disturbance of water flow in the space ahead of the net openings. Area of Investigation Southern New England and Georges Bank (see chart). Operations Bongo tows were made at aseries of sta- tions until Area 1 on chart was reached. The plankton samplers were calibrated inArea 1 to determine their wire-out-to-depth ratio. The first experimental tows began. Experi- mental tows also were made in Areas 3 and 4. The IKMT was lost during its initial trial, so the original design involving 3 samplers and 2 speeds was changed to 2 samplers and 3 speeds. The scientists made 109 tows along the cruise track and in the 4 areas. No ex- perimental design was completed because dense concentrations of salps and jellyfish clogged the nets during night tows. In addi- tion, the BB#5 trawl was clogged so badly during daytime in Area 1 that the resulting data are unsatisfactory for comparative pur- poses. Results Although analysis by the preplanned sta- tistical design is not possible, the catches in Area 4 should provide comparisons between the Bongo and BB#5 towed at 3 speeds each during daytime. The data from the other ar- eas and along cruise track should provide an idea of howthe gear fished. Suchinformation will be available after the samples have been sorted and the larvae indentified. The depths attained during calibration trials varied considerably from the scien- tists' predicted depths, but these variations occurred mainly near the southern edge of Georges Bank. They may be related to cur- rents rather than to the actionof the depres- sors attached to the gear. In two instances, the bottom shoaled during tows so that the Boothbay depressor trawl was towing on bot- tom. Because the trawl is designed to be towed on bottom as well as in midwater, the gear was not damaged; numerous bottom forms were added to the collections of those organisms captured in midwater. The cruise results suggest that modifica- tions should be made to the gear that would permit sampling at night despite large con- trations of salps and jellyfishes. For more information, contact Center Di- rector, North Atlantic Fisheries Research Center, U.S. National Marine Fisheries Ser- vice, Woods Hole, Massachusetts; or, Dr. Joseph J. Graham, Biological Laboratory, NMFS, West Boothbay Harbor, Maine. The 'Albatross IV' SALTWATER ANGLERS INCREASE In 1970, there were 9.7 million saltwater anglers inthe United States, accordingto pre- liminary results of the 1970 Saltwater Angling Survey. The survey was conducted for the National Marine Fisheries Service by the Bureau of the Census as a supplement to the Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife's 1970 National Survey of Fishing and Hunting. The 1970 number was about 13 millionmore than in 1965, when a similar survey showed 8.3 million anglers fishing in U.S. marine The number increased on all coasts from 1965 to 1970, although the greatest in- waters. crease (22%) was on the Atlantic Coast. In 1970, 5.1 millionanglers fished Atlantic Coast waters; Gulf and Pacific Coast anglers each totaled 2.3 million. Spend 52% More The 9.7 million anglers spent $1.4 billion This compares with $800 million for about 96 mil- during 114 million recreation days. lionrecreationdays in 1965. Each saltwater angler spent anaverage of $146in 1970, com- pared to $96 in 1965--a 52% increase. Complete results for the 1970 Saltwater Angling Survey will be available in mid-1972. Data onthe number and weight of each species caught, by fishing method and area of fishing, will be presented for 7 geographical regions of the United States. NMFS WILL COLLECT STATISTICS ON SALTWATER SPORT FISHING A major new responsibility of the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) is the con- servation of saltwater sport fishes. Former- ly the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, NMFS long has been responsible for com- mercial marine species. Collecting catch statistics is vital to a successful conserva- tion program. Although the commercial catch involves thousands of fishing craft, there are relative- ly few landing locations. So collecting sta- tistics is fairly easy. The sport fishing record isharder to get. There are millions of salt- water anglers spread over the entire coast- line from Maine around to Washington State, and including Alaska and Hawaii. Census Bureau Survey Every 5 years, the Bureau or the Census takes a National Survey of Hunting and Fish- ing sponsored by the Bureau of Sport Fish- eries and Wildlife. The survey helps to determine broad trends: geographic areas that are more heavily hunted or fished, and the concentration of sportsmen by income levels. However, the techniques used do not obtain the detailed and accurate figures needed for fishery conservation. NMFS is working to develop a technique to fill this need. 1973. It expects to have one by VIMS EXPECTS ABUNDANCE OF BLUE CRABS Blue-crab catches in the Chesapeake Bay are expected to be over 75 million pounds a year in 1972 and 1973, according to scien- tists of the Virginia Institute of Marine Sci- ence (VIMS). Large hatches in the summers of 1970 and 1971 and good survival of young account for the high abundance. Virginia and Maryland landings since Sep- tember 1967 have been between 47 and 67 mil- lion pounds per year. These were far below the 1960-70 average of 75 million pounds. The forecast for anincrease in catch for Sep- tember 1971 through August 1972 was made in October 1970 after observations of better - than-average numbers of youngcrabs hatched in 1970. The1971 hatch seemsas successful as 1970's. 1972 and 1973 Catches The catchesin 1972 and 1973 may not fol- low the usual seasonal pattern. The fall and winter catch of big crabs, 5 inches wide and larger, has not beenunusually high. However, the rivers and bay waters contain countless numbers of 3-4-inch crabs. These are ex- pected to make up a superabundant crop of large-sized peelers and soft crabs in spring 1972, andthenproduce avery large hard-crab catch in summer 1972. The 1971 Story Crabs hatched in lower Chesapeake Bay in 1971 were very late in migrating into the rivers. Normally, the migration of $-3- inch-wide crabs occurs in early September. But small crabs were not seeninthe York and Rappahannock rivers until late October and early November. It is possible that an early normal hatch in June and July 1971 was killed by adverse environmental conditions, such as the low oxygen supplies in the Bay from July through early August, and that the crabs seen in early Dec. 1971 were from a later batch. Crabs smaller than two inches wide were very abundant inthe York and Rap- pahannock river inearly Dec. 1971, but almost nonexistent inthe James. It is possible, but not likely, that the scientists missed the crop in their James survey. What this means for the 1972-73 James catch is unknown. MENHADEN CATCH IS GREATEST SINCE 1962 During Jan.-July 1971, the U.S. catch of menhaden was the highest since 1962: 1.3 billion pounds that produced 163,600 tons of fish meal. Menhaden is the principal species caught by Atlantic and Gulf fishermen. Gulf landings rose substantially. U.S. production of fish oil also was high during January-July 1971--about 149.6 mil- lion pounds, 39% above 1970. Imports Drop Inthat period, imports of fish meal dropped 28% from1970. In the past 5 years, fish meal import averages have beenabout 314,000 tons in January-July. Reduced imports caused available U.S. supplies to fall considerably despite the high 1971 U.S. catches. Prices for menhaden meal fell during first-half 1971 from high of about $186 per ton in January to a low of $150 in June, then rose to about $160 in September. HAWAIIAN FISH LANDINGS ROSE IN 1970 In 1970, Hawaiian fishermen landed 11.1 million pounds of fish worth $3.9 million to them. It was anincrease of 1.6 millionpounds over 1969, due partly to greater landings of skipjack tuna. There were 333 commercial fishermen working on 82 vessels of 5 or more gross tons; 1,103 commercial fishermen worked on smaller boats or from shore. NMFS AND ALASKA SEEK TO ENHANCE SALMON RUN A cooperative study of the suitability --bi- ologic and economic~--of increasing pink~-sal- mon runs by mass introduction of fry into Alaskan steams is being conducted by the NMFS Auke Bay Laboratory and Alaska's De- partment of Fish and Game. Preparation of the site began in July 1971, and it received the first eggs for incubation in November. The study will continue through at least 3 reproductive cycles. It seeks to increase significantly adult escapements in Auke Creek from the present annual level of 2,200 spawn- ers. The researchers deliberately limited the number of eggs to be incubated in 1971 to permit natural reproduction to continue during initial evaluation phase of incubators and water supply. If all system components operate dependably, are nontoxic, and capable of producing healthy fry, thenthe researchers will try to produce one million fry (or more) and marks will be usedtoevaluate ocean sur- vival. Eggs in Incubator Boxes Four incubator boxes, each with about a cubic meter of gravel, were seeded with about 215,000 eyed pink salmon eggs from Auke Creek and111,000 from Sashin Creek, Little Port Walter. An additional 16,000 eyed eggs from Sashin Creek will be incubated ina screened tray used in fish hatcheries. The 215,000 Auke Creek eggs are survi- vors of about 15.5% of the potential egg dep- osition of the 1971 adult escapement. The remaining 84.5% were spawned naturally in Auke Creek. The researchers will compare fry that emerge from the gravel incubators “and fry from the incubator tray with creek fry that migrate seaward from Auke Creek in spring 1972. They will compare size, stage of development, time of emergence, and lipid or energy reserve. Only the Auke Creek fry will be allowed to migrate to sea. The Sashin Creek fry, which originated from a surplus of spawners ina study at Little Port Walter, will be destroyed to avoid genetic contamination of the Auke Creek pink salmon. PRECOCIOUS COHO SALMON ‘HOME’ TO NORTHWEST FISHERIES CENTER Fourteen marked jack (precocious male) coho salmon of 20,000 yearlings released in spring 1971 "homed" from the sea in fall 1971 to a holding flume at the NMFS North- west Fisheries Center on the shores of Portage Bay in Washington State. The Center scientists call this return noteworthy for two reasons: (1) The fishhad to locate the mouth of an 18-inch pipe emptying into the lake, and to swim 30 feet indarkness; this included a right-angle bend to enter the flume. (2) Six months before, some of the fish had been transported 30 miles from a hatchery. They had been held in the flume as little as 4 hours before release. Released in Experiments The marked cohos had been released to determine the effects of transporting juvenile salmon, and the effects of handling, intervals of holding, and release procedures on their homing. The experimental fish were from one of several groups of yearling coho salmon transported early in spring 1971 froma Washington State hatchery. The fish were held at the Center from 4 hours to 7 days before release. Adults in Fall 1972 The scientists expect the remainder of these fish to return in fall 1972 as full-term adults. They expect the first returns from 100,000 chinook salmon similarly trans- ported, held, and released. Information from the experiments will apply to studies now underway of salmon transportation. It will help establish procedures to operate proposed homing stations for relocated salmon stocks. = Sil Sal ee ilver almon pe Syoeee 10 SEEK CHANGE IN JUVENILE CHINOOK’S MIGRATION TIME Juvenile chinook salmon in Idaho's Snake River migrate downstream in spring. Many of these juveniles do notreach the sea. They die from high concentrations of dissolved nitrogen gas in the rivers caused by heavy spilling at dams. During the past 2 years, the Idaho Depart- ment of Fish and Game has been attempting to increase survival of yearling juvenile chinook by altering hatchery procedures and release time of fish. Biologists of NMFS Northwest Fisheries Center are cooperating in the fish marking. They are assessing by recovery programs the progress of migra- tion, Fish Size May Be Key The biologists suspect that the size of fish at release may bea triggering mechanism for their migration. They hope that fish reared to 140 mm and larger by September would migrate in the fall and winter months before high nitrogen concentrations appear inrivers. In1971, 90,000 juveniles larger than 140 mm were marked and released. At the same time, 60,000 of 95-100 mm (normal size of spring migrants) were treated the same way. More Work Needed Experiments have not progressed enough to make valid conclusions, but there is some indication that migration timing of larger fish might be altered. Of the larger marked fish, 700 have been recovered in barge traps on lower Salmon River, 150 miles below release areas; 36 were recovered in traps in turbine intake gatewells at Ice Harbor Dam, 400 miles below release area. No smaller fish have been recovered. NMFS will continue to monitor migrations of young chinook salmon passing Ice Harbor Dam until normal migration period ends in June 1972. This will help to assess experi- ments. = w NOAA PUBLISHES 3-D AIR PHOTOS OF U.S. COASTAL AREAS NOAA has produced a 99-page book with 45 color photos in stereoscopic pairs of U.S. Coastal areas. It includes New York, Wash- ington, Miami Beach, San Juan, and Honolulu. Its title is ''Color Aerial Stereograms of Selected Coastal Areas of the United States." The Stereoscopic photos, called stereograms, canbe examined closely witha simple stereo- scope; a foldout cardboard one is included. Shoreline locations, underwater features-- channels, sandbars, and submerged rocks-- water pollution effluents, geographical and geological features, bridges, and the dam- aging and corrosive effects of storms and other natural disasters (earthquakes and Hur- ricanes) can be viewed three -dimensionally. Each photo has a description, technical data, and a map showing area covered. The book contains an explanatory text and a glossary of technical terms. Communities Covered Other communities included are: Salem, Mass.; Harrisburg-Steelton-New Cumber- land, Pa.; Beach Haven, N.J.; Ocean City, Md.; Portsmouth, Va.; Georgetown, S.C.; Apalachicola, Fla.; Gulfport, Miss.; Corpus Christi, Tex.; Sausalito, Calif. (including the Golden Gate Bridge); Fort Bragg, Calif.; Aberdeen, Wash.; Turagain Heights, Anchor- age, Alaska (including view of 1964 earth- quake damage); Wrangell, Alaska; Waikiki Beach, Honolulu; San Juan (old city), Puerto Rico. How to Order Book The 9-x11l-inch book can be obtained for $4.75 from the Superintendent of Docu- ments, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. NMFS SURVEYS AMCHITKA AFTER NUCLEAR EXPLOSION On Nov. 6, 1971, the U.S. detonated a 5- megaton nuclear device on Amchitka Island. Three days later, NMFS _ biologists-divers fromthe Auke Bay Center arrived on the is- land to see what happened. Although bad weather hampered boating and diving opera- tions, they managed to sample the 4 planned stations. Other locations were spotchecked for possible test-related changes. When rough weather prevented diving, the scien- tists helped in the general inspection of beaches and in collection of dead and injured marine mammals, birds, fish, and inverte- brates. What They Found They observed few effects on the benthic (bottom) environment. No changes were ap- parent indensity or size composition of sea- urchin populations. They saw no dead or in- jured animals. The only change was ata Bering Sea sampling site, about 2 kilometers from Cannikin ground zero. There, small pieces had been broken from edges of large patches of live corraline algae. Disruption of Bottom Substrate The scientists spotchecked other areas on found slight-to-moderate disruption of the bottom substrate. The most extensive change was in about 8 meters of water--apparently on or near an active fault line. Blocks of rocks upto3 meters or more in diameter had been broken off bedrock outcrop and beentum- bled. The freshly fractured surfaces of rocks were exposed. Still-living algae (haminaria sp. and others) were on the undersides of some large rock fragments. Apparently some large blocks were broken off and tossed into inverted positions. So algae that had been growing onupper surface were now on shaded lower surface. Limited Sampling Program The scientists concluded: ''The results of the underwater surveys do not indicate any catastrophic changes resulting from Cannikin, but we should consider this in light of the lim- ited nature of the sampling program. Because of the poor underwater visibility and the dif- ficulty the divers experienced in moving about, they were able to inspect only a few very small areas carefully. More extensive underwater surveys may disclose additional areas of substrate disruption and possible the Bering Sea side of ground zero. They _ biological damage." SSS SSS ee eee oe ee pe TE Sep es orthvlkont Is a eee hell 42 ies , : 2 ! Anog pas o & o Fairbanks | Mys Chaplina Ye 1 Ye StL ! YF sland’ 1) 4 | Ake H Mys Novarin KU 1 yo Cape Romanzof Anchorage | F St Matthew. H ZL Islands Nunivak rie Mys Olyutorskiy wa Island “J = TAA fi ' Karaginskiy 4 PMs bt thon eG ot ._| Gulf of Alaska 4 y, SE Kodiak a oF 5 tis Pribilof Is » es 4 kiye Ostrova vé : ace y Vy yar Unimak | Lo Dutch Harboreg™ ee ents OOS i Andreanof Is gle 9 akot ls] Adak I... ta i L se we bh ALASKA’s NORTH SLOPE —~— A New Factor In Fisheries Management George L. VanWyhe Alaska's North Slope and Interior contain enormous fishery resources which must be considered in any plans for developing the oil of the Arctic area. Fishery resources which may be affected by the oildevelopment and pipeline construc- tionare of tremendous economic and recrea- tional value and there are also subsistence fisheries of significant importance to Alaska's native population. Chum salmon, lake trout, grayling, Arctic char and all five species of whitefish are of importance as sport, commercial or sub- sistence species on the North Slope. While it is recognized that oil develop- ment may have considerable influence on North Slope fisheries, the total impact will not be known until construction methods are identified for each ecological area involved. There are, however, important ecological aspects to consider in the preliminary de- sign and planning of construction. Of major concern to the fishery manager is the need for great amounts of gravel for building roads and the pipeline pad. Most of this gravel hasto come from stream beds as these are the only gravel areas readily avail- able. The impact of gravel removal could vary from minimal to disastrous, depending on method, time and specific area of removal. Stream crossing designs should include provisions to establish proper seasonal time of construction and great care should be takento protect spawning, rearing and over- wintering areas of the region's fish. Ap- propriate timing of work activities and en- forcement of stipulations which will prevent obstructions and severe siltation will mini- mize the problems of stream crossing. New surface means of angler access pro- vided by the construction access road and associated bridge construction will create considerable impact on the sport fisheries north of the Yukon River. If the public is allowed to utilize the access construction road and some means of crossing the Yukon River is available, angling pressure in the northern area could increase by as much as 50,000 angler days per year. Already angler use and harvest has increased several thou- sand per cent since oil discovery in some waters. The use of tracked vehicles causes long- lasting effects on the tundra which area major concern to biologists and conserva- tionists alike. The effect of destroying the vegetative cover on the tundra is well documented on the North Slope. One extreme example is the draining of entire lakes when thawing and slumping of old vehicle trails createsa drain- age ditch. Strict enforcement of regulations pertaining to the use of cross-country ve- hicles is required if the water drainages of the north country are to remain as Suitable fish habitat. The factor which will have the greatest impact reduction on fisheries will be the vigorous enforcement of measures and stipu- lations designed to protect these living re- sources. Ifall land-holding agencies use the same regulations and these regulations are strictly enforced, the construction stipula- tions then and only then will provide for orderly development. The north slope oil development, with proper design and planning, can have an im- portant, long-range beneficial impact on re- source management. This anticipated benefit willspring from the establishment of regula- tions and stipulations which will allow other nonrenewable resources throughout Alaska to be utilized. It is also probable, because of the large expected revenue return, that the oil industry can be expected to devise con- struction and exploration practices that can be adapted toexploitation of other resources in Arctic climates. _Mr. VanWyhe is Regional Supervisor, Sport Fish, Fairbanks, Alaska Department of Fish and Game. Reprinted from Alaska Fish & Game, Sept.-Oct. 1971. THE NORTH SLOPE--and the proposed 800-mile pipeline that would carry its oil (estimated 50 billion barrels) to Valdez. The Department of Fish and Game is making special studies to determine the ex- tent of fishery resources of the North Slope and the impact whichthe oil development will have on them. Results of these studies will play an important role in establishing con- struction guidelines required to protect the North Slope's valuable fishery resources. Chum Salmon Engineers can only design minimum impact construction plans based on the quality and quantity of biological input. The fishery bi- ologists of the Sport Fish Division have ahead of them the task of determining the fragile areas inthe respective life histories of North Slope fishes and logical and realistic ways to provide protection. U.S. GREAT LAKES COMMERCIAL CATCH DROPS ABOUT 10% Commercial fishing in the Great Lakes waters of 4 states--Michigan, Ohio, Pennsyl- vania, and Wisconsin--yielded47.4 million pounds through August 1971, about 5 million pounds below the 1970 period (52.4 million). In 1970, the catch for these states was 67.8 million pounds, 96% of total production of the 8 lakes states--70.4 million pounds. AND THEIR CONNECTING j THE GREAT LAKES i), The 1971 decrease in U.S. landings results primarily from declines in several major species, particularly alewives and chubs. Another factor was some restrictive meas- ures in Lake Erie waters following mercury contamination. According to monthly catch statistics of the National Marine Fisheries Service for these states, the alewife harvest State 1970 OTL Michigan 14,790.5 11,633.6 Ohio 6,530.2 6,870.6 Pennsylvania 419.9 210.9 Wisconsin 30,723.0 ZNO) CACO) Total 52,463.6 47,438.0 of 26 million pounds by Lake Michigantrawl- ers was about 3 million pounds below 1970 figure (see table). In 1967, the peak year for this species, the figure through August was 33.2 million pounds. In 1971, the alewife ac- counts for 55% of the 4-state total; this is the same proportion as for the first 8 months in 1970. Chub landings for lakes Michigan and Superior fell 35%, 2.4 million pounds, from 1970. The catch of whitefish in the upper Great Lakes has increased about 58% from 1970; the Michigan-Wisconsin catch rose from 1.5 to 2.4millionpounds. This species has com- mercialimportance: the landed value of 1971 catch through August was $1.2 million, 40% by value of all species caught in the lake wa- ters of Michigan and Wisconsin. Mercury Poses Problem The discovery of mercuryin western Lake Erie resultedin a ban on commercial fishing for walleye in Michigan and Ohio waters in spring 1970. On May 8, 1971, Ohio banned white bass. Restrictions are limited to these fish, but the publicity reportedly has had an adverse effect on the market for other spe- cies caught at the western end of Lake Erie. Lake St. Clair, where mercury contamination was first discovered, is closed to commer- cial fishing in U.S. waters. 8 Months in 1970 Here are summaries of the commercial catch through August 1970 and 1971 in thousands of pounds: Species 1970 1971 Alewives 29,045.7 26,072.1 Chubs 6,822.9 4,409.7 Carp 5,920.4 5,619.6 Yellow perch 2,511.4 2,415.5 Whitefish 1,536.8 2,428.4 A breakdown of the 4-state data by lake basins shows these respective 1970 and 1971 catches in 000s: Lake Michigan: 41,226 and 35,733; Lake Erie: 7,370 and 7,254; Lake Superior: 2,116 and2,474; Lake Huron: 1,751 and 1,976. Alas “ih. NMFS FISHERY INSPECTION IS ADAPTABLE TO A PLANT’S NEEDS New regulations in Commerce Depart- ment's Voluntary Fishery Products Inspec- tion Program make it possible for inspectors of the National Marine Fisheries Service to inspect a plant according to its individual needs. A plant that needs only part of an inspector's day or 2-3 inspectors will get what it needs. The program provides impartial inspec- tion and certification of processing plants and products. It is based on sanitary require- ments for plants and U.S. standards for products. During 1970, 60 NMFS inspectors certi- fied about 335 million pounds of fishery prod- ucts--27% of total annual production of processed fishery items. Reasons for Changes NMFS Director Philip M. Roedel said that primary changes inthe regulations are based ontechnological advances. The changes avoid duplication of effort in plants that have developed effective quality control. Before INSPECTION and GUARANTEE ( es the rule changes, a fishery products inspec- tor was assigned full time toa single plant. "The inspection needs of a plant depend on many things--size, complexity of operation, the product or products being manufactured. In many cases, a small plant or a simple op- eration does not require a full-time inspector. In other cases, the one plant-one inspector rule many result in inadequate inspection for a large or complex operation," he noted. Other changes will bring closer together plant sanitation requirements with FDA's Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) regula- tions. Useful Service Purchasers of fishery products for schools, cafeterias, restaurants, or chain stores will find NMFSinspectiona convenient method tomake sure that a product meets bid specifications. Firms that use the inspection service can use the official Department of Commerce in- spection marks on brand labels. CERTIFICATION QUALITY ce \ ,oo Koo Jou ‘ ai Se ( Fon PACKED UNDER FEDERAL INSPECTION The Slimier It Is, The Faster lt Swims The slime of barracudas, halibut, and other fast fish contributes appreciably to their speed, a Navy scientist has found. The skin slime of the Pacific barracuda can cut water frictionas much as two-thirds (65.9%). This research on marine and freshwater fish was conducted by Moe W. Rosen and his assistant, Neri E. Cornford, U.S. Naval Underseas Researchand Development Center, Pasadena, Calif. The Navy long has been con- cerned with the subject of what speeds aquatic animals through water. Porpoises as Background Researchers used to think that porpoises swam faster thantheir body shape and muscle strength should allow. They suspected that the porpoise's skin was resilient and flaby enough to cut the water's turbulence and so cut the drag. Some researchers even talked of equipping the hulls of submarines with a flabby covering. However, research in recent years has indicated that porpoises are strong enough-- without any special skin characteristics-- to propel themselves through the water at the speeds researchers recorded them. The Navy Study The Rosen-Cornford research indicates that the slime on many (but not all) fish re- duces turbulence at high speeds. Barracudas have been clocked at 28.3 miles an hour. Rosen calls this "very fast for an aquatic : W animal. The slime's efficiency in cutting turbu- lence seems related directly to a species’ need for speed to survive. The barracuda is streamlined predator. The halibut's slime is nearly as efficient as the barracuda's; the halibut catches fish ''by means of long, swift lunges". Halibut 16 Barracuda Freshwater Species Of the freshwater species studied, the slime of the smallmouth bass was very ef- fective. A little less efficient was the slime of rainbow and brown trout, white crappie, and bluegill. Rainbow Exceptions to Rule There were significant exceptions to all this: the slime of fish that do not need speed contributed little toreducing friction. In this category were the white croaker, an eater of slow-sealife, and the hagfish, an eellike scavenger. Other exceptions are the mackerel and the California bonito. These swift fish ooze a slime that helps little in cutting friction. Pacific Mackerel ile The nut-brown cowrie, a mollusk, has a friction-reducing slime. Researchers pre- sume this lubricates the soft body's move- ment within the shell. Functions of Fish Slime Fish slime is believed to have other im- portant functions: it guards against bacterial infection and lubricates scales as body flexes. Rosen uses the word "reluctance" to de- scribe the special characteristic of the slime on those fish that need it for speed. This property is the reluctance of slime to dis- solve inwater until ''agitated by turbulence." As the fish wanders about at moderate speed, But when it attacks--or is itself being chased--the re- the slime remains intact. sulting water turbulence along its body starts to dissolve the slime. This cuts friction-- and the turbulence. Barracuda Slime Very Effective With barracudas 26 to 31 inches long, the slime was very effective. A concentration of under 1% cut friction 44%. However, when heavily concentrated, slime efficiency falls. Small-Fish Behavior About a dozenyears ago, Rosen found that several small fishes, when swimming, use the turbulence they produce to propel them- selves. The fish's swimming action "gener - ates a whirling vortex within the concave part of its flexing body." Then the fish pushes against this vortex to propel itself forward. Rosen suspects that large fishthat donot have friction-reducing slime may propel them- selves similarly; the bonito is an example. LOBSTERS CAN BE RAISED IN HATCHERIES, EXPERT SAYS The supply of lobsters may never catch up with demand. A possible solution is to raise lobsters commercially. This was the belief expressed by John Hughes to the New Eng- land Marine Resources Information Program. Hughes, a leading authority, is Director of the Massachusetts State Lobster Hatchery and Research Station at Oak Bluffs. Not only can this be done, he says, but the very nature of the lobster may make this the only practical method of ensuring supply. The Oak Bluffs hatchery opened in 1951. Since then, he and a colleague, J. J. Sullivan, have raised and released millions of young lobsters. Hughes says: ''Considering the lobster's life history, it's amazing as many of them make it to the dinner table as do." Only within 48 hours of the female's molt do Adults shed their shells ' Also, certain lobsters mate. "perhaps only every 2 years.’ size limitations affect successful mating. In the Beginning The female produces as many as 60,000 eggs. release the eggs as baby lobsters. One-third- It takes 18 months from copulation to inch long, they resemble the larvae of mos- quitoes more thanlobsters. They float on the surface during their first 3 larval stages. They are helpless prey for fish, other lob- Of the 60,000, possibly 60 Survive the first 3 weeks to reach fourth sters, and birds. stage. Sexual maturity and one pound in weight are 5 to 7 years away. 18 Sothe primary aims inlobster culture are to speed growth and to increase the survival rate of baby lobsters. both. Hughes has done The State Hatchery Egg-bearing females are put in hatching When the fry hatch, they are collectedin3,000-unit batches tanks with running sea water. and placed in Hughes-designed rearing tanks. the infant lobsters' cannibalistic tendencies; their diet These tanks reduce 2 activities: of finely groundclams or brine shrimp. Lob- sters, not scavengers, prefer fresh food. They reach the fourth molting stage and readiness to be released. Using mass-cul- ture techniques, Hughes has increased sur- vival rate from = of 1% up to 40%. Hughes has shownthat the water tempera- ture appreciably affects growth rates. He and Sullivan built atemperature-control tank They brought the young to one-pound size in less to keep water at 70° year round. than 3 years, half the time it takes in nature. By April 1, a lobster hatched the previous November and reared in heated water was 6 times as large as sibling reared elsewhere. Also, female eggs kept in heated water hatched 3 months early. Genetic Factors Hughes is interested inthe possible effect of genetic factors on growth rates. Selective breeding could yield strains of relatively rapid-growing lobsters. He has experimented with selective breeding of other desirable lobsters have outsize traits. Sometimes, claws or 2 crusher claws instead of one crusher and one ripper. The crusher has more meat than the others. Hughes would like to rear a 2-crusher Strain. Color mutation, too, is desirable. Occa- sionally, albino, red, and blue lobsters occur in nature. Hughes has bred a red witha normal greenand obtained 50% red offspring. This would help track released lobsters for future population studies. Because lobsters molt regularly, it is virtually impossible to tag them permanently. Reproductive Habits Hughes was probably the first researcher to measure the gestation period. He dis- covered that a female who molts and mates in spring will hatch her eggs the following in fall holds In 1965, he produced a successful mating in the laboratory--and the spring; a female who mates them 18 months. fry reproduced in captivity. 19 Mating Hughes found that while the male ''ap- proaches the first female to whom he is pre- sented with exemplary ardor, he is consider- ably less enthusiastic if presented to a sec- ond lady the same day and downright indiffer- ent to a third." He documented size limitations in mating. Invariably, a large male fails to mate with a much smaller female; but a small male can mate successfully with a much larger female. Some researchers say mating can occur as late as 12 days after the female molts. In Hughes' experience, 48 hours is more ac~- curate for the female, although males can mate successfully up to 5 days after molting. The Future Hughes believes that there is a good chance of lobster farming becoming a reality in the years ahead. "I expect we'll know an awful lot more about it next year than we do PUERTO RICO TO HAVE UNDERSEA LAB IN 1972 Puerto Rico will have an international undersea laboratory in September 1972, This marine research and development project-- Gov. Luis A. Ferre has announced. the Puerto Rico International Undersea Laboratory (PRINUL)--will consist of a habi- tat and a research program in coastal-zone management and environmental protection. PRINUL is anextension of the Tektite I and II programs of 1969 and 1970. Aguadilla Arecibo Mayaguez Cabo Rojo Parguera Gov. Ferre hopes that ''the laboratory will attract to Puerto Ricotechnical projects from all over the United States and other countries, as well as industrialists and scientists spe- cializing in related fields. This project is the initial step in establishing Puerto Rico as a world leader in the development and utilization of one of its most valuable assets: its marine resources." What PRINUL Is PRINUL will explore the Caribbean's sub- merged platforms for potential resources that can be developed for Puerto Rico's benefit. It will train scientists in using a 20 It will be available to scientists and engineers from habitat for marine investigations. government, industry, and universities in the U.S. and abroad. The lab will provide accommodations for off-island concerns interested in testing and evaluating equipment and systems. It is ex- pected to attract to Puerto Rico industries Also, PRINUL will be involved in projects dealing with oil that can use these facilities. San Juan 7a Fajardo Humacao Guayama contamination, operating techniques, con- struction, and surveys--and with underwater physiological and psychological problems. Scheduled for Sept. 1972 A 38-acre tract along the southwest coast of Puerto Rico, near Cabo Rojo, is the physi- cal site of PRINUL. However, the lab is de- signed to be completely mobile and able to operate anywhere. It is centered around a self-contained habitat designed tofunction in 100 feet and provide a base for excursions to 300 feet. The habitat is two 20' X 8' horizontal cylinders built within a barge. It can be relocated in less than an hour. OREGON STATE UNIVERSITY AIDS AMERICAN SAMOA A 4-man Oregon State University (OSU) Sea Grant team is helping the natives of American Samoa to build hydraulically equipped dories and to use them for fishing. The 3-month project is financed by a grant from the Office of Economic Opportunity. R. Barry Fisher, project head, said: ''At the end of the project in Spring 1972, we hope to leave behind 5 native-built and equipped dories, nucleus of a fishing industry, plus a boat-building capability, an engine installa- tion and repair capability, a fishing gear de- velopment program and a Sea Grant proposal to set up an extension program to help the fisherman and the consumer." Fisher is associate professor of fisheries, OSU Department of Fisheries and Wildlife, and a former East Coast commercial fishing captain. He is gear development technician for the project. Other members are: Ted Howe, Newport, OSU's master fisherman; Cliff Roop, commercial fisherman and ma- rine engine mechanic, Salem, and Tom Duncan, master fisherman, Newport. American Samoa has been an American protectorate since 1911. It has 28,000 resi- dents, 5,000 of themin Pago Pago, the capital, one of the Pacific's finest natural harbors. Tuitila is the main island. The Project The team will build 5 prototype Pacific City (Oregon) dories in a converted govern- ment building in Pago Pago. It will teach Samoans boat building and hydraulic and gear installation, thentrainthem to use the equip- ment. It will cooperate with the Samoan Department of Marine Resources to develop fishing gear. Fisher added: ''Among the spin-offs, we hope, will be the fact that Samoans go into business building boats. We would like to see every interested village be able to catch fish for two basic reasons: Provide a source of high quality protein for the villagers and make possible the sale of fish in the open market as cash income." Fish is a favorite food of Samoans. Spe- cies include skipjack tuna, yellowtail tuna, = Seenek 4 rs : $4 Fig. 1 - Three leaders in Oregon State University Sea Grant project for American Samoa lookovera 130-horsepower engine installed in a new Pacific City dory in Oregon. From left: R. Barry Fisher, project leader; Steve Ritterbush, Pago Pago, assistant to head of Departmentof Marine Resources in American Samoa; Sam Puletasi, vocational adviser, Department of Education of American Samoa. 22 bottom fish, snapper, rockfish, perch, cravel- le jacks, and parrot-fish. Periodically, pelagic fish like dolphin, wahoo, mackerel, and marlin are available. Fisher added: "Historically, fishing was an important part of activities in Samoa. But it dwindled in importance as the society be- came Americanized and today the islands are no longer self-sufficient in fish." It is hard to determine how much fish is imported, but every grocery sells canned salmon, salt mackerel, and frozen bottom fish from New Zealand and Australia. Taiwanese and Koreanfleets carry fish to American Samoa canneries owned by U.S. companies. These are the only significant private employers of Samoans. Fisher emphasized: ''Keytothe whole Sea Grant project is the concept of a low cost boat with high speed and productivity through developing some gear and hydraulic pulling power to harvest the resources." PACIFIC CITY DORY He chose the Pacific City dory because of its stability, speed, and ruggedness. It is widely used on the U.S. West.Coast. In Samoa, two keels will be added to the flat bottom to give it more bite in the ocean and to protect it against reefs. The fishbox will be insulated to carry ice for fish preserva- tion. An awning will be added to protect crew from rain and sun. Each 2-man crew will help build and equip their boat so they will know howtotake care of it. The boats, worth about $4,500, will be owned by villagers or private fishing associations. The crews willbe trainedin Pacific North- west-style tuna trolling; Tahitian pole-and- line fishing for tuna; hand lining for bottom fish, using various gear including Portuguese long lines; Norwegian jigging gear, and bait fishing and gill nets for spiny lobsters, bot- tom fish, and schooling pelagic fish. Each dory will be built from a master jig with a }-inch laminated plywood bottom. It will have 3-inch plywood sides, a small fore- deck, and a console fishbox. A South Pacific wood, dakua, willbeused for framing. It will be fastened with epoxy glues, galvanized bolts, and silicone bronze ring nails and screws. At Pacific City, a boat is turned out from a master jig without deviation. It takes 2 men 5 days to finish a boat. In American Samoa, it will take 10 days because of train- ing in each step. The dories will be powered with Volvo- Penta Model 270 130-horsepower inboard- outboardengines. They will be equipped with VHF telephones for communication and as a- homing device to illustrate the idea of coop- erative fishing of several boats. The dory's hydraulics will be Northwest Pacific-style tuna pullers. These will be used to pull pelagic fish caught trolling. Complete studies and earnings records will be kept to assist Samoan fishermen in obtaining private financing. = SB Fig. 2 - The Pacific City Dory. FISHERIES OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS Willard N. Brownell The northeastern Caribbean from Puerto Ricoto Antigua has been extensively explored during the past 10 years by various interests seeking to locate exploitable stocks of fish. From a large-scale commercial standpoint, these efforts have beenfruitless. Consistent- ly small catches have been reported by the Puerto Rico Department of Agriculture, the UNDP/ FAO Caribbean Fishery Development Project, the Japanese fishing operation based on St. Martin, and the National Marine Fish- eries Service following exploratory cruises. Plankton productivity is very low in this region relative to known productive fishing grounds of the world. Hargraves, Brody, and Burkholder (1970) have shown that nutrients are extremely limited due primarily tosparse runoff from the islands, lack of upwelling, and unfavorable currents that carry nutrients out of the region). The Problems Given the restricted natural productivity of the area, the effects of man-imposed lim- iting factors are intensified. Minor fishing . pressure from handline and pot fishing efforts already appears to have diminished the stocks of reef fishinthe shallow shelf waters south of St. Thomas, where much of the small-boat Virgin Islands fleet operates. Pollution from dredging, municipal sewage, garbage dumping, and oil spills has rendered the marine environment intolerable for most commercially important fishes around sev- eral bays of the south coasts of St. Croix and St. Thomas. The reclamation of shallow bays and mangrove forests for residental, resort, and industrial development poses an ever- increasing threat to the fisheries. These protected areas, so important as nursery and feeding grounds for fish and shellfish, are methodically being destroyed in the Virgin Islands by man-induced siltation and filling. Ciguatera Fish Poisoning The fishing industry in the northeastern Caribbean(and especially the Virgin Islands) is further hampered by the problem of cigua- tera fish poisoning. Ciguatoxin builds up over a period of time in the muscle and viscera of fish representing a broad range of species, feeding habits, size, and geograph- ical location in the tropics: Often two fish of the same size and species caught in the same pot will produce debilitating illness in all people who eat one fish--while those who eat the second experience no harmful effects at all. Individuals of all commercially impor- tant bottom fishinthe northeastern Caribbean have beenreported as occasional or common carriers of ciguatoxin (Halstead, 1970). Though toxic fish are uncommon, many res-~ taurants and even local housewives are un- willing to run the small risk of contracting the severe nervous system disorders pre- cipitated by unintended consumption of a ciguatera-carryingfish. Despite many years of investigation in the Virgin Islands and Hawaii (the problem is more serious around some Pacific Islands), it is impossible to tell (except through feeding and bioassay tests that are sometimes inaccurate) whether or not a fish is toxic. Indeed, the chemical na- ture of the toxin and its source at the begin- ning of the food chain have not even been clearly defined. Robert W. Brody at Carib- bean Research Institute is working on the toxicology and epidemiology of ciguatera in the Virgin Islands, with Sea Grant financial support. Modern Fishing Methods Handicapped Modernhigh-yield fishing methods cannot be usedin the Virgin Islands. Purse seining is useless because schools of pelagic fish are small, scattered, and not confined by thermal boundaries. Trawling of any sortis impractical because the fish populations are Mr. Brownell was associated with the Caribbean Research Institute, St. Thomas, Virgin Islands. This study was conducted in cooperation with federal assistance programs of the National Marine Fisheries Service (Public Law 88-309} and Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife under Dingell-Johnson Program. The V. 1, Government provided matching funds. 23 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Reprint No. 924 24 dispersed and the good bottom habitats are huge jagged coralformations, steep irregular slopes, or mounds and canyons of rocks and coral. Longlining is susceptible to severe tangling amidst the rocks and coral, and pillaging by sharks, unless the gear is de- signed for large, aggressive species. Fishing in the northeastern Caribbean is done almost exclusively from 16-22 ft. open boats with outboard motors. Most fish are caught by handlining or pot fishing. Power haulers and depth finders are seldom used. Marketing systems, shore support facilities, and cooperative activities are virtually non- existent. Swingle, Dammann, and Yntema (1970) report that 400 individuals in the U.S. Virgin Islands earn at least part of their livelihood from fishing. Most fishermenhold down at least one other job. The market potential would allow a great deal more in- come from fishing if it were possible to lo- cate greater stocks of nonciguatoxic fish and to equip fishermen for catching them more efficiently. RECENT DEEP WATER FISHERY RESEARCH Exploratory fishing accomplished through the Caribbean Research Institute (CRI) on St. Thomas and the UNDP/FAO Caribbean Fishery Development Project (CFDP) on Barbados in 1970 and 1971 indicates that commercially exploitable populations of snapper and grouper exist along the shelf margins of the northeastern Caribbean is- lands. The CRI work was done around the periphery of the northern Virgin Islands shelf and St. Croix (see map), primarily with multiple hook-line rigs on mechanical reels. The most successful CFDP explorations were realized on the northern edges of Saba, Anguilla, and Barbuda banks, using Z-type Antillean fish pots. Efforts around the rest of the islands of the Greater and Lesser Antilles generally yielded poor catches. Fishing In Dropoffs The resident shelf-edge snapper and grouper populations are concentrated around the slopes and cliffs of the dropoffs in 30 to 200 fathoms (see graph). The methods used for fishing in this situation (pots, long lines, and mechanical reel hook-line) have severe limitations. Rough seas, rapid drifting, and the infeasibility of anchoring make all three types of gear very difficult to set within the narrow limits of the steep shelf slopes. Hookline fishing is fairly efficient if the wind is right either for drifting parallel to the shelf margin or for anchoring up on the top of the dropoff. The latter method can waste much time if none of the scattered schools happens to be near the boat. Pot fishing is the most productive in areas where the slope is less than 60 degrees. Well-baited pots that remain stationary on the slope will com- monly catch 50 lbs. of fish or more per 6-12 hour set. Longlining can also be productive insets of short duration onthe gentler slopes, ifthe boat has a goodcrew and power hauler. Unfortunately, there are very few locations around the northeastern Caribbean island shelf margins that are not too steep for set gear fishing. Only about one-third of the total shelf slope area around the Virgin Islands is. conducive to long-line or pot fishing. 1314 Fish Tested . The principal deepwater shelf slope spe- cies in this region (silk, blackfin, voraz, black, and vermilion snappers, and misty groupers) are considerably less prone to be ciguatoxic than their relatives that inhabit the shallow shelf waters. Of 1314 deepwater snappers and groupers tested by the Virgin Islands project through controlled human consumption, only four were toxic. All four were large, old fish (3 were misty groupers over 25 lbs.). They were caught (see map) where the shallow-water species are known tohave a high incidence of ciguatera (Brownell and Rainey, 1971). The CFDP has marketed tens of thousands of silk and vermilion snap- per from the Caribbean with no reported incidents of poisoning. The other species under consideration have always been eaten extensively throughout most of the re- gion. This has resulted in only very occa- sional cases of ciguatera. Because of their exceptional taste, fine texture, culinary versatility, and eye appeal, the deepwater snappers and groupers command premium prices on the sparsely supplied local mar- kets and the hotel-restaurant circuit. DEEP WATER COMMERCIAL FISHES In the Virgin Islands, the most abundant commercial species around the shelf margins is the silk snapper (Lutjanus vivanus); this ranges from 40 to 175 fathoms (see graph). Blackfin snappers (Lutjanus buccanella) are abundant in a shallower domain (30 to 125 a aps if / f / & & is ‘3 1S WA ae ee 10 Kingfish Banks Barracouta Banks eG Jost Van ae Tobagof\, is Tortola 9 ° ° Ne: Hans Lollik i) Qo o9, % (=e) (—— a a) a cal Savana 4 & R = oNorman ) O6 p/, ae Vo Buck “i Frenchcap ee cy = O*. | rng at ’ sete Se a << Vieques Map of the Virgin Islands Showing Sampling Area Along Dropoff. Shaded Portions Represent Areas of Encounter with Ciguatera. 25 26 ES OtE A aan j NS Za O TE ot i. CEA TN Oo renee Om 0 \, aS SS, , "A, Sy | “t \ hoy an \ Anguilla ui tn, hy Nivea St Martin ' saath \ Horseshoe ‘.,, ) Reef ft a a Jb/ Q Great o/ Camanoe We S5))peet 7 , o N é Ginges o Round ya a Barracuda oreo ae Rocks F w.¢ Bank o Vie Wg Salt(/ er ( a, a Oc Si wy 7 5 0 5 il ae Ss scale in miles St. CROIX (40 miles due south of St. Thomas) xravumo MS0OrTarPn 2 210 180 150 120 90 60 30 SILK VORAZ BLACKFIN MISTY SNAPPER SNAPPER SNAPPER GROUPER Depth Distributions of Four Virgin Islands Deep Water Fishes. Lines Represent Total Range, Shaded Bars Indicate One Standard Deviation on Either Side of the Mean. The 64 Misty Groupers Include 16 Caught on CFDP Cruises in the Northeastern Caribbean in 1970. (From Brownell and Rainey, 1970) 27 28 fathoms). Since most exploratory fishing in this project was done in 60 or more fathoms, the percentage by weight of blackfins was not as great as might be expected. Rivas (1970) showed that these characteristically deep water snappers may range occasionally into even shallower water than encountered in the Virgin Islands. He used the extensive NMFS exploratory fishing records from the central western Atlantic. The Fish Caught Less common, but frequently caught in deep water (mean depths over 100 fathoms), are the misty grouper (Epinephelus mysta- cinus), queen snapper (Etelis oculatus), voraz snapper (Pristipomoides macrophthalmus), and blackline tilefish (Caulolatilus cyanops). Of these, only the voraz is found in aggrega- tions. Catches from the upper waters of the shelf edge (40 to 60 fathoms) often contain red hind (Epinephelus guttatus), yellow group- ers. (Mycteroperca venenosa and M, inter- stitialis), sand tilefish (Malacanthus plumieri), vermilion snapper (Rhomboplites aurorubens) and black snapper (Apsilus den- tatus). Also caught are a scattering of as- sorted jacks and shallower-water reef fishes. The vermilion and black snappers are en- countered inisolatedaggregations. The ver- milionand voraz snappers, though sometimes caught in large quantities, have a low com- mercial value because of their small size (average weight about 1 lb. for both). PROBLEMS AND PROMISE OF FISHERY DEVELOPMENT To succeed economically, any fishing op- eration in the Virgin Islands will have to be diversified. It will use as a focal point the 40 to150 fathom band at the shelf edge exten- ding from northwest of St. Thomas to Anegada (see map). The shelf slope in this region is productive. Perhaps thisis due mainly to the very low fishing pressure. Generally, this slope is not very steep, So most places can be fished with pots, longlines (bottom and ver - tical), hook-line, and even gill nets. These efforts could be supplemented with pot fish- ing for reef fishes and lobster inthe shallower shelf waters nearby, around Barracouta Bank, Kingfish Bank, and the expansive reefs in the area of Anegada. Pot sets close to patch reefs, ridges, and small canyons in 10 to 30 fathoms of water often yield good catches; the fishesinthis particular shallow area are not inclined to be ciguatoxic. A boat fishing con- sistently at this northerly margin of the shelf will also encounter some schools of pelagic fish, mainly dolphin, little tuna, and blackfin tuna, which can be caught by pole and line. Unfortunately, these grounds are beyond the practicalrange of most native boats, and the seas are commonly rough. Since the local government offers virtually no assistance for improving boats, equipment, methods, and handling techniques, the native fishermen cannot take advantage of these grounds! Species of Bottom Fish (By Weight and Numbers) Caught in 40 to 180 Fathoms by Hook-line and Pot Fishing in Virgin Islands Explorations, 1970-1971 Species Silk snapper Groupers (9 species) Blackfin snapper Other snappers (7 species) Other species (5 genera) Scientific Name (s) Lutjanus vivanus Epinephelus mystacinus, E. guttatus, E. striatus, E. adscensionis, E. flavolimbatus, Petromeptopon cruentatum, Mycteroperca interstitialis, M. venenosa, Cephalopholis fulva Lutjanus buccanella Lutjanus jocu, L. analis, L. purpureus, Rhomboplites aurorubens, Pristipomoides macrophthalmus, Apsilus dentatus, Etelis oculatus Caulolatilus, Seriola, Caranx, Malacanthus, Haemulon Total Lbs. No. of Fish 2,352 846 1,014 69 595 246 377 195 365 36 potential. At the same time, considerably larger boats with more sophisticated gear would tear uptheir nets (and the bottom) and would not make large-enough catches to justify the initial investment. POT FISHING Beyond the problems of ciguatera, rough seas, long distances to good fishing grounds, and bottoms generally not conducive to effec- tive fishing, the fishermen must also contend with theft and vandalism of fish pots. Many pot fishermenhave recently gone out of bus- iness because somuch of their gear has been stolen, picked clean, or destroyed by thieves. The Virgin Islands government re- fuses to make any provisions to protect fish- ermen "in this regard." The basic flat Antillean fish pot (of the ''S", "Z""| or 'arrowhead" type) is still the most effective way to catch bottom fish around the Caribbean banks in one to 200 fathoms. For the best catches, they should be baited with fresh oily or bloody fish, and the funnel en- trances improved toreduce escapement. Scu- ba studies of fish behavior inresponse to var- ious types of pot sets in Jamaica (Munro, Reeson, and Gaut, 1971) and inthe Virgin Islands (assisted by Lou Barr of NMFS Auke Bay, Alaska laboratory) show that tradition- al funnels allow a large percentage of fish to escape. Some nonreturn devices for pot apertures could be adapted. The effective pear-shaped funneltypes withthe inner edges turned down (some of the better fishermen build them) could be employed more widely (Brownelland Rainey, 1971). The problem of theft and vandalism could be greatly dimin- ished withthe use of "pop-ups" on buoy lines, or running pots instrings that could be grap- pled and lifted with a pot hauler. CONCLUSIONS Though the delightful Caribbean climate makes fishing in the Virgin Islands region a pleasant activity, the catch per-unit-effort is extremely low, especially in the long run. For fishermen to make a decent living, and local markets to offer an adequate supply of fresh fish, fishermen and government must make an organized effort to establish and carry out a program of fishery development. 29 If there is proper management, asmall fleet of fast 22-25-ft. fiberglass displacement hull boats with mechanical haulers could increase catch and meet local demand without depleting the resource. A standardized boat -building program operated by trained fishermen and with government financing would be necessary. Basic fish handling, distribution, cold stor- age, and ice-making facilities are essential. Also needed are reasonably priced services to fishermen inboat repair, engine mainten- ance, and wholesale or duty-free supply of gear, equipment, and fuel. Probably a 30t040 ft. lobster or shrimp- type boat requiring a relatively small invest- ment--and witha hard working crew, efficient equipment, and plenty of range--could yield a decent livingfortwofishermen. This could not be done without better marketing, gear procurement, and repair arrangements. Unfortunately Carribbean island govern- ments have yet torealize that their economic, social, and aesthetic future depends upon well-planned management of the marine en- vironment. There must soon occur areversal of the trendtoward sacrificing all human and natural resources for the sake of developing tourism. The short-term approach of severe- ly altering coastal marine environments to construct resorts, and to channel all man- power intotourist services will result in the unbalanced and destructive use of certain re- sources. Eventually, fishermen and farmers would disappear. Government investment, fishermen effort, appropriate legislation, fisheries extension, and training programs could build a fishing industry in the islands that would provide economic diversity, better nutrition, a freshfish boost to tourism, more jobs, and more efficient use of the limited but available fishery resources. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS FY 1971 Virgin Islands fisheries research was supported by the National Marine Fish- eries Service under Public Law 88-309 (Pro- ject No. 2-121-R), and the Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife under the Dingell- Johnson program (Project No. F-6). Re- quired matching funds were provided by the V.I. Government. The graph and map were prepared by Barry A. Smith. 30 LITERATURE CITED BROWNELL, W.N. and W.E. RAINEY 1971. Research and development of deep water commercial and sport fisheries around the Virgin Islands plateau. Contribution No. 3, Virgin Islands Ecological Re- search Station, Caribbean Research Institute, College of the Virgin Islands. St. Thomas, W. I. 88 p. HALSTEAD, B.W. MS. 1970. Results of afield survey on fish poisoning in the Virgin and Leeward Islands during 7-18th January, 1970. UN/FAO Caribbean Fisheries Development Project. Barbados, W.I. HARGRAVES, P.E., R.W. BRODY, and P.R. BURKHOLDER 1970. A study of the phytoplankton in the Lesser Antilles re- gion. Bull. Mar. Sci. 20(2): 331-349. CAYMAN @ ISLANDS JAMAICA Caribbean Sea MUNRO, J.L., P.H. REESON, and V.C. GAUT 1971. Dynamic factors affecting the performance of the An- tillean fish trap. Gulf and Caribbean Fisheries In- stitute, Proceedings of XXIII Annual Session (Novem - ber 1970). Coral Gables, Florida. RIVAS, L.R. 1970. Snappers of the Western Atlantic. Comm. Fish Rev. 32(1): 41-44. SWINGLE, W.E., A.E. DAMMANN, and J.A. YNTEMA 1970. Survey of the commercial fishery of the Virgin Islands of the United States. Gulf and Caribbean Fisheries Institute, Proceedings of XXII Annual Session (Nov. 1969). Coral Gables, Florida. Sp ; "X BR. VIRGIN ISLANDS PUERTO “ty oN ST. RICO a) ANGUILLA YALUIT a NAMORIK A, ———— LUKUNOR A. N . Tosi .£. HELEN REEF NUKUORO A) PTS) Track chart of 'Townsend Cromwell, ' cruise 53, in the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands. at times, were instrumental in persuading chiefs to sanction our work. Most chiefs and elders were able toconverse in Japanese, and many interviews were conducted in it. RESULTS The baitfish species found at nearly all atolls and islands were: Goatfish - mostly Mulloidichthys samoensis Jack - mostly Caranx spp. Round herring - Spratelloides delicatulus Cardinalfish - species of Apogonidae Bananafish - species of Caesionidae Silverside - species of Atherinidae Damselfish - species of Pomacentridae The round herring were most abundant in the lagoons of large atolls. They were seen while diving along coral outcroppings, or from skiffs when frightened by the approach of the skiffs, or when pursued by predators. Normally, they accumulated under night lights ondark nights. The juvenile goat- fish and jacks were common but rarely found in large-enoughconcentrations to be used as baitfish. They could be seen by walking or diving alongthe shore, in the shallows or, at times, along the lagoon drop-off. The cardinalfish could be found at times concentrated in large coral heads. They were also seenscattered along shallow reefs around coral rubble, but so sparsely that it would be impracticaltocatch them in quanti- ties sufficient for use as baitfish. The ba- nanafish were usually found over coral out- croppings close tothe lagoon drop-off. Some schools were estimated to consist of about 10 buckets (a bucket equals 8 pounds). The silverside were usually found close to the shoreline in shallow water. In mangrove areas, they were spread lightly throughout most of the root area, which made them very difficult tocatch. The damselfish were usually spread out over coral heads, over coral rub- ble, in the shallows, and along the lagoon drop-off. In addition to the baitfish found in the atolls to the west and south of Truk, a few others were found to the eastward: Anchovy - Stolephorus heterolobus and S. Indicus Damselfish - species of Pomacentridae Round herring - Spratelloides delicatulus Sardine - Herklotsichthys sp. and possibly Sardinella sp. Silverside - species of Atherinidae The sardines were found in the largest concentrations on Jaluit and Majuro atolls, in shallow areas of less than 3 fathoms. The silverside were also quite abundant in the shallows. Anchovies were found in the deep- er parts of the harbor and entrance to Pon- ape, and also in Kusaie Harbor. Quite a few schools of anchovy were seenin Ponape. But, due to harbor depth (about 40 ft), our 21-ft seine was unable to catch them for estimates of abundance. The damselfish were scattered throughout the lagoon drop-off over coral heads. The round herring were abundant over coral outcroppings and widespread in lagoon areas. OBSERVATIONS ON TUNA SCHOOLS There were 122 schools sighted during the cruise. Of these, 92 were unidentified, 21 were skipjack tuna, 5 were yellowfin tuna, 2 were porpoise (Delphinus (?)), 1 was common dolphin (Coryphaena hippurus), and 1 wasa mixed school of skipjack and yellowfin tunas. For the area covered during this cruise, the number of schools seen was considered poor. Anincrease in sightings occurred just to the north and east of Wake, at about lat PTOoN: Flocks of migrating shearwaters (Procel- lariidae) were also seen for a few days while crossing this area. Another increase was noted in the vicinity of Helen Reef and to the northeast at about lat 4° N. Even in these two areas, where a relatively good number of schools was sighted, the prospect for pole and line or purse seining was not favorable. This lack of good fish signs was evident throughout the cruise. The time of the sur- 33 vey was not the seasonfor tuna school abun- dance in this area (Tohoku Regional Fisher- ies Research Laboratory, undated). CONCLUSIONS The best concentration of baitfish was in the Marshall Islands. A school of sardine estimated to exceed 25 tons was seen at Jaluit; thousands of buckets more of sardine, silverside, and a few other baitfish were seen along the shoreline of the fringing islands. Thousands of buckets of sardine, silverside, and a few other baitfish were also seen along the shoreline on Majuro atoll. Interviews with several people on Majuro also revealed that other atolls in the Marshall Islands carry heavy concentrations of sardine. Ponape was the only island where a good number of anchovy (Stolephorus heterolobus) schools was seen. They were mostly in the harbor and along the channel but could not be caught with the shallow day seine. The an- chovy were in the deeper part of the harbor, where a deep lampara net is needed to catch them, Night lights attracted only a few buck- ets of them, but this method should be more productive under the right conditions. This Same species is caught exclusively by night net in the Palau Islands. Kusaie had a few anchovy, but a good assessment was not ob- tained because of turbid conditions and time limitations. I thank the crew, scientific staff, and ob- servers whohelped make this cruise possible. LITERATURE CITED TOHOKU REGIONAL FISHERIES RESEARCH LABORATORY n.d. Atlas of skipjack tuna fishing grounds in southern wa- ters, 1968-69 fishing seasons. (2 pages text, 24 charts.) (Translated from the Japanese by T. Otsu, National Marine Fisheries Service, South- west Fisheries Center, Honolulu Laboratory, Hawaii, August 1971. Complete with table, figures, and charts, 30 pages, processed.) WILSON, P. T. In press. Truk live-bait survey. Circ-353, 10.p. NOAA Tech. Rep. NMFS 34 INPFC MEETS IN ALASKA The 18th annual meeting of the Interna- tional North Pacific Fisheries Commission (INPFC), which concluded in Anchorage, Alaska, Nov. 5, 1971, reviewed the results of conservation programs and scientific re- search on North Pacific fishery resources. INPFC members represent Canada, Japan, andthe U.S. Elmer E. Rasmuson of Anchor- age was chairman. About 80 administrators, scientists, in- dustry advisers, and consultants from the International Pacific Halibut Commission participated. The discussions dealt primari- ly with ensuring the continued orderly de- velopment of fisheries resources to maintain maximum sustainable yields. In fisheries characterized as fully ex- ploited and under an effective program of research and management for conservation, the Convention bars members that have not participated in these fisheries. No changes in the abstention provisions were recom- mended. Commission Recommendations The Commission recommended that con- tracting parties consider the conservation needs of salmon stocks in areas of inter- mingling when preparing fishing regulations. In fisheries exploited by two or more member countries--king crab and tanner crab of eastern Bering Sea, and groundfish other than halibut in Northeast Pacific Ocean--scientific studies will continue. Halibut Fishing Recommendations The Commission recommended conserva- tionmeasures for halibut fishing in the east- ern Bering Sea in 1972. Such recommenda- tions have been made annually since 1963, when line fishing for halibut first opened to all three nations. The Commission's 1972 recommendations are similarto1971's: the open season in certain fishing grounds of eastern Bering Seais modified. Also, an ex- tensive area in the southeastern Bering Sea, a nursery ground for young halibut, again is recommended for complete closure. The Commission again urged members to obtain data on the interrelationships between the condition of halibut stocks and the trawl fisheries for other species. Commission Members Commission members are: for Canada-- C.R. Levelton, James C. Cameron, Carl E. Giske, and Donovan. F. Miller; for Japan-- Kenjiro Nishimura, Masatada Tachibana, Toshihiko Ohba, and Haruo Nakai; for the U.S.--Milton E. Brooding, Edward W. Allen, Elmer E. Rasmuson, and Philip M. Roedel. The 1972 meeting will be held in Van- couver, Canada, beginning Oct. 30. Officers electedfor 1972 are: C.R. Levelton, Canada, chairman; Kenjiro Nishimura, Japan, vice- chairman; Elmer E. Rasmuson, U.S., secre- tary. ply 9 A ae : eo SOUTHEAST ATLANTIC FISHERY CONVENTION IS IN EFFECT A convention to conserve the living re- sources of the Southeast Atlantic Ocean came into force on Oct. 24, 1971, after the Soviet Union had ratified it, reports FAO. South Africa, Japan, and Portugal already had ratifiedit. The conventionwasto become effective when accepted formally by at least 4 nations with a total 1968 catchin the South- east Atlantic of at least 700,000 metric tons. The USSR, South Africa, Japan, and Portugal caught more than 2.9 million tons of fish there in 1968. The 21-article treaty, drafted under FAO auspices, was adopted at a conference at FAO, Rome, October 1969. Allparticipants at the conference, or members of U.N. or its specialized agencies, may subscribe to the convention. It is titled: The Convention on the Conservation of the Living Resources of the Southeast Atlantic. The Convention The Convention seeks to regulate fishing of heavily exploited stocks off Africa between 6° south and 50° south latitude, and 20° west and 40° east longitude. It provides for establishment of International Commis- sion for the Southeast Atlantic Fisheries. The Commission will study and recommend ra- tional exploitation of the fisheries. It will be aided by a scientific advisory council and by subsidiary committees. Although inde- pendent of FAO, it will cooperate closely. Catch Increased 30 Times Fishing in the Southeast Atlantic has in- creased 30 times in 30 years: from under 100,000 metric tons a year before 1939 to 3,300,000 tons in 1968. Hake and pilchard were the main fish catches. Nations that have signed but not ratified the convention are: Belgium, Cuba, West Germany, Italy, and Spain. Pa NORWAY FINANCES AND BUILDS FAO RESEARCH VESSEL Norway is building a $1.3-million fishery research vesselfor FAO's exclusive use, re- ports FAO. The ship will be the largest and best equipped of FAO's fleet of more than 100 fishery vessels. Their work is financed mainly by the United Nations Development Program(UNDP). The new vessel will speed existing projects and conduct exploratory surveys and training. FAO assists over 50 projects in almost 70 developing countries and territories. Norway's Institute of Marine Research will operate it for FAO. Completion is scheduled for late 1973. Operating costs of the Norwe- gian-registered ship will be shared. The Vessel The vessel will be a Norwegian-type com- bination trawler about 151 feet by 33 feet: 1500 HP engine, estimated speed of 13.5 knots, equipped with electronic gear for exploratory fishing, and laboratory for biological and oceanographic research, crew of 13, accom- modations for 7 FAOscientists and technolo- gists, and 8 counterpart crew or trainees from developing countries. When completed, the vessel will undergo a 6-month trial cruise along Africa's western coast. 35 ICELAND SEEKS TO EXTEND FISHERY LIMITS TO 50 MILES Iceland has asked Great Britain and West Germany to renegotiate their 1961 fishery agreements that established Iceland's exclu- sive 12-mile fishing limit. Iceland now in- tends to extend its limit to 50 miles by September 1972. It contends that interna- tional arrangements to conserve fish stocks offits coast are not doing the job. Instead of reducing fishing effort, other nations are in- creasing their fishing with larger, more efficient vessels. Iceland says it is neces- sary to take immediate measures to regu- late the fisheries. 1961 Agreement The 1961 agreement followed the ''cod war" of 1959 and 1960, when Iceland decided to extend its jurisdictionfrom 4 to 12 miles. Britaindid not recognize Iceland's extension to 12 miles until a compromise was reached in 1961. This allowed Great Britain to fish in defined areas between 4 and 12 miles for 3 years. A similar agreement was concluded with West Germany. Iceland Unwilling To Wait Britain has asked Iceland to postpone ac- tion until the 1973 Law of the Sea Conference. Both Britainand West Germany have asserted that Iceland's extension of the 12-mile limit would be contrary to international law and violate the 1961 bilateral agreements. However, Icelandis unwilling to postpone the issue until 1973. It claims that the 1961 agreements are unacceptable in the light of fishery and economic developments in the last 10 years. It does not believe that the UN or the International Court would approve fishing-limit expansion in time to save the fish stocks. The 3 governments are discussing the matter. (U.S. Embassy, Reykjavik) ana ede WHALE DOOMED, ECOLOGISTS SAY, BUT INDUSTRY SEES FEAR AS MYTH James P. Sterba TOKYO--The 518 crewmen of 'Kyokuyo Maru No. 3', one of the world's largest whal- ing factory ships, were led in a banzai cheer. Then, as the ship--as long as two football fields--was tugged from its berth at Chiba, on Tokyo Bay, colored streamers stretched between the crewmen and their families, whom they would not see for the six months they will spend in the Antarctic. Despite the cheers and the streamers, this modern whaling expedition would have none of the romance about which Herman Whale herds would be lo- cated by scout ships and sonar, frightened by Melville wrote. high-pitched sounds and chased to near-ex- haustion. An explosive charge would be em- bedded deepina whale's body, after which the carcass would be towed to a factory ship, to be sliced into parts within an hour. In Captain Ahab's day a whaling boat aver - aged a whale a month; today, it is estimated, a whale is killed every 12 minutes by the worldwide industry. American conservation- ists maintain that the whales are threatened with extinction. The conservationists, deploring the com- mercial killing, persuaded the United States Government last December toforbid imports of whale products and, in March 1971, to eliminate American whaling. They are now seeking a worldwide moratorium. Reprinted from The New York Times, Nov. 30, 1971. 36 Whale Meat for Food But the Soviet Union and Japan, which to- gether killed 84 percent of the more than 42,000 whales reported taken last year, ac- cept neither the argument nor the morator- ium idea. Both countries use whale meat for food, and whale products go into such diverse items as transmission fluid, lipstick, fer- tilizer and animal feed--for all of which there are adequate substitute sources. Officials in Tokyo maintain that whale meat is an essential of the Japanese diet, accounting for 10 percent of the animal- proteinintake in1969. Soviet spokesmen say populations inunderdeveloped Siberia and the Asian regions rely on whale meat as a cheap source of protein even though it is mostly used for dog and cat food around Moscow. Nearly everyone concerned with whaling agrees that several species of the giant sea mammals--the largest of which outweigh pre- historic dinosaurs--have been reduced to remnants. According to whaling records, modern whalers with harpoon guns mounted on fast killer boats have taken more whales in the last 48 years than were killed in the previous four centuries by their brethren with hand harpoons. It is another example, conservationists assert, of man's wasteful management of a valuable natural resource. Kept to ''maxi- mum sustainable yield''--at which the birth- rate determines the number killed--whales could have provided food for millions of people indefinitely. Oceanic Disruption Feared Some scientists fear that the decline in whales will cause ecological disruption of the oceans. Others believe that whaling should cease because the sea mammals--the whale and the porpoise --have intelligence closest to that of man and should be carefully studied. Of the eight largest species, the right and bowhead whales--targets inthe 18th and 19th centuries because they were slow and floated Blue, humpback and gray whales have been reduced when killed--are virtually extinct. from hundreds of thousands to a few thousand in 40 years and they are nominally protected by whaling nations. Stocks of three other species--finback, sei and sperm--have been reduced by more thanhalf, but they continue to be hunted under international sanction despite the contention that they are destined toshare the fate of the others. Many whalers and officials in Japan describe that view as emotional nonsense. International efforts to preserve whale herds at levels of maximum sustainable yield were late in coming and have been largely unsuccessful. The International Whaling Commission, established by 17 nations in 1946 with no enforcement powers, began setting yearly kill quotas, for all except the sperm whale in 1949. Quotas for sperm whales in the North Pacific were established in 1970, but limit- less killing is allowed everywhere else. Bi Quotas have dropped sharply since 1949 in the Antarctic, which has been the world's major whaling ground since Norwegians dis- coveredextensive herds there in 1904. Com servationists say the decrease shows that the quotas have consistently been set too high by delegates representing whaling concerns. One of Japan's twodelegates is Iwao Fujita, a former commission chairman who is also president of the Japan Fisheries Association, which lobbies on behalf of fishing companies. Dr. Douglas G, Chapman, chairman of the commission's scientific committee, said in recent United States Congressional testimony: "During its early years the commission took a number of restrictive acts, but unfortunate - ly, ingeneral, the restrictions were too little too late and were often rendered ineffective by individual vetoes." The 10-year moratorium proposed by the United States would undercut the commission at a time whenitis just beginning to be effec- tive, he added. Observer Failed To Appear The issue of control reaches down to the individual whaler. Below decks on Kyokuyo Maru, amid boilers for turning blubber into oil and refrigeration compartments for storing meat, there was a strong aroma of dead whales taken weeks before. Two decks below the bridge Capt. K. Yanagisawa had readied an officer's cabinfor an international observer, who was to make sure that pro- tected whales were not killed and quotas not exceeded and that seasons were observed, He did not show up. An international observer plan was pro- posed by Norway in 1955 but has been put off 38 since. In late September Japan, the Soviet Union and Norway-each suspecting the other of violations-initialed an Antarctic observer agreement. Japan and the Soviet Union, with three factory ships and about 40 killer boats each, and Norway, with one small combina- tion killer-factory ship, reported killing 11,770 whales in the Antarctic last year. Before the agreement could be ratified and observers could get aboard, the Soviet fleets sailed, so the Japanese fleets will not have international observers either. Officials said the Soviet fleets could have easily waited a few more days since the season does not open until Dec. 5. The empty cabin on Kyokuyo Maru will be occupied by the best-paid man aboard--the chief harpoon gunner. 750 ton killer boats, aim and fire the 150- pound harpoons. His men, on nine fast A Big Breakthrough Seen Another international observer agreement was signed last month for the North Pacific season, which begins next spring, but it still needs governmental ratification. Conserva- tionists say it will represent a major break- through--if it goes into effect. There are 22 coastal whaling stations around the All the controls have their limits. world not boundby the international commis-— sion's rules and quotas, although some coun- tries have their own. From those stations killer boats go out for short periods and tow Their take last year is listed as 11,719 whales. back catches for processing on shore. The most frenetic whaling took place in the thirties and from the end of World War II until the middle sixties. In1961, 21 factory ships, each with roughly adozenkiller boats, scoured the Antarctic, killing 37,350 whales. But as the herds dwindled the major whaling nations that were out for oil lost money and cut back or dropped out. Although Japan and the Soviet Union have scrapped a total of five fleets since 1969, they have survived because they use whale meat, the price of which has been rising, for human consumption. The others, more wasteful, boiled the meat for its small quantities of oil--most oil comes from blubber--or used it for animal feed and fertilizer. Big Yield in Edible Meat In Japan the average balleen whale yields 74 percent edible meat, 24 percent oil and 2 percent other nonedible products. Roughly two-thirds of a sperm whale is turned into oil, which is valuable to industry; the other thirdis a dark, strong-smelling meat that is unpopular here, so large amounts go to the United States as food for mink farms. Whalingin Japanis an $80-million-a-year business divided among three of the world's lar gest fishing concerns--Taiyo Fishery Co., Ltd.; Nippon Suisan Co., Ltd., and Kyokuyo Co., Ltd. Diversified companies, their com- bined sales were about $1.3 billion in 1970. PORTUGAL’S COD CATCH IN ICNAF AREA IS LOW In 1970, Portugal caught 163,000 metric tons, mainly cod, in the ICNAF area (Int'l Convention for the Northwest Atlantic Fish- eries), lowest in many years. In 1967, the catch was 237,000 tons; it has declined each year since then. In 1970, 36 trawlers participated in this fishery, 3 more than in 1968. To secure full cargoes, trawlers had to extend fishing sea- son to make up for scarcity of fish. Only 24 line fishing vessels took part, compared to 30 in previous years. Three liners ceased op- eration in 1970; 4 others were converted to trawlers, which delayed somewhat their de- parture for fishing grounds. Can't Meet Home Demand Portuguese officials contend that the fishing zone limitations imposed by Canada and Greenland are forcing replacement of most cod line-fishing vessels by modern stern trawlers equipped with freezing and salting facilities. Their cod production, stable for many years, has not been sufficient to supply domestic requirements. Consider- able quantities have tobe imported. The trend to modern freezing and frozen food distri- bution is expected to increase requirements for frozen fish products. 6-Year Program In 1968, Portugal began a 6-year program to renew and modernize its high-seas fishing fleet. It provided for investment of US$65 million during 1968-73. This is directed mainly to increase production in distant- water fishing, improve quality of product, and expand markets. Of the $65 million, the larg- est portion, $36 million, is to increase trawl- er fishing off Africa. About $14 million is for codfishing. Alsointhe program are plans to build 3 stern trawlers, one cod longliner, 4 pairtrawlers, and conversion of some line fishing vessels to trawlers and freezers. Late in 1969, two new stern trawlers were added. Government investment in cod fish- ing in 1969 was reported to be $2.5 million and, in 1970, about $1.4 million. DENMARK IMPOSES 10% IMPORT SURCHARGE ON PROCESSED FISH Effective Oct. 20, 1971, Denmark imposed a 10% import surcharge on all prepared and preserved fish products covered by Chapter 16 of Brussels Tariff Nomenclature (BTN). Products in BTN chapter 03 (fresh, chilled, frozen, dried, smoked, and salted products) and fish oilare not subject to the surcharge. U.S. Products Affected In 1970, Denmark imported from the U.S. fishery products worth $790,000 under the affected tariff categories. Frozen cooked shrimp is principal product in this trade. Canned shrimp, canned oyster, and canned salmon are also affected. The 10% surcharge is to be reduced to 7% on July 1,1972, and to4% on Jan. 1, 1973. The surcharge will end March 31, 1973. (U.S. Embassy Copenhagen, Oct. 22, 1971.) Paha 39 SOVIET YOUTH REJECT SEA AND PIER JOBS Although the Soviet government has am- bitious plans toexpand the merchant fleet and the ports, the sea is no longer attracting enough young mentomatch these plans. This was reported by Hedrick Smith to The New York Times Nov. 1, 1971. Mikhail A. Kalin, director of Odessa port, said: ''For some time we have needed 200 more workers on our docks and in spite of notices and announcements in newspapers around the country, we cannot get these men." At Odessa, and its sister city Iyichevsk, 22 miles south on the Black Sea, recruiting and retaining enough workers have been con- tinuing problems. Officials at Ilyichevsk re- ported that the port admits about 1,500 new menintoits basic 2-3-month training course every year--and that 40% leave when the course ends. Others drift away in the follow- ing months; some stay to work at the fast- growing port. Job Not Glamorous Enough Inthe age of space flights, jets, computers, and electronic equipment, some port officials suggest, being a dockworker or a merchant seaman holds too little glamor. Other offi- cials say this problem affects other sectors too: restaurants, hotels, service industries generally, and nearly all food or general merchandising stores. The editor of the 'Odessa Port Gazette! states: ''Nowadays, the young want push- button jobs." Labor Shortage A National Problem The labor shortage in ports and merchant fleets is a general problem of the Soviet economy. This wasemphasizedin April 1971 by Leonid I. Brezhnev, party leader, and Premier Aleksei V. Kosygin in speeches to the Communist party congress. Said Brezhnev: 'In the years 1971-75 the possibilities of attracting additional labor forces are diminished compared with the preceding 5-year period.'' He was referring to the near-completion of campaigns to at- tract more women, older persons, and even 40 youngsters into the job force. Foreign spe- cialists say that Moscow has nearly ex- hausted these reserves. Soviet Plans Despite this problem, Soviet leaders pro- jected an annual growth rate through 1975 of nearly 7%--while the work force would be increasing a little over1%a year. They em- phasized increasing productivity primarily through mechanization and modernization. Both Odessa and Ilyichevsk ports are us- ing this approach, but officials are worried about their chancestoattract young workers. M. A. Kalinsaid: 'Young people don't want to work here as they did before. They have be- come too educated. They want to work on planes, computers, machines. They don't consider this very high-level work. Even the pay, the housing we provide and other services do not attract them." The Pay Valentin I. Zologaryev, Ilyichevsk port director, reported that an inexperienced dockworker starts at 170 rubles ($187, offi- cially) a month. He can work up to top- skilled job in highly graded dock-workers' brigade at 350 rubles ($385). Western spe- cialists estimate this pay to be about equal to average Soviet monthly wage. August D. Kuznetsov, a deputy director of Odessa port, noted that youthful impatience to advance troubles the merchant fleet. 'We have avery young maritime fleet--most ships are only 8 to 10 years old. We have enough officers but not enough ordinary sailors." Workers Support Automation M. A. Kalin pointed to one benefit of the labor shortage on the docks: unlike many western dock-workers, the Soviet support automation inhandling cargoes and the trend toward containerized ships. He explained that the more mechanized jobs merit higher pay. Because there is arelatively short sup- ply of labor, workers can expect to be up- graded and to receive more money as the ports are mechanized. MEXICO REVEALS 5-YEAR FISHING-VESSEL BUILDING PLANS During the next 5 years, Mexico plans to build these fishing vessels: 500 shrimp boats, 67 to 72 feet long 300 hand-line boats, 36-50 feet 100 all-purpose finfish boats, 60-65 feet 70 sardine purse-Sseiners, 86 feet 30 tuna purse-seiners, capacity 350 to 500 tons. 762 on Pacific coast, 642 on Gulf coast; 780 are The shrimp fleet has 1404 vessels: over 15 years old. Plans call for replacing each group of 14 old vessels with 10 new ones. Construction of the other vessels is de- signed tofurther diversify the fishing indus- try and to increase fish production. If carried out, this program will require considerable machinery and equipment not Most, if not all, construction will be done in Mexican ship- manufactured in Mexico. yards. Plans for financing were not revealed. Saad FISH CATCH RISES 9% IN FIRST-HALF 1971 During the first 6 months of 1971, Mexico's fish production gained 9.1% over first-half 1970; Among edible species, sardines soared 55.7%, the total was 133,308 metric tons. grouper 33.3%; anchovies dropped 80%, shrimp 9.5%. Shrimp production during sec- ond half will be considerably better; there probably will be net increase for 1971 over 1970. Industrial Products Up 18% Industrial products increased 18.1% over 1970 period. Fish-meal production at 11,786 (Reg. Fish. Att., U.S. Embassy, Mexico, Nov. 1, 1971.) tons was up 19.4% from 1970. Mexico is moving steadily toward self-sufficiency in this product. Exports Down 5% Exports of shrimp, by far the most impor- tant seafood export, fell 5% from 1970 period. Total value was US$21.7 million. Most went to the U.S. This was expected to improve in second half of 1971. 42 Guam fisherman casts his net. (Photo: U.S. Navy) AUSTRALIA’s FISHERY EXPORTS SET RECORD Australian exports of frozen rock lobster tails, shrimp, scallops, canned abalone, and cultured pearls set records inthe year ending June 30, 1971. The main markets were the U.S. (53% by value) and Japan (30%). These data were reportedin'Australian Fisheries’, Sept. 1971. Exports of frozen rock lobster tails to- taled 10 million pounds worth US$34 million. This was rise of 17% in quantity and 41% in value from previous year. whole rock lobster dropped 52% to 587,000 pounds worth US$934,000. mainly tohigh prices for tails. Exports of frozen This was due The U.S. took practically all of the tails and France 68% of frozen whole lobsters. w Gilbert Is. 0° so. Bod o 4 - * aor, » ,e 4 SEA 20° ims a 7 Rd = | 40 TASMAN S Tasmania_) SEA “3 id New Zealan 100° 120° 140° 160° 180° Shrimp Up 40% Shrimp exports of 14.9 million pounds worth US$21.2 million were up almost 40% from previous year. Japantook 78%, the U.S. 10%. Exports of canned abalone rose 41% to al- most 5 million pounds; frozen abalone was 4% higher--2.3 million pounds. Hong Kong took 45% of canned abalone, Japan 59% of fro- zen abalone. Exports of scallops rose about 90% to 2.2 million pounds worth US$2.7 million. France took 61%, the U.S. 29%. A Queensland scallop in its shell showing the large adductor muscle or meat. (Photo: Australian News & Info. Bur.) NEW ZEALAND’S ROCK-OYSTER FARMING MAY BECOME EXPORT INDUSTRY New Zealand has been trying to broaden the base of its fishing industry. Most prog- ress has beenmade withrock oysters. Rock- oyster farming, introduced only 6 years ago, now is approaching the point when it will become an export industry. The Rock Oyster Farming Act was passed in1964. Before that, the New Zealand Marine Department was responsible for protecting, harvesting, and marketing rock oysters from natural beds. Now orderly rows of wooden stands stretching from the shoreline of har- bors and estuaries in northern North Island mark the sites of private rock-oyster farms. Leases have been granted to 133 private farmers. Government Aid The Government too is in the business. The Marine Department has established four 1,000-tray farms in the Bay of Islands, in Its Kaipara Harbour, and at Coromandel. be Fig. 1 - Rock oyster farms at Coromandel, New Zealand. ground; two private farms in foreground. 44 farms produce commercially. However, they were setup primarily to help private farm- er as experimental and demonstration farms. They were the first step in creating the in- dustry. Government activities include research and experiments to establish data and pro- cedures. Farmers agree that these have been a major factor in the industry's status today. Rock-Oyster Farming Rock-oyster farming demands steady, regular work. On Government farms, it is 43-hour week, sometimes odd hours if work must start about 3 a.m., and sometimes muddy work. A workshop and punt are among necessary installations. The young oysters are raised in one area and transferred to others to grow. Inthe third year, the fat stock is culled and sold; The Marine Department's farm is in back- Fig. 3 - A Marine De About 50,000 spat-c partment rock-oyster spat-catching installation at Te Kapa Bay, Mahurangi Harbour. atching sticks are in the photograph. The racks are covered from mid to high tide. o 46 Fig. 4 - Racks of trays at Marine Department's Coromandel farm. (New Zealand Information Service) store stock is sent back toa fattening area until it can be sold. There is no particular limit to oyster- farm size. Five acres could be an economic proposition for one man, but 7 acres would be more realistic. Some companies have planned 200-acre farms. For many farmers, the industry is still part-time work. They are waiting to see their new venture full developed. Some are dairy farmers, one a dentist, a hairdresser, and a tobacconist who travels 70 miles to his Coromandel form. Potential Not Yet Realized The full potential of rock-oyster farming has not been realized. Real production from private farms began in 1969. So far, it has been based on fattening natural rock oysters ontrays. Whenthis method changes to grow- ing young oysters, or spat, off planted sticks, there will be much more development. This will beginin1972-73, when oysters on 100,000 catching sticks distributedtofarmers in 1969 reach maturity. 1970 Production In 1970, production from private farms rose 25%. It was worth NZ$67,200 locally; in export revenue from Australia and Pacific Islands, NZ$88,500. Government farms addedtothe production success. In1969, domestic sales were worth NZ$25,300; from exports to Sydney, Mel- bourne, and Hong Kong, NZ$21,600. In 1970, Government production was lower because of a policy of conserving supplies and spread- ing sales over a longer period. The target for total sales of rock oysters by 1978 is NZ$1 million. Progress to date suggests that this new farming industry could become a multimillion-dollar export earner. JAPAN U.S. CONTINUES TO DETAIN CANNED TUNA Japanese canned tuna-in-brine shipments tothe U.S. continue to be detained at ports of entry for failure to comply with U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) quality stand- ards. Since January 1971, 450,000 cases have been seized; the number is expected to exceed 500,000 cases by the end of 1971. Reasons for Seizure The FDA seizures stem primarily from the smell of off-odor in the pack, but honey- comb, off-color, and excess mercury also are reasons. The Japanese believe that re- jections based on smell is due to the wide difference between Japanand the U.S. in judg- ing fish smell--present in tuna packed in brine but disappears almost completely in tuna packed in oil. ('Suisan Tsushin', Nov. 2, 1971.) COMPETITION DEPRESSES CANNED-TUNA PRICES Canned tuna-in-oil sales on the Japanese market are rising yearly. The 1971 volume is expected to reach around 800,000 cases. The product is attracting attention because its market potential in Japanis very good. However, severe sales competition in recent months has reduced price sharply. Large Drop A major brand of canned albacore, pre- viously retailed at 180 yen (US$0.50) a can (7-oz.), now is selling for 130 yen ($0.36) at some supermarkets. There is fear that price cutting might reduce quality and ruin a grow- ing market. This unfavorable situationwas created by 2 factors: an oversupply that resulted from tuna packers cutting export production be- cause of decomposition and mercury prob- lems, and because packers increased output for domestic market. ('Suisan Tsushin', Oct. 30, 1971.) * * 47 TUNA FLEET OFF NEW YORK GROWS Japanese tuna longliners off New York numbered 70 at the end of October 1971. They were concentrating on bluefin and bigeye tuna as alternate resources for diminishing southern bluefin off Australia and in Indian Ocean. In the latter, sharply declined hook rates have necessitated voluntary regulation by the Japanese. Similar To Japanese Waters The waters off New York, where the warm Gulf Stream encounters the cold Labrador Current, are Similarto Japan's northeastern coast, where the Kuroshio and Oyashio cur- rents meet to form good fishing grounds. The Japanese have known about the good bluefin grounds off New York since about 1963, but rough seas kept them away. But from around 1970, their longliners seeking high-value fish began fishing there. They found the catch and value good from Septem - ber until around November; after that, the fish began migrating northeastward toward New- foundland. ('Suisancho Nippo', Oct. 30, 1971.) TRAWLERS TAKE HERRING IN ICNAF AREA OF NORTHWESTERN ATLANTIC Four Nihon Suisan 2,500-gross-ton stern trawlers were operating in late October in the northwestern Atlantic Ocean regulated by the International Commission for the North- west Atlantic Fisheries (ICNAF). From September 17-18 until about October 17, those vessels fished herring north of Georges Bank southwest of Nova Scotia and caught about 2,500 metric tons of egg-bearing her- ring. Many foreign vessels fished the her- ring grounds off Georges Bank and dispersed when the season ended around October 17. Nihon Suisan's trawlers plan to fish squid in ICNAF area and off New York from De- cember 1971 for about 2-3 months. Mean- while, they will be scouting for good fishing grounds. ('Suisan Tsushin', Oct. 23, 1971.) 48 JAPAN (Contd.): INTERESTED IN SEA-URCHIN RESOURCES OF PERU AND CHILE There is steadily growing demand for processed urchin roe in Japan. To meet it, sea-urchin-roe processors are turning to the urchin resources of Peru and Chile. These resources have lower harvesting costs than those of South Korea. The latter, a major urchin roe supplier, provides 80% of Japa- nese annual imports of about 1,000 metric tons. Rising Cost of Korean Product The South Korean product is high quality. However, the increasing cost of raw-material imports from Korea, where labor costs are rising sharply, is becoming a big problem for Japanese urchin-roe processors. ('Min- ato Shimbun', Oct. 3, 1971.) se ok oye K OK OK PURSE-SEINE FLEET ISCATCHING MANY SKIPJACK OFF WEST AFRICA The Nichiro Fishing Co.'s purse-seine fleet was making good catches of skipjack off Ghana inlate October 1971. It was led by the mothership 'Hiroshima Maru!' (3,600 gross tons, carrying capacity 2,500 tons). Landings by the fleet's three pair-boat seiners tomid-October reached 3,000 metric tons of tuna, mostly skipjack mixed with yel- lowfin. This fleet beganfishing in June 1971. Its catch target: 5,700 tons of skipjack and yellowfin. ('Katsuo-maguroTsushin', Oct. 25, LSA a) GOOD SQUID FISHING OFF BAJA CALIFORNIA The 'Ryoun Maru No. 3! (299 gross tons) was chartered by Japan's Marine Fisheries Resources Development Center for explora- tory squid fishing off California in 1971. She departed Japan in August. On October 23, she landed 12 tons in one night off southern tip of Baja California (23° N. latitude and 112° W. longitude). It was the first time the vessel had made such a large catch on its present trip. The discovery of good fishing is likely to attract more squid vessels. The Center was elated over the sudden improvement in fishing; 10 days earlier, it had appeared hopeless. Congratulations were cabled to the vessel. The squid resemble the 'surume-ika! species off Japan. They average 700 grams (1.5 pounds) each. The Vessel Ryoun Maru is equipped with 20 mechan- ical and 10 manual squid-fishing gear. The survey will continue until December 20. Re- turn to Japan is scheduled for Jan. 13, 1972. (‘Minato Shimbun', Oct. 26; U.S. Embassy, Tokyo translation of 'Shin Suisan Shimbun Sokuho!, Oct. 27.) se ok ok Kk 3K ok SAURY FISHING OFF U.S. WEST COAST CONTINUES POOR Japanese saury fishing off the U.S. West Coast continues spotty. Twelve vessels (in- cluding motherships) were fishing in late October 1971 with 'boke-ami!' (stick-held dip nets) and floating-type seine nets. Rough seas and scattered fish were making fishing difficult.. The saury were small and lean. (Japanese prefer saury with high oil content.) The Catch One mothership fleet of Hoko Suisan, fish- ing for 55 days with two vessels, caught 392 tons (as of October 25), or about 50% of its 750-ton target. The saury vessels were ex- pected to remain there 2-3 weeks more. (‘Suisancho Nippo', Oct. 27, 1971.) KOK SAURY LANDINGS CONTINUE GOOD IN JAPAN As of Oct. 20, 1971, saury landings in Japan were 141,458 metrictons worth 9,787.5 million yen (US$27.2 million), reports the National Association of Saury Fishery. These landings are almost double the comparable 1970 figure of 75,060 tons. At this rate, 1971 productionis expectedto reach 160,000 tons. The fish are small, so the average exvessel prices continue low-- around 69.1 yen a kilogram ($174 a short ton). A year earlier, price was 114.7 yena kilogram ($289 a short ton). (‘Minato Shim- bun', Oct. 31, 1971.) oye og Sa JAPAN (Contd.): BAIT SAURY CATCH IS BELOW TUNA FISHERY NEEDS As of Oct. 20, 1971, saury landings were estimated at 130,000 metric tons. Close to 25,000 tons were frozen as baitfish for the tuna fishery. This is below minimum of 35,000 tons needed to supply Japanese, South Korean, and Taiwanese tuna vessels. The outlook for further increase in frozen production this year is not very promising, so the price of bait saury is rising slowly. Recent market price for fish size of 150 count per 10-kilogram (22-1b.) box is 2,000 yen (US$5.55), compared with 1,800 yen ($5.00) in late September 1971. Substitutes for Saury Years ago, at least 60,000 tons of bait saury were needed for domestic tuna fish- ermen and for export to South Korea and Taiwan. More recently, the increasing sub- stitution of squid and mackerel has reduced substantially the annual domestic bait saury requirements. ('Suisan Tsushin', Oct. 25, 1971.) OK OK SOVIET MACKEREL FLEET INCREASES OFF NORTHEASTERN JAPAN The Soviet Unionis intensifying its mack- erel fishing off Japan's northeastern coast. On Nov. 1, 1971, a Soviet fleet of 7,000-8,000- gross-ton motherships and about fifty 500- 1,000-ton mackerel vessels was fishing 60 kilometers (37 miles) southeast of Hokkaido. Another mackerel fleet of eight 6,000-12,000- ton factory motherships accompanied by thirteen 300-ton purse seiners was sighted for first time fishingas close as 7 kilometers (4.3 miles) off Hachinohe, Aomori Prefecture. Reportedly, the fleet cut into area being worked by Japanese mackerel vessels and damaged fishing gear. Soviet Rejects Request On November 4, the Foreign Ministry asked the Soviet Embassy toput an end to the fishing so close to the coast of Hachinohe. It is here that local Japanese boats are ob- serving voluntary regulations of the macker- el and squid fisheries. The Soviets replied 49 that the area was "high seas". They said their vessels are under no legal restrictions beyond the 3-mile limit. ('Suisan Keizai Shimbun', Nov. 8, 1971.) se ok ok ce SURVEY WEST GERMAN CANNED-TUNA MARKET The Japanese have been studying the can- ned-tuna market in West Germany, second largest market after the U.S. In 1970, W. Germany purchased 1.26 million cases from Japan, according to the Japan External Trade Organization (JETRO). This was 83% of West Germany's canned-tuna imports. (In 1968, Japan's share was 94%; in 1966, 83%.) Imports from Japan in 1971 were likely to fall below 1970 level because of mercury- in-tuna problem, although there have been practically no rejections in W. Germany. Canned-fish consumption in West Ger- many is trending upward. There are heavy demands for canned herring fillets, sardine in oil, and tuna in oil, according to JETRO. OK OK IMPORTS $9 MILLION WORTH OF 'YELLOW SEA PRAWNS'! Japan agreed to import from China this fall 2,400 tons of Yellow Sea prawns (Penaeus orientalis or 'giant prawn') worth $8,971,800 ($3,712 per metric ton or $1.68 per lb.). (‘Suisan Tsushin', Oct. 1, 1971.) NMFS Comment: Yellow Sea prawns are fished by the Japanese, South Koreans, and Mainland Chinese. In1970, Japanimported $19,282,000 worth of shrimp from China--about 40% of the $49 millioninfishery products from that country. Mainland : China Peg A= Yellow Seo PACIFIC OCEAN 50 JAPAN (Contd.): SEEK 3,000 MINKE WHALES IN 1971-72 ANTARCTIC SEASON On Oct. 12, 1971, Japan Fisheries Agen- cy approved an exploratory whaling license for Taiyo Fisheriesto hunt minke whales ex- clusively during the 1971-72 Antarctic Whal- ing Season. Itis the first time any country's fleet will catch minke whales exclusively. During 1969/70 season, Taiyo's baleen-whale fleet harvested 500 minke whales. The 1971 - 72 season target is 3,000. Taiyo's Fleet The Taiyofleet includes 1 mothership and 4 whaling boats. NMFS Comment: The switch to minke whales is dueto decrease in Antarctic whal- ing quota. Minke whales, not considered en- dangered, are not coveredunder International Whaling Commission's catch quota. skeook ok wk OK O*K 1971 FISHERY IMPORTS FROM CHINA NEAR RECORD The value of marine products imported into Japan from China in 1971 is expected to set a record, reportsthe Japanese press. In 1970, Japan imported marine products worth US$23.2 million; Shrimp, $19.2 million; 'other', $4 million. These were 9.1% of all Chinese exports to Japan ($254 million). At Canton Fair A record 1,450 Japanese firms partici- pated in 1971 Autumn Canton Fair. Nippon Reizo, Kyokuyo Hogei, Taiyo, and others re- portedly are interested in developing trade. The Hokkaido Federation of Fishery Co- operatives reportedly concluded a provision- alcontract toimport 1,500 tons of egg-bearing herring from China in 1971-72. Needs Herring Japan is turning to China for herring to meet its large domestic demand, mainly for roe, because of the near-100% Soviet ban on the Japanese herring fishery in Okhotsk Sea; also, because of poor herring fishing in North Pacific. Japanalsoimports herring-roe pro- ducts from Canada and the U.S. (‘Japan Ec- onomic Journal', Oct. 19,1971; 'Suisan Keizai', Oct. 15, 1971.) 7K OK OK FROZEN-FOOD MARKET EXPANDS Fish and shellfish products now account for 30% of Japan's frozen-food market. Fro- zen foods were introduced in 1965; by 1970, these were worth US$138 million. Nearly 500 firms produce frozen foods-- but 80% of total output is produced by the 5 largest fishery firms: Nippon Reizo, Nippon Suisan, Nichiro, Taiyo, and Kyokuyo Hogei. These firms also pack nonmarine products. 70% To Restaurants Currently, 70% of Japan's total supply of frozenfoods goes to restaurants, but private demand is rapidly increasing as the use of cooking ranges and freezers grows. Despite this rise, per-capita consumption of frozen foods is still only 1 kilogram (2.2 pounds) per year; this compares with over 30.7 kgs (67.5 lbs) of fish products (fresh, frozen, chilled, and canned) a year. ('Manichi', Nov. 10, 1971.) ok OK SKIPJACK POLE-AND-LINE VESSEL CONSTRUCTION RISES Construction of skipjack pole-and-line vessels in 1971 rose sharply over 1970. As of mid-September 1971, 54 vessels were built, compared with 60 during the 12 months in 1970. At present rate, 1971 construction is likely to reach 100 vessels. There is a noteworthy increase in large- size vessels--13 in299-gross-tonclass. The largest size built in 1971 is 404 tons, com- pared with 299 tons in 1970. The skipjack vessel construction boom is attributed primarily to the skipjack fishing- ground development surveys in the equatorial western Pacific, stable market price, and the possibility of year-round operations in the skipjack pole-and-line fishery. ('Suisancho Nippo', Nov. 18, 1971.) GREAT LAKES RESOURCE MANAGEMENT "Resource Management inthe Great Lakes Basin," edited by F. A. Butrico, C. J. Touhill, and I. L. Whitman, Battelle Memorial Insti- tute, published by Heath Lexington Books, D.C. Heath and Company, Lexington, Mass. 186 pp., charts, and tables. The editors believe that the many studies made on the Great Lakes Basin have failed toconsider the "total system"--and that ''the concepts developed in this book represent a new approach to traditional resource man- agement in the Great Lakes Basin.'' They emphasize the book's timeliness: the people of several states now are being asked to de- cide the Great Lakes! future by their votes on bond issues. Six problem areas are outlined: water quality; water levels and interbasin transfer; ecologicalimbalances; institutional arrange - ments; economic; and social. One estimate of the cost of depolluting the Great Lakes is more than $8 billion. Water Quality: The 5 Great Lakes reflect "misuse and abuse of environment by man." Lake Erie has suffered most--followed by Lakes Ontario, Michigan, Huron, and Supe- rior. There is close correlation between population growth rates inthe drainage basins around each lake and the rate of deteriora- tion in water quality. ''The conclusion is inescapable--manis directly responsible for the accelerated deterioration of water quality. If corrective action is not taken, further de- terioration will accompany future population growth." Water Levels and Interbasin Transfer: The problem of water quantity will become Significant. More attention should be given to reductions in inflows, potential reduction in outflow, and consequent variation in Lake levels.'' Some planners are thinking of con- tinental water plans--from Alaska to Mex- 51 ico--and the Great Lakes would play a "presently unpredictable" part in these. Ecological Imbalances: The growth of aquatic organisms is seriously impairing the beneficial uses of Great Lakes water. The biological systemis changing constantly. It contains many life forms that depend on the "total ecological balance of the environ- ment for their existence.'’ The balance is influenced by such factors as: "the concen- trations of suspended and dissolved organic and inorganic compounds; the availability of these compounds as nutrient materials; the concentrations of dissolved gases including oxygen; and the availability of sunlight." Institutional Problems: " analyses of water resources policy and polity is needed to ensure that progress in these aspects of water management is commensurate with technological progress." Economic and Social Problems: Although the water resources of the Great Lakes Basin are not fully developed, resource planners are concerned most about satisfying the de- mands of all water users. Financing: ''The costs of water manage- ment are high.'' Today, the most important problem is to finance treatment facilitiesto control water quality. Public Involvement: In the end, the voting public will have adecisive voice. An effective management program must generate infor- mation for public and government. SPORT FISHING USA "Sport Fishing USA"--Dan Saults, Manag- ing Editor; Michael Walker, Editor; Bob Hines, Illustrator; Rex Gary Schmidt, Photo Editor, 464 pp. For sale by the Superintend- ent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402 - price $10. 52 The U.S. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife has cast an authoritative net over salt and freshwater sport fishing. Rich in information and color, this book will lure amateurs and experts. Forty-three leading writers and scien- tists contributed to it. There are 21 color paintings by Bob Hines, whose work long has been a paean tonature and wildlife, and many sumptuous photos. ‘Sport Fishing USA' includes the history of fishing and the fun and frustration of it; fish feeding and breeding; equipment and techniques; fish migration; how pollution is altering the underwater environment; exotic fishes; the pressure of fishermen on fish; and many other interesting subjects. TROPICAL AMERICAN MOLLUSKS "Studies in Tropical American Mollusks, edited by Frederick M. Bayer and Gilbert L. Voss, 236 pp., illus, $12.50s, 1971. Univer- sity of Miami Press, Coral Gables, Florida 33124. The book contains 4 papers on molluscan fauna on either side of the Isthmus of Pana- ma. These discuss a part of the preliminary findings of research on the "feasibility and impact of a proposed interoceanic sea-level canal to connect the waters of the Gulf of Panama and the Caribbean Sea." The editors state: ''The Caribbean and Pacific coasts of Middle America of the pres- ent day are descended from what was once a broad tropical American faunal province, and the thorough knowledge of forms as they exist will provide a deeper insight into their development through geologic ages. Thus, if man can alter the marine environment on such a scale as by the artificial reuniting of the Atlantic and Pacific faunas, he inevitably will continue to do so in countless lesser ways, and studies such as these are needed to enhance our knowledge of the marine biota before the environment changes pro- ceed farther." The 4 papers are: ''Cephalopods Collected in the Gulf of Panama," by Gilbert L. Voss; "Mollusks from the Gulf of Panama," by Axel A. Olsson; ''The Conidae of the 'Pills- bury' Expedition,'' by James Nybakken; and "New and Unusual Mollusks Collected," by Frederick M. Bayer. ESTIMATING AQUATIC-ANIMAL PRODUCTION "Wethods for the Estimation of Production of Aquatic Animals,"' Edited by G. G. Winberg, Zoological Institute Academy of Sciences of the USSR; translated by Annie Duncan, Royal Holloway College, University of London, 175 pp., $9.00, 1971. Academic Press, London and New York. While there were handbooks on the meth- ods of estimating the production of fish, there was none on the production of other aquatic species until this Soviet publication. It re-. sulted from a project begun by the Soviet National Committee of the International Bio- logical Program. It compiles the research and theoretical work of many distinguished Soviet biologists. The book summarizes ''the important work on biological production carried out in the USSR over the past 30 years," It expains methods of measuring wet and dry weight, colorific values, fat protein and carbohydrate content. It discusses theories of animal growth and the effects of tempera- ture on development duration and growth rate. These factors are used as a basis for several methods of computing production. The book also describes an alternate ap- proach to estimate invertebrate production from the quantities seen eaten by fish from seas, lakes, and fish ponds. There is a reference list to Soviet liter- ature--and translated titles and guide to available English translations. COMMERCIAL OIL-FIELD DIVING "Commercial Oil-Field Diving," by Nicholas B. Zinkowski, 372 pp., illus., $12.50, 1971. Cornell Maritime Press, Inc., Box 109, Cambridge, Maryland 21613. This is a manual for working divers and trainees, a ‘practical book on all phases of oil-field diving. It includes such subjects as: ''Diving as a career, physics and physi- ology, tending and breaking out, diving equip- ment, decompression and treatment tables for compressed-air diving, rigging, burning and welding under water, use of explosives, diving from a pipe-lay barge." FOOD FISH FACTS Pompano (Trachinotus carolinus) Florida pompano, also known as cobbler- fish, butterfish, and palmenta, are generally considered one of the most delicious of ma- rine fishes. Most pompano are caught in the waters of the South Atlantic and Gulf coasts of the United States where local demand usually exceeds supply. Some fish are shipped north to gourmet restaurants. Description The Florida pompano, one of three species of the Trachinotus family, is the only com- mercially important species. deep-bodied fish with deeply forked caudal and dorsal fins having a silvery body shading It is a thin, to metallic blue above and to a golden yellow ventrally. A blue line appears above and in front of the eyes. The upper fins are dark while the lower fins are yellow, shaded with blue. Pompano have the ability to change color in different surroundings from silvery tovery dusky with an intermediate ''peppery" stage. Spines and soft rays are found in the dorsal and anal fins. Florida pompano are not to be confused with the Pacific or Cali- forniapompano. The latter fish is a member of the butterfish family rather than the pom- pano family. The true pompano, a relatively small fish, range in weight from 13 to3 pounds commercially, although some fish ex- ceed 6 pounds in weight. Habitat The complete life history of this fish is still relatively unknown. Males generally reach maturity intheir first year and females in their second year. Spawning is thought to occur offshore inareas where the current will carry the young backtoshore. Peak spawning is in the spring although some fish spawn throughout the year. Young pompano, about a month old and less than an inch long, first appear on the Florida beaches in April or May. After a six-week growing period, they migrate northward to New England where they appear in July and remain till October or until cold weather starts them on their journey south to warmer temperatures and (Continued following page) 54 Runaround gill net waters. Life span is estimated to be 3 to 4 years under normal conditions. Pompano feed mainly on bottom organisms such as crabs, shrimp, and mussels. Fishing Commercial landing of Pompanoare made from Virginia to Texas but most of the catch in the United States is from Florida waters. To increase the ‘never sufficient'' supply, airplane spotters have been employed in the Florida Keys to assist fishermen in locating schools of fish. Pompanoare caught all year but the major fishery occurs in March, April, and May. Adult pompanoare generally netted with commercial trammel or gill nets but haul seines, runarounds, hand lines, and otter trawls are also used. Farming Florida pompano have great potential for fish farming because of their high market value, consumer demand, and research prog- ress. Since knowledge of induced spawning and hatching of captive pompano is still limited toexperimental studies, fish farmers have to depend upon wild stock taken from It is estimated that some fish have between 400,000 to 600,000 eggs, and once a technique for controlled spawning the ocean's surf. is perfected, a few fish maintained as brood stock could supply a large number of young for hatchery operations. Farm-raised pom- pano grow about one inch a month and can reach commercial size of 10 inches in less than a year. Uses Florida pompano are excellent for broil- ing, baking, and planking, and are recom- mended for pan and deep-fat frying. One of the more exotic, epicurean preparation meth- ods for this delicacy is Pompano enpapilote-- seasoned fish baked in oiled paper "enve- ! lopes.'' Pompanoare sold "in-the-round" or gutted. Preferred market size is usually 1 to 13:pounds. (Source: National Marketing Services Office, NMFS, U.S. Department of Commerce, 100 E. Ohio Street, Room 526, Chicago, Illinois 60611). 55 FOOD FISH FACTS Lingcod (Ophioden elongatus) The lingcod, a fish native to the Pacific coast,is considered by many to be one of the Although the name denotes "belonging to the cod fam- finest eating fishes of the West. 'it is misleading. Lingcod, first re- ily,' corded in 1881 as coming from the waters of British Columbia, is amember of the Hex- agrammidae family, one of a number of spe- cies commonlycalled greenlings. Local, more colorfulnames for the lingcod are blue cod, buffalo cod, and cultus cod. The latter name comes from the Indian term cultus, meaning false. Lingecod is not a true cod. Description For such a highly prized fish, appear- ances are both deceiving and detracting. Coloration, highly variable, is closely asso- ciated with habitat. Basically, lingcod has subdued coloration ranging from a mottled brown to bluish-green with cream colored undersides. The spots or blotches are brown, green, or tan, outlined inorange or light blue. Female markings, usually lighter in color, have orange tracings rather than blue. The lingcod has a large protruding mouth armed with good-sized canine-like teeth, two large, fleshy flaps (cirri) above the eyes, double nostrils, and a long, deeply notched, dark dorsal fin. The body and head are covered with smooth, small scales. Males, which are usually smaller than females, range up to 3 feet, while females may attain a length of 5 feet. Lingcod range from 5 to 20 pounds av- erage weight, although fish up to 40 pounds are not uncommon. A few have been re- corded that weight up to 100 pounds. Habitat The bottom-dwelling, extremely voracious and prolific lingcod favor intertidal zone reefs and kelpbeds that have strong tidal currents. As adults, lingcod are found at depths from 60 to 100 fathoms along the entire Pacific coast. They range from the Baja Peninsula of California to Northwest Alaska but are most abundant in the colder waters of the north. Life History In a single spawning, the female deposits her eggs, upwards to half-a-million, in large adhesive, pinkish-white masses insheltered, rocky locations or on kelp beds below the lowest tidal levels. In minus tides, they can be seen clinging to kelp or rocks. After fer- 56 tilization, the male guards them until hatched. He fans the eggs with his fins to provide good circulation of oxygen-rich waters around the eggs and protects them from intruders with swift, vicious passes at any approaching danger. Principal spawning season is from December to March. Little is known about the early stages of lingcod development, but fingerlings from 3 to 5 in- ches longare taken occasionally by seining in Tagging studies indicate lingcod do not travel widely the eelgrass during the summer. from natural habitat. The young feed on small crustaceans while adults graduate to herring, flounders, cod, hake, squid, crustaceans, and little lingcod that are unfortunate enough to be in the area at dinnertime. Fishing Commercial fishermen obtain most of the lingcod catch with otter trawls. However, some fish are taken with set lines, handlines, andtroll lines. The vast majority of the catch is taken from Washington State waters followed by catches from Oregon, Alaska, and California. Fishing for lingcod is year- round along the entire Pacific coast but is best in California from April to October. Further north the fishing is best from October to May. Lingcodis ahighly prized fish which gives anglers an exciting battle on light tack- le. When a lingcod is caught, however, the hook has to be removed with care because of the fish's dangerously sharp teeth. Inrecent years, Spearfishing for lingcod by skindivers has become popular in Puget Sound. The sport has become so popular that the state now has a closed season for spearfishing to prevent exploitation. Use Fresh lingcod is available along the Pa- cific coast, but the fishis soldfrozen inother areas of the country. It is highly desirable as a fine eating fresh fish and is marketed as dressed, fillets, and steaks. Smoked lingcod is another delicacy found in the markets. A characteristic that keeps the uninitiated from trying lingcod is the unusual greenor bluish- green color of the flesh. The greenish color flesh is most common in the smaller, im- mature fish. It isnot harmfuland disappears upon cooking to produce a delicate, white, tender flesh very low in fat. Some of the preferred methods of preparation for lingcod fillets and steaks are broiling, butter-sau- teing, and poaching. Whole fish can be baked or poached. For broiling, natives often split small fish downthe middle, remove the back- bone and cook. Anincreasingly popular method for preparing lingcod is to pan or deep-fat fry for "fish and chips." Today, most of the lingcod produced goes into the rapidly expanding commercial "fish and chips" trade. (Source: National Marketing Services Office, NMFS, U.S. Dept. of Com- erce, 100 East Ohio St., Rm. 526, Chicago, Illinois 60611.) 57 FOOD FISH FACTS Shad, a springtime favorite for hundreds of years, was known as elft, the eleven fish, to the early Dutchsettlers. It was on the 11th day of March each year that the first shad were caught and cooked on a plank, a method the settlers learned from the Indians. Shad were so abundant in colonial days and the first days of the Republic, that it became unfash- ionable among some of the well-to-do. Many of them ate shad on the sly, fearing that oth- ers would think them unable to afford more expensive foods. Many prominent people, however, put aside their pride and enjoyed shad openly. George Washington was among the latter and history reveals that he was es- pecially fond of baked shad. Shad became the excuse for parties in Washington, and sena- tors and representatives often sailed down the Potomac on Saturday mornings for the sole purpose of eating shad and enjoying a few drinks. Description Shad are members of a large family of fish which includes the herring. Shad is the larg- est member of this family, reaching up to 14 pounds in weight, and up to 30 inches in length. Shad caught today, however, rarely reach over 9 pounds in weight. Silvery colored witha bluish-green metallic luster on the back, shad have a deep body anda serrated midline on the bellyside. Theirscales are large and easily loosened. Unlike the sea herring, shad do not have teeth on the roof of the mouth; however, young shad do have small teeth in the jaws which may last until they are a foot or more in length. Shad are distinguished from other AMERICAN SHAD (Alosa sapidissima) members of the herring family by having a prominent dark spot behind the gills, followed by arow of lighter spots, adeeply forked tail, and the adults are toothless. Habitat Shad are native to the Atlantic and can be found from the Gulf of St. Lawrence down the coast to Florida along the Gulf of Mexico. They are most abundant, however, from North Carolina to Connecticut. In 1871, shad were successfully plantedinthe Sacramento River in California, and shortly afterwards, in the Columbia River. Now they occur along the Pacific coast from the Mexican border to Alaska. Plantings ininland lakes and streams were unsuccessful. Shad are anadromous, like salmon, spend- ing most of their lives in the ocean but re- turning to their natalstreams tospawn. Young shad spend theirfirst summer in the stream where they were hatched. Whenthey are 3 to 6 inches long, they migrate to the ocean, re- maining there untilthey mature. At approxi- mately 3 to 4 years of age, shad return to their natalstream tospawn. Spawning occurs in January inwarmer waters and up until June in colder waters. For reasons still unknown, shad that spawn in coastal streams of the South Atlantic States die after spawning, while those that spawn further north survive and return again the next year. Shad Fishing Shad was animportantfoodfor the Indians long before the first settlers arrived. The In- dians used many methods to catch the shad, 58 HA AN 4 a OS ‘ XX) XY XX XX) including bush nets or seines, weirs, spears, and bows and arrows. Early settlers used weirs, drift gillnets, dip nets, and haul seines. The haul seines were the most efficient and most oftenused. Gear today remains essen- tially the same but the techniques and net ma- terials have changed. Shad has become very popular as aprized game fishin recent years, jumping out of the water frequently, striking hard, and giving the fishermen a game fight. Although shad have decreased in quantity, they are still available insufficient numbers to support fisheries of great commercial and recreational values. Management and Conservation Several states along the Atlantic coast have worked independently and jointly with the NMFS in investigating shad resources. The studies made were primarily to acquire basic knowledge of the species and, through scienti- fic management, to increase the size of the shad run and the annual yield. Shad popula- tions in several rivers are being effectively Drift gill net managed as a result of these studies. Pri- mary problems facing the Service and the fishing industry are pollution, overfishing, and dams on rivers whichprevent shad from making their spawning runs. All fishery re- search, whether state or federal, has a basic goal to ensure the wise use of a renewable resource. Uses of Shad Fresh shad are available from January into June and can be bought either whole, drawn, or filleted. Shad have a large, complicated bone structure and, for ease of eating, may be boned at the seafood market. The texture of the flesh is delicate and it is best to leave the skin on while cooking. This tastyfishcan be broiled, baked, planked, stuffed, or sautéed. Shad roe is considered a great delicacy by gourmets, and can be bought either fresh or canned. (National Marketing Services Office, National Marine Fisheries Service, U.S. Department of Commerce, 100 East Ohio St., Rm. 526, Chicago, Ill. 60611.) The falland winter months offer many op- portunities for fun get-togethers and informal hospitality. Many homemakers entertain often but in a casual manner, and the invited guests are family members, neighbors, or close friends. A thoughtful hostess has rap- port with her guests inmany ways. She helps them feel at ease, invites people who are con- genial together, and chooses her menu care- fully. She is aware of the importance of dietary problems and takes these into con- sideration for her guests as well as for her family. Today's homemakers know that good health and good nutrition are a twosome--you really can't have one without the other. She chooses fishery products often because of their high nutritive value and the fact that the fat content is polyunsaturated. Knowing that fish are as good to eat as they are good for the eaters, she prepares them withimagination and serves them with a flair to her guests and family. Fish fillets are often her choice be- cause of their versatility and the wide selec- tion available at a moderate price. Fish Fillets With Cranberry -Orange Sauce, a tasty new, recipé from the National Marine Fisheries Service, was created es- pecially for the homemaker who likes an entrée thatis gourmet without spending gour- met $$$$ for it or devoting endless hours in preparation. This hearty but elegant entrée has tender fish fillets served over a dressing made interesting with orange juice and rind, textured with celery and onions, and crisped with pecans. Cranberries are usually thought of as an accompaniment of the big bird at Thanksgiving time, but until you've tried a Cranberry-Orange Sauce over succulent fish, you really can't appreciate these tart little berries. Fish and cranberries are anatural-- they were meant for each other. This easy but elegant entrée is just right for family eating or casual entertaining. Serve with a salad or your choice of vege- tables and a selection of fresh fall fruits for dessert. Who could ask for anything more ? CRANBERRY -ORANGE SAUCE A cup sugar 5 cup water 2 teaspoons cornstarch 1 cup raw cranberries a cup orange juice 2 teaspoons grated orange rind 2 59 FISH FILLETS WITH CRANBERRY - ORANGE SAUCE 2 pounds thick fish fillets, fresh or frozen 1 cup sliced celery ; cup chopped onions 6 tablespoons margarine or cooking oil 4 cups soft bread cubes ( -inch) : cup chopped pecans 1 1-7 teaspoons salt 1 teaspoon grated orange rind 4 Cup orange juice Cranberry -Orange Sauce Thaw frozen fish. Cut fillets into 6 portions. Cook celery and onions in a 10-inch fry pan in 4 tablespoons margarine or cooking oil until tender but not brown. Stir in bread cubes, pecans, 1/4 teaspoons salt, orange rind, and orange juice. Turn stuffing into well-greased baking dish, 12 by 8 by 2 inches. Arrange fish in a single layer on stuffing. Drizzle remaining two tablespoons melted margarine or cooking oil over fish. Sprinkle with 1 teaspoon salt. Bake in a moderate oven, 350 F., 25 to 30 minutes or until fish flakes easily whentested with a fork. Serve with Cranberry-Orange Sauce. Makes 6 servings. Combine sugar and corstarch in a 2-quart saucepan and mix. Add orange juice and water; cook, stirring constantly, until mixture comes to a boil. Add cranberries and cook 5 minutes or until skins on cranberries pop, stirring occasionally. Fold inorange rind. Serve with fish. Makes 1-1/4 cups sauce. (Source: NMFS, NOAA, 100 East Ohio Street, Room 526, Chicago, Illinois 60611.) Page co oo 10 INDEX Page UNITED STATES: INTERNATIONAL (Contd.): Hutton Named NMFS Associate Di- Europe: rector 39 Portugal's Cod Catch in ICNAF Slavin Confirmed As NMFS Associ- Area Is Low ate Director 39 Denmark Imposes 10% Import Sur- U.S.-Soviet Scientists Discuss North charge on Processed Fish Pacific Fisheries 40 Soviet Youth Reject Sea and Pier NMFS Tests Plankton-Collecting Jobs Gear Latin America: Saltwater Anglers Increase Mexico: NMFS Will Collect Statistics on 41 Mexico Reveals 5-Year Fishing- Saltwater Sport Fishing Vessel Building Plans VIMS Expects Abundance of Blue 41 Fish Catch Rises 9% in First - Crabs Half 1971 Menhaden Catch Is Greatest Since South Pacific: 1962 43 Australia's Fishery Exports Set Hawaiian Fish Landings Rose in1970 Record NMFS and Alaska Seek to Enhance 44 New Zealand's Rock-Oyster Farm- Salmon Run ing May Become Export Industry Precocious Coho Salmon 'Home' to Asia: Northwest Fisheries Center Japan: Seek Change in Juvenile Chinook's 47 U.S. Continues to Detain Canned Migration Time Tuna NOAA Publishes 3-D Air Photos of 47 Competition Depresses Canned- U.S. Coastal Areas Tuna Prices NMFS Surveys Amchitka After 47 Tuna Fleet Off New York Grows Nuclear Explosion AT Trawlers Take Herring in ICNAF Alaska's North Slope: A New Fac- Area of Northwestern Atlantic tor in Fisheries Management, by 48 Interested in Sea-Urchin Re- George L. VanWyhe sources of Peru and Chile U.S. Great Lakes Commercial Catch 48 Purse-Seine Fleet Is Catching Drops About 10% Many Skipjack Off West Africa NMFS Fishery Inspection Is Adapt- 48 Good Squid Fishing Off Baja Cali- able to A Plant's Needs fornia The Slimier It Is, The Faster It 48 Saury Fishing Off U.S. West Coast Swims Continues Poor Lobsters Can Be Raised in Hatcher- 48 Saury Landings Continue Good ies, Expert Says in Japan Puerto Rico to Have Undersea Lab 49 Bait Saury Catch Is Below Tuna in 1972 Fishery Needs Oregon State University Aids Amer- 49 Soviet Mackerel Fleet Increases ican Samoa Off Northeastern Japan ARTICLES: 49 Survey West German Canned- Fisheries of the Virgin Islands, by Tuna Market Willard N. Brownell 49 Imports $9 Million Worth of 'Yel- Baitfish Scouting in the Trust Ter- low Sea Prawns' ritory, by Thomas S. Hida 50 Seek 3,000 Minke Whales in 1971- INTERNATIONAL: 72 Antarctic Season INPFC Meets in Alaska 50 1971 Fishery Imports from China Southeast Atlantic Fishery Conven- tion Is in Effect Norway Finances and Builds FAO Research Vessel 60 Near Record Frozen-Food Market Expands Skipjack Pole-and-Line Vessel Construction Rises . . Iceland Seeks to Extend Fishery 51 . .BOOKS Limits to 50 Miles Bie) .Food Fish Facts (Pompano, Lingcod, Whale Doomed, Ecologists Say, But and American Shad Industry Sees Fear As Myth, by 59 ..Cranberries Find Happiness With Fish James P, Sterba 60 INDEX BACK COVER: The 'Murre II' approaches : NMFS Auke Bay (Alaska) Laboratory Dock. a (J. M. Olson) IFWO1DRROB0000 DR ROBERT H GIBBS JR DIV OF FISHES U S NATIONAL MUSEUM UNITED STATES WASHINGTON DC 20560 GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE PUBLIC DOCUMENTS DEPARTMENT POSTAGE AND FEES PAID U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON, D.C. 20402 OFFICIAL BUSINESS PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE, $300 igs haz es AV HLS X Fishes A UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF PUBLICATION JULY 1972 Comm Fisher REVIEW U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE ercial es National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration National Marine Fisheries Service Index for 1971 Volume 33 2 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 1971 Index INDEX TO VOLUME 33 (NUMBERS 1 - 12 INCLUSIVE)--1971 The reference gives the month and page number. AFRICA ‘Discoverer! on NOAA expedition seeks clues to -North America split; Apr. p. 33. Japan: imports of frozen shrimp from ing; Feb. p. 56. purse seiner reports good fishing off west Fi are increas- Oct. p. 30. Norwegian first factory ship on fishing expedition off ; Jan. p. 52. AGAR Denmark produces 80% of annual 1,000-MT from local seaweed; Mar. p. 45. ALASKA Crabs: dungeness, live, flow steadily to Hawaii; Jan. p.12. king, restriction relaxed; Apr. p. 29 tanner, landings rise but market is poor; Oct.p. 20. Fishery resources present challenges; vast; Oct. p. 20. U.S. and USSR study shrimp in Gulf of ; Mar. 15 6 International: agreements in of; Sept. p. 27. North Pacific Fisheries Commission in p Nov.-Dec. p. 34. Kodiak: industry suggests shrimp quota for; Jan. p. 12. North slope, a new factor in fisheries management; Nov.-Dec. p. 12. Pollock, North Pacific in; Mar. p. 54. Salmon: drop in 1971 predicted; Jan. p. 12. forecast; Mar. p. 3. NMFS and seek to enhance; No.-Dec. p. 9. roe market is expanding; Jan. p. 12. Seward, EDA grants funds for harbor improvement in; Mar. p. 2. fisheries, the growing role , 5. Koreans interested ALASKA, GULF OF (see ALASKA) ‘ALBATROSS IV' NMFS tests plankton-collecting gear; Nov.-Dec.p. 5. ALEWIVES Great Lakes, the: their grim problems persist; Apr. p. 10. ALGAE Strait of Georgia boasts annual 'pea soup! of phyto- plankton; Apr. p. 25. AMCHITKA ISLAND NMFS surveys Dec. p. 11. after nuclear explosion; Nov. - AMERICAN SAMOA Fishery statistical analysis project, Feb. p. 18. Oregon State University aids gets; ; Nov.-Dec. p.21. AMERICAN TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH COMPANY Submarine cables, makes progress in pro- tecting; Mar. p. 28. ANCHOVY California: fishery passes midpoint toward quota; Jan. p. 11. reduction season closed May 15; May p. 9. seasonal and geographic characteristics of fishery resources: current region--V. northern 5 Mar. p. 33. Peru's fishery; Sept. p. 57. ANGLER(S) Saltwater increase; Nov.-Dec. p. 7. ANTARCTIC Whales, minke, in 1971-72 season, Japanese seek 3,000; Nov.-Dec. p. 50. AQUACULTURE Japan: shrimp farming venture; Mar. p. 53. Tokai University cultures tuna species and dolphin; Feb. p. 58. Long Island Sound shellfish thrive in West Indies experiment; Mar. p. 16. Lummi Indians' project nears commercial production; Jan. p. 17. New England is years off in commercial pe ss Taiwan artificial propagation of mullet; Feb. p. 60. ; Jan. AQUARIUM NMFS Woods Hole June p. 6. begins second decade; ARCTIC ICE COVER Navy scientists dive and work under p. 23. ; Mar. ARMY, DEPARTMENT OF THE Corps of Engineers! veto of Florida dredge plan, Supreme Court upholds; Feb. p. 1. ARTIFICIAL LIGHT Harvesting coastal pelagic fishes with & purse seine in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico; Jan. p. 30. ATLANTIC COAST NOAA will map flood-prone areas; Apr.p. 39. ATLANTIC OCEAN Haddock stocks continue low, north; Apr. p. 15. Pelagic fishes in the western , distribution of some coastal; June p. 21. AUSTRALIA Fishery exports set record; Nov.-Dec. p. 43. Japan to fish skipjack tuna with ; May p. 61. Metric system, changes to; Apr. p. 64. Value of fisheries declined in 1969/70; Apr. p. 64. AUTHORS & TITLES BAKKALA, R. (and R. French): U.S. & Japan Continue Cooperative Research in North Pacific (1970-71); Sept. p. 41. BARKER, ALLAN M. (and John W. Ropes): The Atlantic Surf Clam Fishery-1969; June p. 35. BEARDSLEY, ALAN J.: "Beche-De-Mer" Fishery for Truk; July-Aug. p. 64. BOSIN, MORRIS R.: Food Fish Situation; Sept. p. 3. (and Clemens B. Bribitzer and Donald R. Whitaker): Fish Blocks and Sticks and Portions, A Special Report on; Mar. p. 5. BRANSON, JIM: Killer Whales Pursue Sea Lions in Bering Sea Drama; Mar. p. 39. BRIBITZER, CLEMENS B. (and Morris R. Bosin and Donald R. Whitaker): Fish Blocks and Sticks and Portions, A Special Report on; Mar. p. 5. BROWNELL, WILLARD N.: Fisheries of the Virgin Islands; Noy.-Dec. p. 23. CARLTON, EARNEST T. (and Donald C, Greenland, Robert L. Gill, and Sammie L. Weaver): Pond-Raised Channel Catfish; Oct. p. 13. ELLIS, IAN (and Gary Loverich): A Buoyline Coiling Device; Feb. p. 42. ERNST, ROBERT C., Jr.: FPC: The NMFS Experiment and Demonstration Plant Process; Feb. p. 22. FOX, WILLIAM E., (and George M. Knobl, Jr., Bruce R. Stillings, and Malcolm B. Hale): Fish Protein Concentrates; July-Aug. p. 54. FRENCH, R. (and R. Bakkala): U.S. & Japan Continue Cooperative Research in North Pacific (1970-71); Sept. p. 41. FUSS, CHARLES M., Jr. (and Brian S. Kinnear): Thread Herring Distribution Off Florida's West Coast; July-Aug. p. 27. GILL, ROBERT L. (and Donald C. Greenland and James C. Hall): Live Cars for Use in Catfish Industry; July-Aug. p. 44. (and Donald C. Greenland, Earnest T. Carl- ton, and Sammie L. Weaver): Pond-Raised Channel Catfish; Oct. p. 13. GREENLAND, DONALD C. (and Robert L. Gill and James C. Hall): Live Cars for Use in Catfish Industry; July-Aug. p. 44. (and Earnest T. Carlton, Robert L. Gill, and Sammie L. Weaver): Pond-Raised Channel Catfish; Oct. p. 13. HAEFNER, PAUL A. Dr. (and Roy T. Terretta): The Chesapeake Bay Rock Crab; Feb. p. 16. HALE, MALCOLM B. (and George M, Knobl, Jr., Bruce R. Stillings, and William E. Fox): Fish Protein Concentrates; July-Aug. p. 54. HALL, JAMES C. (and Donald C. Greenland and Robert L. Gill): Live Cars for Use in Catfish Industry; July-Aug. p. 44. HIDA, THOMAS S.: Baitfish Scouting in the Trust Territory; Nov.- Dec. p. 31. HIGH, WILLIAM L.,: Trapping Sablefish; June p. 43. Underwater Fishery Studies Are Valuable, Oct.p.1. AUTHORS & TITLES JOYNER, TIMOTHY (and Gunnar Safsten): Prospects for Sea Farming in Pacific Northwest; Sept. p. 22. KELLEY, CAROLYN: Glucose Oxidase Reduces Oxidation in Frozen Shrimp; Feb. p. 51. KINNEAR, BRIAN S., (and Charles M. Fuss Jr.): Thread Herring Distribution Off Florida's West Coast; July-Aug. p. 27. KLIMA, EDWARD F.: Distribution of Some Coastal Pelagic Fishes in the Western Atlantic; June p. 21. KNOBL, GEORGE M., Jr. (and Virginia D. Sidwell and Bruce R. Stillings): Evidence Indicates That--a Premix of FPC & Wheat Flour Can Be Made & Transported; Jan. p. 39. (and Bruce R. Stillings, William E. Fox, and Malcolm B. Hale): Fish Protein Concentrates; July-Aug. p. 54. KRAMER, DAVID (and Paul E. Smith): Seasonal and Geographic Characteristicsof Fish- ery Resources: California Current Region: V. Northern Anchovy; Mar. p. 33. VI. Rockfish; July-Aug. p. 40. VII. Pacific Sardine; Oct. p. 7. LAURS, R. MICHAEL: Fishery-Advisory Information Available to Trop- ical Pacific Tuna Fleet Via Radio Facsimile Broadcast; Apr. p. 40. LEARSON, R.J. (and B. L. Tinker and L, J. Ronsivalli): Technical Note: Fish Proteins as Binders in Processed Fishery Products; Feb. p. 46. LEWIS, ANTHONY: To British Fishermen, Trade Bloc Is No Prize; May p. 68. LOVERICH, GARY (and Ian Ellis): A Buoyline Coiling Device; Feb. p. 42. LUSZ, LARRY D.: How ToInstal an Echo Sounder in a Small Fiber- glass Boat; May p. 44. MAC MILLAN, ROBERT B. (and James H. Redman): Hard Clam Cleansing in New York; May p. 25. NAAB, RONALD C.,: The Growing Role of International Agreements in Alaskan Fisheries; Sept. 27. PARKER, R. O.,Jr.: Overboard--With Chest Waders, Hip Boots, or Rain Gear; Apr. p. 43. PASTULA, EDWARD J. Jr. (and William H. Stevenson): Observations on Remote Sensing in Fisheries; Oct. pe 9 REDMAN, JAMES H. (and Robert B. Mac Millan): Hard Clam Cleansing in New York; May p. 25. RONSIVALLI, L. J. (and R. J. Learson and B. L, Tinker): Technical Note: Fish Proteins as Binders in Processed Fishery Products; Feb. p. 46. ROPES, JOHN W, (and Allan M,. Barker): The Atlantic Surf Clam Fishery - 1969; June p. 35. SAFSTEN, GUNNAR (and Timothy Joyner): Prospects for Sea Farming in Pacific Northwest; Sept. p. 22. SHANG, YUNG C.: Factors Affecting Exvessel Prices of Skipjack Tuna in Hawaii; Feb. p. 39. Taiwan's Use of Fishery Resources; May p. 38. 4 AUTHORS & TITLES (cont.) SIDWELL, VIRGINIA D. (and Bruce R. Stillings and George M. Knobl Jr.): Evidence Indicates That--a Premix of FPC & Wheat Flour Can Be Made & Transported; Jan. p. 39. SMITH, PAUL E. (and David Kramer): Seasonal and Geographic Characteristics of Fish- ery Resources: California Current Region: V. Northern Anchovy; Mar. p. 33. VI. Rockfish; July-Aug. p. 40. VII. Pacific Sardine; Oct. p. 7. STERBA, JAMES P.: Whale Doomed, Ecologists Say, but Industry Sees Fear As Myth; Nov.-Dec. p. 36. STEVENSON, WILLIAM H. (and Edward J. Pastula, Jr.: Observations on Remote Sensing in Fisheries; Oct. p. 9. STILLINGS, BRUCE R. (and Virginia D. Sidwell and George M. Knobl, Jr.: Evidence Indicate That--a Premix of FPC & Wheat Flour Can Be Made & Transported; Jan. p. 39. (and George M. Knobl, Jr., William E. Fox, and Malcolm B. Hale): Fish Protein Concentrates; July-Aug. p. 54. SULZBERGER, C. L.: Cod and the West; July-Aug. p. 10. SURDI, RICHARD W.: Shellfish Situation; Sept. p. 7. (and Donald R. Whitaker): Shellfish Situation and Outlook; Feb. p. 14; May p.7. TERRETTA, ROY T. (and Dr. Paul A. Haefner): The Chesapeake Bay Rock Crab; Feb. p. 16. TINKER, B. L. (and R. J. Learson and L. J. Ronsivalli): Technical Note: Fish Proteins as Binders in Pro- Processed Fishery Products; Feb. p. 46. TRETSVEN, WAYNE L: The Separation of Crab Meat From Shell & Tendon by a Centrifugal Process; May p. 48. VANWYHE, GEORGE L.: Alaska's North Slope: A New Factor in Fisheries Management; Nov.-Dec. p. 12. WEAVER, SAMMIE L. (and Donald C. Greenland, Earnest T. Carlton and Robert L. Gill): Pond-Raised Channel Catfish; Oct. p. 13. WEINRAUB, BERNARD: British Shrimping Dwindles, Puzzling Fishermen and Biologists; May p. 66. WHITAKER, DONALD R.: Fishery Products Situation; Jan. p. 7, Apr. p. 5, June p. 8, Oct. p. 19. (and Morris R. Bosin and Clemens B. Bribitzer): Fish Blocks and Sticks and Portions, A Special Report on; Mar. p. 5. (and Richard W. Surdi): Shellfish Situation and Outlook; Feb. p. 14, May Dele WICKHAM, DONALD A.: In the Northeastern Gulf of Mexico - Harvesting Coastal Pelagic Fishes With Artificial Light & Purse Seine; Jan. p. 30. WILLIAMS, F.: Current Skipjack Oceanography Cruises in East- ern Tropical Pacific Ocean; Feb. p. 29. AUTHORS & TITLES WOLKE, RICHARD: Disease in the Lives of Fish: The Role of Pollu- tion Is Now Being Assessed; May p. 34. WRIGHT, SAM: Coho Shaker Problem & Incidental Catch Concept in Troll Fishery; June p. 48. AUTOMATED DATA-GATHERING NOS survey craft, systems being installed to speed production of charts; Apr. p. 33. BAHAMA ISLANDS Vessels, patrol, 49. commission 4 new; Mar. p. BAIKAL, LAKE Soviet demands early halt in pollution; Oct. p. 36. BAITFISH Japanese study ways to get ery; Oct. p. 29. Trust Territory, p- 31. for skipjack fish- scouting in the; Nov.-Dec. BAIT Japan, saury catch is below tuna fishery needs; Nov.-Dec. p. 49. BARRACUDAS Slimier it is, the faster it swims, the; Nov.-Dec. Dele. BAXTER, JOHN L. NMFS Director's staff, joins; Sept. p. 1. BEACH Sloping is best protection against erosion; July-Aug. p. 26. BERING SEA Japan: bottomfish catch in in 1970, record mother - ship-type; Feb. p. 7. pollock, Alaska, in , considers mid-water trawling for; Mar. p. 52. stern trawler, largest, joins Aug. p. 16. Whales, killer, seen pursuing Steller sea lions in drama; Feb. p. 21, Mar. p. 39. fleet; July- BLUEFISH Flounder, yellowtail, attack; Oct. p. 25. BOATS (see VESSELS) BOOKS Mar. p. 41, Apr. p. 46, June 51, Sept. 64, Oct. p. 40; Nov.-Dec. p. 51. BOTTOMFISH Japanese mothership-type record in 1970; Feb. p. 57. catch reached BRAZIL Fishing law is issued, long-awaited; Apr. p. 61. Japanese shrimpers, 's 200-mile fishing zone will hurt; May p. 61. BRISTOL BAY Japan: crab: factoryships doing poorly; Sept. p. 62. fishery, 1971, to begin in ; Mar. p. 51. BUOY(S) Environmental data will be tested in Gulf of Mexico; Mar. p. 20. Naval Oceanographic Office succeeds in getting ocean data via -satellite hookup; Jan. p. 26. CABLES AT&T makes progress in protecting submarine ; Mar. p. 28. CALIFORNIA Anchovy: fishery passes midpoint toward quota; Jan. p. 11. northern, seasonal and geographic characteristics of fishery resources: current region--V.,; Mar. p. 33. season closed May 15 for reduction; May p. 9. Kelp, giant, harvested in ; Mar. p. 30. Red Tide Invasion, why many fish die during; July- Aug. p. 25. Sablefish fishery may be possible off ; May 9 Seasonal and geographic characteristics of fishery resources: current region: VI. rockfish; July-Aug. p. 40. VII. sardine, Pacific; Oct. p. 7. Squid: Japan: fishing off Baja resource off , good; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. surveyed; July-Aug. p. 15. Tuna: albacore, NMFS predicts good fishing off southern ; May p. 10. Whales: Pacific watchers are at their posts (San Diego's Point Loma); Jan. p. 13. Yankee Point in 67-day census, 3,325 pass; Feb. peli: CANADA British Columbia: herring spawn was well above average, 1970; Apr. p. 63. Fishery improvement loans increase; July-Aug. p. 14. Groundfish products, how trends in the U.S. food market affect outlook for ; June p. 9. Maritime Provinces, landings, 1970 value sets record; Mar. p. 43. CANADA Salmon; hatcheries, marine sports-fishing licenses to subsidize; Mar. p. 43 Pacific stocks increased during past 10 years; July-Aug. p. 14. Saltfish corporation has good year; Apr. p. 63. Tuna, yellowfin, fishing off W. Africa in 1970 poor; Apr. p. 28. U.S. & = Great Lakes: agree to end pollution by 1975; May p. 18. commercial fishery fell 10% in 1970; May p. 19. CAPELIN Iceland's p. 58. catch expected to be record; Apr. CARIBBEAN Drift bottles, more, released by Miami lab to study currents in and Gulf of Mexico; June p. 6. International study of currents in July and August; June p. 18. CARP USSR, reservoirs, 'frost-proof', for uania; Feb. p. 61. in Lith- CATCH Iceland's 1970 was slightly above 1969; Feb. p: 613 Japan: bottomfish in Bering Sea in 1970, record mothership-type; Feb. p. 57. fishery in 1970 topped 9 million tons; July-Aug. p. 15. Leading countries, 1960-70; Apr. p. 50. Menhaden is greatest since 1962; Nov.-Dec. p. 8. Mexico's 1970 rose 19% from 1969; July- Aug. p. 14. Peru's anchoveta fishery; Sept. p. 57. Portugal's cod in ICNAF area is low; Nov.- Dec. p. 39. Taiwan's 1970 almost 10% above 1969's; May p. 62. United Kingdom's 1970 United States: fish & shellfish, 1970 pounds; Apr. p. 1. Great Lakes commercial Nov.-Dec. p. 14. set record; Apr. p. 60. , was near 5 billion drops about 10% regions, 1970, volume & value of by; Apr. p. IV. World fisheries dropped in 1969; Jan. p. 45. CATFISH Live cars for use in Pond-raised channel industry; July-Aug. p. 44. Oct Spills CENTENNIAL Interior & Commerce to celebrate 100 years of fishery conservation; Mar. p. 1. 6 CENTRIFUGAL PROCESS Crab meat separation from shell & tendon by a ; May p. 48. CHARTS/MAPS, NAUTICAL NOAA: commercial fishing off Oregon, new aids; Sept. p. 7. maps flood-prone Atlantic and Gulf Coastal areas; Apr. p. 39. National Ocean Survey: automated data-gathering systems, installs on survey craft to speed production of ; Apr. p. 33. Florida's seaward boundaries, issues first of; Feb. p. 20. New Jersey coast, navigational hazards are be- ing surveyed along; Apr. p. 35. Navigation aid, a new shipboard; Apr. p. 37. CHESAPEAKE BAY Crab(s): hard, will be scarce in this summer, say scientists of VIMS; May p. 24. rock, of investigated; Feb. p. 16. CHILE Fish-meal production, 1970, down from 1969, July- Aug. p. 14. Sea-urchin resources of Peru and interested in; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. , Japanese CHINA "Beche-de-mer"' fishery for Truk; July-Aug. p. 64. Imports from near record, Japanese 1971 fishery; Nov.-Dec. p. 50. CLAM(S) Hard, cleansing in New York; May p. 25. NMFS helps Gloucester fisherman to switch from trawling to digging; May p. 15. Surf: Atlantic fishery, 1969, the; June p. 35. ocean quahog becomes more important as bay & dwindle; Apr. p. 17. Wise, J. P. says resources are healthy; June p. 19. COAST GUARD, U.S. Accidents, boating, 1,400 dead in 1970; Apr. p. 39. Captains urged to tell when help no longer needed; Mar. p. 24. Radio monitoring, coastal; Sept. p. 8. extends short-range COD Communist-bloc scientists foresee no major change in ICNAF stocks; July-Aug. p. 9. Greenland's fisheries, Denmark reports on; Feb. p. 62. COD (cont.) Portugal's Dec. p. 39. and the West; July-Aug. p. 10. catch in ICNAF area is low; Nov.- COLD-STORAGE PLANT Begins operations; July-Aug. p. 10. COMMERCE, DEPARTMENT OF (see NATIONAL OCEANIC & ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION; ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION (EDA)) Fishery conservation, Interior & 100 years of; Mar. p. 1. Storm information service, js Co to celebrate begins new; June COMMUNIST -BLOC ICNAF cod stocks, scientists foresee no major change in; July-Aug. p. 9. COMPUTERS Pollution, marine, NOAA's National Sea Grant Pro- gram electrical system will help detect; Mar. p. 22. Soviet Fisheries Ministry's erations; May p. 64. watches fleet op- CONSERVATION Southeast Atlantic Fishery Convention is in effect to conserve living resource of the ocean; Nov.- Dec. p. 34. CONSUMPTION Fishery products: Japanese ate less in 1969; Jan. p. 49. situation; Jan. p. 7, Apr. p. 5. CONT AMINATION NMFS studies heavy-metal of fish; June p. 3. CONTINENTAL SHELF NMFS protects more ' Universities, 2, plan p. 22. creatures'; June p. 5. lab off Texas; Jan. COPEPODS Strait of Georgia boasts annual 'pea soup' of phyto- plankton (microscopic algae); Apr. p. 25. CORAL Oklahoma scientists seek antibacterial agents in under sea grant; Mar. p. 25. CORAL REEFS Scientists urged to halt destruction of conference in Rome; Jan. p. 44. at FAO CORAL REEFS (cont.) World's surveyed; Jan. p. 23. COSTA RICA Japan survey fisheries of ; Jan. p. 50. CRAB(S) Blue: susceptible to pollution of shoreline; Apr. p. 21. VIMS: Chesapeake Bay: expected abundance of Dp. &. scientists say hard summer in; May p. 24. methods studied to increase production of soft ; May p. 24. Dungeness, Alaskan live Hawaii; Jan. p. 12. Japan: Bristol Bay: factoryship doing poorly; Sept. p. 62. fishery 1971, to begin; Mar. p. 51. King: Alaska's restrictions relaxed; Apr. p. 29. food fish facts; Oct. p. 49. Japanese fish illegally for chatka; Jan. p. 48. Meat separated from shell & tendon by a centri- fugal process; May p. 48. in the; Nov.-Dec. will be scarce this flow steadily to off western Kam- Rock: Chesapeake Bay investigated; Feb. p. 16. Tanner: Japanese landings rise but market is poor; Oct. p. 20 tagged successfully for first time; Mar, p. 19. "CROMWELL, TOWNSEND! Current skipjack oceanography cruises in eastern tropical Pacific Ocean; Feb. p. 29. DEATH Red Tide Invasion, why many fish die during; July- Aug. p. 25. DDT Lanternfish, level increases in; Jan. p. 11. Pesticides peril ocean life, scientists warn; May p. 1. DEFENSE, DEPARTMENT OF THE (see ARMY, DE- PARTMENT OF THE) "DELAWARE II' Shellfish resources south of New England, assesses; Mar. p. 9. DENMARK Agar produced from local seaweed, 80% of annual 1,000-mt.; Mar. p. 45. DENMARK Faroe Island fishery exports increased 53% during 1970; Jan. p. 52. Fisheries Trade Fair in Frederikshavn, May 14-23, 1971; Jan. p. 45. Greenland's cod fisheries, report on; Feb. p.62. Oysters imports, removed from restricted list; Mar. p. 46. Processed fish, imposes 10% import sur- charge on; Nov.-Dec. p. 39. Shrimp fisheries; Mar. p. 46. USSR buys fish-meal plants from ; Feb. p. 61. DEPURATION Clam, hard, in New York; May p. 25. 'DISCOVERER' NOAA expedition seeks clues to Africa-North America split; Apr. p. 33. DISEASE Pollution is now being assessed, the role of; in the lives of fish; May p. 34. DOLPHIN Tokai University cultures Japan; Feb. p. 58. and tuna species in DRIFT BOTTLE(S) NMFS Miami lab releases more ; June p. 6. EARTH'S CRUST NOAA oceanographers hunt Mar. p. 23. in South Pacific; ECHO SOUNDER Fiberglass boat, how to instal an May p. 44. in a small ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION Alaska, Seward, grants funds for harbor im- provement in; Mar. p. 2. EEL(S) Japanese spawn artificially; Mar. p. 53. New Zealand exports well-bred; July-Aug. p. 18. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Pollution, will help detect marine; p. 22. Mar. ELEMENT(S) Mercury -produced nervous disorders found in Japanese fishermen, no; Oct. p. 28. 8 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA) Pollution, water, killed 41 million fish in 1969; Jan. p. 14. EROSION Sloping beachis best protection against Aug. p. 26. ; July - ESTUARIES Oregon Fish Commission surveys Delon ; Feb. EXHIBITION(S) (see TRADE FAIRS) Oceanexpo 71 in France, March 9-14; Jan. p. 45. World fishing in Dublin, Mar. 24-30; Jan. p. 49. EXPORT(S) Australia's fishery p. 43. Faroe Islands: & Iceland cooperate in frozen-fish July-Aug. p. 12. Denmark, fishery 1970; Jan. p. 52. Japan: fishery: are at virtual standstill; Oct. p. 28. products, frozen, , 1970, rose 10.6%; Mar. Deol. recorded sharp gains in 1970; Sept. p. 61. U.S. policy, new, hurts; Sept. p. 61. tuna: to U.S., pessimistic about 1971 whale, baleen, oil price to increase 30% in Dec. '71; Mar. p. 53. New Zealand's rock-oyster farming may become industry; Nov.-Dec. p. 44. set record; Nov.-Dec. to U.S.; increased 53% during EXPOSITION, FISHERIES Boston, Massachusetts to host '71 , Oct. 20- 23; May p. 14. FAROE ISLANDS Iceland & cooperate in frozen-fish exports to U.S.; July-Aug. p. 12. FISH BLOCKS Fish sticks and and portions, a special re- port on; Mar. p. 5. FISH EATERS FDA assures that deep-water food fish are safe to eat; Sept. p. 4. FISHERIES TRAINING Commercial fishing course at Bellingham, Wash., Feb. 22-April 30, 1971; Feb. p. 10. Japanese -built vessel trains South Koreans; May p. 52. FISHERMEN Gloucester p. 20. Japan: -built fishing-training vessel trains South Ko- reans; May p. 52. aided by women's group; Jan. fishing families decrease, older increase; May p. 62. Metric system and the ; May p. 14. ; Feb. p. 54. FISHERMEN NMES: cooperative fishery-advisory program with tuna begins; Feb. p. 12. Gloucester helped to switch from trawling to clam digging; May p. 15. Tax regulation benefits commercial p. 14. Trawlers are defective, stern factory; Jan. p. 53. United Kingdom: shrimping dwindles, puzzling May p. 66. trade bloc is no prize to; May p. 68. ; May claim Soviet-built and biologists; FISHING LIMITS (see TERRITORIAL WATERS) Iceland seeks to extend to 50 miles; Nov.- Dec. p. 35. FISH-KILL Water pollution killed 41 million fish in 1969; Jan. p. 14. FISH-LABELING Regulations, new, scheduled for United Kingdom in 1973; Jan. p. 52. FISH-MEAL Chile, production, 1970, down from 1969; July-Aug. p. 14. Peru: output rose; Jan. p. 55. production, exports, and stocks, report on; Mar. p. 49. USSR buys plants from Denmark; Feb. p. 61. World production rises; Feb. p. 53. FISH PROTEINS Processed fishery products, Feb. p. 46. as binders in; FISH PROTEIN CONCENTRATES (FPC) July-Aug. p. 54, NMFS experiment and demonstration plant process; Feb. p. 22. Wheat flour & can be made & transported, a premix of; Jan. p. 39. FISH SLIME The slimier it is, the faster it swims; Nov.-Dec. 15 iO, FISH STICK(S) Fish blocks and and portions, a special re- port on; Mar. p. 5. FISH STOCKS W. Mediterranean are heavily overfished, in; July-Aug. p. 9. FLATFISH Japan hope to breed sea bream and by 1972; July-Aug. p. 16. FLORIDA Charts/maps, nautical: seaward boundaries, NOS issues first; Feb. p. 20. Excellent chances for major sportfishery to develop; Sept. p. 6. Herring, thread, distribution off July-Aug. p. 27. 's west coast; FLORIDA (cont.) Mangrove leaves, dead, support aquatic life; Jan. p. 28. Miami: Gulf & Caribbean Fisheries Inst. meets Nov, 14- 18 in ; June p. 6. marine science center is dedicated in ; Feb. p. 20. plankton, generations reared in University of Miami's School of Marine and Atmospheric Science; Feb. p. 11. Supreme Court upholds Army Engineers' veto of dredge plan (Zabel-Russell project in Boca Ciega Bay); Feb. p. 1. FLOUNDER Yellowtail, blue fish attack; Oct. p. 25. FOODS Fish situation; Sept. p. 3. U. 3s. situation; Sept. p. 2. FOOD & AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION (FAO) Coral reefs, scientists at conference in Rome urged to halt destruction of; Jan, p. 44. Deep-water food fish are safe to eat, assures fish eaters that; Sept. p. 4. Indian Ocean fishery plan approved by group; May p. 54. Norway finances and builds Nov.-Dec, p. 35. Pollution, marine, conference recommends stopping at sources to control; Jan, p. 43. Reviews significant fishery development since 1958; May p. 55. Shellfish sanitation workshop held in Washington, D.C. October 1971; Sept. p. 7. Southeast Atlantic Fishery Convention is in effect; Nov.-Dec. p. 34. U.S. imports from Japan, mercury residues sharp- ly affect; Jan. p. 11. Vessels, fishing, uses nearly 100 to search for food; Apr. p. 51; May p. 50. World fisheries catch dropped in 1969 ('Yearbook of Fishery Statistics for 1969'); Jan. p. 45. research vessel; FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION (FDA) Deep-water food fish are safe to eat, fish eaters that; Sept. p. 4. assures FOOD FISH FACTS Crab, king; Oct. p. 49. Lingcod; Nov.-Dec. p. 55. Mackerel, Spanish; Oct. p. 46. Oysters; Apr. p. 66. Pompano; Nov.-Dec. p. 53. Shad, American; Nov.-Dec. p. 57. FRANCE Japanese seed oysters, orders; May p. 61. Oceanexpo '71 (international exhibition) held in » Mar. 9-14; Jan, p. 45. FROZEN FISH Norway, Nordic group expands foreign markets for fillets; May p. 64. FROZEN-FOOD Japanese market expands; Nov.-Dec. p. 50. GAMBIA Fishing venture in p. 50. . Japan plans joint; Jan. GEAR Buoyline coiling device; Feb. p. 42. Drill bit 3 miles down, replaced by 'Glomar Chal- lenger'; Jan. p. 21. Japan: tuna: mechanical, perfected for commercial use; Jan. p. 49. skipjack, fishing pole is successful; May p. 60. NMFS 'Albatross IV' tests plankton-collecting f, Nov.-Dec. p. 5. Purse seine and artificial light, harvesting coastal pelagic fishes in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico with; Jan. p. 30. Sablefish: fishery may be possible off California; May p. 9. trapping; June p. 43. Troll fishery, coho shaker problem & incidental catch concept in; June p. 48. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, U.S. Satellite will speed transmission of water data; Apr. p. 35. GEORGIA Salt-marsh research in p. 22. ,» NOAA supports; May 'GLOMAR CHALLENGER' Drill bit 3 miles down replaced by ; Jan: p. 21. GREAT LAKES Landings, commercial, by states and lakes, 1970; Apr. p. 10. Stocking programs, 1971, improve fisheries; July- Aug. p. 24. Their grim problems persist; Apr. p. 10. U.S.: -Canada commercial fishery fell 10% in 1970; May p. 19. commercial catch drops about 10%; Nov.-Dec. p. 14. Water-quality drop in upper threatens native fish; Jan. p. 16. GROUNDFISH Canadian products, how trends in the U.S. food mar- ket affect outlook for; June p. 9. GUATEMALA Shrimp venture, Japanese- 1970; Apr. p. 54. was profitable in GUIANAS Japan's shrimp catch off increases; May p. 58, GULF AND CARIBBEAN FISHERIES INST. Annual meeting will be held Nov. 14-18, 1971,in Miami, Florida; June p. 6. GULF COAST NOAA will map flood-prone area; Apr. p. 39. GULF OF MEXICO Caribbean currents: drift bottles, more, released by Miami lab to study; June p. 6. 10 GULF OF MEXICO (cont.) Caribbean currents (cont.): International study of in July & August; June p. 18. Environmental data buoys will be tested in 3 Mar. p. 20. HADDOCK North Atlantic stocks continue low; Apr.p.15. Spawning conditions monitored by NMFS Woods Hole Laboratory (Mass.); Feb. p. 9. HATCHERIES Canada, marine sports-fishing licenses to subsidize salmon ; Mar. p. 43. Lobsters can be raised in , expert says; Nov.- Dec. p. 18. HAWAII Crabs, Alaska dungeness, live, flow steadily to dan: p. l2Ze Fish landings rose in 1970; Nov.-Dec. p. 8. Shrimp in waters, there are commercial con- centrations of; Apr. p. 16. Tuna, skipjack, factors affecting exvessel prices in ; Feb. p. 39. HAZARD(S) Navigational along New Jersey coast are be- ing surveyed; Apr. p. 35. HERRING Canada, British Columbia's, 1970 well above average; Apr. p. 63. Japanese trawlers take in ICNAF area of northwestern Atlantic; Nov.-Dec. p. 47. Maine, NMFS studies off; Feb. p. 9. Sea, international fishery studies are underway; Sept. p. 24. Thread distribution off Florida's West Coast; July-Aug. p. 27. VIMS studies Mar. p. 14. West Germans debate import of Europe; Jan. p. 53. HOMING ABILITY Rockfish have a highly developed spawn was spawning sites & nurseries; from East ; Oct. p. 45. HUTTON, ROBERT F., Dr. NMFS Associate Director, Dale named; Nov.-Dec. ICE BOATS Japanese to form company in Mauritania to operate ; July-Aug. p. 17. ICELAND Capelin, record catch expected; Apr. p. 58. Catch, 1970, was slightly above 1969; Feb. p. 61. Cod and the West; July-Aug. p. 10. Faroe Islands & cooperate in frozen-fish ex- ports to U.S.; July-Aug. p. 12. Fishery limits to 50 miles, Nov.-Dec. p. 35. Trawler fleet expands; Mar, p. 45. seeks to extend; ICHTHY OPLANKTON NMFS test plankton-collecting gear; Nov.-Dec.p. 5. IDYLL, C. P., Dr. Scientists induced maturation of ovaries & ova in pink shrimp; Apr. p. 20. IMPORT(S) Denmark: oysters removed from restricted p. 46. surcharge (10%) imposed on processed fish; Nov.- Dec. p. 39. Japan: fishery products increase; Sept. p. 62. fishery from China near record, 1971; Nov.- Dec. p. 50. Hiroshima oyster growers worry about S. Korean ; Feb. p. 57. shrimp: frozen, from Africa are increasing; Feb. p. 52. 'vellow sea prawns’, $Y million worth of; Nov.-Dec. p. 49. tuna, frozen, rose slightly in 1970; Mar. p. 51. U.S.: effects of 10% surcharge evaluated; Oct. p. 27. fishery set record from, 1970; Sept. p. 61. mercury residues sharply affect from; Jan. p. 11. whale products, protests ban on; Jan. p. 49. Swedish of fishery products rose in 1970; May p. 64. Taiwan removes ities; May p. 62. West Germans debate Europe; Jan. p. 53. list; Mar. controls on marine commod- of herring from East INCOME TAX Fishermen, May p. 14. regulation benefits commercial; INDIA Shrimp: Japanese team visits Thailand & ; Jan. p. 49. trawlers to freeze catch at sea; Apr. p. 56. INDIAN(S) Lummi 's aquaculture project nears commer- cial production; Jan. p. 17. INDIAN OCEAN FAO group approves fishery plan; May p. 54. INDONESIA Japan plans to fish skipjack in P. 63. waters; Sept. INSPECTION NMF' fishery is adaptable to a plant's needs; Nov.-Dec. p. 15. INTERIOR, DEPARTMENT OF Fishery conservation, & Commerce to cele- brate 100 years of; Mar. p. 1. INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE Tax regulation benefits commercial fishermen; May p. 14. INTERNATIONAL Alaskan fisheries, the growing role of ments in; Sept. p. 27. Fishery studies are underway; Sept. p. 54. agree- INTERNATIONAL (cont.) OECD members report 1970 was good year; July- Aug. p. 1. U.S.: Coast Guard's fishery enforcement power is strengthened; Sept. p. 53. & Japan continue cooperative research in North Pacific (1970-71); Sept. p. 41. INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION FOR THE NORTH- WEST ATLANTIC FISHERIES (ICNAF) Japanese trawlers take herring in northwestern Atlantic; Nov.-Dec. p. 47. area of INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON THE CONSERVA- TION OF ATLANTIC TUNAS (ICCAT) Tuna-tagging experiment begins off Northeast U.S.; July-Aug. p. 24. INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE NORTH- WEST ATLANTIC (ICNAF) Cod: Communist-Bloc scientists foresee no major change in stocks; July-Aug. p. 9. Portugal's catch in area is low; Nov.-Dec. p. 39. INVENTION Buoyline coiling device; Feb. p. 42. IRELAND Dublin, world fishing exhibition held in , Mar. 24-30; Jan. p. 45. ITALY Mercury, temporary guideline set for fishery prod- ucts; Apr. p. 60. Tuna: frozen, imports 45,000 tons despite high price; Mar. p. 44. sales from Japan are at a standstill; May p, 65. JAPAN Bottomfish catch in Bering Sea in 1970, record mothership-type; Feb. p. 57. Brazil's 200-mile fishing zone will hurt shrimpers; May p. 61. Cold-storage plant begins operations; July-Aug. 1 Lith Costa Rican & Nicaraguan fisheries surveyed by ; Jan. p. 50. Crab(s): Bristol Bay: factoryships doing poorly; Sept. p. 62. fishery, 1971, to begin in; Mar. p. 51. king: fish illegally off western Kamchatka for; Jan. p. 48. Domestic fishing grounds, half of, are polluted; Apr. p. 53. Eels spawn artificially; Mar. p. 53. Exports: fishery, are at virtual standstill; Oct. p. 28. recorded sharp gains in 1970; Sept. p. 61. Fishery: budget is raised for fiscal year 1971; Feb. p. 55. catch in 1970 topped 9 million tons; July-Aug. p. 15. exports of frozen products rose 10.6% in 1970; Mar. p. 51. ll JAPAN Fishery: products, ate less in 1969; Jan. p. 49. Fishing families decrease, older fishermenincrease; May p. 62. French order seed oysters; May p. 61. Frozen-food market expands; Nov.-Dec. p. 50. Gambia, plans joint fishing venture in; Jan. p. 50. Imports: fishery products increase; Sept. p. 62. fishery from China near record, 1971; Nov.-Dec. p. 90. U.S. fishery from set record, 1970 value of; Sept. p. 61. ‘yellow sea prawns', $9 million worth of; Nov.- Dec. p. 49. Mauritania to operate ice boats, to form company in; July-Aug. p. 17. Mercury: produced nervous disorders found in fishermen, no; Oct. p. 28. residues sharply affect U.S. imports from B Jan. p. 11. New Zealand: firms share surimi venture, and; Oct. p. 30. joint fishing venture established in; Mar. p. 52. waters, phases out fishing in; Feb. p. 59. Oysters, Hiroshima growers worry about S. Korean imports; Feb. p. 57. Peru: fishery resource development, will aid; May p. 58. fishery mission to was not very productive; Oct. p..39. Pollock, Alaska: Bering Sea: eastern, 'surimi' fleet finds improving fishing; Apr. p. 54. midwater trawling considered for; Mar. p. 52. Purse seiner: reports good fishing off west Africa; Oct. p. 30. ‘Nippon Maru', large, launched; Feb. p. 59. Salmon; industry agrees on 1971 profit sharing; May p. 60. North Pacific: mothership fleets achieve quota; July-Aug. p. 15. Pacific catches exceed quotas, Soviet lags; Mar. p. 94. Sardines return to Niigata after 15 years; May p. 60. Saury: bait catch is below tuna fishery needs; Nov.-Dec. p. 49. fishery, 38 vessels licensed for high-seas; July- Aug. p. 16. fishing is poor in northeastern Pacific; Oct. p. 29. landings continue good in ; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. prices rise as landings fall; Feb. p. 55. U.S. West Coast: fishing continues poor off; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. fishery may be reduced off; May p. 60. Sea bream and flatfish by 1972, hope to breed; July-Aug. p. 16. Sea-urchin resources of Peru and Chile, in- terested in; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. Shrimp: catch off Guianas increases; May p. 58. farming venture; Mar, p. 53. frozen: imports from Africa are increasing; Feb. p. 56. 12 JAPAN (cont.) Shrimp (cont.): frozen (cont.): market forecast for decade; May p. 57. industry trends reported on; Feb. p. 56. joint venture: in Quatemala was profitable in 1970; Apr. p. 54. Philippine - ; Jan. p. 50. stocks studied in Bay of Bengal; Jan. p. 48. team visits Thailand & India; Jan. p. 49. South Korea: stern trawler and refrigerated transport for, launches; Jan. p. 48. trained by fishing-training vessel; May p- 52. Soviet mackerel fleet increases off northeastern ; Nov.-Dec. p. 49. Squid: California: fishing is disappointing off; Oct. p. 29. fishing off Baja, good; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. fishing off U.S. east coast improves; Feb. p. 55. resource survey off; July-Aug. p. 15. Surcharge, evaluates effects of U.S. 10%; Oct. p. 27. Trawlers: herring: fishing off U.S. east coast; Oct. p. 29. ICNAF area of Northwestern Atlantic takes, in; Nov.-Dec. p. 47. joins Bering Sea fleet, largest stern; July-Aug. p. 16. Tuna: albacore: longliners in Atlantic concentrate on; Apr. p. 54. summer fishery begins; Apr. p. 54. bigeye catch, longliner returns from U.S. east coast with good; Sept. p. 62. bluefin: catch of southern, will be regulated voluntarily; May p. 59. voluntary regulations in effect for southern; Oct. p. 28. canned: prices, competition depresses, in Dec. p. 47. West German market surveyed; Nov.-Dec. p.49. exports, fishery, pessimistic about 1971; Feb. p. 54. fleet off New York grows; Nov.-Dec. p. 47. frozen, imports rose slightly in 1970; Mar. p. 51. gear, mechanical, perfected for commercial use; Jan. p. 49. 'Hakuryu Maru No. 55,' seiner, to fish in eastern tropical Pacific and Atlantic oceans; Jan. p. 47. Pacific Ocean: southeast, 'Azuma Maru No. 38', explores for; Jan. p. 47. research vessel to survey grounds in north Atlan- tic; Sept. p. 63. sales from to Italy are at a standstill; May p. 65. skipjack: automatic fishing pole is successful; May p. 60. baitfish for fishery, study ways to get; Oct. p. 29. fishery is gaining interest; Oct. p. 28. fishing with Australians; May p. 61. Indonesian waters, plans to fish in; Sept. p. 63. ; Nov.- JAPAN Tuna: skipjack: purse-seine fleet is catching many fish off West Africa; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. Solomon Islands, explore for; July-Aug. p. 15. southwestern Pacific, Jan. p. 47. test fishing off Ponape, U.S. Trust Territory; Sept. p. 63. vessel, pole-and-line, construction rises; Nov.- Dec. p. 50. Tokai University cultures species and dolphin; Feb. p. 58. Underwater habitat nears completion; Feb. p. 58. United States: continue cooperative research in North Pacific (1970-71); Sept. p. 41. expands surveys in; fishery agreements concluded between &; Jan. p. 3. policy hurts fishery exports, new; Sept. p. 61. Vessel, research, leaves for eastern Atlantic sur- vey; Oct. p. 30. West Africa, Nichiro is purse seining off; Feb. p. o7. Whale(s): baleen, oil export price to increase 30% in Dec. 1971; Mar. p. 53. doomed, ecologists say, but industry sees fear as myth; Nov.-Dec. p. 36. minke, in 1971-72 Antarctic season, seeks 3,000; Nov.-Dec. p. 50. U.S. ban on importing products, protests; Jan. p. 49. Whaling, Antarctic, expedition (25th--1 970/71) achieved goals; Apr. p. 53. ‘JORDAN, DAVID STARR' Current skipjack oceanography cruises in eastern tropical Pacific Ocean; Feb. p. 29. 'KELEZ, GEORGE B'! Salmon research fishing cruise conducted; Jan. p. 10. KELP California's giant harvested; Mar. p. 30. KENYA Cold-storage plant begins operations; July-Aug. p. 17. LABORATORY Universities: eight buy their ocean tip; Jan. p. 28. two plen continental shelf p. 22. site on L.I.'s eastern off Texas; Jan. LAKE MICHIGAN U.S. to hold up discharges into statute; May p. 17. under 1910 LANDING(S) Alaska's tanner crab Oct. p. 20. Canada's Maritime Provinces sets record, value of 1970 in; Mar. p. 43. rise but market is poor; LANDING(S) (cont.) Great Lakes commercial 1970; Apr. p. 10. Hawaiian fish Japan: saury: continue good in; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. prices rise as fall; Feb. p. 55. New England & values rose in 1970, Feb. p. 8. Tuna, albacore, 1970, top 1969's; Jan. p. 8. by states and lakes, rose in 1970; Nov.-Dec. p. 8. LANTERNFISH DDT level increases in PAN. Dish Lilie LICENSES Canada's marine sports-fishing salmon hatcheries; Mar. p. 43. Fishing and hunting , more sold in 1970; Apr. p. 32. to subsidize LINGCOD Food fish facts; Nov.-Dec. p. 55. LIVE CARS ("'FISH-HOLDING BAGS") Catfish industry, for use in; July-Aug. p. 44. LOANS Canada, fishery improvement Aug. p. 14. EDA grants funds for harbor improvement in Sea- ward, Alaska; Mar. p. 2. increase; July- LOBSTER(S) E. Coast deep-water NW; Feb. p. 10. Hatcheries, experts says Nov.-Dec. p. 18. NMFS joins New York in p. 25. transplanted in Pacific can be raised in; study; July-Aug. LONG ISLAND SOUND Shellfish shipped from experiment; Mar. p. 16. thrive in West Indies MACKEREL Jack: juvenile: adapt to food deprivation; May p. 9. scientists study effects of starvation on swim- ming; Feb. p. 11. North sea fishery overexploited; Mar. p. 44. Soviet fleet increases off northeastern Japan; Nov.-Dec. p. 49. Spanish (food fish facts); Oct. p. 46. MAINE Herring, NMFS studies off ; Feb. p. 9. MANGROVE Dead leaves support aquatic life; Jan. p. 28. MARICULTURE Medicine for fish in prescribed by Texas lab.; Mar. p. 27. MARINE ENVIRONMENTAL PREDICTION (MAREP) U.S. announces first Federal plan for serv- ices; Apr. p. 7. 13 MARINE SCIENCE CENTER Miami, is dedicated in; Feb. p. 20. MARKETING Salmon, saltwater farm-raised, being tested; Apr. p. 23. program is MASSACHUSETTS Boston tohost Fish Expo Oct. 20-23, 1971; May p. 14. Gloucester: fishermen: aided by women's group; Jan. p. 20. switch from trawling to clam digging; NMFS helps; May p. 15. 'Jo-Ann!' finds ocean quahogs abundant off : July - Aug. p. 20. Water-circulation studies in Boston Harbor & Bay aid pollution control; May p. 22. MATURATION Shrimp, pink, induced Apr. p. 20. of ovaries & ova in; MAURITANIA Japanese to form company in boats; July-Aug. p. 17. to operate ice MEDICINE Texas lab to prescribe ture; Mar. p. 27. for fish in maricul- MEDITERRANEAN SEA Fish stocks in W. July-Aug. p. 9. are heavily overfished; MEETING(S) Gulf & Caribbean Fisheries Inst. meets Nov. 14-18 in Miami; June p. 6. Pacific, Northeast, U.S. & USSR hold scientific ex- change on fishery problems in Moscow, Dec. 3-9, 1970; Jan, p. 1. MENHADEN Catch is greatest since 1962; Nov.-Dec. p. 8. MERCURY Heavy-metal contamination of fish, NMFS studies; June p. 3. Italy sets temporary guideline for products; Apr. p. 60. Public should continue to eat fish & shellfish, NOAA Administrator says; May p. 6. in fishery METEOROLOGY Storm information service, Commerce Department begins new; June p. 7. Warnings of bad weather strengthened by NOAA's Weather Service's new device ('tone-alert'); Mar. p. 21. Weather station, Mexico and U.S. set up; Mar. p. 21. METRIC SYSTEM Australia changes to Fisherman, the, and the ; Apr. p. 64. ; May p. 14. MEXICO Catch, 1970, rose 10% from 1969; July-Aug. p. 14. Fishing-vessel building plans, reveals 5- year; Nov.-Dec. p. 41. 14 MEXICO (cont.) Navy intensifies patrol of national waters; Mar. p. 49. United States: Satellites (Little Window II) measure sea-surface temperature in survey; May p. 23. Weather station, set up; Mar. p. 21. MID-ATLANTIC FISHERIES AGREEMENT U.S & USSR sign ; Feb. p. 3. MINERALS Soviet bloc to survey valuable on ocean floor; May p. 63. MULLET Taiwan artificial propagation of ; Feb. p. 60. NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS Storm information service, Commerce Dept. be- gins; June p. 7. NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES ERVICE Alaska: Crab, tanner, tagged successfully for first time by Auke Bay Biological Laboratory; Mar. p. 19. salmon, & seek to enhance; Nov.-Dec. p. 9. ‘Albatross IV' tests plankton-collecting gear; Nov.- Dec. p. 5. American Samoa gets fishery statistical analysis project; Feb. p. 18. Artificial reefs attract fish; Sept. p. 6. Baxter joins Director's staff; Sept. p. 1. Buoyline coiling device developed; Feb. p. 42. Centennial, Interior & Commerce celebrate years of fishery conservation; Mar. p. 1. Charleston Harbor (S.C.) sediments on marine life, study effects of dredged; Apr. p. 36. ‘Continental shelf creatures’, protects more; June p. 5. Fishery inspection is adaptable to a plant's needs; Nov.-Dec. p. 16. Fishery-Oceanography Center, La Jolla, Calif.: mackerel, jack: juvenile, adapt to food deprivation; May p. 9. scientists study effects of starvation on swim- ming of young; Feb. p. 11. whales, 3,325, pass Yankee Point, Calif., in 67- day census, reports BRAY joker thal, FPC, the experiment and demonstration plant process; Feb. p. 22. Florida: dredge plan (Zabel-Russell project in Boca Ciega Bay), Supreme Court upholds Army Engineers' veto of; Feb. p. 1. Miami lab releases more drift bottles; June p. 6. SCUBA divers watch midwater trawl at work off Panama City; July-Aug. p. 23. Flounder, yellowtail, in serious decline report Woods Hole scientists; Feb. p. 8. Food and Drug Administration findings of high mercury residues in seafoods sharply affect U.S. imports from Japan; Jan. p. 11. Gloucester fisherman, helps to switch from trawling to clam digging; May p. 15. Haddock: North Atlantic stocks continue low; Apr. p. 15. spawning condition monitored by Woods Hole laboratory (Mass.); Feb. p. 9. NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE Heavy-metal contamination of fish June p. 3. Herring studied off Maine; Feb. p. 9. Hutton named Associate Director; Nov.-Dec. Dewees Lobster study, p. 25. Nuclear explosion, Nov.-Dec. p. 11. Saltwater sport fishing, on; Nov.-Dec. p. 7. Schoning named Deputy Director; Sept. p. 1. studies; joins New York in; July-Aug. surveys Amchitka after; will collect statistics Shrimp: brown, live longer than many biologists believe; Mar. p. 2. 'Townsend Cromwell' finds commercial concen- trations in Hawaiian waters; Apr. p. 16. Slavin confirmed as Associate Director; Nov.- Dec. p. 1. Sea-urchin gonads to appear in U.S. 'sushi' restau- rants; Apr. p. 28. Tuna: albacore, predicts good fishing off southern California; May p. 10. fishermen, begins cooperative fishery-ad- visory program with; Feb. p. 12. temperature preference and sensing, study; Sept. p. 5. Water pollution, p.6. Woods Hole aquarium begins second decade; June p. 6. helps industry reduce; Sept. NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINIS- TRATION (NOAA) (see ENVIRONMENTAL DATA SERVICE: ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORA- TORIES; NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL SATELLITE SERVICE; NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE: NATIONAL OCEAN SURVEY; NATIONAL WEATHER SERVICE) Africa-North America split, expedition ('Dis- coverer') seeks clues to; Apr. p. 33. Atlantic and Gulf coastal areas, flood-prone; Apr. p. 39. International study of Caribbean currents in July & August; June p. 18. Map aids commercial fishing off Oregon, new; Sept. 12 Lo Marine Environmental Prediction (MAREP) serv- ices, announces first Federal plan for; Apr. iDoVo National Data Buoy Project Office has selected General Dynamics to build several ocean platform systems in Gulf of Mexico; Mar. p. 20. National Sea Grant Program: Ciguatera poisoning (tropical malady of humans — and fish) will be investigated under to the Caribbean Research Institute, College of the Virgin Islands, St. Thomas; Mar. p. 26. Grants awarded for: Lampricide, Medical College of Wisconsin to study chemical TFM to control; Mar. p. 26. Pacific advisory program; May p. 9. research and training for coastal-zone planning; Mar. p. 25. salmon culture; Apr. p. 24. sponges! antibiotic substances, New York Zoo- logical Society's Osborn Laboratories of Ma- rine Sciences to study; Jan. p. 29. will map NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINIS- TRATION (cont.) National Sea Grant Program (cont.): Pollution, marine, electrical system will help detect; Mar. p. 22. Public should continue to eat fish & shellfish, Administrator says; May p. 6. Salt-marsh research in Georgia, May p. 22. Tax regulation benefits commercial fishermen, and Internal Revenue Service announce; supports; May p. 14. U.S.: fifteen ships study deep ocean and coastal waters; Jan, p. 22. 3-D air photos of coastal areas, publishes; Nov.-Dec. p. 10. NATIONAL OCEAN SURVEY Automated data-gathering systems being installed on craft to speed production of charts; Apr. Dp. ose Charts/maps, navigational hazards are being sur- veyed along New Jersey coast; Apr. p. 35. Florida's seaward boundaries, issues first maps of; Feb. p. 20. Oceanographers ('Surveyor') hunt earth's crust in South Pacific; Mar. p. 23. Water circulation studies in Massachusetts aid pol- lution control ('Ferrel'); May p. 22. NATIONAL WEATHER SERVICE Storm information service, Commerce Dept. be- gins; June p. 7. Warnings of bad weather strengthened by new de- vice ("tone-alert''); Mar. p. 21. NAVAL OCEANOGRAPHIC OFFICE, U.S. (NOO) Arctic ice cover, scientists dive and work under; Mar. p. 23. Buoy -satellite hookup, succeeds in getting ocean data via; Jan. p. 26. NAVAL OCEANOGRAPHIC OFFICE, U.S. Decades-old ocean data may be clue to today's pol- lution; Feb. p. 21. Index of world ports is updated; Sept. p. 8. Sediment studies, cuts guesswork in; May p. 21. NAVIGATION Loran-C, a new shipboard aid; Apr. p. 37. NAVY, DEPARTMENT OF Deep-diving system (Mark I) developed; Jan. p. 27. NEW ENGLAND Aquaculture, commercial, in Jan, p. 18. "Delaware II' assesses shellfish resources south of svar py o- Landings & values rose in 1970; Feb. p. 8. Marine industry must improve to prosper, study says; Apr. p. 30. Quahog, ocean, becomes more important as surf & bay clams dwindle; Apr. p. 17. is years off; NERVOUS DISORDERS Fishermen, Japan reports no mercury-produced found in; Oct. p. 28. 1S NEW JERSEY Navigational hazards along surveyed; Apr. p. 35. coast are being NEW YORK Clam, hard, cleansing in Japanese tuna fleet off grows; Nov.-Dec. p. 47. Lobster study, NMFS joins in; July-Aug. p. 25. Ocean lab site on L. I.'s eastern tip, 8 universities buy their; Jan. p. 23. ; May p. 25. NEW ZEALAND Export well-bred eels; July-Aug. p. 18. Japan: fishing in waters phased out; Feb. p. 59. firms share surimi venture; Oct. p. 30. readies joint fishing venture in ; Mar. p. 52. Rock-oyster farming may become export industry; Nov.-Dec. p. 44. NICARAGUA Japan survey fisheries of ; Jan, p. 50. NORTH AMERICA NOAA expedition ('Discoverer') seeks clues to Africa- split; Apr. p. 33. NORTH PACIFIC FISHERIES COMMISSION (INPFC) Meets in Anchorage, Alaska, Nov. 1971; Nov.-Dec. p. 34. NORTH SEA Mackerel fishery overexploited; Mar. p. 44. NORTHWEST FISHERIES CENTER Salmon, precocious coho, 'home! to Dec. p. 9. ; Nov.- NORWAY Fisheries were profitable in 1970; Mar. p. 48. Fishing industry; Oct. p. 31. FAO research vessel, Nov.-Dec. p. 35. Frozen fish fillets, Nordic group expands foreign markets for; May p. 64. 'Norglobal', first factoryship on fishing expedition off Africa; Jan. p. 52, Salmon are reared commercially at Bergen; July- Aug. p. 13. finances and builds; NUCLEAR EXPLOSION NMFS surveys Amchitka Island after Dec ipa ; Nov.- OCEANEXPO International exhibition in France, March 9-14, 1971; Jan. p. 45. OCEANOGRAPHERS VIMS study problem of nuclear power plant discharges; July-Aug. p. 25. OCEANOGRAPHY Charleston Harbor (S.C.). dredged, sediments on marine life, research groups study effects of; Apr. p. 36. Caribbean: drift bottles, more, released by Miami Lab to study currents in Gulf of Mexico and; June p. 6. international study of currents in July & August; June p. 18. 16 OCEANOGRAPHY (cont.) Environmental data buoys will be tested in Gulf of Mexico; Mar. p. 20. 'Glomar Challenger' replaces drill bit 3 miles down; Jan. p. 21. 'Johnson-Sea-Link', undersea research vessel, commissioned for Smithsonian Institution; Feb. js Be Mackerel, jack, NMFS scientists study effects of starvation on swimming of young; Feb. p. 11. Mangrove leaves, dead, support aquatic life; Jan. p. 28. Marine science center is dedicated in Miami; Feb. p. 20. NOAA: automated data-gathering systems being installed on survey craft to speed production of charts; Apr. p. 33. 'Discoverer', expedition seeks clues to Africa- North America split; Apr. p. 33. Florida's seaward boundaries, issues first maps of; Feb. p. 20. sea grant to study sponges' antibiotic substances, awards; Jan. p. 29. 'Surveyor', oceanographers hunt earth's oldest crust in South Pacific; Mar. p. 23. Naval Oceanographic Office: sediment studies, cuts guesswork in; May p. 21. succeeds in getting ocean data via buoy-satellite hookup; Jan, p. 26. Navigational hazards along New Jersey coast are being surveyed; Apr. p. 35. Navy scientists dive and work under Arctic ice cover; Mar. p. 23. Pollution: electrical system will help detect marine; Mar. p. 22. decades-old ocean data may be clue to today's; Feb. p. 21. Satellites: measure sea-surface temperatures in U.S.-Mex- ico survey; May p. 23. will speed transmission of water data; Apr. p. 35. Shipboard navigation aid, a new; Apr. p. 37. Undersea treasures, recovering; Jan. p. 23. U.S. ships (15) study deep ocean & coastal waters; Jan. p. 22. VIMS: crabs, blue, soft, methods of increasing produc- tion studied; May p. 24. environmental and engineering data center de- veloped; Jan. p. 25. Water-circulation studies in Mass. aid control; May p. 22. Whales, killer, seen pursuing Steller sea lions; Feb. p. 21. OCEAN QUAHOGS 'Jo-Ann' finds July-Aug. p. 20. Surf & bay clams dwindle, important as; Apr. p. 17. OKLAHOMA Antibacterial agents in coral under sea grant scientist seek; Mar. p. 25. OREGON Estuaries, Fish Commission surveys; Feb. p. 13. Lobsters, east coast deep-water, transplanted in Pacific Northwest; Feb. p. 10. abundant off Massachusetts; becomes more OREGON (cont.) NOAA map aids commercial fishing off » new; Sept. p. 7. Salmon, coho, catch was weight record, 1970; Jan. p. 10. State University aids American Samoa; Nov.-Dec. joy dk ORGANIZATION FOR ECONOMIC COOPERATION & DEVELOPMENT (OECD) Members report 1970 was good year; July-Aug. p.1. OXIDATION Shrimp, pink, frozen, glucose oxidase reduces in; Feb. p. 51. OYSTERS Denmark, imports, list in; Mar. p. 46. Food fish facts; Apr. p. 66. Japan: French order seed ; May p. 61. Hiroshima growers worry about S. Korean imports; Feb. p. 57. New Zealand's rock farming may become ex- port industry; Nov.-Dec. p. 44. S. Korea plans to quadruple p. ol. VIMS improves methods of producing 'cultch-free' spat; Apr. p. 22. removed from restricted production; Jan. PACIFIC COAST Shrimp catch set record on in 1970; Feb. p.10. PACIFIC NORTHWEST Sea farming in » prospects for; Sept. p. 22. PACIFIC OCEAN Japan: tuna: ‘Azuma Maru No. 38! explores southeast for; Jan. p. 47. 'Hakuryu Maru No. 55,' seiner, to fish in eastern tropical and Atlantic; Jan. p. 47. skipjack, expands surveys in southwestern 5 Jan. p. 47. Oceanographers ('Surveyor') hunt earth's crust in; Mar. p. 23. Tuna, skipjack, current oceanography cruises in eastern tropical ; Feb. p. 29. U.S.-USSR: scientists discuss North Pacific fisheries; Nov.- Dec. p. 40. sign 3 agreements relating to northeastern ; Nov.-Dec. p. 40. PACIFIC SEA GRANT ADVISORY PROGRAM (PASGAP) NOAA awards grant for ; May p. 9. PAKISTAN Shrimp stocks in Bay of Bengal studied by Japan; Jan. p. 48. PELAGIC FISHES Distribution of some coastal Atlantic; June p. 21. in the Western PERU Anchovy fishery; Sept. p. 57. PERU (cont.) Fishing law, new, confirms 200-mile limit; Apr. p. 62, Fishmeal: output rose; Jan. p. 55. production, exports, and stocks, report on; Mar. p. 49. Japan: fishery resource development will aid; May p. 58. fishery mission was not very productive to; Oct. pe ou. sea-urchin resources of ested in; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. Minister of Fisheries reports 1970 good year; Feb. p. 63. and Chile, inter- PESTICIDES Scientists warn peril ocean life; May p. 1. PETROLEUM British firm to produce protein from ; July- Aug. p. 12. PHILIPPINE Shrimp venture, Japanese - ; Jan, p. 50. PHOTOGRAPHS 3-D air photos of U.S. coastal areas, NOAA pub- lishes; Nov.-Dec. p. 10. PILCHARD South Africa's quotas cut; Apr. p. 65. PLANKTON Generations of reared in University of Mi- ami's School of Marine and Atmospheric Science; Feb. p. 11. POISONING Ciguatera (tropical malady of humans and fish) will be investigated under NOAA Sea Grant to the Caribbean Research Institute, College of the Virgin Islands, St. Thomas; Mar. p. 26. POLAND U.S, and extend fishery agreement; Oct. p. 26. POLLOCK Alaska Japan: Bering Sea: midwater trawling considered in; Mar. p. 52. 'surimi' fleet finds improving fishing in east- ern; Apr. p. 54. S. Koreans interested in N. Pacific; Mar. p. 54. Charleston Harbor (S.C.), dredged sediments on marine life, research group study effects of; Apr. p. 36. Crabs, blue, are susceptible to of shoreline; Apr, p. 21. Decades-old ocean data may be clue to today's ; Feb. p. 21. Disease in the lives of fish; the role of being assessed; May p. 34. Electrical system will help detect marine Mar, p. 22. FAO conference: coral reef destruction urged to be halted by scien- tists in Rome; Jan. p. 43. recommends stop marine p. 43. is now at sources; Jan. 17 POLLUTION (cont.) Japan's domestic fishing grounds, half of, are Apr. p. 53. NMFS helps industry reduce water ; Sept. p.6. Soviet demands early halt in Lake Baikal; Oct. p. 36. United Kingdom's government pays damages for pol- luting river; Mar. p. 47. United States: GreatLakes: and Canada agree to end by 1975; May p. 18. to hold up discharges into Lake Michigan under 1910 statute; May p. 17. survey of industrial-wastewater discharges begins, first; Oct. p. 22. VIMS oceanographers study problem of nuclear pow- er plant discharges; July-Aug. p. 25. Water: -circulation studies in Mass. aid May p. 22. killed 41 million fish in 1969; Jan. p, 14. quality drop in upper Great Lakes threatens native fish; Jan. p. 16. ? control; POMPANO Food fish facts; Nov.-Dec. p. 53. POND(S) Catfish, -raised channel; Oct. p. 13. PORPOISES Underwater sounds, saved from tuna seine by; Oct. p. 23. PORTUGAL Cod catch in ICNAF area is low; Nov.-Dec. p, 39. PRIBILOF ISLANDS Sec. Stans reports favorably on seal harvesting in ; June p. 1. PRICES Fishery products situation; Jan. p. 7, Apr. p. 5. Italy imports 45,000 tons of frozen tuna despite high ; Mar. p. 44. Japan: saury rise as landings fall; Feb. p. 55. tuna: canned, competition depresses; Nov.-Dec. p. 47. skipjack, factors affecting exvessel ___—_—sin Hawaii; Feb. p. 39. PROCESSED FISH Denmark imposes 10% import surcharge on Nov.-Dec. p. 39. PROCESSED FISHERY PRODUCTS Fish proteins as binders in Feb. p. 46. Shrimp, pink, frozen, glucose oxidase reduces oxi- dation in; Feb. p. 51. , technical note; PROTEIN British firm to produce from petroleum; July- Aug. p. 12. PUBLICATIONS "Boating Statistics''--annual report on boating acci- dents--U.S, Coast Guard; Apr. p. 39. NOAA publishes 3-D air photos of U.S. coastal areas; Nov.-Dec. p. 10. 18 PURSE SEINING Japan's Nichiro Company is Feb. p. 957. off West Africa; PUERTO RICO Undersea lab in 1972, p. 20. will have; Nov.-Dec. RADIO Fishery-advisory information available to Tropical Pacific tuna fleet via facsimile broadcast; Apr. p. 40. Monitoring, Coast Guard extends short-range coast- al ; Sept. p. 8. RECIPES Crab-stuffed halibut--A seafood spectacular; Oct. Deol Crabbing, start,--this is the year; May p. 72. Cranberries find happiness with fish; Nov.-Dec. 195 WS)5 Hooked on fish? Try whiting in wine sauce?; Oct. p. 48. Sole food--specialty for slimmers; May p. 70. Sweet 'n' sour Cinderella seafood (ocean perch); July-Aug. p. 67. RECREATIONAL BOATING United States, is expanding rapidly in; Mar. p. 24. RED TIDE Why many fish die during p. 25. invasion; July-Aug. REEF(S) Artificial attract fish; Sept. p. 6. REGULATION(S) Japan, tuna, southern bluefin, voluntary regulations in effect for; Oct. p. 28. REMOTE SENSING Observations on in fisheries; Oct. p. 9. RESERVOIRS Carp, live, 'frost-proof' Feb. p. 61. in Lithuania for; REST AURANT(S) Sea-urchin gonads to appear in U.S. 'sushi' p Apr. p. 28. ROCKFISH Homing ability of ; Oct. p. 45. Seasonal and geographic characteristics of LESS resources: California current region - VI. 5 July-Aug. p. 40. SABLEFISH California, a fishery may be possible off; May p. 9. Trapping ; June p. 43. SAFETY AT SEA Coast Guard: accidents, boating, 1,400 dead in 1970--annual re- port; Apr. p. 39. captains urged to tell when help no longer needed; Mar. p. 24. SAFETY AT SEA (cont.) Overboard--with chest waders, hip boots, or rain gear; Apr. p. 43. SALMON Alaska: drop in in 1971 predicted; Jan. p. 12. forecast; Mar. p. 3. & NMFS seek to enhance ; Nov.-Dec. p. 9. roe market is expanding; Jan. p. 12. Canada: marine sports-fishing licenses to subsidize hatcheries; Mar. p. 43. Pacific stocks increased during past 10 years; July-Aug. p. 14. Chinook's migration time, seek change in juvenile; Nov.-Dec. p. 10. Coho: precocious male 'home! to Northwest Fisheries Center; Nov.-Dec. p. 9. Oregon silver catch was weight record, 1970; Jan. p. 10. shaker problem and incidental catch concept in troll fishery; June p. 48. Japan: industry agrees on 1971 profit sharing; May p. 60. Pacific, North: catches exceed quotas, Soviet lags; Mar. p. 54. mothership fleets achieve quota; July-Aug. p. 15. 'Kelez' conducts research fishing cruise; Jan.p. 10. Marketing program is being tested for saltwater farm-raised ; Apr. p. 23. Norway, Bergen, are reared commercially at; July-Aug. p. 13. Sea grant for culture; Apr. p. 24. SALTFISH Canadian p. 63. corporation has good year; Apr. SALT-MARSH NOAA supports p. 22. research in Georgia; May SALTWATER Anglers increase; Nov.-Dec. p. 7. NMFS will collect statistics on Nov.-Dec. p. 7. sport fishing; SARDINE(S) Japan, p. 60. Seasonal and geographic characteristics of fishery resources: California current region--Pacific 8 Osis Wo: ls return to Niigata after 15 years; May SATELLITE(S) Naval Oceanographic Office succeeds in getting ocean data via buoy- hookup; Jan. p. 26. Sea-surface temperature measured in U.S.-Mexico survey (Little Window II); May p. 23. Water data, will speed transmission of; Apr. p. 35. SAURY Japan: bait catch is below tuna fishery needs; Nov.-Dec. p. 49. fishing is poor in northeastern Pacific; Oct. p. 29. SAURY (cont.): Japan: landings: continue good in; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. prices rise as fall; Feb. p. 55. off U.S. West Coast: fishing continues poor; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. may reduce fishery; May p. 60. vessels, 38, licensed for high-seas fishery; July- Aug. p. 16. SCHONING, ROBERT W. NMFS Deputy Director, named; Sept. p. 1. SCRIPPS INSTITUTION OF OCEANOGRAPHY "Glomar Challenger’ replaced drill bit 3 miles down; Jan, p. 21. SCUBA Midwater trawl at work off Panama City, Florida, divers watch; July-Aug. p. 23. Underwater fishery studies are valuable; Oct. p. 1. SEA AND PIER JOBS Soviet youth reject ; Nov.-Dec. p. 40. SEA BREAM Japan hope to breed Aug. p. 16. and flatfish by 1972; July- SEA FARMING Pacific Northwest, prospects for 22, in; Sept. p. SEA GRANT(S) NOAA awards : ciguatera poisoning to be studied by the Caribbean Research Institute, College of the Virgin Islands, St. Thomas; Mar. p. 26. coastal-zone planning, research & training; Mar. p. 25. lampricide, Medical College of Wisconsin to study chemical TFM to control; Mar. p. 26, Oklahoma scientists seek antibacterial agents in coral under ; Mar. p. 25. Pacific Sea Grant Advisory Program (PASGAP); May p. 9. salmon culture; Apr. p. 24. sponges' antibiotic substances to be studied; Jan. p. 29. University of Georgia for salt-marsh research; May p. 22. SEAL Harvesting in Pribilof Islands, Sec, Stans reports favorably on Siaheiete jo) Oli SEA LAMPREY NOAA awards sea grant to Medical College of Wis- consin to study chemical TFM to control Mar. p. 26. SEA LIONS Whales, killer, seen pursuing Steller ing Sea drama; Feb. p. 21, Mar. p. 39. in Ber- SEA SLUG China--''Beche-de-mer" fishery for Truk; July- Aug. p. 64. 19 SEA-URCHIN Gonads to appear in U.S. 'sushi' restaurants; Apr. p. 28, Japanese interested in Chile; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. resources of Peru and SEAWEED Agar produced from local in Denmark, 80% of annual 1,000 metric tons; Mar. p. 45. SEDIMENTS Naval Oceanographic Office cuts guesswork in studies; May p. 21. SHAD, AMERICAN Food fish facts; Nov.-Dec. p. 57. SHELLFISH ‘Delaware II' assesses New England; Mar. p. 9. Long Island, N.Y. thrive in West Indies ex- periment; Mar. p. 16. resources south of NOAA Administrator says public should continue to eat fish & shellfish; May p. 6. Sanitation workshop held in Washington, D.C., Octo- ber 1971; Sept. p. 7. Situation and outlook; Feb. p. 14, May p.7, Sept. p. 7. U.S. 1970 catch of fish & was near 5 billion pounds; Apr. p. 1. SHRIMP Alaska: U.S. and USSR study in Gulf of; Mar. p. 2. Kodiak, industry suggests quota for; Jan. p.12. British are dwindling, puzzling fishermen and biologists; May p. 66. Brown, live longer than many biologists believe Mar. p. 2. Catch on Pacific coast set recordin1970; Feb. p. 10. Denmark's fisheries; Mar. p. 46. Hawaiian waters, there are commercial concentra- tions in; Apr. p. 16. India's trawlers to freeze Japan: Brazil's 200-mile fishing zone will hurt fishery; May p. 61. catch off Guianas increases; May p. 58. farming venture; Mar. p. 53. frozen: imports from Africa are increasing; Feb. p. 56. market forecast for decade; May p. 57. -Guatemalan venture was profitable in1970; Apr. p. 54. industry trends reported on; Feb. p. 56. Philippine venture with; Jan. p. 50. stocks studied in Bay of Bengal; Jan. p. 48. team visits Thailand & India; Jan. p. 49. ‘yellow sea prawns', imports $9 million worth of; Nov.-Dec. p. 49. at sea; Apr. p. 36. Pink: glucose oxidase reduces oxidation in frozen 5 Feb, p. 51. maturation of ovaries & ova in induced; Apr. p. 20. SLAVIN, JOSEPH W. NMFS Associate Director, Dec. p. 1. confirmed as; Nov. - 20 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 'Johnson-Sea-Link', undersea research vessel, commissioned for ; Feb. p. 19. SOLOMON ISLANDS Japan explores for skipjack tuna off Aug. p. 15. ; July- SOUTH AFRICA Pilchard quotas cut; Apr. p. 65. SOUTH CAROLINA Charleston Harbor sediments on marine life, study effects of dredged; Apr. p. 36. SOUTHEAST ATLANTIC FISHERY CONVENTION Living resource of the ocean, is in effect to conserve; Nov.-Dec. p. 34. SOUTH KOREA (REPUBLIC OF KOREA) Japan: -built fishing-training vessel trains ; May p. 52. Hiroshima oyster growers worry about im- ports; Feb. p. 57. stern trawler and refrigerated transport launched for ; Jan. p. 48. Oyster production, plans to quadruple; Jan. Deol. Pollock, N. Pacific Alaska, interested in; Mar. p. 54, SOUTH VIETNAM Fisheries made excellent progress in 1970; Apr. p. Dp. 00% SPAIN Fisheries, report on 1970; Apr. p. 59. Tuna ships, builds large; Oct. p. 38. SPONGES NOAA awards sea grant to study substances; Jan. p. 29. antibiotic SPORT FISHERIES & WILDLIFE, BUREAU OF Centennial, Interior & Commerce celebrate years of fishery conservation; Mar. p. 1. SPORTFISHING Florida to develop, excellent chances for major; Sept. p. 6. Saltwater , NMFS will collect statistics on; Nov.-Dec. p. 7. SQUID Japan: off California: Baja, fishing good; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. fishing is disappointing; Oct. p. 29. surveys resource; July-Aug. p. 15. U.S. east coast, fishing improved off; Feb. Pp: Oo STANS, MAURICE H. Sec. of Commerce reports favorably on seal har- vesting in Pribilof Islands; June p. 1. STARVATION Mackerel, juvenile jack, adapt to food deprivation; May p. 9. STRAIT OF GEORGIA Phytoplankton (microscopic algae), boasts annual 'pea soup'; Apr. p. 25. SUBMARINE Japan's underwater habitat near completion; Feb. p. 58. 'Johnson-Sea-Link', undersea research vessel, commissioned for Smithsonian; Feb. p. 19. Navy develops deep-diving system Mark |; Jan. p. 27. 'SURVEYOR' Pacific, south, oceanographers hunt earth's oldest crust in; Mar. p. 23. SWEDEN Imports of fishery products rose in 1970; Mayp. 64. TAGGING Crab, tanner, successfully for first time by Auke Bay (Alaska) Biological Laboratory; Mar. p. 19. TAIWAN Catch, 1970, increased almost 10% over 1969; May p. 62. Fishery resources, 's use of; May p. 38. Import controls on marine commodities removed; May p. 62. Tuna: fishery; Mar. p. 55. longliners, plans to build; Feb. p. 60. TERRITORIAL WATERS (and see FISHING LIMITS) Brazil's 200-mile : Japanese shrimpers will be hurt by; May p. 61. long-awaited fishing law issued; Apr. p. 61. Mexico's Navy intensifies patrol of national waters; Mar. p. 49. Peru's new fishing law confirms 200-mile limit; Apr. p. 62. TEXAS Medicine for fish in mariculture prescribed by A&M laboratory; Mar. p. 27. Universities (2) of plan continental-shelf lab off ; Jan. p. 22. THAILAND Japanese shrimp team visits & India; Jan. p. 49. "TOWNSEND CROMWELL' Baitfish scouting in the Trust Territory; Nov.-Dec. p. 31. Hawaiian waters, there are commercial concentra- tions of shrimp in; Apr. p. 16. TRADE FAIRS (also see EXHIBITIONS) Fisheries in Frederikshavn, Denmark, May 14-23, 1971; Jan. p. 45. U.S. fishery products to be exhibited at Cologne Germany, Sept. 25-Oct. 1, 1971; June p. 6. TRAWLERS Fishermen claim Soviet-built stern factory are defective; Jan. p. 53. Icelandic's fleet expands; Mar. p. 45. India to freeze shrimp at sea; Apr. p. 56. TRAWLERS (cont.) Japan: herring: off U.S. east coast, fish; Oct. p. 29. ICNAF area of northwestern Atlantic, fish in; Nov.-Dec. p. 47. SCUBA divers watch midwater at work off Panama City, Florida; July-Aug. p. 23. Stern joins Bering Sea fleet, largest; July- Aug. p. 16. take TRAWLING Japan considered midwater lock in Bering Sea; Mar. p. 52. NMFS helps Gloucester fisherman switch from to clam digging; May p. 15. for Alaska pol- TREPANG (NAMAKO) "Beche-de-Mer" fishery for Truk--China; July- Aug. p. 64. TRUST TERRITORY Baitfish scouting in the ; Nov.-Dec. p. 31. TUNA Albacore: Japan: longliners in Atlantic concentrate on; Apr. p. 54. summer fishery begins; Apr. p. 54. landings, 1970, top 1969's; Jan. p. 8. NMFS predicts good fishing off southern California; May p. 10. Bigeye, Japanese longliner returns from U.S. East Coast with good catch; Sept. p. 62. Bluefin: Japan: catch of southern, will be regulated voluntarily; May p. 59. voluntary regulations for southern fect; Oct. p. 29. Fishermen, NMFS begins cooperative fishery-ad- visory program with ; Feb. p. 12. Fishery-advisory information available to Tropical in ef- Pacific fleet via radio facsimile broadcast; Apr. p. 40. ICCAT -tagging experiment begins off north- east U.S.; July-Aug. p. 24, Italy imports 45,000 tons of frozen high price; Mar. p. 44. Japan: ‘Azuma Maru No, 38' explores for east Pacific; Jan. p. 47. canned: prices, competition depresses, in; Nov.-Dec. p. 47. survey West German market; Nov.-Dec. p. 49. exports to U.S., pessimistic about 1971; Feb. p. 54. fleet off New York grows; Nov.-Dec. p. 47. despite in south frozen imports rose slightly in 1970; Mar. De dL. gear, mechanical, perfected for commercial use; Jan, p. 49. 'Hakuryu Maru No. 55,' seiner, to fish in eastern tropical Pacific and Atlantic oceans; Jan. p. 47. Mercury-produced nervous disorders found in fishermen, no; Oct. p. 28. Nichiro is purse seining off West Africa; Feb. p. 97. TUNA Japan: research vessel to survey Atlantic; Sept. p. 63. sales of to Italy are at a standstill; May p. 65. saury bait catch is below Nov.-Dec. p. 49. Tokai University cultures phin; Feb. p. 58. Porpoises saved from sounds; Oct. p. 23. Skipjack: Hawaii, factors affecting exvessel prices in; Feb. p. 39. Japan: automatic fishing pole is successful; May p. 60. baitfish for fishery, study ways to get; Oct. p. 29. explore for Pp. loz fishery is gaining interest; Oct. p. 28. pole -and-line vessel construction rises; Nov.- Dec. p. 50. purse-seine fleet is catching many Africa; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. survey expanded in southwestern Pacific Ocean; Jan. p. 47. test fishing off Ponape, U.S. Trust Territory; Sept. p. 63. to fish with Australians; May p. 61. oceanography cruises, current, in eastern tropical Pacific Ocean; Feb. p. 29. Taiwan: fishery; Mar. p. 55. plans to build longliners; Feb. p. 60. Temperature preference and sensing will be stud- ied; Sept. p. 5. Spain builds large ships; Oct. p. 38. Yellowfin fishing off W. Africa (U.S. & Canada) in 1970 poor; Apr. p. 28. grounds in North fishery needs; species and dol- seine by underwater off Solomon Islands; July-Aug. off West UNDERSEA LAB Puerto Rico to have in 1972; Nov.-Dec. p. 20. UNDERSEA TREASURES Recovering ; Jan. p. 23. UNDERWATER SOUNDS Porpoises saved from tuna seine by 3 Oct? pyZon UNITED KINGDOM British firm to produce protein from petroleum; July-Aug. p. 12. Catch set record, 1970; Apr. p. 60. Fishermen; shrimping dwindles, puzzling biologists and; May p. 66. Trade Bloc is no prize to ; May p. 68. Fish-labeling regulations scheduled for 1973, new; Jan. p. 52, Government pays damage for polluting river; Mar. p. 47. USSR Carp, live, 'frost-proof' reservoirs in Lithuania for; Feb. p. 61. Developments and trends, 1971-75; Apr. p. 58. 22 USSR (cont.) Fisheries reviewed by Deputy Minister, 1966-1970; May p. 63. Fish-meal plants bought from Denmark; Feb. p. 61. Fleet operations, Fisheries Ministry's computer watches; May p. 64. Japan: mackerel fleet increases off northeastern; Nov.- Dec. p. 49. salmon, Pacific, catches exceed quotas, lags; Mar. p. 54. Lake Baikal: pollution, demands early halt in; Oct. p. 36. report 2nd mill planned at; Apr. p. 57. Minerals on ocean floor, bloc to survey valu- able; May p. 63. Pacific Ocean: northeastern: U.S. & g hold scientific exchange on fishery problems in Moscow, Dec. 3-9, 1970; Jan. p. 1. sign 3 agreements relating to; Feb. p. 5. Trawlers, -built stern factory, are defective fishermen claim; Jan. p. 53. U.S.- 3 fishery Survey continues off U.S. west coast; June Bhe)D Mid-Atlantic fisheries agreement signed by $ Feb. p. 3. Pacific Ccean: northeastern: hold scientific exchange on fishery problems in Moscow, Dec. 3-9, 1970; Jan. p. 1. sign 3 agreements relating to; Feb. p. 5. scientists discuss North Pacific fisheries; Nov. - Dec. p. 40. UNITED FISHERMEN! WIVES ORGANIZATION (UFWG) Gloucester fishermen aided by women's group; Jan, p. 20. UNITED STATES Canada- y Great Lakes: agree to end pollution by 1975; May p. 18. commercial fishery fell 10%, 1970; May p. 19, Nov.-Dec. p. 14. Catch: fish & shellfish was near 5 billion pounds, 1970; Apr. p. 1. volume & value by regions, 1970; Apr. p. IV. Cologne (W. Germany) food fair, fishery products to be exhibited at (Sept. 25-Oct. 1, 1971); June p. 6. Deep ocean & coastal waters, 15 ships study; Jan. p. 22. Federal plan for marine environmental prediction services announces first; Apr. p. 7. Fishery products situation; Oct. p. 19. Food market, the: How trends affect outlook for Canadian groundfish products; June p. 9. Food situation; Sept. p. 2. Frozen-fish exports to , Faroe Islands & Iceland cooperate in; July-Aug. p. 12. Japan: east coast: squid fishing improves off ; Feb. p. 55. trawlers fish herring off ; Oct. p. 29. UNITED STATES Japan: evaluates effects of 10% surcharges; Oct. p. 27. fishery agreements concluded between ; Jan. id & fishery exports, new policy hurts; Sept. p.61. FDA finds mercury residues sharply affect imports from; Jan. p. 11. imports set record from, 1970 value of fish- ery; Sept. p. 61. North Pacific (1970-71), continue cooperative re- search in; Sept. p. 41. protests ban on importing whale products; Jan, p. 49. saury: west coast: fishery off reduced by; May p. 60. fishing continues poor off ; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. tuna: bigeye, longliner returns from East Coast with good catch; Sept. p. 62. exports, 1971, pessimistic about; Feb. p. 54. L. Michigan under 1910 statute, to hold up discharges into; May p. 17. NOAA publishes 3-D air photos of coastal areas; Nov.-Dec. p. 10. Pesticides peril ocean life, scientists warn; May Jo Ibe Poland and extend fishery agreement; Oct. p. 26. Recreational boating is expanding rapidly in : Mar. p. 24. Satellites (Little Window II) measure sea-surface temperatures in -Mexico survey; May p. 23. Sea-urchin gonads to appear in 'sushi' restau- rants; Apr. p. 28. Tuna: ICCAT tagging experiment begins off northeast ; July-Aug. p. 24. yellowfin, fishing off W. Africa in 1970 poor; Apr. p. 28. USSR- fishery survey continues off west coast; June p. 5. Mid-Atlantic fisheries agreement signed by; Feb. 3 Pacific, Northeast; hold scientific exchange on fishery problems in Moscow; Dec. 3-9, 1970; Jan. p. 1. sign 3 agreements relating to ocean; Feb. p. 5. scientists discuss North Pacific fisheries; Nov.- Dec. p. 40. shrimp in Gulf of Alaska studied; Mar. p. 2. Wastewater discharges begins, first survey of industrial- ; Oct. p. 22. Weather station, and Mexico set up; Mar. p. 21. Whaling, commercial, to end Dec. 31, 1971; Apr. p. 19. UNITED STATES COAST GUARD Fishery enforcement power is strengthened; Sept. p..93. U.S. TRUST TERRITORY Japanese test skipjack fishing off ; Sept. p. 63. UNIVERSITIES Ocean lab site on L.I.'s eastern tip, 8 buy their; Jan. p. 23. VESSEL(S) Bahamas commission 4 new patrol 49, Coast Guard urges captains to tell when help no longer needed; Mar. p. 24. 'Discoverer', NOAA expedition seeks clues to Afri- ca-North America split; Apr. p. 33. Echo sounder in a small fiberglass boat, how to instal an; May p. 44. FAO uses nearly 100 fishing food; Apr. p. 51; May p. 50. 'Glomar Challenger' replaces drill bit 3 miles down; Jan. p. 21. Japan: Bristol Bay crab factoryships doing poorly; Sept. p. 62. pollock, Alaska, 'surimi' (minced fish meat) fleet finds fishing improving in eastern Bering Sea; Apr. p. 54. purse seiner: ‘Nippon Maru,' large, launched; Feb. p. 59. reports good fishing off west Africa; Oct. p. 30. research leaves for eastern Atlantic sur- vey; Oct. p. 30. salmon, North Pacific, mothership fleets achieve quota; July-Aug. p. 15. saury fishery, 38 July -Aug. p. 16. tuna: ‘Azuma Maru No, 38', explores southeast Pacific; Jan, p. 47. fleet off New York grows; Nov.-Dec. p. 47. grounds in North Atlantic, research to survey; Sept. p. 63. 'Hakuryu Maru No. 55,' seiner, to fish in eastern tropical Pacific and Atlantic oceans; Jan. p. 47. longliners: albacore, in Atlantic concentrate on; Apr. p. 54. bigeye catch, returns from U.S. East Coast with; Sept. p. 62. skipjack: pole-and line Dec. p. 50. purse -seine fleet is catching many fish off West Africa; Nov.-Dec. p. 48. Mexico reveals 5-year fishing building plans; Nov.-Dec. p. 41. Norway: finances and builds FAO research Dec. p. 35. 'Norglobal,' first factoryship on fishing expedition off Africa; Jan. p. 52. South Korea: Japan: launch stern trawler and refrigerated transport for; Jan. p. 48. trained by, -built fishing-training p. 50 & 52. Tuna: porpoises saved from seine by underwater sounds; Oct. p. 23. Spain builds large ships; Oct. p. 38. Taiwan plans to build longliners; Feb. p. 60. USSR: fleet operations, Fishery Ministry's computer watches; May p. 64. mackerel fleet increases off northeastern Japan; Nov.-Dec. p. 49. whalers sail before observer plan is ready; Oct. p. 26. ; Mar. p. to search for licensed for high-seas; construction rises; Nov.- ; Nov.- ; May 23 VESSEL(S) U.S. ships (15) study deep ocean & coastal waters; Jan. p. 22. W. Germany, deep-sea fleet to add 15 factory stern trawlers; Apr. p. 59. VIRGINIA INSTITUTE OF MARINE SCIENCE (VIMS) Chesapeake Bay: crabs: blue: expects abundance of; Nov.-Dec. p. 8. studies methods of increasing production of soft; May p. 24. rock, investigated, of; Feb. p. 16. hard, will be scarce this summer, say scientists of ; May p. 24. 'Cultch-free' spat, ducing; Apr. p. 22. Develops coastal environmental & engineering data center; Jan. p. 25, Herring spawning sites & nurseries studied; Mar. p. 14. Oceanographers study problem of nuclear power plant discharges; July-Aug. p. 25. improves methods of pro- VIRGIN ISLANDS Fisheries of the ; Nov. p. 23. WASHINGTON Bellingham: commercial fishing course scheduled at Feb. 22-Apr. 30, 1971; Feb. p. 10. Lummi Indians aquaculture project (near ) nears commercial production; Jan. p. 17. WATER QUALITY Drop in fish; Jan. p. 16. WEST AFRICA Japan: purse -seine: fleet is catching many skipjack off Dec. p. 48. Nichiro is fishing off seb. Dalai. Tuna, yellowfin, fishing off poor in 1970; Apr. p. 28. ; Nov.- WEST GERMANY Cologne food fair, U.S. fishery products to be ex- hibited Sept. 25-Oct. 1, 1971; June p. 6. Deep-sea fleet to add 15 factory stern trawlers; Apr. p. 59. Herring import from East Europe debated; Jan. p. 93. Japanese survey canned-tuna market; Nov.- Dec. p. 49. WEST INDIES L. I. shellfish thrive in p. 16. experiment; Mar. WHALES California: Pacific watchers are at their posts (San Diego's Point Loma); Jan. p. 13. Yankee Point, 3,325 IMEI 9}5 Teo dito Japan: Ecologists say doomed, but industry sees fear as myth; Nov.-Dec. p. 36. pass in 67-day census; in upper Great Lakes threatens native UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE PUBLIC DOCUMENTS DEPARTMENT POSTAGE AND FEES PAID WASHINGTON, D.C. 20402 OFFICIAL BUSINESS PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE, $300 WHALES (cont.) Japan (cont.): minke, 3,000, sought in 1971-72 Antarctic season; Nov.-Dec. p. 50, protests U.S. ban on importing Jan, p. 49. Sea lions, Steller, killer seen pursuing in Bering Sea drama; Feb. p. 21, Mar. p. 39. products; WHALE OIL Japanese baleen export price to increase 30% in Dec. '71; Mar. p. 53. WHALING Japanese Antarctic expedition achieved goals, 25th (1970/71); Apr. p. 53. Soviet fleets sail before observer plan is ready; Oct. p. 26. U.S. commercial pe Lo. to end Dec. 31, 1971; Apr. WHEAT FLOUR FPC& can be made & transported, a premix of; Jan. p. 39. Compiler & Production Manager: Alma Greene U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WISE, J. P. Clams: p. 19. resources are healthy, says ; June WORKSHOP Shellfish sanitation held in Washington, D.C., October 1971; Sept. p. 7. WORLD Catch: by leading countries, 1960-70; Apr. p. 50. fisheries dropped in 1969; Jan. p. 45. Coral reefs, surveying ; Jan. p. 23. Exhibition, fishing, in Dublin, Ireland, Mar. 24-30; Jan. p. 45. Fish meal production rises; Feb. p. 53. Soviet scientist assesses future of fisheries; Jan, p. 45. WORLD PORT INDEX Navy's oceanographic office updates ; Sept. Peace Issued July 1972 18 1m = a8 fl pen it & a= gt a — = - é , : : ‘. 2 { >) aby at: mw, PIS OTT PT hl beri rh ah § ; *) hay D Oh pie “eh sane fae Dy 7 yi fate ‘ati iy ae 4's <} < Lo ERED Tia We Soh SS 2 > > 1 Pe SS S fe 1 wry) © 7A! S Sea) = Bay) 2 NOS Ga 5 ea) 2." S maior Gale ro] - oS = 2 WY = z ; Gy 2 = 2 = = Bs ie as 2) “fl m n fa 2) w . Zz Ww 2 ‘ w Zz wn 4 =z AR | ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITOMION | NOLTALIESN! NVINCSHIINS (Sa 1uvud Moti BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN — WS 5 > Sn, a = ~& = fo) So WS Te fo) Tt VZZne yy Oo NRYEOS = = ae B 7) WY Sip a a hid DA WS 3 = ae: z N\ S = 2 Gy * g : SS = KO = > @ = > = ee 77) nye wn 2 7) yee a _NVINOSHLIWS saiuvugin_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Fa a Zz w Zz “ = 7) a = a = Pe) uw < uw -| — eat — x Fh As, 7 = — | — = : 5 a PY 3 g 7 E (= (S 2 as (‘= (x = oc = a “Gy =; cx in a o S a Ujfp = a = a Zz ay 2 a ii z a = 35a a INSTITUTION | NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS ~s3 luvud tise LIBRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN S os S =a S = a = Ss E = IS a = = Ly, E Se = 5 SWE > = df= B 2 5 = WS" 2 p. Oke 2 z o z Ga) Gear oe Hs z a VLILSNI ENV INOSHTNS oa tuvdd ut B RARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS,, Vy =< = y = 4 = — —_/ — = a 2 a os 2 = z = ES ARI ES SMITHSONIAN EINST ON OTe eines sy _LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN 1 g z a ap It 2 2°) eal <= og ae > = 5 2 2 \ = 2 i” 2 = 2 = m Ke m 2 m 2 m io) wn “e z wn = (op) a wn “s z pSMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS (S3 luyud Motul BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN = Soe fre a = < = = << = z =| S = Zz = Zz r= 2 = (S) Se fe) lar Oo ; eis Oo wo 7) oa n wy Q ° a 2) fe) 5c fo) aa Oo % a5 fe) ae Zz E Ze om = at Zz = Ne = > G = > . = . > = SZ a Bye fee a) 2 7) Sa a ALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS saiuvugia_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS = NS x = a. % fj vs ce = AS ce = AS z = aif ih ar z = WSS GC Hs SW & =| « Gy = fad c SS w SG 5 : 5 ie = : 2 2 2 ss 2 Sie ie Zz = S <3 RAR I SOUSA TAISIO SU NRSC UO) ESSN ARS DUEL ES 34 tuvud yet BRARI ES_ SMITHSONIANS S) Wy iS) Sia iS) = ie) Y o =§ Yi x 5 = 6UNN@ E 3 = 2 > ir Y > 2 > . o>) a = iS = Le zo) = 2 SON = x = el eae eee iA = \s a = ta * m ” m ” fA SNe m ze m — Ee er = Ee RN aa eee ay 0 i E Wor" 2.777%” = NS > S \S > = > ea == = Se = ~ = a a > a z 77) 2) ee ze TUTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3luvu aly LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION op NOTLALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S31YVY S17 LIBRARIES = ! Be = : S TED, w ra = a i B = a = a l 1) x = SS fed = = co = & = S 4 = = < = < =) : &y = =" SN SS & = & =t a = is = YOSHI 2 fo) = AS ad ro) a: ro) = So S fo} 2 2 ; = = =) = al} =z ; = = iVUYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3!1YVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI : : : : Ce 8 : 3 : ASYM = j Oo = =x o A = 2) Wy 3 bs ce Haas oo - e E Las = = E = SS thx 5 2 =) = = 3) > 7 My > = > = > = > Ee ‘ayy - OGY = - = = ay — a = rsa 2 Vif m 2 m B m oo m ca) w = o = 7) _ £ o = a) z ITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUAITLIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVN9IT LIBRARIES 7) z ” =z ee YQ z x. o z 2) z oa Rs = = = = eS cece ereeecs < = vs NS S = Fa a z a z GS 3S Zz Sep as Ay mao NS NE: 2 5 3 a BGS FZ g 3 GY 2 > Y Oo 1] y SZ 7 Ne : : : z EM 2 : 2 Gm = ia = 5 ; = — S = Wee 2S = es AS = ; ei ae ; wo 2 wn a ae 77) eee a 2 a . jVY9GIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI S MVM oD WW ; 77) uu ao w 7) w 2 T7,) py Nt gree A, | eS; ear = = a Ve PAL - ) 5 i PUY = : = - 5 i PUp 3 : = = ce LE fom oe c o Ee x ? + [ex oe yy 3 “ip 3 F 5 a z jp 3 ts 11458 fo) Oe Yee ro) is fo) = fo) ; Srey J 3 = 4 a = = z ee — | ms all =A = TUTION _NOILMLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI S3JIYVNSIT LIBRARIES g ee - i 3 g c eo NOrS Y wo ~ w = Gi: wo — ies] oo o a 5 read 5 es) = 4 Up, 7 f= =] = ae 3} E 3 = = © GHG 53 5 Ee = ary | 2 iF a i A Za Fr 2 = a YOSHS ” m 2 m ” m o m 2 m a w = wo Zz w z= w i = w VUGIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS, S318Wvu at _LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI Jy, * = me 2 gh, = = fh, = s a = gt yyy, =z =] z | Ly. > =i z = z = Us ZA 3 a 3 we A 8 z ee zB 3 & £ Vg he = S 2,7 7 = 2 E A = = 2,77 f = > = > = >" = ‘~~ 2 = aS. > 7) =z 7) e z a = 77) Zz vn see Zz TUTION =NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS S3tYVY EIT LIBRARIES 30 NOD lu = = == us = Ww a ae S We x = « = = ye = = na = Z) < = < 4 < AA < a ps a ] *, io + Lad = | net p= ce = oc = Ose 0 3 = o ol 5 ad 3 2 Oo al 2 = 2 aif =